[opensuse-translation-commit] r92568 - trunk/yast/pt_BR/po

Author: keichwa Date: 2015-09-09 10:00:15 +0200 (Wed, 09 Sep 2015) New Revision: 92568 Added: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/docker.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/fonts.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/journal.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/vpn.pt_BR.po Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/add-on-creator.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/add-on.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/audit-laf.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/auth-client.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/auth-server.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/autoinst.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/base.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/bootloader.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/ca-management.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/cio.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/cluster.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/control-center.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/control.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/country.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/crowbar.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/dhcp-server.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/dns-server.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/drbd.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/fcoe-client.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/firewall-services.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/firewall.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/firstboot.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/ftp-server.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/geo-cluster.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/gtk.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/http-server.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/inetd.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/installation.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/instserver.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/iplb.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/iscsi-client.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/iscsi-lio-server.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/isns.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/kdump.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/languages_db.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/ldap-client.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/ldap.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/live-installer.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/mail.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/multipath.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/ncurses-pkg.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/ncurses.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/network.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/nfs.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/nfs_server.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/nis.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/nis_server.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/ntp-client.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/oneclickinstall.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/online-update-configuration.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/online-update.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/opensuse_mirror.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/packager.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/pam.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/pkg-bindings.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/printer.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/product-creator.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/proxy.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/qt-pkg.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/qt.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/rdp.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/rear.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/registration.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/reipl.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/relocation-server.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/samba-client.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/samba-server.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/samba-users.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/scanner.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/security.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/services-manager.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/slp-server.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/snapper.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/sound.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/squid.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/sshd.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/storage.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/sudo.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/support.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/sysconfig.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/tftp-server.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/timezone_db.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/tune.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/update.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/users.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/vm.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/wol.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/yast2-apparmor.pt_BR.po Log: merged Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/add-on-creator.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/add-on-creator.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/add-on-creator.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: add-on-creator\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-07-15 11:06UTC-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti \n" "Language-Team: Portuguese \n" @@ -35,8 +35,7 @@ #. command line help text for 'clone' action #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:77 msgid "Create and build a new add-on product based on an existing one." -msgstr "" -"Criar e construir um novo produto complementar baseado em um já existente." +msgstr "Criar e construir um novo produto complementar baseado em um já existente." #. command line help text for 'sign' action #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:87 @@ -51,8 +50,7 @@ #. command line help text for 'create' action #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:107 msgid "Build an add-on product from the selected configuration." -msgstr "" -"Construir produto complementar a partir de uma configuração selecionada." +msgstr "Construir produto complementar a partir de uma configuração selecionada." #. command line help text for 'create' action #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:117 @@ -137,8 +135,7 @@ #. command line help text for 'workflow' option #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:226 msgid "Path to workflow definition file (installation.xml)" -msgstr "" -"Caminho para o arquivo de definição do fluxo de trabalho (installation.xml)" +msgstr "Caminho para o arquivo de definição do fluxo de trabalho (installation.xml)" #. command line help text for 'y2update' option #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:233 @@ -148,15 +145,12 @@ #. command line help text for 'y2update_packages_dir' option #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:240 msgid "Path to directory with YaST packages to form the workflow" -msgstr "" -"Caminho para o diretório com pacotes do YaST para compor o fluxo de trabalho" +msgstr "Caminho para o diretório com pacotes do YaST para compor o fluxo de trabalho" #. command line help text for 'license' option #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:247 msgid "Path to file with license texts (license.zip or license.tar.gz)" -msgstr "" -"Caminho para o arquivo com os textos das licenças (license.zip ou " -"license.tar.gz)" +msgstr "Caminho para o arquivo com os textos das licenças (license.zip ou license.tar.gz)" #. command line help text for 'info' option #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:254 @@ -181,9 +175,7 @@ #. help text for 'number' option; do not translate 'list' #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:281 msgid "Number of the selected add-on (see 'list' command for product numbers)." -msgstr "" -"Número do complemento selecionado (veja o comando 'list' para os números de " -"produto)." +msgstr "Número do complemento selecionado (veja o comando 'list' para os números de produto)." #. command line help text for 'changelog' option #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:288 @@ -271,12 +263,8 @@ #. command line message, do not translate 'create', 'clone' #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:864 -msgid "" -"There is no add-on product configuration present. Create a new one using the " -"'create' or 'clone' commands." -msgstr "" -"Não existe nenhuma configuração presente para produtos complementares. Crie " -"uma nova configuração utilizando os comandos 'create' ou 'clone'." +msgid "There is no add-on product configuration present. Create a new one using the 'create' or 'clone' commands." +msgstr "Não existe nenhuma configuração presente para produtos complementares. Crie uma nova configuração utilizando os comandos 'create' ou 'clone'." #. error message #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:876 @@ -291,8 +279,7 @@ #. error message #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:924 msgid "Specify the add-on product configuration that should be deleted." -msgstr "" -"Especifique a configuração do produto complementar que deve ser removida." +msgstr "Especifique a configuração do produto complementar que deve ser removida." #. dialog caption #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:99 @@ -316,19 +303,13 @@ #. help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:156 -msgid "" -"<p>Start creating a new add-on product configuration with <b>Add</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Inicie a criação de uma nova configuração de produto complementar com <b>" -"Adicionar</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>Start creating a new add-on product configuration with <b>Add</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Inicie a criação de uma nova configuração de produto complementar com <b>Adicionar</b>.</p>" #. help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:160 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Edit</b> to modify the selected add-on product configuration.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Use <b>Editar</b> para alterar a configuração do produto complementar " -"selecionado.</p>" +msgid "<p>Use <b>Edit</b> to modify the selected add-on product configuration.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Use <b>Editar</b> para alterar a configuração do produto complementar selecionado.</p>" #. help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:164 @@ -337,12 +318,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:166 -msgid "" -"<p>Build the new add-on product based on the selected configuration with <b>" -"Build</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Construa o novo produto complementar baseado na configuração selecionada " -"com <b>Construir</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>Build the new add-on product based on the selected configuration with <b>Build</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Construa o novo produto complementar baseado na configuração selecionada com <b>Construir</b>.</p>" #. table header item #. summary header @@ -1081,31 +1058,18 @@ #. help text for start menu #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:44 -msgid "" -"<p>This module offers guidance for the creation of an add-on product.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Este módulo oferece diretrizes para a criação de um produto complementar.<" -"/p>" +msgid "<p>This module offers guidance for the creation of an add-on product.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Este módulo oferece diretrizes para a criação de um produto complementar.</p>" #. help text for start menu, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:48 -msgid "" -"<p>Select how to create the new add-on product. You can create it from the " -"beginning or base it on an existing product.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Selecione como criar o novo produto complementar. Você pode criá-lo desde " -"o início ou se basear em um produto existente.</p>" +msgid "<p>Select how to create the new add-on product. You can create it from the beginning or base it on an existing product.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Selecione como criar o novo produto complementar. Você pode criá-lo desde o início ou se basear em um produto existente.</p>" #. help text for start menu, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:52 -msgid "" -"<p>When basing the new product on an existing product, check <b>Generate " -"Package Descriptions</b> to generate new descriptions of packages in the " -"existing product.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Ao basear o novo produto em um produto existente, marque <b>Gerar " -"descrições de pacotes</b> para gerar novas descrições de pacotes no produto " -"existente.</p>" +msgid "<p>When basing the new product on an existing product, check <b>Generate Package Descriptions</b> to generate new descriptions of packages in the existing product.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Ao basear o novo produto em um produto existente, marque <b>Gerar descrições de pacotes</b> para gerar novas descrições de pacotes no produto existente.</p>" #. help text for initial data (paragraph title) #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:56 @@ -1124,13 +1088,8 @@ #. help text for initial data, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:64 -msgid "" -"<p>Select the product to which the new add-on product can be applied. This " -"selection forms the <b>REQUIRES</b> value of the <tt>content</tt> file.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Selecione o produto ao qual o novo produto complementar poderá ser " -"aplicado. Essa seleção forma o valor <b>REQUIRES</b> do arquivo <tt>content<" -"/tt>.</p>" +msgid "<p>Select the product to which the new add-on product can be applied. This selection forms the <b>REQUIRES</b> value of the <tt>content</tt> file.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Selecione o produto ao qual o novo produto complementar poderá ser aplicado. Essa seleção forma o valor <b>REQUIRES</b> do arquivo <tt>content</tt>.</p>" #. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:68 @@ -1139,12 +1098,8 @@ #. help text for initial data, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:70 -msgid "" -"<p>Choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages that should " -"form your add-on product.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Escolha o caminho para o diretório contendo os pacotes RPM que deverão " -"formar seu produto complementar.</p>" +msgid "<p>Choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages that should form your add-on product.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Escolha o caminho para o diretório contendo os pacotes RPM que deverão formar seu produto complementar.</p>" #. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:74 @@ -1153,16 +1108,8 @@ #. help text for initial data, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:76 -msgid "" -"<p>Optionally, choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages " -"from the product the add-on product should be based on. These packages will " -"not be contained in the add-on product, but could be used for creating the " -"patterns later in the workflow.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Opcionalmente, escolha o caminho para o diretório que contém os pacotes " -"RPM do produto no qual o produto complementar deve se basear. Esses pacotes " -"não serão incluídos no produto complementar, mas podem ser usados para criar " -"os padrões posteriormente no fluxo de trabalho.</p>" +msgid "<p>Optionally, choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages from the product the add-on product should be based on. These packages will not be contained in the add-on product, but could be used for creating the patterns later in the workflow.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Opcionalmente, escolha o caminho para o diretório que contém os pacotes RPM do produto no qual o produto complementar deve se basear. Esses pacotes não serão incluídos no produto complementar, mas podem ser usados para criar os padrões posteriormente no fluxo de trabalho.</p>" #. help text for content file editor (<tt>content</tt> is a name of file) #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:80 @@ -1171,62 +1118,33 @@ #. help text for content file editor, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:84 -msgid "" -"<p>Enter the information required to identify the add-on product. Deselect <b>" -"Show Only Required Keywords</b> to see all attributes of the <tt>content</tt> " -"file.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Informe os dados necessários para identificar o produto complementar. " -"Cancele a seleção de <b>Exibir apenas palavras-chave necessárias</b> para ver " -"todos os atributos do arquivo <tt>content</tt>.</p>" +msgid "<p>Enter the information required to identify the add-on product. Deselect <b>Show Only Required Keywords</b> to see all attributes of the <tt>content</tt> file.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Informe os dados necessários para identificar o produto complementar. Cancele a seleção de <b>Exibir apenas palavras-chave necessárias</b> para ver todos os atributos do arquivo <tt>content</tt>.</p>" #. help text for content file editor, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:88 msgid "<p>Use <b>Import</b> to import an existing <tt>content</tt> file.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Use <b>Importar</b> para importar um arquivo <tt>content</tt> existente.<" -"/p>" +msgstr "<p>Use <b>Importar</b> para importar um arquivo <tt>content</tt> existente.</p>" #. help text for package description files #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:92 -msgid "" -"<p>Edit the language-specific descriptions of packages (<tt>packages.lang</tt>" -" files) here.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Edite aqui as descrições dos pacotes específicas do idioma (arquivos <tt>" -"packages.lang</tt>).</p>" +msgid "<p>Edit the language-specific descriptions of packages (<tt>packages.lang</tt> files) here.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Edite aqui as descrições dos pacotes específicas do idioma (arquivos <tt>packages.lang</tt>).</p>" #. help text for package description files, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:96 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Add Language</b> to add a description file for a new language. The " -"list of available languages is read from the <b>LINGUAS</b> value of the <tt>" -"content</tt> file. Import an existing file with package descriptions with <b>" -"Import</b>. Delete the description file with <b>Delete</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Use <b>Adicionar idioma</b> para adicionar um arquivo de descrição para um " -"novo idioma. A lista de idiomas disponíveis é lida do valor <b>LINGUAS</b> do " -"arquivo <tt>content</tt>. Importe um arquivo existente com as descrições de " -"pacotes usando <b>Importar</b>. Remova o arquivo de descrição com <b>Remover<" -"/b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>Use <b>Add Language</b> to add a description file for a new language. The list of available languages is read from the <b>LINGUAS</b> value of the <tt>content</tt> file. Import an existing file with package descriptions with <b>Import</b>. Delete the description file with <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Use <b>Adicionar idioma</b> para adicionar um arquivo de descrição para um novo idioma. A lista de idiomas disponíveis é lida do valor <b>LINGUAS</b> do arquivo <tt>content</tt>. Importe um arquivo existente com as descrições de pacotes usando <b>Importar</b>. Remova o arquivo de descrição com <b>Remover</b>.</p>" #. help text for package description files, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:100 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Add</b> and <b>Edit</b> in the second table to modify description " -"entries for the selected package.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Use <b>Adicionar</b> e <b>Editar</b> na segunda tabela para alterar as " -"entradas de descrição relativas ao pacote selecionado.</p>" +msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> and <b>Edit</b> in the second table to modify description entries for the selected package.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Use <b>Adicionar</b> e <b>Editar</b> na segunda tabela para alterar as entradas de descrição relativas ao pacote selecionado.</p>" #. help text for package description files, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:104 -msgid "" -"<p>Optionally, choose the path for the file providing <b>Additional Package " -"Dependencies</b> (EXTRA_PROV).</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Opcionalmente, escolha o caminho para o arquivo que fornece as <b>" -"Dependências adicionais de pacotes</b> (EXTRA_PROV).</p>" +msgid "<p>Optionally, choose the path for the file providing <b>Additional Package Dependencies</b> (EXTRA_PROV).</p>" +msgstr "<p>Opcionalmente, escolha o caminho para o arquivo que fornece as <b>Dependências adicionais de pacotes</b> (EXTRA_PROV).</p>" #. help text for patterns #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:108 @@ -1235,213 +1153,112 @@ #. help text for patterns, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:112 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>New</b> to create a new pattern or <b>Import</b> to import an " -"existing one.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Use <b>Novo</b> para criar um novo padrão ou <b>Importar</b> para importar " -"um padrão existente.</p>" +msgid "<p>Use <b>New</b> to create a new pattern or <b>Import</b> to import an existing one.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Use <b>Novo</b> para criar um novo padrão ou <b>Importar</b> para importar um padrão existente.</p>" #. help text for patterns, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:116 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Add</b> and <b>Edit</b> in the second table to modify pattern " -"attributes.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Use <b>Adicionar</b> e <b>Editar</b> na segunda tabela para alterar os " -"atributos do padrão.</p>" +msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> and <b>Edit</b> in the second table to modify pattern attributes.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Use <b>Adicionar</b> e <b>Editar</b> na segunda tabela para alterar os atributos do padrão.</p>" #. help text for patterns, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:120 msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Required pattern</b> to mark the selected pattern as required " -"for\n" -"the add-on product. Such a pattern will be automatically preselected when the " -"installation of the add-on product is started.</p>" +"<p>Check <b>Required pattern</b> to mark the selected pattern as required for\n" +"the add-on product. Such a pattern will be automatically preselected when the installation of the add-on product is started.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Marque <b>Padrões obrigatórios</b> se você quiser marcar o padrão " -"selecionado como obrigatório \n" -"para o produto complementar. Tal padrão será automaticamente pré-selecionado " -"quando a instalação do produto complementar for iniciada.</p>" +"<p>Marque <b>Padrões obrigatórios</b> se você quiser marcar o padrão selecionado como obrigatório \n" +"para o produto complementar. Tal padrão será automaticamente pré-selecionado quando a instalação do produto complementar for iniciada.</p>" #. help text for the 'various settings' dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:124 -msgid "" -"<p>Specify the path to the directory in which the add-on product should be " -"created. Select <b>Create ISO Image</b> to create the ISO image of the " -"product in the output directory.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Especifique o caminho para o diretório no qual o produto complementar deve " -"ser criado. Selecione <b>Criar imagem ISO</b> para criar a imagem ISO do " -"produto no diretório de saída.</p>" +msgid "<p>Specify the path to the directory in which the add-on product should be created. Select <b>Create ISO Image</b> to create the ISO image of the product in the output directory.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Especifique o caminho para o diretório no qual o produto complementar deve ser criado. Selecione <b>Criar imagem ISO</b> para criar a imagem ISO do produto no diretório de saída.</p>" #. help text for the 'various settings' dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:128 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Generate Changelog</b> to generate a changelog file containing all " -"changes of packages on the add-on product made in the last two years.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Use <b>Gerar log de alterações</b> para gerar um arquivo com o log de " -"alterações com todas as alterações dos pacotes no produto complementar feitas " -"nos últimos dois anos.</p>" +msgid "<p>Use <b>Generate Changelog</b> to generate a changelog file containing all changes of packages on the add-on product made in the last two years.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Use <b>Gerar log de alterações</b> para gerar um arquivo com o log de alterações com todas as alterações dos pacotes no produto complementar feitas nos últimos dois anos.</p>" #. help text for the 'various settings' dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:132 -msgid "" -"<p>Adapt the workflow of the add-on product with <b>Configure Workflow</b>. " -"Use <b>Optional Files</b> to configure texts of <tt>README</tt> files, " -"licenses, and other optional values.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Adapte o fluxo de trabalho do produto complementar com <b>Configurar fluxo " -"de trabalho</b>. Use <b>Arquivos opcionais</b> para configurar os textos de " -"arquivos <tt>README</tt>, licenças e outros valores opcionais.</p>" +msgid "<p>Adapt the workflow of the add-on product with <b>Configure Workflow</b>. Use <b>Optional Files</b> to configure texts of <tt>README</tt> files, licenses, and other optional values.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Adapte o fluxo de trabalho do produto complementar com <b>Configurar fluxo de trabalho</b>. Use <b>Arquivos opcionais</b> para configurar os textos de arquivos <tt>README</tt>, licenças e outros valores opcionais.</p>" #. workflow help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:136 -msgid "" -"<p>Here, you can enter the files necessary for customizing your add-on " -"product workflow.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Você pode informar aqui os arquivos necessários à personalização do fluxo " -"de trabalho de seu produto complementar.</p>" +msgid "<p>Here, you can enter the files necessary for customizing your add-on product workflow.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Você pode informar aqui os arquivos necessários à personalização do fluxo de trabalho de seu produto complementar.</p>" #. workflow help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:140 -msgid "" -"<p>Enter the location of the file with the workflow description. This file is " -"an alternative to <tt>control.xml</tt> and is saved as <tt>installation.xml<" -"/tt> in the add-on product's base directory.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Informe a localização do arquivo com a descrição do fluxo de trabalho. " -"Esse arquivo é uma alternativa ao <tt>control.xml</tt> e é salvo como <tt>" -"installation.xml</tt> no diretório base do produto complementar.</p>" +msgid "<p>Enter the location of the file with the workflow description. This file is an alternative to <tt>control.xml</tt> and is saved as <tt>installation.xml</tt> in the add-on product's base directory.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Informe a localização do arquivo com a descrição do fluxo de trabalho. Esse arquivo é uma alternativa ao <tt>control.xml</tt> e é salvo como <tt>installation.xml</tt> no diretório base do produto complementar.</p>" #. workflow help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:144 -msgid "" -"<p>To use custom YaST modules during the installation of the add-on product, " -"enter the path to the <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> archive where these modules are " -"stored or configure the contents of <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> by specifying the " -"YaST RPM packages in <b>Import the Packages</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Para usar módulos YaST personalizados durante a instalação do produto " -"complementar, informe o caminho para o arquivo <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> no qual " -"esses módulos são armazenados ou configure o conteúdo de <tt>y2update.tgz</tt>" -" especificando os pacotes YaST RPM em <b>Importar os pacotes</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>To use custom YaST modules during the installation of the add-on product, enter the path to the <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> archive where these modules are stored or configure the contents of <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> by specifying the YaST RPM packages in <b>Import the Packages</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Para usar módulos YaST personalizados durante a instalação do produto complementar, informe o caminho para o arquivo <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> no qual esses módulos são armazenados ou configure o conteúdo de <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> especificando os pacotes YaST RPM em <b>Importar os pacotes</b>.</p>" #. help text for expert dialog 1 #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:148 -msgid "" -"<p>The optional <tt>info.txt</tt> file gives information about the add-on " -"that should be displayed as a pop-up window with an <b>OK</b> button.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>O arquivo opcional <tt>info.txt</tt> fornece informações sobre o " -"complemento que deve ser exibido como uma janela instantânea com um botão <b>" -"OK</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>The optional <tt>info.txt</tt> file gives information about the add-on that should be displayed as a pop-up window with an <b>OK</b> button.</p>" +msgstr "<p>O arquivo opcional <tt>info.txt</tt> fornece informações sobre o complemento que deve ser exibido como uma janela instantânea com um botão <b>OK</b>.</p>" #. help text for expert dialog 1, cont #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:152 -msgid "" -"<p>The text of the license is displayed in a window with <b>Agree</b> and <b>" -"Disagree</b> buttons before the installation starts. The files with the " -"license texts in different languages are compressed to the <tt>license.zip<" -"/tt> archive and stored in the <tt>media.1</tt> directory.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>O texto da licença é exibido em uma janela contendo os botões <b>Concordo<" -"/b> e <b>Discordo</b> antes do início da instalação. Os arquivos com os " -"textos da licença em idiomas diferentes são compactados no arquivo <tt>" -"license.zip</tt> e armazenados no diretório <tt>media.1</tt>.</p>" +msgid "<p>The text of the license is displayed in a window with <b>Agree</b> and <b>Disagree</b> buttons before the installation starts. The files with the license texts in different languages are compressed to the <tt>license.zip</tt> archive and stored in the <tt>media.1</tt> directory.</p>" +msgstr "<p>O texto da licença é exibido em uma janela contendo os botões <b>Concordo</b> e <b>Discordo</b> antes do início da instalação. Os arquivos com os textos da licença em idiomas diferentes são compactados no arquivo <tt>license.zip</tt> e armazenados no diretório <tt>media.1</tt>.</p>" #. help text for expert dialog 2 #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:156 -msgid "" -"<p>The <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> and <tt>COPYING</tt> files can have various " -"language modifications and are stored in the root directory of the add-on " -"product.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Os arquivos <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> e <tt>COPYING</tt> podem ter várias " -"alterações de idioma e são armazenados no diretório raiz do produto " -"complementar.</p>" +msgid "<p>The <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> and <tt>COPYING</tt> files can have various language modifications and are stored in the root directory of the add-on product.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Os arquivos <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> e <tt>COPYING</tt> podem ter várias alterações de idioma e são armazenados no diretório raiz do produto complementar.</p>" #. help text for signing dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:160 -msgid "" -"<p>Here, configure the signing of the add-on product. Choose a secret key " -"from the list of keys available or create a new one with <b>Create</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Configure aqui a assinatura do produto complementar. Escolha uma chave " -"secreta na lista de chaves disponíveis ou crie uma nova com <b>Criar</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>Here, configure the signing of the add-on product. Choose a secret key from the list of keys available or create a new one with <b>Create</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Configure aqui a assinatura do produto complementar. Escolha uma chave secreta na lista de chaves disponíveis ou crie uma nova com <b>Criar</b>.</p>" #. help text for signing dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:164 msgid "<p>Enter the passphrase needed to unlock the secret key.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Informe a frase secreta necessária para desbloquear a chave secreta.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Informe a frase secreta necessária para desbloquear a chave secreta.</p>" #. help text for signing dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:166 -msgid "" -"<p>Decide if you want to <b>Sign All Packages</b> of the add-on product with " -"the selected key. All previous package signatures will be removed.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Escolha se você deseja <b>Assinar todos os pacotes</b> do produto " -"complementar com a chave selecionada. Todas as assinaturas de pacotes " -"anteriores serão removidas.</p>" +msgid "<p>Decide if you want to <b>Sign All Packages</b> of the add-on product with the selected key. All previous package signatures will be removed.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Escolha se você deseja <b>Assinar todos os pacotes</b> do produto complementar com a chave selecionada. Todas as assinaturas de pacotes anteriores serão removidas.</p>" #. help text for generating new key dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:170 -msgid "" -"<p>Enter the values necessary for generating the new primary key pair.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Informe os valores necessários para gerar o novo par de chaves primárias.<" -"/p>" +msgid "<p>Enter the values necessary for generating the new primary key pair.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Informe os valores necessários para gerar o novo par de chaves primárias.</p>" #. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:174 -msgid "" -"<p>The default size of a DSA key is 1024 bits. RSA keys may be between 1024 " -"and 4096 bits long.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>O tamanho padrão de uma chave DSA é 1024 bits. As chaves RSA podem ter de " -"1024 a 4096 bits.</p>" +msgid "<p>The default size of a DSA key is 1024 bits. RSA keys may be between 1024 and 4096 bits long.</p>" +msgstr "<p>O tamanho padrão de uma chave DSA é 1024 bits. As chaves RSA podem ter de 1024 a 4096 bits.</p>" #. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:178 -msgid "" -"<p>As <b>Expiration Date</b>, enter the number of days after which the key " -"expires. If the number is followed by <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt>, or <tt>y</tt>, " -"it indicates the number of weeks, months, or years. Leave the entry empty for " -"a key that never expires.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Em <b>Data de vencimento</b>, informe o número de dias após o qual a chave " -"expirará. Se o número for seguido de <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt> ou <tt>y</tt>, ele " -"indicará o número de semanas, meses ou anos. Deixe a entrada vazia para uma " -"chave que nunca expira.</p>" +msgid "<p>As <b>Expiration Date</b>, enter the number of days after which the key expires. If the number is followed by <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt>, or <tt>y</tt>, it indicates the number of weeks, months, or years. Leave the entry empty for a key that never expires.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Em <b>Data de vencimento</b>, informe o número de dias após o qual a chave expirará. Se o número for seguido de <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt> ou <tt>y</tt>, ele indicará o número de semanas, meses ou anos. Deixe a entrada vazia para uma chave que nunca expira.</p>" #. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:182 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Name</b>, <b>Comment</b>, and <b>E-Mail Address</b> to provide the " -"user identification with which the new key should be associated.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Use <b>Nome</b>, <b>Comentário</b> e <b>Endereço de e-mail</b> para " -"fornecer a identificação do usuário à qual a nova chave deve ser associada.<" -"/p>" +msgid "<p>Use <b>Name</b>, <b>Comment</b>, and <b>E-Mail Address</b> to provide the user identification with which the new key should be associated.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Use <b>Nome</b>, <b>Comentário</b> e <b>Endereço de e-mail</b> para fornecer a identificação do usuário à qual a nova chave deve ser associada.</p>" #. help text for overview dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:186 -msgid "" -"<p>Here, see the overview of data for generating the add-on product.</p>" +msgid "<p>Here, see the overview of data for generating the add-on product.</p>" msgstr "<p>Veja aqui o resumo dos dados para gerar o produto complementar.</p>" #. help text for overview dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:190 -msgid "" -"<p>Press <b>Finish</b> to create the add-on product in the output directory.<" -"/p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Pressione <b>Concluir</b> para criar o produto complementar no diretório " -"de saída.</p>" +msgid "<p>Press <b>Finish</b> to create the add-on product in the output directory.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Pressione <b>Concluir</b> para criar o produto complementar no diretório de saída.</p>" #. text entry label #: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:113 @@ -1550,8 +1367,7 @@ #. help text for content file 'NAME' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:152 msgid "For internal usage. Same restrictions as for package names apply." -msgstr "" -"Para uso interno. Aplicam-se as mesmas restrições dos nomes dos pacotes." +msgstr "Para uso interno. Aplicam-se as mesmas restrições dos nomes dos pacotes." #. label of content file BASEARCHS key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:160 @@ -1560,12 +1376,8 @@ #. help text for content file 'BASEARCHS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:164 -msgid "" -"Space-separated list of product architectures. Matches the available " -"product-release packages architectures. " -msgstr "" -"Lista de arquiteturas do produto separadas por espaços. Combina com as " -"arquiteturas dos pacotes disponíveis no lançamento do produto." +msgid "Space-separated list of product architectures. Matches the available product-release packages architectures. " +msgstr "Lista de arquiteturas do produto separadas por espaços. Combina com as arquiteturas dos pacotes disponíveis no lançamento do produto." #. label of content file 'VERSION' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:172 @@ -1575,8 +1387,7 @@ #. help text for content file 'VERSION' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:176 msgid "Product version and release as in RPM <tt>major.minor-release</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Versão do produto e lançamento como no RPM <tt>grande.pequena-lançamento</tt>." +msgstr "Versão do produto e lançamento como no RPM <tt>grande.pequena-lançamento</tt>." #. table item label #. table item label @@ -1591,14 +1402,8 @@ #. help text for content file 'DISTRIBUTION' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:194 -msgid "" -"Some string denoting the distribution. The same string is most probably used " -"in the .rpms to denote the distribution. Usually a composition of the name, " -"version and architecture." -msgstr "" -"Alguma sequência de caracteres denotando a distribuição. A mesma sequência é, " -"provavelmente, usada nos .rpms para denotar a distribuição. Normalmente é uma " -"composição do nome, versão e da arquitetura." +msgid "Some string denoting the distribution. The same string is most probably used in the .rpms to denote the distribution. Usually a composition of the name, version and architecture." +msgstr "Alguma sequência de caracteres denotando a distribuição. A mesma sequência é, provavelmente, usada nos .rpms para denotar a distribuição. Normalmente é uma composição do nome, versão e da arquitetura." #. label of content file key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:201 @@ -1627,12 +1432,8 @@ #. help text for content file '' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:227 -msgid "" -"UTF-8 encoded label. Default label if <b>LINGUAS</b> is omitted or no default " -"language can be determined." -msgstr "" -"Rótulo com codificação UTF-8. Rótulo padrão se <b>LINGUAS</b> for omitido ou " -"se nenhum idioma padrão puder ser determinado." +msgid "UTF-8 encoded label. Default label if <b>LINGUAS</b> is omitted or no default language can be determined." +msgstr "Rótulo com codificação UTF-8. Rótulo padrão se <b>LINGUAS</b> for omitido ou se nenhum idioma padrão puder ser determinado." #. label of content file 'LINGUAS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:234 @@ -1701,14 +1502,8 @@ #. help text for content file 'LABEL.lang' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:304 -msgid "" -"UTF-8-encoded <b>LABEL</b>. <tt>lang</tt> has the same syntax as the <b>" -"LINGUAS</b> values. For each language in <b>LINGUAS</b>, a matching <b>" -"LABEL.lang</b> is expected." -msgstr "" -"<b>LABEL</b> com codificação UTF-8. <tt>lang</tt> tem a mesma sintaxe dos " -"valores de <b>LINGUAS</b>. Para cada idioma de <b>LINGUAS</b>, um <b>" -"LABEL.lang</b> correspondente é esperado." +msgid "UTF-8-encoded <b>LABEL</b>. <tt>lang</tt> has the same syntax as the <b>LINGUAS</b> values. For each language in <b>LINGUAS</b>, a matching <b>LABEL.lang</b> is expected." +msgstr "<b>LABEL</b> com codificação UTF-8. <tt>lang</tt> tem a mesma sintaxe dos valores de <b>LINGUAS</b>. Para cada idioma de <b>LINGUAS</b>, um <b>LABEL.lang</b> correspondente é esperado." #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:328 msgid "Architecture" @@ -1746,12 +1541,8 @@ #. help text for 'Cat' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:366 -msgid "" -"One line category in the default language used to group patterns. Categories " -"are intended for the user and can be specified freely." -msgstr "" -"Categoria de uma linha no idioma padrão usada para agrupar padrões. As " -"categorias são destinadas ao usuário e podem ser especificadas livremente." +msgid "One line category in the default language used to group patterns. Categories are intended for the user and can be specified freely." +msgstr "Categoria de uma linha no idioma padrão usada para agrupar padrões. As categorias são destinadas ao usuário e podem ser especificadas livremente." #. help text for 'Cat.lang' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:370 @@ -1785,11 +1576,8 @@ #. help text for 'Prc' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:400 -msgid "" -"These packages are installed by default but can be removed without complaint." -msgstr "" -"Estes pacotes são instalados por padrão mas podem ser removidos sem qualquer " -"problema." +msgid "These packages are installed by default but can be removed without complaint." +msgstr "Estes pacotes são instalados por padrão mas podem ser removidos sem qualquer problema." #. label for 'Prs' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:408 @@ -1801,12 +1589,8 @@ #. help text for 'SUGGESTS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:410 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:503 #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:712 -msgid "" -"These are just hints for an application and not handled during dependency " -"resolution." -msgstr "" -"Estas são apenas dicas para um aplicativo e não são tratadas durante a " -"resolução da dependências." +msgid "These are just hints for an application and not handled during dependency resolution." +msgstr "Estas são apenas dicas para um aplicativo e não são tratadas durante a resolução da dependências." #. label for 'Ico' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:418 @@ -1817,21 +1601,10 @@ #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:420 msgid "" "If unspecified, the pattern name is used \n" -" instead (with blanks in the name replaced by underscores). If the filename " -"does not include a .png or .jpg extension, .png is appended. If no path is " -"specified, icons are searched for in the theme icon path (first " -"/usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ then " -"/usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). Absolute and relative " -"paths (to the theme path /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/) are allowed." +" instead (with blanks in the name replaced by underscores). If the filename does not include a .png or .jpg extension, .png is appended. If no path is specified, icons are searched for in the theme icon path (first /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ then /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). Absolute and relative paths (to the theme path /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/) are allowed." msgstr "" "Se nada for especificado, será usado o nome do padrão \n" -" (com substituição dos espaços em branco no nome por sublinhados). Se o nome " -"de arquivo não incluir uma extensão .png ou .jpg, o .png será anexado. Se " -"nenhum caminho for especificado, a pesquisa dos ícones será feita no caminho " -"dos ícones do tema (primeiro em /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/app" -"s/ e depois em /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). São " -"permitidos caminhos absolutos e relativos (ao caminho do tema " -"/usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/)." +" (com substituição dos espaços em branco no nome por sublinhados). Se o nome de arquivo não incluir uma extensão .png ou .jpg, o .png será anexado. Se nenhum caminho for especificado, a pesquisa dos ícones será feita no caminho dos ícones do tema (primeiro em /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ e depois em /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). São permitidos caminhos absolutos e relativos (ao caminho do tema /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/)." #. label for 'Ord' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:429 @@ -1840,12 +1613,8 @@ #. help text for 'Ord' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:431 -msgid "" -"This three-digit integer value defines the order of the pattern when listing " -"multiple patterns in the user interface." -msgstr "" -"Este valor inteiro de três dígitos define a ordem do padrão na listagem de " -"múltiplos padrões na interface do usuário." +msgid "This three-digit integer value defines the order of the pattern when listing multiple patterns in the user interface." +msgstr "Este valor inteiro de três dígitos define a ordem do padrão na listagem de múltiplos padrões na interface do usuário." #. label for 'Req' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:441 @@ -1864,16 +1633,8 @@ #. help text for 'Prv' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:453 -msgid "" -"Capabilities this pattern provides. They can be used to match <b>REQUIRES</b> " -"from others. Every resolvable has a provide by default--its own name and " -"edition. For example, package <i>bar-1.42-1</i> provides the capability <tt>" -"bar = 1.42-1</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Recursos fornecidos por este padrão. Eles podem ser usados para fazer a " -"correspondência de <b>REQUIRES</b> a partir de outros. Todo resolvível tem um " -"pacote fornecido por padrão--seu próprio nome e versão. Por exemplo, o pacote " -"<i>bar-1.42-1</i> fornece o recurso <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." +msgid "Capabilities this pattern provides. They can be used to match <b>REQUIRES</b> from others. Every resolvable has a provide by default--its own name and edition. For example, package <i>bar-1.42-1</i> provides the capability <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." +msgstr "Recursos fornecidos por este padrão. Eles podem ser usados para fazer a correspondência de <b>REQUIRES</b> a partir de outros. Todo resolvível tem um pacote fornecido por padrão--seu próprio nome e versão. Por exemplo, o pacote <i>bar-1.42-1</i> fornece o recurso <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." #. label for 'Con' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:461 @@ -1882,12 +1643,8 @@ #. help text for 'Con' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:463 -msgid "" -"This pattern cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that " -"provides the capability is installed." -msgstr "" -"Este padrão não poderá ser instalado se o resolvível especificado ou outro " -"que forneça o recurso estiver instalado." +msgid "This pattern cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that provides the capability is installed." +msgstr "Este padrão não poderá ser instalado se o resolvível especificado ou outro que forneça o recurso estiver instalado." #. label for 'Obs' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:471 @@ -1910,12 +1667,8 @@ #. help text for 'Rec' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:483 -msgid "" -"A weak version of REQUIRES. If recommended patterns cannot be installed, no " -"error is shown." -msgstr "" -"Uma versão fraca de REQUIRES. Se não for possível instalar os padrões " -"recomendados, nenhum erro será exibido." +msgid "A weak version of REQUIRES. If recommended patterns cannot be installed, no error is shown." +msgstr "Uma versão fraca de REQUIRES. Se não for possível instalar os padrões recomendados, nenhum erro será exibido." #. label for 'Sup' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:491 @@ -1924,14 +1677,8 @@ #. help text for 'Sup' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:493 -msgid "" -"A reverse <b>Rec</b>. This pattern is installed if the specified capability " -"is provided by an installed resolvable. The dependency resolver installs it. " -"Uninstalling it is silently accepted." -msgstr "" -"Um <b>Rec</b> reverso. Este padrão será instalado se o recurso especificado " -"for fornecido por um resolvível instalado. O solucionador de dependências o " -"instalará. Sua desinstalação é silenciosamente aceita." +msgid "A reverse <b>Rec</b>. This pattern is installed if the specified capability is provided by an installed resolvable. The dependency resolver installs it. Uninstalling it is silently accepted." +msgstr "Um <b>Rec</b> reverso. Este padrão será instalado se o recurso especificado for fornecido por um resolvível instalado. O solucionador de dependências o instalará. Sua desinstalação é silenciosamente aceita." #. label for 'Sug' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:501 @@ -1945,12 +1692,8 @@ #. help text for 'Fre' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:513 -msgid "" -"The current pattern is only considered for installation if the pattern " -"specified here is installed." -msgstr "" -"O padrão atual somente será considerado para instalação se o padrão " -"especificado aqui estiver instalado." +msgid "The current pattern is only considered for installation if the pattern specified here is installed." +msgstr "O padrão atual somente será considerado para instalação se o padrão especificado aqui estiver instalado." #. label for 'Ext' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:523 @@ -2009,12 +1752,8 @@ #. help text for 'Ins' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:601 -msgid "" -"An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected, such as a " -"test version warning or a commercial license." -msgstr "" -"Uma mensagem informal exibida ao usuário se o pacote for selecionado, como, " -"por exemplo, um aviso de versão de teste ou uma licença comercial." +msgid "An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected, such as a test version warning or a commercial license." +msgstr "Uma mensagem informal exibida ao usuário se o pacote for selecionado, como, por exemplo, um aviso de versão de teste ou uma licença comercial." #. label for 'Del' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:608 @@ -2023,13 +1762,8 @@ #. help text for 'Del' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:610 -msgid "" -"An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected for " -"deletion, such as a warning that the system is unusable without the package." -msgstr "" -"Uma mensagem informal exibida ao usuário se o pacote for selecionado para " -"remoção, como, por exemplo, um aviso informando que o sistema não será " -"utilizável sem o pacote." +msgid "An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected for deletion, such as a warning that the system is unusable without the package." +msgstr "Uma mensagem informal exibida ao usuário se o pacote for selecionado para remoção, como, por exemplo, um aviso informando que o sistema não será utilizável sem o pacote." #. label for 'Eul' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:617 @@ -2038,12 +1772,8 @@ #. help text for 'Eul' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:619 -msgid "" -"Text of the EULA. This text is displayed before the package installation. If " -"the user does not accept the EULA, the package is not installed." -msgstr "" -"Texto da EULA. Este texto é exibido antes da instalação do pacote. Se o " -"usuário não aceitar a EULA o pacote não será instalado." +msgid "Text of the EULA. This text is displayed before the package installation. If the user does not accept the EULA, the package is not installed." +msgstr "Texto da EULA. Este texto é exibido antes da instalação do pacote. Se o usuário não aceitar a EULA o pacote não será instalado." #. label of key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:660 @@ -2052,12 +1782,8 @@ #. help text for 'REQUIRES' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:662 -msgid "" -"<p>Resolvables that must be installed on the system to meet product " -"requirements.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Resolvíveis que devem ser instalados no sistema para satisfazer os " -"requisitos do produto.</p>" +msgid "<p>Resolvables that must be installed on the system to meet product requirements.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Resolvíveis que devem ser instalados no sistema para satisfazer os requisitos do produto.</p>" #. label of PROVIDES key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:670 @@ -2066,12 +1792,8 @@ #. help text for 'PROVIDES' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:672 -msgid "" -"Capabilities this product provides. They can be used to match <b>requires</b> " -"from others." -msgstr "" -"Recursos que este produto fornece. Eles podem ser usados para realizar a " -"correspondência dos <b>requires</b> de outros." +msgid "Capabilities this product provides. They can be used to match <b>requires</b> from others." +msgstr "Recursos que este produto fornece. Eles podem ser usados para realizar a correspondência dos <b>requires</b> de outros." #. label of 'CONFLICTS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:680 @@ -2080,12 +1802,8 @@ #. help text for 'CONFLICTS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:682 -msgid "" -"This resolvable cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that " -"provides the capability is installed." -msgstr "" -"Este resolvível não poderá ser instalado se o resolvível especificado ou " -"outro que forneça o recurso estiver instalado." +msgid "This resolvable cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that provides the capability is installed." +msgstr "Este resolvível não poderá ser instalado se o resolvível especificado ou outro que forneça o recurso estiver instalado." #. label of 'OBSOLETES' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:690 @@ -2094,12 +1812,8 @@ #. help text for 'OBSOLETES' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:692 -msgid "" -"When this resolvable is installed, it uninstalls any other resolvable with a " -"name matching this keyword." -msgstr "" -"Quando este resolvível for instalado, ele desinstalará qualquer outro " -"resolvível que tenha o nome correspondente a esta palavra-chave." +msgid "When this resolvable is installed, it uninstalls any other resolvable with a name matching this keyword." +msgstr "Quando este resolvível for instalado, ele desinstalará qualquer outro resolvível que tenha o nome correspondente a esta palavra-chave." #. label of 'RECOMMENDS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:700 @@ -2108,13 +1822,8 @@ #. help text for 'RECOMMENDS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:702 -msgid "" -"A weak version of <b>requires</b>. An attempt is made to fulfill <b>" -"RECOMMENDS</b>, but they are silently ignored if no match is possible." -msgstr "" -"Uma versão fraca do <b>requires</b>. É feita uma tentativa de atender os <b>" -"RECOMMENDS</b>, mas eles serão silenciosamente ignorados se não for possível " -"realizar nenhuma correspondência." +msgid "A weak version of <b>requires</b>. An attempt is made to fulfill <b>RECOMMENDS</b>, but they are silently ignored if no match is possible." +msgstr "Uma versão fraca do <b>requires</b>. É feita uma tentativa de atender os <b>RECOMMENDS</b>, mas eles serão silenciosamente ignorados se não for possível realizar nenhuma correspondência." #. label of 'SUGGESTS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:710 @@ -2143,12 +1852,8 @@ #. help text for 'productline' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:747 -msgid "" -"A short name for the product, which does not change between service packs and " -"versions." -msgstr "" -"Um breve nome do produto, que não sofrerá alterações entre os pacotes de " -"serviços e versões." +msgid "A short name for the product, which does not change between service packs and versions." +msgstr "Um breve nome do produto, que não sofrerá alterações entre os pacotes de serviços e versões." #. table item label #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:754 @@ -2162,12 +1867,8 @@ #. help text for media type #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:761 -msgid "" -"Type of media that will be used for target product. Possible values are: cd, " -"ftp, dvd5, dvd9." -msgstr "" -"Tipo de mídia que será usada para o produto destino. Os valores possíveis " -"são: cd, ftp, dvd5 e dvd9." +msgid "Type of media that will be used for target product. Possible values are: cd, ftp, dvd5, dvd9." +msgstr "Tipo de mídia que será usada para o produto destino. Os valores possíveis são: cd, ftp, dvd5 e dvd9." #. table item label #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:768 @@ -2177,9 +1878,7 @@ #. help text for media type #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:770 msgid "Description of the flavor or variant of a product, e.g. DVD, FTP, Live" -msgstr "" -"Descrição do tipo ou variante de um produto, como, por exemplo, DVD, FTP ou " -"LiveCD" +msgstr "Descrição do tipo ou variante de um produto, como, por exemplo, DVD, FTP ou LiveCD" #. AddOnCreator Build dialog caption #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1694 @@ -2225,8 +1924,7 @@ #. help text #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1746 msgid "<b>Wait while generating data for add-on...</b><br/>\n" -msgstr "" -"<b>Aguarde enquanto os dados para o complemento são gerados...</b><br/>\n" +msgstr "<b>Aguarde enquanto os dados para o complemento são gerados...</b><br/>\n" #. error report #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:2730 Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/add-on.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/add-on.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/add-on.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: add-on\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:35+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-05 14:29-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Ísis Binder \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" @@ -64,21 +64,21 @@ #. this is a heading #. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks #: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1877 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "Produtos complementares" #. busy message (dialog) #. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label #: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1878 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1874 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inicializando..." #. help #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1879 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1875 msgid "<p>Initializing add-on products...</p>" msgstr "<p>Inicializando os produtos complementares...</p>" @@ -104,10 +104,10 @@ #. placeholder for unknown path #. placeholder for unknown URL #: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:371 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:381 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:937 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:946 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:369 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:935 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Desconhecido" @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ #. main screen heading #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153 #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:909 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:907 msgid "Add-On Product Installation" msgstr "Instalação do produto complementar" @@ -245,34 +245,34 @@ #. ], #. ... #. ] -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:163 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:582 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1592 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1604 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:161 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:580 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1588 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1600 msgid "No product found in the repository." msgstr "Nenhum produto foi encontrado no repositório." #. error report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:316 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:314 msgid "No software repository found on medium." msgstr "Nenhum repositório de software foi encontrado na mídia." #. busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:335 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:333 msgid "Initializing new source..." msgstr "Inicializando nova fonte..." -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:376 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374 msgid "URL: %1, Directory: %2" msgstr "URL: %1, diretório: %2" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:387 msgid "Software Repository Selection" msgstr "Seleção de repositório de software" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:391 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Software Repository Selection</b></big><br>\n" "Multiple repositories were found on the selected medium.\n" @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ "Foram encontrados vários repositórios na mídia selecionada.\n" "Selecione o repositório a ser utilizado.</p>\n" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:401 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:399 msgid "Repositories &Found" msgstr "&Repositórios encontrados" @@ -294,33 +294,33 @@ #. else #. { #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:413 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:740 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:411 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:738 msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?" msgstr "Cancelar a instalação do produto complementar?" #. popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:424 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:422 msgid "Select a repository." msgstr "Selecione um repositório." #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:629 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:627 msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "As dependências do produto complementar não podem ser satisfeitas." #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:710 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:708 msgid "Product Selection" msgstr "Seleção de produto" #. multi selection list -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:716 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:714 msgid "Available Products" msgstr "Produtos disponíveis" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:722 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:720 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Product Selection</big></b><br/>\n" "Multiple products were found in the repository. Select the products\n" @@ -331,12 +331,12 @@ "para instalar.</p>\n" #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:790 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:788 msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "As dependências dos produtos complementares selecionados não podem ser satisfeitas." #. Help for add-on products -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:910 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Add-On Product Installation</b></big><br/>\n" "Here see all add-on products that are selected for installation.\n" @@ -349,103 +349,103 @@ "um produto já adicionado, selecione-o e clique em <b>Remover</b>.</p>" #. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:941 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:939 msgid "%1, Directory: %2" msgstr "%1, diretório: %2" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:965 msgid "Product" msgstr "Produto" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:969 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967 msgid "Media" msgstr "Mídia" #. message report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1124 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1120 msgid "Select a product to delete." msgstr "Selecione o produto a ser removido." #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1132 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1128 msgid "Removing selected add-on..." msgstr "Removendo o complemento selecionado..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1259 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1255 msgid "Installed Add-on Products" msgstr "Produtos complementares instalados" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1266 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262 msgid "Add-on Product" msgstr "Produto complementar" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1268 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1264 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1278 msgid "Run &Software Manager..." msgstr "Executar o gerenciador de &software..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1286 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 msgid "<p>All add-on products installed on your system are displayed.</p>" msgstr "<p>Todos os produtos complementares instalados em seu sistema são exibidos.</p>" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1288 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1284 msgid "<p>Click <b>Add</b> to add a new add-on product, or <b>Delete</b> to remove an add-on which is in use.</p>" msgstr "<p>Clique em <b>Adicionar</b> para adicionar um novo produto complementar ou clique em <b>Remover</b> para remover um produto complementar em uso.</p>" #. no items -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1337 msgid "<b>Vendor:</b> %1<br>" msgstr "<b>Fabricante:</b> %1<br>" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1338 msgid "Unknown vendor" msgstr "Fabricante desconhecido" # ycp-format -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 msgid "<b>Version:</b> %1<br>" msgstr "<b>Versão: </b> %1<br>" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1346 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342 msgid "Unknown version" msgstr "Versão desconhecida" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345 msgid "<b>Repository URL:</b> %1<br>" msgstr "<b>URL do repositório:</b> %1<br>" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1355 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1351 msgid "Unknown repository URL" msgstr "URL do repositório desconhecido" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1362 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1358 msgid "<b>Repository Alias:</b> %1<br>" msgstr "<b>Apelido do repositório</b> %1<br>" #. Removes the currently selected Add-On #. #. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1642 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1638 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1691 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Produto desconhecido" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1645 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1641 msgid "Unknown URL" msgstr "URL desconhecido" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1701 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1697 msgid "" "Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\n" "installed from this add-on.\n" @@ -458,7 +458,7 @@ "Você tem certeza de que deseja removê-lo?" #. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1718 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1714 msgid "Removing product dependencies..." msgstr "Removendo as dependências do produto..." Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/audit-laf.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/audit-laf.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/audit-laf.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: audit-laf\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 10:43-0200\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/auth-client.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/auth-client.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/auth-client.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-06 10:48-0200\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" @@ -21,147 +21,122 @@ "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. translators: command line help text for authentication client module -#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:49 +#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:46 msgid "Authentication client configuration module" msgstr "Módulo de configuração do cliente de autenticação" #. translators: command line help text for summary action -#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:59 +#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:56 msgid "Configuration summary of the authentication client" msgstr "Resumo da configuração do cliente de autenticação" #. translators: command line help text for summary action -#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:64 +#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:61 msgid "Create autoyast rnc from @parameters" msgstr "Criar autoyast rnc a partir de @parameters" -#. the auth configuration -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:33 -msgid "Do you really want to delete the domain '%1'?" -msgstr "Você realmente deseja remover o domínio '%1'?" +#. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:70 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "None" +msgid "None." +msgstr "Nenhum" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:49 -msgid "There is no help for this parameter." -msgstr "Não há ajuda para este parâmetro." +#. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:105 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mount Parameters" +msgid "Mandatory Parameters" +msgstr "Parâmetros de Montagem" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:55 -msgid "Default value: " -msgstr "Valor padrão: " +#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:112 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Optional Parameter File" +msgid "Optional Parameters" +msgstr "Arquivo de Parâmetros Opcionais" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:59 -msgid "Available values: " -msgstr "Valores disponíveis: " +#. Check that all mandatory parameters are set +#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:138 +msgid "Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n" +msgstr "" -#. No we open the dialog -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:146 -msgid "Set Parameter Value in Section '%1'" -msgstr "Definir valor de parâmetro na seção '%1'" +#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Authentication Client" +msgid "Authentication Client Config" +msgstr "Cliente de autenticação" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:148 src/include/dialogs.rb:220 -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:310 src/include/dialogs.rb:371 -msgid "Cancel" -msgstr "Cancelar" +#. Overview of all config sections +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:62 +msgid "Global Configuration" +msgstr "Configuração global" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:149 src/include/dialogs.rb:222 -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:313 src/include/dialogs.rb:373 -msgid "OK" -msgstr "OK" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" +msgstr "Criar diretório pessoal no login" -#. Waiting for response -#. Waiting for response -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:168 src/include/dialogs.rb:338 -msgid "Value for parameter '%1' is invalid." -msgstr "O valor para o parâmetro '%1' é inválido." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable the NTP daemon" +msgid "Enable SSSD daemon" +msgstr "Habilitar o daemon do NTP" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:200 -msgid "Section '%1' has no attributes." -msgstr "A seção '%1' não possui atributos." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:73 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Sections: %1" +msgid "Sections" +msgstr "Seções: %1" -#. No we open the dialog -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:212 -msgid "Select new Parameter for section '%1'" -msgstr "Selecionar um novo parâmetro para a seção '%1'" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Services" +msgid "New Service/Domain" +msgstr "Serviços de rede" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:215 -msgid "New Parameter" -msgstr "Novo parâmetro" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:77 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Selected Service" +msgid "Delete Service/Domain" +msgstr "Serviços selecionados" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:221 src/include/dialogs.rb:311 -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:372 -msgid "Help" -msgstr "Ajuda" +#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:112 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Custom Registration Server" +msgid "Customisation - %s" +msgstr "Servidor personalizado de registro" -#. No we open the dialog -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:306 -msgid "Edit sssd section '%1'" -msgstr "Editar seção sssd '%1'" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Nome" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:312 -msgid "New" -msgstr "Novo" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "Valor" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:356 -msgid "Add New Domain" -msgstr "Adicionar novo domínio" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Descrição" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:358 -msgid "Name:" -msgstr "Nome:" +#. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:135 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Modem Parameters" +msgid "More Parameters" +msgstr "Parâmetros do modem" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:359 -msgid "Activate Domain" -msgstr "Ativar domínio" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:138 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filter:" +msgid "Name filter:" +msgstr "Filtro:" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:361 -msgid "The identification provider used for the domain" -msgstr "O provedor de identificação utilizado para o domínio" - -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:365 -msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain" -msgstr "O provedor de autenticação utilizado para o domínio" - -#. TODO -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:387 -msgid "Help for creating new domain" -msgstr "Ajuda para criar um novo domínio" - -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:391 -msgid "You have to provide a domain name!" -msgstr "É obrigatório fornecer um nome de domínio!" - -#. The default ldap schema rfc2307 is deprecated use rfc2307bis -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:421 -msgid "Basic Settings:" -msgstr "Configurações básicas:" - -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:423 -msgid "Services:" -msgstr "Serviços:" - -#. Count of active domains -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:463 +#. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:167 msgid "" -"There are no activated domains in the [sssd] section.\n" -"sssd will not be started. Only local authentication will be available.\n" -"Do you want to write this configuration?" -msgstr "" -"Não existem domínios ativios na seção [sssd].\n" -"O sssd não será iniciado. Somente autenticação local estará disponível.\n" -"Você deseja escrever esta configuração?" - -#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for list of inactive domains -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:471 -msgid "" -"There are some domains you have not activated:\n" -"%s \n" -"Do you want to write this configuration?" -msgstr "" -"Existem domínios não ativados:\n" -"%s \n" -"Você deseja escrever esta configuração?" - -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:486 -msgid "" "Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" "If you continue, your nss_ldap configuration will be removed.\n" @@ -172,7 +147,7 @@ "Se você continuar, sua configuração nss_ldap será removida.\n" "Você deseja continuar?" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:496 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:177 msgid "" "Your system is configured as OES client.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -184,925 +159,1163 @@ "Se você continuar, sua configuração de cliente OES será desativada.\n" "Deseja continuar?" -#. Main dialog contents -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:512 -msgid "Authentication Client" -msgstr "Cliente de autenticação" +#. Delete the chosen section (domain or service) +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:221 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "You cannot delete the active profile." +msgid "You may not delete section SSSD." +msgstr "Você não pode deletar o perfil ativo." -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:526 src/include/dialogs.rb:599 -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:605 -msgid "Configured Authentication Domains" -msgstr "Domínios de autenticação configurados" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do you really want to delete partition %1?" +msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?" +msgstr "Você realmente quer remover a partição %1?" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:538 -msgid "Add" -msgstr "Adicionar" +#. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:267 +msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted." +msgstr "" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:539 -msgid "Edit" -msgstr "Editar" +#. Warn against removal of important parameters +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:272 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Modem parameter details" +msgid "Confirm parameter removal: " +msgstr "Detalhes de parâmetro de modem" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:540 -msgid "Delete" -msgstr "Remover" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:273 +msgid "" +"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n" +"Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" +"Do you still wish to continue?" +msgstr "" -#. Inetd configure dialog caption -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:547 -msgid "Authentication Client Configuration (sssd)" -msgstr "Configuração do cliente de autenticação (sssd)" +#. Save settings - validate +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:303 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Logging enabled" +msgid "No domain enabled" +msgstr "Log habilitado" -#. initialize GUI -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:553 -msgid "SSSD provides a set of daemons to manage access to remote directories and authentication mechanisms.<br>You have to confiugre at least one authentication domain.<br>The first you have to set for a authentication domain is the identification and auth provider used for the domain.<br>In the next step you have to set some mandatory parameter for the selected providers.You can select later all parameters available for the selected identification and auth provider.SSSD provides following id_provider:<br><b>proxy</b>: Support a legacy NSS provider.<br><b>local</b>: SSSD internal provider for local users.<br><b>ldap</b>: LDAP provider. See sssd-ldap(5) for more information on configuring LDAP.<br><b>ipa</b>: FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management provider.<br><b>ad</b>: Active Directory provider.<br>Supported auth providers are:<br><b>ldap</b> for native LDAP authentication.<br><b>krb5</b> for Kerberos authentication.<br><b>ipa</b> FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management provider.<br><b>ad</b> Active Directory provider.<br><b>proxy</b> for relaying authentication to some other PAM target.<br><b>none</b> disables authentication explicitly.<br>The default auth provider is the id_provider.<br>" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:304 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "There are no activated domains in the [sssd] section.\n" +#| "sssd will not be started. Only local authentication will be available.\n" +#| "Do you want to write this configuration?" +msgid "" +"No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n" +"SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" +"Do you still wish to proceed?" msgstr "" +"Não existem domínios ativios na seção [sssd].\n" +"O sssd não será iniciado. Somente autenticação local estará disponível.\n" +"Você deseja escrever esta configuração?" +#. user must correct the mistake +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:321 +msgid "Inactive domain(s) found" +msgstr "" + +#. Render input box and dropdowns for service/domain creation +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Would you like to enable access to the profile repository?" +msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?" +msgstr "Você deseja habilitar o acesso ao repositório de perfil?" + +#. New service +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:54 +msgid "Service" +msgstr "Serviço" + +#. New domain and provider types +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:58 +msgid "Domain" +msgstr "Domínio" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:61 +msgid "Domain name (example.com):" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:64 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Identification:" +msgid "Identification provider:" +msgstr "Identificação:" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:69 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Authentication Mode" +msgid "Authentication provider:" +msgstr "Modo de &autenticação" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:72 +msgid "Activate Domain" +msgstr "Ativar domínio" + +#. Create new service +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:105 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "These services will be enabled" +msgid "There are no more services to be enabled." +msgstr "Estes serviços serão habilitados" + +#. Create new domain +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:123 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter a name for the new profile." +msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain." +msgstr "Digite um nome para o novo perfil." + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:126 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This domain is already defined." +msgid "The domain name is already in-use." +msgstr "O domínio já está definido." + #. Define Global Parameters -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:17 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:108 msgid "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file." msgstr "Indica qual é a sintaxe do arquivo de configuração." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:21 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:114 msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." msgstr "Lista de itens separados por vírgula contendo serviços que são iniciados quando o próprio sssd inicia." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:26 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:79 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:115 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Supported services: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:120 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:174 msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up" msgstr "Número de vezes que os serviços devem tentar se reconectar caso um provedor de dados trave ou reinicie" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:30 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:125 msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start." msgstr "SSSD pode utilizar vários domínios ao mesmo tempo, mas ao meno um deve ser configurado, caso contrário o SSSD não será inicializado." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:31 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:126 msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried." msgstr "Este parâmetro contém a lista de domínios na ordem pela qual serão pesquisados." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:35 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:130 msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components" msgstr "A expressão regular padrão que descreve como analisar a string contendo nome de usuário e domínio nestes componentes" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:39 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:134 msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." msgstr "O formato padrão compatível com printf(3) que descreve como traduzir uma tupla (nome, domínio) em um nome completamente qualificado." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:43 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:138 msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver." msgstr "O SSSD monitora o estado do resolv.conf para identificar quando é necessário atualizar seu resolver de DNS interno." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:44 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:139 msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." msgstr "Por padrão, tentaremos utilizar o inotify para isto. Caso não seja possível utilizá-lo, reverteremos para o polling do resolv.conf a cada 5 segundos." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:48 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:143 msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files." msgstr "O diretório no sistema de arquivos no qual o SSSD deve armazenar os arquivos do cache de replay do Kerberos." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:52 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:147 msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component." msgstr "Esta string será utilizada como um nome de domínio padrão para todos os nomes sem um componente de nome de domínio." #. Define Global Services Parameters -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:59 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:154 msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode." msgstr "A máscara de bits que indica quais níveis de depuração serão visíveis. 0x0010 é o valor padrão, bem como o menor valor permitido. 0xFFF0 é o modo mais descritivo." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:64 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:159 msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages" msgstr "Adicione um timestamp às mensagens de depuração" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:69 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:164 msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages" msgstr "Adicione microssegundos ao timestamp nas mensagens de depuração" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:74 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:169 msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service." msgstr "Tempo de espera em segundos entre batidas para este serviço." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:84 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:179 msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process." msgstr "Esta opção especifica a quantidade máxima de descritores de arquivos que podem ser abertos de uma única vez por este processo SSSD." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:89 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:184 msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." msgstr "Esta opção especifica a quantidade de segundos pela qual um cliente de um processo SSSD pode manter um descritor de arquivo aberto sem se comunicar através dele." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:94 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:189 msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." msgstr "Se um serviço não está respondendo às verificações pind (veja a opção \"timeout\"), ele receberá primeiro o sinal SIGTERM, que o instruirá a terminar corretamente." #. NSS configuration options -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:102 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:197 msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:107 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:202 msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain." msgstr "O cache de entradas pode ser configurado para atualizar automaticamentes em background as entradas ser elas forem requisitadas além da porcentagem do valor de entry_cache_timeout para o domínio." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:112 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:207 msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again." msgstr "Especifica por quantos segundos o nss_sss deve realizar cache de hits negativos de cache (ou seja, pesquisas por entradas inválidas de banco de dados, como entradas inexistentes) antes de consultar novamente a infraestrutura." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:117 -msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched from the sss NSS database." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:213 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched from the sss NSS database." +msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend" msgstr "Excluir determinados usuários dos resultados vindos do banco de dados NSS do sss." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:122 -msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched from the sss NSS database." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:219 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched from the sss NSS database." +msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched by SSS backend" msgstr "Excluir determinados grupos dos resultados vindos do banco de dados NSS do sss." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:127 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:224 msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." msgstr "Se você deseja que o usuário filtrado ainda seja membro de algum grupo, configure esta opção como \"falsa\"." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:131 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:228 msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." msgstr "Sobrescreve o diretório do usuário. Você pode fornecer um valor absoluto ou um modelo." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:135 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1101 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:232 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1185 msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." msgstr "Configure um modelo padrão para o diretório de usuário se nenhum estiver especificado explicitamente pelo provedor de dados do domínio." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:139 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:236 msgid "Override the login shell for all users." msgstr "Sobrescreve o shell de login para todos os usuários." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:143 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:240 msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values." msgstr "Restringe o shell do usuário para um dos valores listados." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:147 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:244 msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback" msgstr "Substitui quaisquer instâncias desses shells com o shell_fallback" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:152 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:249 msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." msgstr "O shell padrão a ser utilizado se um shell permitido não estiver instalado na máquina." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:156 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1105 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:253 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1189 msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." msgstr "O shell padrão a ser utilizado se provedor não retornar um durante a pesquisa." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:161 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:204 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:258 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:301 msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid." msgstr "Especifica o tempo em segundo durante o qual a lista de subdomínios será considerada válida." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:166 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:263 msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid." msgstr "Especifica o tempo em segundos durante o qual os registros no cache em memória serão válidos." #. PAM configuration options -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:174 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:271 msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)." msgstr "Se o provedor de autenticação estiver offline, por quanto tempo permitiremos logins em cache (em dias contados a partir do último login bem-sucedido)." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:179 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:184 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:276 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:281 msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." msgstr "O tempo em minutos a aguardar após offline_failed_login_attempts ter sido atingido antes que uma nova tentativa de login seja possível." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:189 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:286 msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." msgstr "Controla quais tipos de mensagens são exibidas para o usuário durante a autenticação." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:194 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:291 msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." msgstr "Para qualquer requisição PAM enquanto o SSSD estiver online, o SSSD tentará atualizar imediatamente as informações de identidade em cache para o usuário de forma a garantir que a autenticação seja realizada com as últimas informações." #. The kerberos domain section -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:199 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:691 -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:988 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:296 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:788 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1073 msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires." msgstr "Exibe um aviso N dias antes da expiração da senha." #. SUDO configuration options -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:212 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:309 msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." msgstr "Se a avaliação dos atributos sudoNotBefore e sudoNotAfter deve ocorrer ou não. Esses atributos implementam entradas de sudoers dependentes de horário." #. AUTOFS configuration options -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:220 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:317 msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again." msgstr "Especifica por quantos segundos o responder do autofs deve manter o cache de hits negativos antes de consultar novamente a infraestrutura." #. SSH configuration options -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:228 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:325 msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file." msgstr "Define se deve ou não ser realizado o hash de nomes de máquinas de endereços no arquivo known_hosts." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:233 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:330 msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested." msgstr "Por quantos segundos uma máquina deve ser mantida no arquivo gerenciado known_hosts após a requisição de suas chaves." #. DOMAIN SECTIONS #. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:242 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:247 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:339 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:344 msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored." msgstr "Limites de UID e GID para o domínio. Se um domínio contiver uma entrada que estiver fora desses limites, ele será ignorado." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:252 -msgid "Determines if a domain can be enumerated." -msgstr "Determina se um domínio pode ser enumerado." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:350 +msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)" +msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:257 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:355 msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." msgstr "Se o serviço não terminar após \"force_timeout\" segundos, o monitor o desligará de maneira forçada enviando um sinal SIGKILL." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:262 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:360 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "Por quantos segundos o nss_sss deve considerar as entradas como válidas antes de consultar novamente a infraestrutura." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:267 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:365 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "Por quantos segundos o nss_sss deve considerar as entradas de usuário como válidas antes de consultar novamente a infraestrutura." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:272 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:370 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "Por quantos segundos o nss_sss deve considerar as entradas de grupo como válidas antes de consultar novamente a infraestrutura." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:277 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:375 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "Por quantos segundos o nss_sss deve considerar as entradas de netgroup válidas antes de consultar novamente a infraestrutura." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:282 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:380 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "Por quantos segundos o nss_sss deve considerar as entradas de serviço como válidas antes de consultar novamente a infraestrutura." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:287 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:385 msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "Por quantos segundos o sudo deve considerar as regras como válidas antes de consultar novamente a infraestrutura." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:292 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:390 msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "Por quantos segundos o serviço autofs deve considerar os mapas do automounter como válidos antes de consultar novamente a infraestrutura." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:297 -msgid "Determines if user credentials are also cached in the local LDB cache." -msgstr "Determina se as credenciais do usuário também serão armazenadas em cache no cache local LDB." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:396 +msgid "Cache credentials for offline use" +msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:302 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:401 msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache." msgstr "Quantidade de dias durante os quais as entradas serão mantidas no cache após o último login bem-sucedido antes que sejam removidas durante uma limpeza de cache." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:307 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:408 msgid "The identification provider used for the domain." msgstr "O provedor de identificação utilizado para o domínio." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:312 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:413 msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS." msgstr "Utilize o nome completo e domínio (como formatado pelo full_name_format do domínio) como nome do usuário relatado ao NSS." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:318 -msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain." -msgstr "O provedor de autenticação utilizado pelo domínio." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:420 +msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain" +msgstr "O provedor de autenticação utilizado para o domínio" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:324 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:426 msgid "The access control provider used for the domain." msgstr "O provedor de controle de acesso utilizado pelo domínio." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:330 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:431 msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." msgstr "O provedor que deve gerenciar operações de alteração de senha para o domínio." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:336 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:437 msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain." msgstr "O provedor SUDO utilizado pelo domínio." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:342 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:443 msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings." msgstr "O provedor que deve gerenciar o carregamento das configurações do selinux." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:348 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:449 msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains." msgstr "O provedor que deve gerenciar a pesquisa de subdomínios." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:354 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:455 msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain." msgstr "O provedor autofs utilizado pelo domínio." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:360 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:461 msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information." msgstr "O provedor utilizar para receber informações de identidade da máquina." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:365 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:466 msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components." msgstr "Expressão regular para este domínio que descreve como analisar a string contendo o nome de usuário e domínio nestes componentes." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:370 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:471 msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." msgstr "Um formato compatível com o printf(3) que descreve como traduzir uma tupla (nome, domínio) para este domínio em um nome completamente qualificado." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:376 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:477 msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups." msgstr "Fornece a habilidade de selecionar famílias de endereços preferidos a serem utilizados durante a pesquisa de DNS." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:381 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:482 msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." msgstr "Define por quanto tempo (em segundos) deve-se aguardar por uma resposta do resolver DNS antes de assumir que ele está inatingível." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:385 -msgid "Use the domain part of machine's hostname." -msgstr "Utilize a parte do domínio do nome de máquina." - -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:386 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:486 msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query." msgstr "Se a descoberta de serviço for utilizada na infraestrutura, especifique a parte do domínio da consulta DNS de descoberta de domínio." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:390 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:490 msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified." msgstr "Sobrescreve o valor GID primário com o valor especificado." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:395 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:495 msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive." msgstr "Diferenciar maiúsculas e minúsculas nos nomes de usuário e grupo." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:400 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:500 msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias." msgstr "Quando um usuário ou grupo é pesquisado por nome no provedor de proxy, uma segunda consulta por ID é realizada para 'canonizar' o nome pesquisado caso ele seja um apelido." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:405 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:505 msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." msgstr "User este homedir como valor padrão para todos os subdomínios dentro deste domínio." #. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:411 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:511 msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in." msgstr "Lista de itens separados por vírgula contendo usuários cujo login é permitido." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:416 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:516 msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." msgstr "Lista de itens separados por vírgula contendo groups cujo login é permitido. Isto se aplica somente a grupos dentro deste domínio SSSD." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:421 -msgid "Comma separated list of users who are explicitly denied access." -msgstr "Lista de itens separados por vírgula contendo usuários cujo acesso é explicitamente negado." - -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:426 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:521 msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." msgstr "Lista de itens separados por vírgula contendo groups cujo login é explicitamente negado. Isto se aplica somente a grupos dentro deste domínio SSSD." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:432 -msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules." -msgstr "O DN base padrão a ser utilizado para aplicar as regras sudo do LDAP." - #. The local domain section #. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local. -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:441 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:530 msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory." msgstr "As ferramentas concatenam o nome de login ao base_directory utilizam o resultado como diretório do usuário." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:446 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:535 msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." msgstr "Indica se um diretório home deve ser criado por padrão para novos usuários." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:451 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:540 msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." msgstr "Indica se um diretório home deve ser excluído por padrão para usuários excluídos." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:456 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:545 msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory." msgstr "Utilizado pelo sss_useradd(8) para especificar as permissões padrão em um diretório home recém-criado." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:461 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:550 msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)" msgstr "O diretório esqueleto que contém arquivos e diretórios a serem copiados para o diretório do usuário, quando ele for criado pelo sss_useradd(8)." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:466 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:555 msgid "The mail spool directory." msgstr "O diretório de spool de e-mail." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:470 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:559 msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed." msgstr "O comando executado após a remoção de um usuário." #. The ldap domain section -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:479 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:484 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:568 +msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:574 +msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules." +msgstr "O DN base padrão a ser utilizado para aplicar as regras sudo do LDAP." + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:579 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." msgstr "Especifica uma lista de itens separados por vírgula que contém as URIs dos servidores LDAP nos quais o SSSD deve se conectar na ordem de preferência." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:490 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:496 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:585 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:591 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." msgstr "Especifica uma lista de itens separados por vírgula contendo URIs dos servidores LDAP aos quais o SSSd deve ser conectar em ordem de preferência para alterar a senha de um usuário." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:501 -msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP user operations." -msgstr "O DB base padrão a ser utilizado para realizar operações em usuários LDAP." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:597 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Base DN for the database" +msgid "Base DN for LDAP search" +msgstr "Banco DN para o banco de dados" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:507 -msgid "Specifies the Schema Type in use on the target LDAP server." -msgstr "Especifica o tipo de esquema em uso no servidor LDAP de destino." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:604 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "LDAP secure port" +msgid "LDAP schema type" +msgstr "Porta segura LDAP" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:511 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:608 msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations." msgstr "O DN padrão de associação para realizar operações LDAP." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:517 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:614 msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "O tipo de token de autenticação para o DN padrão de associação." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:521 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:618 msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "O token de autenticação para o DN padrão de associação." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:526 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:623 msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP." msgstr "A classe de objeto de uma entrada de usuário no LDAP." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:531 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:628 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name." msgstr "O atributo LDAP que corresponde ao nome de usuário." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:536 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:633 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id." msgstr "O atributo LDAP que corresponde ao identificador (id) do usuário." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:541 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:638 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id." msgstr "O atributo LDAP que corresponde ao identificador de grupo primário do usuário." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:546 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:643 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field." msgstr "O atributo LDAP que corresponde ao campo gecos do usuário." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:551 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:648 msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." msgstr "O atributo LDAP que contém o nome do diretório do usuário." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:556 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:653 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell." msgstr "O atributo LDAP que contém o caminho para o shell padrão do usuário." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:561 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:658 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "O atributo LDAP que contém o UUID/GUID de um objeto de usuário LDAP." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:566 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:663 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "O atributo LDAP que contém o objectSID de um objeto de usuário LDAP." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:571 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:776 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:668 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:873 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "O atributo LDAP que contém o timestamp da última modificação no objeto pai." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:576 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:673 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)." msgstr "Ao utilizar ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parâmetro contém o nome de um atributo LDAP correspondente ao seu equivalente shadow(5) (data da última alteração de senha)." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:581 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:678 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." msgstr "Ao utilizar ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parâmetro contém o nome de um atributo LDAP correspondente ao seu equivalente shadow(5) (idade mínima da senha)." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:586 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:683 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." msgstr "Ao utilizar ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parâmetro contém o nome de um atributo LDAP correspondente ao seu equivalente shadow(5) (idade máxima da senha)." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:591 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:688 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)." msgstr "Ao utilizar ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parâmetro contém o nome de um atributo LDAP correspondente ao seu equivalente shadow(5) (período de aviso)." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:596 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:693 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)." msgstr "Ao utilizar ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parâmetro contém o nome de um atributo LDAP correspondente ao seu equivalente shadow(5) (período de inatividade da senha)." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:601 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:698 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." msgstr "Ao utilizar ldap_pwd_policy=shadow ou ldap_access_expire_policy=shadow, este parâmetro contém o nome de um atributo LDAP correspondente ao seu equivalente shadow(5) (data de expiração da conta)." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:606 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:703 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos." msgstr "Ao utilizar ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, este parâmetro contém o nome de um atributo LDAp que armazena a data e horário da última alteração de senha no kerberos." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:611 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:708 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." msgstr "Ao utilizar ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, este parâmetro contém o nome de um atributo LDAP que armazena a data e horário de expiração da senha atual." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:616 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:713 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." msgstr "Ao utilizar ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, este parâmetro contém o nome de um atributo LDAP que armazena o horário de expiração da conta." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:621 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:718 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." msgstr "Ao utilizar ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, este parâmetro contém o nome de um atributo LDAP que armazena o campo de bit de controle de conta do usuário." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:626 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:723 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "Ao utilizar o ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds ou equivalente, este parâmetro determina se o acesso é permitido ou não." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:631 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:728 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "Ao utilizar o ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, este atributo determina se o acesso é permitido ou não." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:636 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:733 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted." msgstr "Ao utilizar o ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, este atributo determina até qual data o acesso será permitido." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:641 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:738 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted." msgstr "Ao utilizar ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, este atributo determina a quantidade de horas por dia durante as quais o acesso é permitido." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:646 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:743 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." msgstr "O atributo LDAP que contém o nome principal de usuário do Kerberos (UPN)." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:650 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:747 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys." msgstr "O atributo LDAP que contém as chaves públicas de SSH do usuário." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:655 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:752 msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." msgstr "Alguns servidores de dicionário (ex.: Active Directory), podem enviar a parte realm do UPN em minúscula, o que pode causar falha na autenticação." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:656 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:753 msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm." msgstr "Configure esta opção para \"verdadeiro\" se quiser utilizar um realm em maiúsculas." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:661 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:758 msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records." msgstr "Especifica por quantos segundos o SSSD deve aguardar antes de atualizar o cache de registros enumerados." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:666 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:763 msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space." msgstr "Determina a frequência de verificação do cache por entradas inativas (ex.: grupos vazios e usuários que nunca efetuaram login) e as remove para limpar espaço." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:671 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:768 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name." msgstr "O atributo LDAP que corresponde ao nome completo do usuário." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:676 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:773 msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships." msgstr "O atributo LDAP que lista os grupos dos quais o usuário faz parte." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:681 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:778 msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "Se forem utilizados o access_provider=ldap e ldap_access_order=authorized_service, o SSSD utilizará a presença do atributo authorizedService na entrada do usuário LDAP para determinar o privilégio de acesso." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:686 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:783 msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "Se forem utilizados o access_provider=ldap e ldap_access_order=host, o SSSD utilizará a presença do atributo host na entrada de usuário LDAP para determinar o privilégio de acesso." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:696 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:793 msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." msgstr "A classe de objeto de uma entrada de grupo no LDAP." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:701 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:798 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name." msgstr "O atributo LDAp que corresponde ao nome de grupo." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:706 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:803 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id." msgstr "O atributo LDAP que corresponde ao identificador (id) do grupo." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:711 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:808 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members." msgstr "O atributo LDAP que contém os nomes dos membros do grupo." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:716 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:813 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "O atributo LDAP que contém o UUID/GUID de um objeto de grupo LDAP." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:721 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:818 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "O atributo LDAP que contém o objectSID de um objeto de grupo LDAP." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:726 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:823 msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "O atributo LDAP que contém o timestamp da última alteração do objeto pai." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:732 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:829 msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow." msgstr "Se o ldap_schema estiver definido para um formato de esquema que suporta grupos aninhados (ex.: RFC2307bis), então esta opção controla quantos níveis de aninhamento o SSSD irá seguir." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:738 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:835 msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups." msgstr "Esta opção informa ao SSSD para tirar proveito de um recurso específico do Active Directory que pode melhorar o desempenho das operações de pesquisa de grupos em implantações com grupos complexos ou com muitos níveis de aninhamento." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:744 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:841 msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." msgstr "Esta opção informa ao SSSD para tirar proveito de um recurso específico do Active Directory que pode melhorar o desempenho das operações initgroups (notavelmente ao lidar com grupos complexos ou com muitos níveis de aninhamento)." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:750 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:847 msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP." msgstr " A classe de objeto de uma entrada netgroup no LDAP." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:756 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:853 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name." msgstr "O atributo LDAP que corresponde ao nome netgroup." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:761 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:858 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members." msgstr "O atributo LDAP que contém os nomes dos membros do netgroup." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:766 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:863 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." msgstr "O atributo LDAP que contém as triplas (máquina, usuário, domínio) do netgroup." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:771 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:868 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." msgstr "O atributo LDAP que contém o UUID/GUID de um objeto netgroup do LDAP." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:781 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:878 msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP." msgstr "A classe de objeto de uma entrada de serviço no LDAP." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:786 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:883 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases." msgstr "O atributo LDAP que contém o nome de atributos de serviço e seus apelidos." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:791 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:888 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service." msgstr "O atributo LDAP que contém a porta gerenciada por este serviço." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:796 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:893 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." msgstr "O atributo LDAP que contém os protocolos entendidos por este serviço." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:802 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:899 msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:807 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:904 msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "Especifica o timeout (em segundos) durante o qual as pesquisas ldap podem ser executadas antes que sejam canceladas e os resultados em cache retornados (e antes que seja ativado o modo offline)." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:812 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:909 msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "Especifica o timeout (em segundos) durante o qual as pesquisas ldap por enumerações de usuários e grupos podem ser executadas antes que sejam canceladas e os resultados em cache sejam retornados (e antes que seja ativado o modo offline)." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:817 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:914 msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." msgstr "Especifica o timeout (em segundos) após o qual o poll(2)/select(2) que segue um connect(2) retorna caso não haja nenhuma atividade." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:822 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:919 msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received." msgstr "Especifica um timeout (em segundos) após o qual as chamadas para as APIs síncronas do LDAP serão canceladas se nenhuma resposta for recebida." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:827 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:924 msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained." msgstr "Especifica um timeout (em segundos) pelo qual uma conexão a um servidor LDAP será mantida." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:832 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:929 msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." msgstr "Especifica o número de registros a recuperar do LDAP em uma única requisição. Alguns servidores LDAP forçam um limite máximo por requisição." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:837 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:934 msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control." msgstr "Desabilitar o controle de paginação LDAP." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:842 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:938 msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection." msgstr "Ao se comunicar com um servidor LDAP utilizando SASL, especifique o nível de segurança mínimo necessário para estabelecer a conexão." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:847 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:943 msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." msgstr "Especifique a quantidade de membros de grupo que devem estar faltando no cache interno para que uma pesquisa de derreferenciamento seja iniciada." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:853 -msgid "Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if any." -msgstr "Especifica quais verificações deverão ser realizadas nos certificados de servidor em uma sessão TLS, se existirem." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:950 +msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session" +msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:858 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:954 msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize." msgstr "Especifica o arquivo que contém certificados para todas as autoridades certificadoras que serão reconhecidas pelo sssd." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:863 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:958 msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files." msgstr "Especifica o caminho de um diretório que contém certificados de uma autoridade certificadora em arquivos individuais." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:867 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:962 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key." msgstr "Especifica o arquivo que contém o certificado para a chave do cliente." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:871 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:966 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key." msgstr "Especifica o arquivo que contém a chave do cliente." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:876 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:971 msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites." msgstr "Especifica conjuntos de cifras aceitáveis." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:881 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:976 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel." msgstr "Especifica que a conexão id_provider deve utilizar também TLS para proteger o canal." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:886 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:981 msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." msgstr "Especifica que o SSSD deve tentar mapear os identificadores de usuário e grupo a partir dos atributos ldap_user_objectsid e ldap_group_objectsid ao invés de confiar nos atributos ldap_user_uid_number e ldap_group_gid_number." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:890 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:985 msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use." msgstr "Especifica o mecanismo SASL a ser utilizado." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:895 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:990 msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use." msgstr "Especifica o identificador de autorização SASL a ser utilizado." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:900 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:995 msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use." msgstr "Especifica o realm SASL a ser utilizado." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:905 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1000 msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." msgstr "Se configurado como \"verdadeiro\", a biblioteca LDAP irá realizar uma pesquisa reversa para canonizar o nome de máquina durante uma associação SASL." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:910 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1005 msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI." msgstr "Especifique o keytab a ser utilizar com SASL/GSSAPI." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:915 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1010 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)." msgstr "Especifica que o id_provider deve iniciar as credenciais Kerberos (TGT)." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:920 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1015 msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used." msgstr "Especifica o tempo de vida em segundos do TGT se o GSSAPI for utilizado." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:925 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1020 msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." msgstr "Seleciona a política de avaliação da expiração de senha no lado do cliente." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:930 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1025 msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled." msgstr "Especifica se o chasing automático de referências deve ser habilitado." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:935 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1030 msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "Especifica o nome do serviço a ser utilizado quando a descoberta de serviço estiver habilitada." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:939 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1034 msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "Especifica o nome de serviço a utilizar para pesquisar por um servidor LDAP que permite alterações de senhas quando a descoberta de serviços estiver habilitada." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:944 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1039 msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation." msgstr "Especifica se o atributo ldap_user_shadow_last_change deverá ser atualizado com os dias desde a Época após uma alteração de senha." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:949 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1044 msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." msgstr "Se os atributos access_provider=ldap e ldap_access_order=filter forem utilizados (padrão) esta opção é obrigatória. Ela especifica um critério de filtro de pesquisa LDAP que deve ser utilizado para que seja concedido acesso ao usuário nesta máquina." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:954 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1049 msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled." msgstr "Com esta opção pode-se habilitar uma avaliação dos atributos de controle de acesso no lado do cliente." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:960 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1055 msgid "Comma separated list of access control options." msgstr "Lista de itens separados por vírgula contendo opções de controle de acesso." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:965 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1060 msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search." msgstr "Especifica como o derreferenciamento de apelidos é feito ao realizar uma pesquisa." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:970 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1065 msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." msgstr "Permite manter usuários locais como membros de um grupo LDAP para sevidores que usam o esquema RFC2307." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:993 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:997 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1078 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The IP address (or host name) of the host with a fixed address" +msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)" +msgstr "O endereço IP (ou nome de host) do host com endereço fixo" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1082 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." msgstr "Especifica uma lista de itens separados por vírgula contendo endereços de IP ou nomes de máquina dos servidores Kerberos aos quais o SSSD deve se conectar, em ordem de preferência." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1002 -msgid "The name of the Kerberos realm." -msgstr "O nome do realm do Kerberos." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1087 +msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)" +msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1007 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1012 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1091 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1096 msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." msgstr "Se o serviço de alteração de senha não estiver em execução no KDC, servidores alternativos podem ser definidos aqui." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1017 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1101 msgid "Directory to store credential caches." msgstr "Diretório no qual serão armazenados os caches de credenciais." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1022 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1106 msgid "Location of the user's credential cache." msgstr "Local do cache de credenciais do usuário." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1027 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1111 msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted." msgstr "Timeout em segundos após o qual uma requisição de autenticação online ou requisição de alteração de senha será cancelada." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1032 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1116 msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed." msgstr "Verifique com a ajuda do krb5_keytab que o TGT obtido não foi alvo de spoofing." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1037 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1121 msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs." msgstr "A localização do keytab a ser utilizado ao validar credenciais obtidas dos KDCs." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1042 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1126 msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again." msgstr "Armazene a senha do usuário se o provedor estiver offline e use-a para requisitar um TGT quando o provedor ficar online novamente." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1046 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1130 msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "Solicite um ticket renovável com um tempo de vida total, dado como inteiro seguido imediatamente por uma unidade de tempo." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1050 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1134 msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "Solicite um ticket com um tempo de vida, dado como um inteiro seguido imediatamente de uma unidade de tempo." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1054 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1138 msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed." msgstr "O tempo em segundos entre duas verificações se o TGT tiver que ser renovado." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1059 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1143 msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication." msgstr "Habilita o tunelamento seguro de autenticação flexível (FAST) para a pré-autenticação Kerberos." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1063 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1147 msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1068 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1152 msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized." msgstr "" #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1081 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1164 msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain." msgstr "Especifica o nome do domínio Active Directory." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1085 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1089 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1169 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The IP address (or host name) of the host with a fixed address" +msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)" +msgstr "O endereço IP (ou nome de host) do host com endereço fixo" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1173 msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference." msgstr "Lista de itens separados por vírgula de endereços IP ou nomes de máquinas dos servidores AD aos quais o SSSD deve se conectar em ordem de preferência." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1093 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1177 msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host." msgstr "Opcional. Pode ser configurado em máquinas nas quais o hostname(5) não reflete o nome completamente qualificado utilizado no domínio do Active Directory para identificar esta máquina." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1097 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1181 msgid "Override the user's home directory." msgstr "Sobrescreve o diretório do usuário." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1110 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1194 msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "Especifica o valor mínimo do intervalo de IDs POSIX a ser utilizado para mapear os SIDs de usuário e grupo do Active Directory." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1115 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1199 msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "Especifica o valor máximo do intervalo de IDs POSIX a ser utilizado para mapear os SIDs de usuário e grupo do Active Directory." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1120 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1204 msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1124 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1208 msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain." msgstr "Especifica o SID de domínio do domínio padrão." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1128 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1212 msgid "Specify the name of the default domain." msgstr "Especifica o nome do domínio padrão." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1133 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1217 msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." msgstr "Altera o comportamento do algoritmo de mapeamento de ID para se comportar de forma semelhante ao algoritmo \"idmap_autorid\" do winbind." #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1145 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1229 msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain." msgstr "Especifica o nome do domínio IPA." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1149 -msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." -msgstr "Lista de itens separados por vírgula de endereços IP ou nomes de máquinas dos servidores IPA aos quais o SSSD deve se conectar em ordem de preferência." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1234 +msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)" +msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1153 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1238 msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name." msgstr "Pode ser configurado em máquinas nas quais o hostname(5) não reflete o nome completamente qualificado." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1158 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1243 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The configuration of the NIS client will be saved.\n" +msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using." +msgstr "A configuração do cliente NIS vai ser salva.\n" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1248 msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." msgstr "Esta opção informa ao SSSd para atualizar automaticamente o servidor de DNS embutido no FreeIPA v2 com o endereço IP deste cliente." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1163 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1253 msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it." msgstr "O TTL a ser aplicado ao registro de cliente DNS durante sua atualização." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1167 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1257 msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." msgstr "Escolha a interface que possui o endereço IP que deve ser utilizado para atualizações dinâmicas de DNS." +#. autofs may only start after sssd is started +#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:230 +msgid "Failed to enable %s service. Please use system journal to diagnose." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:232 +msgid "Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) to diagnose." +msgstr "" + #. end Export #. ################################################################ #. ################################################################ #. Summary() #. returns html formated configuration summary #. @return summary -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:336 +#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345 msgid "System is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" msgstr "O sistema está configurado para utilizar nss_ldap.\n" -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:339 +#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348 msgid "System is configured for using sssd.\n" msgstr "O sistema está configurado para utilizar sssd.\n" -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345 +#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:354 msgid "System is configured for using OES.\n" msgstr "O sistema está configurado para utilizar OES.\n" -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348 +#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:357 msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n" msgstr "O sistema está configurado para utilizar somente /etc/passwd.\n" +#~ msgid "Do you really want to delete the domain '%1'?" +#~ msgstr "Você realmente deseja remover o domínio '%1'?" + +#~ msgid "There is no help for this parameter." +#~ msgstr "Não há ajuda para este parâmetro." + +#~ msgid "Default value: " +#~ msgstr "Valor padrão: " + +#~ msgid "Available values: " +#~ msgstr "Valores disponíveis: " + +#~ msgid "Set Parameter Value in Section '%1'" +#~ msgstr "Definir valor de parâmetro na seção '%1'" + +#~ msgid "Cancel" +#~ msgstr "Cancelar" + +#~ msgid "OK" +#~ msgstr "OK" + +#~ msgid "Value for parameter '%1' is invalid." +#~ msgstr "O valor para o parâmetro '%1' é inválido." + +#~ msgid "Section '%1' has no attributes." +#~ msgstr "A seção '%1' não possui atributos." + +#~ msgid "Select new Parameter for section '%1'" +#~ msgstr "Selecionar um novo parâmetro para a seção '%1'" + +#~ msgid "New Parameter" +#~ msgstr "Novo parâmetro" + +#~ msgid "Help" +#~ msgstr "Ajuda" + +#~ msgid "Edit sssd section '%1'" +#~ msgstr "Editar seção sssd '%1'" + +#~ msgid "New" +#~ msgstr "Novo" + +#~ msgid "Add New Domain" +#~ msgstr "Adicionar novo domínio" + +#~ msgid "Name:" +#~ msgstr "Nome:" + +#~ msgid "The identification provider used for the domain" +#~ msgstr "O provedor de identificação utilizado para o domínio" + +#~ msgid "Help for creating new domain" +#~ msgstr "Ajuda para criar um novo domínio" + +#~ msgid "You have to provide a domain name!" +#~ msgstr "É obrigatório fornecer um nome de domínio!" + +#~ msgid "Basic Settings:" +#~ msgstr "Configurações básicas:" + +#~ msgid "Services:" +#~ msgstr "Serviços:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are some domains you have not activated:\n" +#~ "%s \n" +#~ "Do you want to write this configuration?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Existem domínios não ativados:\n" +#~ "%s \n" +#~ "Você deseja escrever esta configuração?" + +#~ msgid "Configured Authentication Domains" +#~ msgstr "Domínios de autenticação configurados" + +#~ msgid "Add" +#~ msgstr "Adicionar" + +#~ msgid "Edit" +#~ msgstr "Editar" + +#~ msgid "Delete" +#~ msgstr "Remover" + +#~ msgid "Authentication Client Configuration (sssd)" +#~ msgstr "Configuração do cliente de autenticação (sssd)" + +#~ msgid "Determines if a domain can be enumerated." +#~ msgstr "Determina se um domínio pode ser enumerado." + +#~ msgid "Determines if user credentials are also cached in the local LDB cache." +#~ msgstr "Determina se as credenciais do usuário também serão armazenadas em cache no cache local LDB." + +#~ msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain." +#~ msgstr "O provedor de autenticação utilizado pelo domínio." + +#~ msgid "Use the domain part of machine's hostname." +#~ msgstr "Utilize a parte do domínio do nome de máquina." + +#~ msgid "Comma separated list of users who are explicitly denied access." +#~ msgstr "Lista de itens separados por vírgula contendo usuários cujo acesso é explicitamente negado." + +#~ msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP user operations." +#~ msgstr "O DB base padrão a ser utilizado para realizar operações em usuários LDAP." + +#~ msgid "Specifies the Schema Type in use on the target LDAP server." +#~ msgstr "Especifica o tipo de esquema em uso no servidor LDAP de destino." + +#~ msgid "Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if any." +#~ msgstr "Especifica quais verificações deverão ser realizadas nos certificados de servidor em uma sessão TLS, se existirem." + +#~ msgid "The name of the Kerberos realm." +#~ msgstr "O nome do realm do Kerberos." + +#~ msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." +#~ msgstr "Lista de itens separados por vírgula de endereços IP ou nomes de máquinas dos servidores IPA aos quais o SSSD deve se conectar em ordem de preferência." + #~ msgid "SPAM Prevention" #~ msgstr "Prevenção contra SPAM" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/auth-server.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/auth-server.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/auth-server.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-02-19 08:59-0200\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" @@ -89,8 +89,7 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:209 msgid "Database cannot be created when the service is not enabled" -msgstr "" -"Não será possível criar o banco de dados enquanto o serviço não for habilitado" +msgstr "Não será possível criar o banco de dados enquanto o serviço não for habilitado" #. y2milestone("db-options : %1", db); #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:219 @@ -101,12 +100,8 @@ #. error popup #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:58 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:228 -msgid "" -"The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings later " -"in the installed system." -msgstr "" -"O banco de dados LDAP já foi criado. Você pode alterar as configurações mais " -"tarde no sistema instalado." +msgid "The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings later in the installed system." +msgstr "O banco de dados LDAP já foi criado. Você pode alterar as configurações mais tarde no sistema instalado." #. y2error( "sysconfig var is '%1'", SCR::Read( .sysconfig.openldap.OPENLDAP_REGISTER_SLP ) ); #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:101 @@ -118,12 +113,8 @@ msgstr "[configurado manualmente]" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:106 -msgid "" -"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to " -"continue." -msgstr "" -"Não foi possível recuperar a senha raiz do sistema. Defina uma senha do " -"servidor LDAP para continuar." +msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to continue." +msgstr "Não foi possível recuperar a senha raiz do sistema. Defina uma senha do servidor LDAP para continuar." #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:112 msgid "Setting up LDAP Master Server:" @@ -216,12 +207,8 @@ "sem instalar os pacotes requeridos." #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:309 -msgid "" -"OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has " -"finished." -msgstr "" -"Falha na configuração da replicação OpenLDAP. Reconfigure-a após o término da " -"instalação." +msgid "OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has finished." +msgstr "Falha na configuração da replicação OpenLDAP. Reconfigure-a após o término da instalação." #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:344 msgid "" @@ -243,16 +230,12 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:107 msgid "" -"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not " -"running.\n" -"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do " -"you \n" +"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not running.\n" +"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do you \n" "want to create a new configuration from scratch?" msgstr "" -"Você já tem uma configuração existente, mas o servidor LDAP não está em " -"execução atualmente.\n" -"Você deseja iniciar o servidor agora e ler novamente os dados de configuração " -"ou você quer criar\n" +"Você já tem uma configuração existente, mas o servidor LDAP não está em execução atualmente.\n" +"Você deseja iniciar o servidor agora e ler novamente os dados de configuração ou você quer criar\n" "uma nova configuração do zero?" #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:112 @@ -278,8 +261,7 @@ "configuration to the configuration database?\n" msgstr "" "Seu sistema está atualmente configurado para usar a configuração em\n" -"/etc/openldap/slapd.conf. O YaST suporta somente o banco de dados de " -"configuração\n" +"/etc/openldap/slapd.conf. O YaST suporta somente o banco de dados de configuração\n" "dinâmica do OpenLDAP (back-config). Você deseja migrar sua configuração\n" "existente para o banco de dados de configuração?\n" @@ -337,12 +319,8 @@ msgstr "O Servidor LDAP não está executando." #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:199 -msgid "" -"Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want " -"to create a new configuration from scratch?" -msgstr "" -"Você deseja iniciá-lo agora para reler seus dados de configuração ou você " -"deseja criar uma nova configuração?" +msgid "Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want to create a new configuration from scratch?" +msgstr "Você deseja iniciá-lo agora para reler seus dados de configuração ou você deseja criar uma nova configuração?" #. get helps page #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:227 @@ -371,8 +349,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:355 msgid "All data, including configuration, is replicated from a remote server." -msgstr "" -"Todos os dados, incluindo configurações, são replicados de um servidor remoto." +msgstr "Todos os dados, incluindo configurações, são replicados de um servidor remoto." #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:386 msgid "" @@ -555,20 +532,15 @@ #. Doing these checks during installation will #. most probably fail #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1277 -msgid "" -"Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider " -"server.\n" -msgstr "" -"Falha ao abrir a conexão ao banco de dados \"cn=config\" no servidor " -"provedor.\n" +msgid "Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider server.\n" +msgstr "Falha ao abrir a conexão ao banco de dados \"cn=config\" no servidor provedor.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1280 msgid "" "Verify that the provider server allows remote connections to the \n" "\"cn=config\" database and that you entered the correct password.\n" msgstr "" -"Verifique se o servidor provedor permite conexões remotas ao banco de dados " -"\"cn=config\"\n" +"Verifique se o servidor provedor permite conexões remotas ao banco de dados \"cn=config\"\n" "e se você digitou a senha corretamente.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1287 @@ -581,8 +553,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1314 msgid "Do you want to import a different CA/Server Certificate?" -msgstr "" -"Você deseja importar um certificado CA ou certificado de servidor diferente?" +msgstr "Você deseja importar um certificado CA ou certificado de servidor diferente?" #. Check if the syncrepl config of cn=config makes sense #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1325 @@ -603,20 +574,13 @@ "ele já está se comportando como um consumidor de replicação.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1383 -msgid "" -"Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." -msgstr "" -"A configuração de replicação em cascata de cn=config não é suportada " -"atualmente." +msgid "Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." +msgstr "A configuração de replicação em cascata de cn=config não é suportada atualmente." #. 2. Verify that the binddn/credential combination acutally works #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1410 -msgid "" -"Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication " -"configuration on the provider server failed.\n" -msgstr "" -"Falha ao verificar as credenciais de autenticação definidas na configuração " -"de replicação do servidor provedor.\n" +msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n" +msgstr "Falha ao verificar as credenciais de autenticação definidas na configuração de replicação do servidor provedor.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1998 @@ -638,10 +602,8 @@ "To act as a master server for replication, the configuration database needs\n" "to be remotely accessible. Set a password for the configuration database.\n" msgstr "" -"Para agir como um servidor mestre para replicação, o banco de dados de " -"configuração precisa\n" -"ser acessível remotamente. Defina uma senha para o banco de dados da " -"configuração.\n" +"Para agir como um servidor mestre para replicação, o banco de dados de configuração precisa\n" +"ser acessível remotamente. Defina uma senha para o banco de dados da configuração.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1525 msgid "" @@ -680,15 +642,12 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:21 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Yes</b> if the LDAP server should be started automatically as \n" -"part of the boot process. Select <b>No</b> if the LDAP server should not be " -"started. Note:\n" +"part of the boot process. Select <b>No</b> if the LDAP server should not be started. Note:\n" "After selecting <b>No</b>, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Selecione <b>Sim</b> se o servidor LDAP deve ser iniciado automaticamente\n" -"durante a inicialização. Selecione <b>Não</b> se o servidor LDAP não deve ser " -"iniciado. Nota:\n" -"Após selecionar <b>Não</b> você não poderá fazer nenhuma modificação nas " -"configurações\n" +"durante a inicialização. Selecione <b>Não</b> se o servidor LDAP não deve ser iniciado. Nota:\n" +"Após selecionar <b>Não</b> você não poderá fazer nenhuma modificação nas configurações\n" "OpenLDAP.</p>\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:26 @@ -697,33 +656,23 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:27 msgid "<p>Enable and disable the various protocol listeners of OpenLDAP.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Habilite e desabilite vários listeners de protocolo do OpenLDAP.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Habilite e desabilite vários listeners de protocolo do OpenLDAP.</p>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:30 msgid "" -"<p><b>LDAP</b> is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured " -"communication\n" -"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate " -"configured.</p>" +"<p><b>LDAP</b> is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured communication\n" +"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate configured.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>LDAP</b> é a interface LDAP padrão na porta 389. É possível uma " -"comunicação segura TLS/SSL\n" -"com a operação StartTLS quando você tem um certificado de servidor " -"configurado.</p>" +"<p><b>LDAP</b> é a interface LDAP padrão na porta 389. É possível uma comunicação segura TLS/SSL\n" +"com a operação StartTLS quando você tem um certificado de servidor configurado.</p>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:33 msgid "" -"<p><b>LDAPS</b> enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL " -"protected\n" -"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate " -"configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" +"<p><b>LDAPS</b> enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL protected\n" +"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>LDAPS</b> habilita a interface \"LDAP sobre SSL (ldaps)\" para conexões " -"protegidas\n" -"por SSL na porta 636. Isto funciona apenas se você tem um servidor de " -"certificados configurado (veja \"Configurações globais\"/\"Configurações do " -"TLS\").\n" +"<p><b>LDAPS</b> habilita a interface \"LDAP sobre SSL (ldaps)\" para conexões protegidas\n" +"por SSL na porta 636. Isto funciona apenas se você tem um servidor de certificados configurado (veja \"Configurações globais\"/\"Configurações do TLS\").\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:36 msgid "" @@ -731,10 +680,8 @@ "LDAP server via a Unix Domain Socket. Do not disable the LDAPI interface \n" "as YaST uses it to communicate with the server.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>LDAPI</b> habilita a interface \"LDAP sobre IPC\". Com isto você pode " -"acessar\n" -"o Servidor LDAP através de um soquete de domínio Unix. Não desabilite a " -"interface LDAPI,\n" +"<p><b>LDAPI</b> habilita a interface \"LDAP sobre IPC\". Com isto você pode acessar\n" +"o Servidor LDAP através de um soquete de domínio Unix. Não desabilite a interface LDAPI,\n" "já que o YaST a utiliza para se comunicar com o servidor.</p>\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:41 @@ -756,17 +703,13 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" -"<p>Choose the <b>Database</b> from <b>hdb</b> <b>bdb</b> and <b>mdb</b>. <b>" -"Hdb</b> is a\n" -"variant of the <b>bdb</b> backend that uses a hierarchical database layout " -"and\n" +"<p>Choose the <b>Database</b> from <b>hdb</b> <b>bdb</b> and <b>mdb</b>. <b>Hdb</b> is a\n" +"variant of the <b>bdb</b> backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to <b>bdb</b>. A\n" "<b>hdb</b>-Database needs a larger <b>idlcachesize</b> than a\n" "<b>bdb</b>-Database for a good search performance.\n" -"<b>mdb</b>-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library " -"to store data.\n" -"It similar to the <b>hdb</b> backend but it is both more space-efficient and " -"more execution-efficient.</p>\n" +"<b>mdb</b>-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n" +"It similar to the <b>hdb</b> backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58 @@ -779,39 +722,28 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" -"<p>The <b>Administrator DN</b> along with a <b>LDAP Administrator Password</b>" -" \n" -"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and " -"other \n" -"administrative limit restrictions. Checking <b>Append Base DN</b> appends the " -"\n" -"<b>Base DN</b> entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>" -"dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n" -"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective " -"Administrator DN\n" +"<p>The <b>Administrator DN</b> along with a <b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> \n" +"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" +"administrative limit restrictions. Checking <b>Append Base DN</b> appends the \n" +"<b>Base DN</b> entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n" +"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective Administrator DN\n" "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>.</p> " msgstr "" "<p>O <b>Administrador DN</b> junto com a <b>Senha do administrador LDAP</b>\n" -"especifica a identidade de um superusuário para o banco de dados, superando " -"todas ACLs e outros \n" -"limites das restrições administrativas. A seleção de <b>Adicionar banco de " -"dados DN</b> adiciona o \n" -"<b>Banco DN</b> digitado acima, por exemplo, o banco DN <tt>" -"dc=exemplo,dc=com</tt>\n" -"e o Administrador DN de <tt>c=Admin</tt> combinam com um Administrador DN " -"efetivo\n" +"especifica a identidade de um superusuário para o banco de dados, superando todas ACLs e outros \n" +"limites das restrições administrativas. A seleção de <b>Adicionar banco de dados DN</b> adiciona o \n" +"<b>Banco DN</b> digitado acima, por exemplo, o banco DN <tt>dc=exemplo,dc=com</tt>\n" +"e o Administrador DN de <tt>c=Admin</tt> combinam com um Administrador DN efetivo\n" "do <tt>c=Admin,dc=exemplo,dc=com</tt>.</p> " #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" "<p>If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" -"<b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> is initially set to the system's root " -"password\n" +"<b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> is initially set to the system's root password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process.</p> " msgstr "" "<p>Se este assistente foi iniciado durante a instalação, a\n" -"<b>Senha do administrador LDAP</b> está definida como a senha do root do " -"sistema\n" +"<b>Senha do administrador LDAP</b> está definida como a senha do root do sistema\n" "fornecida anteriormente no processo de instalação.</p>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74 @@ -823,16 +755,11 @@ "file <tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt>. This checkbox is selected by default\n" "when creating the first database on a server.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Para usar este banco de dados como padrão para as ferramentas do cliente " -"OpenLDAP\n" -"(ex. ldapsearch) marque <b>Utilizar este banco de dados como padrão para " -"clientes OpenLDAP</b>.Isto\n" -"resultará na escrita do nome de máquina, \"localhost\" e o <b>DN base</b> " -"fornecido acima no arquivo\n" -"de configuração do cliente OpenLDAP <tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt>. Esta " -"caixa de seleção\n" -"é selecionada por padrão na criação do primeiro banco de dados num servidor.<" -"/p>\n" +"<p>Para usar este banco de dados como padrão para as ferramentas do cliente OpenLDAP\n" +"(ex. ldapsearch) marque <b>Utilizar este banco de dados como padrão para clientes OpenLDAP</b>.Isto\n" +"resultará na escrita do nome de máquina, \"localhost\" e o <b>DN base</b> fornecido acima no arquivo\n" +"de configuração do cliente OpenLDAP <tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt>. Esta caixa de seleção\n" +"é selecionada por padrão na criação do primeiro banco de dados num servidor.</p>\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:82 msgid "" @@ -849,12 +776,9 @@ "authentication to the configuration database will only be allowed when \n" "using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Para habilitar ou desabilitar a autenticação de texto plano (Bind LDAP " -"simples)\n" -"para o banco de dados de configuração, clique na caixa de seleção associada. " -"A autenticação de texto plano\n" -"ao banco de dados de configuração será permitida somente quando forem " -"utilizadas \n" +"<p>Para habilitar ou desabilitar a autenticação de texto plano (Bind LDAP simples)\n" +"para o banco de dados de configuração, clique na caixa de seleção associada. A autenticação de texto plano\n" +"ao banco de dados de configuração será permitida somente quando forem utilizadas \n" "conexões suficientemente protegidas (ex: SSL/TLS criptografada).</p>\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:91 @@ -866,12 +790,9 @@ "The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been \n" "set in the configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Para alterar a senha da conta de administrador do banco de dados de " -"configuração, clique em <b>Alterar senha</b>.\n" -"Uma janela instantânea será aberta, onde você pode digitar a nova senha e " -"selecionar a <b>Criptografia de senha</b>.\n" -"Os campos de senha estão inicialmente vazios, mesmo que uma senha já tenha " -"sido definida na configuração.</p>\n" +"<p>Para alterar a senha da conta de administrador do banco de dados de configuração, clique em <b>Alterar senha</b>.\n" +"Uma janela instantânea será aberta, onde você pode digitar a nova senha e selecionar a <b>Criptografia de senha</b>.\n" +"Os campos de senha estão inicialmente vazios, mesmo que uma senha já tenha sido definida na configuração.</p>\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "<h3>Edit BDB Database</h3>" @@ -883,58 +804,38 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101 msgid "" -"<p>Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN " -"automatically\n" +"<p>Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" "with <b>Append Base DN</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Digite o DN completo ou somente a primeira parte e anexe o DN base " -"automaticamente \n" +"<p>Digite o DN completo ou somente a primeira parte e anexe o DN base automaticamente \n" "com <b>Adicionar DN base</b>.</p>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104 msgid "" -"<p>To change the password for the administrator account, click <b>Change " -"Password</b>.\n" -"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the <b>Password " -"Encryption</b>.\n" -"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been " -"set in the configuration.</p>\n" +"<p>To change the password for the administrator account, click <b>Change Password</b>.\n" +"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the <b>Password Encryption</b>.\n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Para alterar a senha da conta de administrador, clique em <b>Alterar " -"senha</b>.\n" -"Uma janela instantânea será aberta, onde você pode digitar a nova senha e " -"selecionar a <b>Criptografia de senha</b>.\n" -"Os campos de senha estão inicialmente vazios, mesmo se uma senha já foi " -"definida na configuração.</p>\n" +"<p>Para alterar a senha da conta de administrador, clique em <b>Alterar senha</b>.\n" +"Uma janela instantânea será aberta, onde você pode digitar a nova senha e selecionar a <b>Criptografia de senha</b>.\n" +"Os campos de senha estão inicialmente vazios, mesmo se uma senha já foi definida na configuração.</p>\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" -"<p>With the <b>Entry Cache</b> and <b>Index Cache (IDL cache)</b> you can " -"adjust\n" -"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The <b>Entry Cache</b> defines the " -"number of entries\n" -"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough " -"RAM) this number\n" -"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The <b>Index " -"Cache (IDL cache)</b> \n" -"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially " -"HDB-Databases require a\n" -"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the " -"entry cache as a rule of\n" +"<p>With the <b>Entry Cache</b> and <b>Index Cache (IDL cache)</b> you can adjust\n" +"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The <b>Entry Cache</b> defines the number of entries\n" +"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough RAM) this number\n" +"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The <b>Index Cache (IDL cache)</b> \n" +"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially HDB-Databases require a\n" +"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the entry cache as a rule of\n" "thumbs).</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Através do <b>Cache de entradas</b> e <b>Cache de índice (cache IDL)</b> " -"você pode ajustar\n" -"os tamanhos dos caches internos do OpenLDAP. O <b>Cache de entradas</b> " -"define o número de entradas\n" -"que são armazenadas na memória cache de entradas do OpenLDAP. Se houver " -"memória RAM suficiente, esse número\n" -"deve ser grande o suficiente pra manter todo o banco de dados em memória. O <" -"b>Cache de índice (cache IDL)</b>\n" -"é usado para acelerar as buscas em atributos indexados. Em geral, " -"especialmente os bancos de dados HDB necessitam\n" -"de um cache IDL grande para um bom desempenho da busca (três vezes o tamanho " -"do cache de entradas como\n" +"<p>Através do <b>Cache de entradas</b> e <b>Cache de índice (cache IDL)</b> você pode ajustar\n" +"os tamanhos dos caches internos do OpenLDAP. O <b>Cache de entradas</b> define o número de entradas\n" +"que são armazenadas na memória cache de entradas do OpenLDAP. Se houver memória RAM suficiente, esse número\n" +"deve ser grande o suficiente pra manter todo o banco de dados em memória. O <b>Cache de índice (cache IDL)</b>\n" +"é usado para acelerar as buscas em atributos indexados. Em geral, especialmente os bancos de dados HDB necessitam\n" +"de um cache IDL grande para um bom desempenho da busca (três vezes o tamanho do cache de entradas como\n" "regra).</p>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118 @@ -951,22 +852,15 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122 msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Hash Clear Text Passwords</b> to specify that the OpenLDAP " -"server\n" -"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before " -"storing them\n" -"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, " -"but may be\n" -"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify " -"extended operation \n" +"<p>Check <b>Hash Clear Text Passwords</b> to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" +"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" +"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, but may be\n" +"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify extended operation \n" "to manage passwords.</p> " msgstr "" -"<p>Marque <b>Senhas não criptografadas com hash</b> para especificar se o " -"servidor OpenLDAP deverá criptografar as senhas não criptografadas \n" -"presentes em solicitações de adição e alteração antes de armazená-las no " -"banco de dados. Observe que isso viola o modelo de informações\n" -" X.500/LDAP, mas pode ser necessário para compensar os clientes LDAP que não " -"usam a operação estendida de alteração de senha \n" +"<p>Marque <b>Senhas não criptografadas com hash</b> para especificar se o servidor OpenLDAP deverá criptografar as senhas não criptografadas \n" +"presentes em solicitações de adição e alteração antes de armazená-las no banco de dados. Observe que isso viola o modelo de informações\n" +" X.500/LDAP, mas pode ser necessário para compensar os clientes LDAP que não usam a operação estendida de alteração de senha \n" " para gerenciar senhas.</p>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129 @@ -977,32 +871,22 @@ "attacker. Sites sensitive to security issues should not enable this\n" "option.</p> \n" msgstr "" -"<p>Se a opção <b>Informar o status \"Conta bloqueada\"</b> estiver " -"habilitada, os usuários que se autenticarem em uma conta bloqueada\n" -"receberão uma notificação de que a conta foi bloqueada. A notificação pode " -"fornecer informações úteis\n" -" a um invasor. Os sites que exigem segurança não devem habilitar essa opção.<" -"/p>\n" +"<p>Se a opção <b>Informar o status \"Conta bloqueada\"</b> estiver habilitada, os usuários que se autenticarem em uma conta bloqueada\n" +"receberão uma notificação de que a conta foi bloqueada. A notificação pode fornecer informações úteis\n" +" a um invasor. Os sites que exigem segurança não devem habilitar essa opção.</p>\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136 -msgid "" -"<p>Enter the name of the default policy object in <b>Default Policy Object " -"DN</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Digite o nome do objeto de política padrão em <b>DN de objeto de política " -"padrão</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>Enter the name of the default policy object in <b>Default Policy Object DN</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Digite o nome do objeto de política padrão em <b>DN de objeto de política padrão</b>.</p>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"<p>Create or change the default policy by clicking <b>Edit Policy</b>. You " -"may\n" +"<p>Create or change the default policy by clicking <b>Edit Policy</b>. You may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" "Policy Object being read from the server.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Crie ou modifique a política padrão clicando em <b>Editar política</b>. " -"Pode ser necessário\n" -"fornecer a senha do administrador LDAP após isso, para permitir que o objeto " -"de política seja lido\n" +"<p>Crie ou modifique a política padrão clicando em <b>Editar política</b>. Pode ser necessário\n" +"fornecer a senha do administrador LDAP após isso, para permitir que o objeto de política seja lido\n" "do servidor.</p>\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 @@ -1014,52 +898,38 @@ msgstr "<p>Altere as opções de indexação de um banco de dados hdb ou bdb.</p>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146 -msgid "" -"<p>The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index " -"defined.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>A tabela exibe uma lista de atributos que atualmente possuem um índice " -"definido.</p>" +msgid "<p>The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined.</p>" +msgstr "<p>A tabela exibe uma lista de atributos que atualmente possuem um índice definido.</p>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "<p>Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" -"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different " -"types\n" +"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different types\n" "of indexes.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Índices são usados pelo OpenLDAP para melhorar o desempenho das buscas em " -"tipos específicos\n" -"de buscas. Índices devem ser configurados para corresponder às buscas mais " -"comuns que são realizadas\n" -"num banco de dados. O YaST permite a configuração de três tipos diferentes de " -"índices.</p>\n" +"<p>Índices são usados pelo OpenLDAP para melhorar o desempenho das buscas em tipos específicos\n" +"de buscas. Índices devem ser configurados para corresponder às buscas mais comuns que são realizadas\n" +"num banco de dados. O YaST permite a configuração de três tipos diferentes de índices.</p>\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "<p><b>Presence</b>: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" -"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be " -"configured\n" +"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" "for attributes that occur rarely in the database.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Presença</b>: este índice é usado para buscas que usam o filtro de " -"presença\n" -"(por ex. <tt>(Tipo de atributo = *)</tt>). Índices de presença devem somente " -"ser configurados para atributos\n" +"<p><b>Presença</b>: este índice é usado para buscas que usam o filtro de presença\n" +"(por ex. <tt>(Tipo de atributo = *)</tt>). Índices de presença devem somente ser configurados para atributos\n" "que ocorrem raramente no banco de dados.</p>\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "<p><b>Equality</b>: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" -"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An <b>Equality</b> " -"index\n" +"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An <b>Equality</b> index\n" "should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Igualdade</b>: este índice é usado para buscas que utilizam filtros de " -"igualdade (por ex.\n" -"(<tt>Tipo do atributo=<valores exatos>)</tt>). Um índice de <b>" -"igualdade</b> deve ser sempre configurado\n" +"<p><b>Igualdade</b>: este índice é usado para buscas que utilizam filtros de igualdade (por ex.\n" +"(<tt>Tipo do atributo=<valores exatos>)</tt>). Um índice de <b>igualdade</b> deve ser sempre configurado\n" "a partir do atributo <tt>classe do objeto</tt>.</p>\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:165 @@ -1067,8 +937,7 @@ "<p><b>Substring</b>: This index is used for searches with substring filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Substring</b>: este índice é usado para buscas que utilizam o filtro " -"substring\n" +"<p><b>Substring</b>: este índice é usado para buscas que utilizam o filtro substring\n" "(por ex.: <tt>(Tipo de atributo=<substring>*)</tt>).</p>\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:168 @@ -1077,26 +946,20 @@ "<b>Delete</b> to delete an existing index and <b>Edit</b> to change the\n" "indexing options of an already indexed attribute.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Use <b>Adicionar</b> para definir opções de indexação para um novo " -"atributo,<b>Remover</b> para\n" -"remover um índice existente e <b>Editar</b> para modificar as opções de " -"indexação de um atributo\n" +"<p>Use <b>Adicionar</b> para definir opções de indexação para um novo atributo,<b>Remover</b> para\n" +"remover um índice existente e <b>Editar</b> para modificar as opções de indexação de um atributo\n" "já indexado.</p>\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"<p>Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly " -"added\n" +"<p>Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" "written to the server, a background task will start to generate the indexing\n" "information for the database.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Nota: dependendo do tamanho do banco de dados, pode levar um certo tempo " -"até que um\n" -"índice recentemente adicionado fique ativo no banco de dados. Após a escrita " -"da configuração no servidor,\n" -"uma tarefa em background será iniciada para gerar a informação de indexação " -"para o banco de dados.</p>\n" +"<p>Nota: dependendo do tamanho do banco de dados, pode levar um certo tempo até que um\n" +"índice recentemente adicionado fique ativo no banco de dados. Após a escrita da configuração no servidor,\n" +"uma tarefa em background será iniciada para gerar a informação de indexação para o banco de dados.</p>\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "<h3>Access Control Configuration</h3>" @@ -1107,8 +970,7 @@ "<p>This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\n" "currently configured for the selected database</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Esta tabela dá a você um resumo de todas as regras de controle de acesso " -"que estão\n" +"<p>Esta tabela dá a você um resumo de todas as regras de controle de acesso que estão\n" "atualmente configuradas para o banco de dados selecionado.</p>\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185 @@ -1117,34 +979,27 @@ "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" "click <b>Edit</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Para cada regra você pode ver quais objetos de destino combinam com a " -"regra. Para ter uma visão\n" -"mais detalhada de uma regra ou mudar uma regra, selecione uma regra na tabela " -"e clique em <b>Editar</b></p>\n" +"<p>Para cada regra você pode ver quais objetos de destino combinam com a regra. Para ter uma visão\n" +"mais detalhada de uma regra ou mudar uma regra, selecione uma regra na tabela e clique em <b>Editar</b></p>\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:190 msgid "" "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to create new access control rules and <b>Delete</b> to\n" "delete an access control rule.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Use <b>Adicionar</b> para criar novas regras de controle de acesso e <b>" -"Remover</b> para remover\n" +"<p>Use <b>Adicionar</b> para criar novas regras de controle de acesso e <b>Remover</b> para remover\n" "uma regra de controle de acesso</p>\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "<p>OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" -"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, " -"using\n" +"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, using\n" "the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>A avaliação do controle de acesso do OpenLDAP para na primeira regra de " -"destino cujo destino\n" -"definido (DN, filtro e atributos) correspondente a entrada que será acessada. " -"Você deve ordenar as regras de acordo\n" -"com as suas necessidades. Você pode usar os botões <b>Up</b> e<b>Down</b>para " -"isso</p>\n" +"<p>A avaliação do controle de acesso do OpenLDAP para na primeira regra de destino cujo destino\n" +"definido (DN, filtro e atributos) correspondente a entrada que será acessada. Você deve ordenar as regras de acordo\n" +"com as suas necessidades. Você pode usar os botões <b>Up</b> e<b>Down</b>para isso</p>\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199 msgid "<h3>Replication Provider Settings</h3>" @@ -1152,14 +1007,11 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" -"<p>Select the \"<b>Enable ldapsync provider for this database</b>\" checkbox, " -"if you want to \n" +"<p>Select the \"<b>Enable ldapsync provider for this database</b>\" checkbox, if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Marque a caixa de seleção \"<b>Habilitar o provedor ldapsync para este " -"banco de dados</b>\" se você \n" -"deseja disponibilizar a replicação do banco de dados atualmente selecionado " -"para outro servidor.</p>" +"<p>Marque a caixa de seleção \"<b>Habilitar o provedor ldapsync para este banco de dados</b>\" se você \n" +"deseja disponibilizar a replicação do banco de dados atualmente selecionado para outro servidor.</p>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:205 msgid "<h4>Checkpoint Settings</h4>" @@ -1167,32 +1019,21 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206 msgid "" -"<p>Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator " -"(stored\n" -"in the \"<i>contextCSN</i>\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is " -"synced\n" -"to the database after the number of write \"<i>Operations</i>\" you specify " -"or\n" -"after more than the specified \"<i>Minutes</i>\" have passed since the " -"indicator\n" -"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator " -"is\n" +"<p>Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" +"in the \"<i>contextCSN</i>\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" +"to the database after the number of write \"<i>Operations</i>\" you specify or\n" +"after more than the specified \"<i>Minutes</i>\" have passed since the indicator\n" +"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator is\n" "only written after a clean shutdown. Writing it more often can result in\n" "a faster startup time after an unclean shutdown but might result in a small\n" "performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Aqui você pode especificar a frequência de escrita do indicador de estado " -"de sincronização (armazenado no \n" -"atributo \"<i>contextCSN</i>\") no banco de dados. Ele é sincronizado com o " -"banco de dados de\n" -"após a quantidade de \"<i>Operações</i>\" de escrita especificada ou após a " -"passagem de\n" -"\"<i>Minutos</i>\" desde a última escrita do indicador. Por padrão, (ambos os " -"valores são '0') o indicador de estado é gravado\n" -"somente após um desligamento sem erros. Gravá-lo por mais de uma vez " -"frequentemente pode resultar em tempos de inicialização\n" -"mais curtos após um desligamento com erros, mas pode resultar em uma melhora " -"de desempenho em ambientes com\n" +"<p>Aqui você pode especificar a frequência de escrita do indicador de estado de sincronização (armazenado no \n" +"atributo \"<i>contextCSN</i>\") no banco de dados. Ele é sincronizado com o banco de dados de\n" +"após a quantidade de \"<i>Operações</i>\" de escrita especificada ou após a passagem de\n" +"\"<i>Minutos</i>\" desde a última escrita do indicador. Por padrão, (ambos os valores são '0') o indicador de estado é gravado\n" +"somente após um desligamento sem erros. Gravá-lo por mais de uma vez frequentemente pode resultar em tempos de inicialização\n" +"mais curtos após um desligamento com erros, mas pode resultar em uma melhora de desempenho em ambientes com\n" "muitas operações de escrita do LDAP.</p>\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:216 @@ -1201,21 +1042,14 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" -"<p>Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write " -"operations\n" -"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in " -"the session log. \n" -"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"<i>refreshOnly</i>\" " -"replication. In \n" -"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master " -"server.</p>" +"<p>Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" +"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" +"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"<i>refreshOnly</i>\" replication. In \n" +"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Configura um registro de sessão em memória para gravar informações sobre " -"operações de escrita\n" -"realizadas no banco de dados. Especifique quantas operações de escrita devem " -"ser gravadas no log de sessão. \n" -"A configuração de um log de sessão é útil apenas para replicações \"<i>" -"refreshOnly</i>\". Nesse \n" +"<p>Configura um registro de sessão em memória para gravar informações sobre operações de escrita\n" +"realizadas no banco de dados. Especifique quantas operações de escrita devem ser gravadas no log de sessão. \n" +"A configuração de um log de sessão é útil apenas para replicações \"<i>refreshOnly</i>\". Nesse \n" "caso, ele pode acelerar a replicação e reduzir a carga no servidor mestre.</p>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223 @@ -1227,8 +1061,7 @@ "<p>Select \"<b>This database is a Replication Consumer</b>\" if you want the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Selecione \"<b>Este banco de dados é um consumidor de replicação</b>\" se " -"você deseja que o banco de dados \n" +"<p>Selecione \"<b>Este banco de dados é um consumidor de replicação</b>\" se você deseja que o banco de dados \n" "seja uma réplica de um banco de dados em outro servidor.</p>\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229 @@ -1241,18 +1074,13 @@ "server here. Select the protocol to use (<b>ldap</b> or <b>ldaps</b>) and\n" "enter the fully qualified hostname of the master server. It is important to\n" "use the fully qualified hostname to verify the master server's TLS/SSL\n" -"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using " -"non-standard\n" +"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-standard\n" "ldap ports.\n" msgstr "" -"Forneça aqui os detalhes de conexão para a conexão de replicação ao servidor " -"mestre. Selecione o \n" -"protocolo a ser utilizado (<b>ldap</b> ou <b>ldaps</b>) e digite o nome de " -"máquina absoluto do servidor mestre. É importante\n" -"utilizar o nome de máquina absoluto para que seja possível verificar o " -"certificado TLS/SSL do servidor mestre. Ajuste\n" -"o número da porta se o servidor mestre não estiver usando portas ldap " -"padrões.\n" +"Forneça aqui os detalhes de conexão para a conexão de replicação ao servidor mestre. Selecione o \n" +"protocolo a ser utilizado (<b>ldap</b> ou <b>ldaps</b>) e digite o nome de máquina absoluto do servidor mestre. É importante\n" +"utilizar o nome de máquina absoluto para que seja possível verificar o certificado TLS/SSL do servidor mestre. Ajuste\n" +"o número da porta se o servidor mestre não estiver usando portas ldap padrões.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 msgid "<h4>Replication Type</h4>" @@ -1269,12 +1097,9 @@ "interval how often this synchronization happens can be configured via the\n" "<b>Replication Interval</b> setting.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>refreshOnly</b>: o servidor escravo, periodicamente, abrirá uma " -"conexão, \n" -"efetuará uma sincronização e fechará a conexão novamente. O intervalo de " -"execução \n" -"dessa sincronização pode ser configurado através da opção <b>Intervalo de " -"Replicação</b>.</p>\n" +"<p><b>refreshOnly</b>: o servidor escravo, periodicamente, abrirá uma conexão, \n" +"efetuará uma sincronização e fechará a conexão novamente. O intervalo de execução \n" +"dessa sincronização pode ser configurado através da opção <b>Intervalo de Replicação</b>.</p>\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:246 msgid "" @@ -1282,10 +1107,8 @@ "connection to the master server for synchronization. Updated entries on the\n" "master server are immediately sent to the slave via this connection.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>refreshAndPersist</b>: o servidor escravo abrirá uma conexão " -"persistente ao servidor mestre para\n" -"sincronização. Registros atualizados no servidor mestre serão imediatamente " -"enviados para o servidor escravo através desta conexão.</p>\n" +"<p><b>refreshAndPersist</b>: o servidor escravo abrirá uma conexão persistente ao servidor mestre para\n" +"sincronização. Registros atualizados no servidor mestre serão imediatamente enviados para o servidor escravo através desta conexão.</p>\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "<h4>Authentication</h4>" @@ -1293,15 +1116,11 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" -"<p>Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to " -"authenticate against the master.\n" -"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated " -"database on the master.</p>\n" +"<p>Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" +"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Especifique um DN e uma senha que deverão ser utilizados pelo servidor " -"escravo para autenticar-se no servidor mestre.\n" -"O DN especificado precisa ter permissão de leitura a todas as entradas no " -"banco de dados replicado no servidor mestre.</p>\n" +"<p>Especifique um DN e uma senha que deverão ser utilizados pelo servidor escravo para autenticar-se no servidor mestre.\n" +"O DN especificado precisa ter permissão de leitura a todas as entradas no banco de dados replicado no servidor mestre.</p>\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255 msgid "<h4>Update Referral</h4>" @@ -1311,19 +1130,14 @@ msgid "" "<p>As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" -"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can " -"configure a different update referral here.\n" -"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for " -"the\n" +"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can configure a different update referral here.\n" +"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for the\n" "slave server is as slave server too. </p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Como o banco de dados do no servidor escravo permite somente leitura, o " -"servidor escravo responderá \n" +"<p>Como o banco de dados do no servidor escravo permite somente leitura, o servidor escravo responderá \n" "às operações de escrita com uma referência LDAP.\n" -"Por padrão, esta referência encaminha o cliente ao servidor mestre. Você pode " -"configurar uma referência de atualização diferente aqui.\n" -"Isto é útil, por exemplo, numa configuração de replicação em cascata, na " -"qual\n" +"Por padrão, esta referência encaminha o cliente ao servidor mestre. Você pode configurar uma referência de atualização diferente aqui.\n" +"Isto é útil, por exemplo, numa configuração de replicação em cascata, na qual\n" "o provedor para o servidor escravo também é um servidor escravo.</p>\n" #. Read dialog help @@ -1337,8 +1151,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Cancelando a inicialização:</big></b><br>\n" -"Cancele com segurança o utilitário de configuração clicando em <b>Cancelar</b>" -" agora.</p>" +"Cancele com segurança o utilitário de configuração clicando em <b>Cancelar</b> agora.</p>" #. Write dialog help #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271 @@ -1367,25 +1180,17 @@ "Server module.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Este diálogo fornece um pequeno resumo sobre a configuração que você\n" -"acaba de criar. Clique em <b>Concluir</b> para escrever a configuração e sair " -"do módulo\n" +"acaba de criar. Clique em <b>Concluir</b> para escrever a configuração e sair do módulo\n" "do servidor LDAP.</p>\n" #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289 -msgid "" -"<p>With <b>Start LDAP Server Yes or No</b>, start or stop the LDAP server.</p>" -" " -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Iniciar servidor LDAP sim ou não</b> inicia ou para o servidor LDAP.</p>" +msgid "<p>With <b>Start LDAP Server Yes or No</b>, start or stop the LDAP server.</p> " +msgstr "<p><b>Iniciar servidor LDAP sim ou não</b> inicia ou para o servidor LDAP.</p>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292 -msgid "" -"<p>If you select <b>Yes</b>, click <b>Next</b> to start the configuration " -"wizard.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Se você selecionou <b>Sim</b>, clique em <b>Próximo</b> para iniciar o " -"assistente de configuração.</p>" +msgid "<p>If you select <b>Yes</b>, click <b>Next</b> to start the configuration wizard.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Se você selecionou <b>Sim</b>, clique em <b>Próximo</b> para iniciar o assistente de configuração.</p>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295 msgid "" @@ -1397,21 +1202,14 @@ #. Configuration Wizard Step 2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299 -msgid "" -"<p>Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios " -"are available:</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Selecione o tipo de servidor LDAP para configurar. Os seguintes cenários " -"estão disponíveis:</p>" +msgid "<p>Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:</p>" +msgstr "<p>Selecione o tipo de servidor LDAP para configurar. Os seguintes cenários estão disponíveis:</p>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" -"<p><b>Stand-alone server</b>: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server " -"with\n" +"<p><b>Stand-alone server</b>: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" "no preparations for replication.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Servidor avulso</b>: configure um servidor LDAP avulso sem preparação " -"para replicação</p>\n" +msgstr "<p><b>Servidor avulso</b>: configure um servidor LDAP avulso sem preparação para replicação</p>\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:305 msgid "" @@ -1419,17 +1217,14 @@ "prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Servidor mestre de replicação</b>: crie uma configuração LDAP \n" -"preparada para atuar como um servidor mestre (provedor) numa configuração de " -"replicação.</p>\n" +"preparada para atuar como um servidor mestre (provedor) numa configuração de replicação.</p>\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308 msgid "" -"<p><b>Replica slave server</b>: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that " -"replicates all its data,\n" +"<p><b>Replica slave server</b>: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" "including configuration, from a master server.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Servidor escravo de replicação</b>: configura um servidor escravo " -"OpenLDAP que replica todos os seus dados,\n" +"<p><b>Servidor escravo de replicação</b>: configura um servidor escravo OpenLDAP que replica todos os seus dados,\n" "incluindo configuração, a partir de um servidor mestre.</p>" #. Configuration Wizard Step 3 @@ -1447,33 +1242,27 @@ "checkbox. Additionally you need to configure a certificate for the Server \n" "to use.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Para habilitar a criptografia via TLS/SSL, selecione <b>Habilitar TLS</b>. " -"Adicionalmente,\n" +"<p>Para habilitar a criptografia via TLS/SSL, selecione <b>Habilitar TLS</b>. Adicionalmente,\n" "você precisa configurar um certificado para uso do servidor.</p>\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321 msgid "" "<p>Check <b>Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface</b>, to enable the server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" -"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.</p>" -"\n" +"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Selecione <b>Habilitar interface LDAP sobre SSL (ldaps)</b> para que o " -"servidor\n" -"aceite conexões LDAP na porta 636. Se a opção não estiver marcada, o OpenLDAP " -"suportará apenas \n" +"<p>Selecione <b>Habilitar interface LDAP sobre SSL (ldaps)</b> para que o servidor\n" +"aceite conexões LDAP na porta 636. Se a opção não estiver marcada, o OpenLDAP suportará apenas \n" "conexões TLS criptografadas através da operação estendida StartTLS.</p>\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326 msgid "" "<p>If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" -"corresponding YaST Module, check <b>Use common Server Certificate</b> so " -"that\n" +"corresponding YaST Module, check <b>Use common Server Certificate</b> so that\n" "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Se você já tem um certificado de servidor comum instalado usando o \n" -"módulo correspondente do YaST selecione <b>Usar certificado de servidor " -"comum</b> \n" +"módulo correspondente do YaST selecione <b>Usar certificado de servidor comum</b> \n" "para que o OpenLDAP utilize esse certificado.</p>\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331 @@ -1483,26 +1272,20 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332 msgid "" "<p>If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" -"different certificate, enter the file names of the <b>CA Certificate File</b>" -",\n" -"<b>Certificate File</b> and <b>Certificate Key File</b> into the " -"corresponding\n" +"different certificate, enter the file names of the <b>CA Certificate File</b>,\n" +"<b>Certificate File</b> and <b>Certificate Key File</b> into the corresponding\n" "textfields.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Se você não possui um certificado de servidor comum ou deseja que o " -"OpenLDAP use\n" -"um certificado diferente, forneça os nomes de arquivos do <b>Arquivo de " -"certificado CA</b>, \n" -"<b>Arquivo de certificado</b> e <b>Arquivo da chave do certificado</b> nos " -"campos correspondentes.</p>\n" +"<p>Se você não possui um certificado de servidor comum ou deseja que o OpenLDAP use\n" +"um certificado diferente, forneça os nomes de arquivos do <b>Arquivo de certificado CA</b>, \n" +"<b>Arquivo de certificado</b> e <b>Arquivo da chave do certificado</b> nos campos correspondentes.</p>\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:338 msgid "" "<p>To create a new CA or certificate, launch the CA management module by\n" "clicking <b>Launch CA Management Module</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Para criar um novo CA ou certificado, inicie o módulo de gerenciamento de " -"CA\n" +"<p>Para criar um novo CA ou certificado, inicie o módulo de gerenciamento de CA\n" "clicando em <b>Iniciar módulo de gerenciamento de CA</b>.</p>\n" #. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1 @@ -1513,16 +1296,12 @@ #. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346 msgid "" -"<p>Add schema files in this dialog. Press <b>Add</b> to open a file dialog in " -"which to choose\n" -"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not " -"support the removal of \n" +"<p>Add schema files in this dialog. Press <b>Add</b> to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" +"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" "Schema Data</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Adicione ou remova arquivos de esquema neste diálogo. Clique em <b>" -"Adicionar</b> para abrir um diálogo de arquivo onde escolher\n" -"um novo esquema. Nota: o OpenLDAP (quando usado com back-config) não suporta " -"atualmente a remoção de\n" +"<p>Adicione ou remova arquivos de esquema neste diálogo. Clique em <b>Adicionar</b> para abrir um diálogo de arquivo onde escolher\n" +"um novo esquema. Nota: o OpenLDAP (quando usado com back-config) não suporta atualmente a remoção de\n" "dados de esquema.</p>" #. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" @@ -1531,18 +1310,13 @@ "<p>Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n" "to syslog.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Selecione os subsistemas que devem registrar comandos de depuração e " -"estatísticas\n" +"<p>Selecione os subsistemas que devem registrar comandos de depuração e estatísticas\n" "que serão salvas no syslog.</p>" #. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356 -msgid "" -"<p>Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or " -"disallow:</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Selecione quais opções especiais o servidor OpenLDAP deve permitir ou " -"proibir:</p> " +msgid "<p>Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:</p>" +msgstr "<p>Selecione quais opções especiais o servidor OpenLDAP deve permitir ou proibir:</p> " #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359 msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>" @@ -1550,46 +1324,36 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360 msgid "" -"<p><b>LDAPv2 Bind Requests</b>: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind " -"requests.\n" +"<p><b>LDAPv2 Bind Requests</b>: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Requisições de acesso LDAPv2</b>: para deixar o servidor aceitar as " -"requisições de acesso LDAPv2.\n" +"<p><b>Requisições de acesso LDAPv2</b>: para deixar o servidor aceitar as requisições de acesso LDAPv2.\n" "Note que o OpenLDAP não implementa completamente o LDAPv2.</p>\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363 msgid "" -"<p><b>Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty</b>: To allow anonymous bind " -"when \n" -"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not " -"present) </p>" +"<p><b>Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty</b>: To allow anonymous bind when \n" +"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) </p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Associação anônima quando as credenciais não estão vazias.</b>: Para " -"permitir associação anônima quando \n" -"as credenciais não estão vazias (por ex.: a senha está presente mas a " -"associação DN não está presente) </p>" +"<p><b>Associação anônima quando as credenciais não estão vazias.</b>: Para permitir associação anônima quando \n" +"as credenciais não estão vazias (por ex.: a senha está presente mas a associação DN não está presente) </p>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366 msgid "" "<p><b>Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty</b>: To allow unauthenticated \n" "(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Sessão não autenticada quando DN não está vazio</b>: Para permitir " -"sessões \n" +"<p><b>Sessão não autenticada quando DN não está vazio</b>: Para permitir sessões \n" "(anônimas) não autenticada quando DN não está vazio</p>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369 msgid "" -"<p><b>Unauthenticated Update Operations to process</b>: To allow " -"unauthenticated\n" +"<p><b>Unauthenticated Update Operations to process</b>: To allow unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" "access controls and other administrative limits.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Opções de atualização não autenticadas a processar</b>: para permitir " -"operações\n" -"de atualização não autenticadas (anônimas) a serem processadas. Elas ainda " -"estão sujeitas às\n" +"<p><b>Opções de atualização não autenticadas a processar</b>: para permitir operações\n" +"de atualização não autenticadas (anônimas) a serem processadas. Elas ainda estão sujeitas às\n" "regras de controle de acesso e outras limitações administrativas.</p>\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:374 @@ -1602,10 +1366,8 @@ "not accept anonymous bind requests. Note that this does not generally\n" "prohibit anonymous directory access.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Desabilitar aceitação de pedidos de associação anônimos</b>: o " -"servidor\n" -"não aceitará pedidos de associação anônimos. Observe que isto não proíbe " -"acesso anônimo\n" +"<p><b>Desabilitar aceitação de pedidos de associação anônimos</b>: o servidor\n" +"não aceitará pedidos de associação anônimos. Observe que isto não proíbe acesso anônimo\n" "a diretórios.</p>\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380 @@ -1613,19 +1375,16 @@ "<p><b>Disable Simple Bind authentication</b>: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" "authentication</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Desabilitar a autenticação de acesso simples</b>: desabilita " -"completamente a\n" +"<p><b>Desabilitar a autenticação de acesso simples</b>: desabilita completamente a\n" "autenticação de acesso simples</p>\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383 msgid "" "<p><b>Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" -"receipt</b>: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection " -"back\n" +"receipt</b>: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" "to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Desabilitar a sessão de um usuário anônimo mediante a resposta de uma " -"operação StartTLS </b>:\n" +"<p><b>Desabilitar a sessão de um usuário anônimo mediante a resposta de uma operação StartTLS </b>:\n" "o servidor não irá mais forçar uma conexão autenticada para o \n" "estado anônimo quando receber a operação StartTLS.</p>\n" @@ -1643,140 +1402,90 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394 msgid "" "<p>This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" -"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The " -"\"Frontend\"\n" +"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" "database is use to configure global access control restrictions and overlays\n" -"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration " -"of\n" +"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration of\n" "the LDAP server itself.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Esta exibe todos os bancos de dados configurados. Os bancos de dados com o " -"tipo \"frontend\" \n" -"e \"config\" representam bancos de dados internos especiais. O banco de dados " -"\"Frontend\" é usado para configurar\n" -"restrições globais de controle de acesso e overlays que se aplicam a todos os " -"bancos de dados.O \n" +"<p>Esta exibe todos os bancos de dados configurados. Os bancos de dados com o tipo \"frontend\" \n" +"e \"config\" representam bancos de dados internos especiais. O banco de dados \"Frontend\" é usado para configurar\n" +"restrições globais de controle de acesso e overlays que se aplicam a todos os bancos de dados.O \n" "banco de dados \"Config\" contém a configuração do servidor LDAP.</p>\n" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402 msgid "<p>To add a new database, press <b>Add Database...</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Para adicionar um novo banco de dados, clique em <b>Adicionar banco de " -"dados...</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Para adicionar um novo banco de dados, clique em <b>Adicionar banco de dados...</b>.</p>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403 msgid "" -"<p>To delete a database, select a database from the list and press <b>Delete " -"Database...</b>.\n" +"<p>To delete a database, select a database from the list and press <b>Delete Database...</b>.\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Para remover um banco de dados, selecione um banco de dados da lista e " -"pressione <b>Remover banco de dados...</b>.\n" +"<p>Para remover um banco de dados, selecione um banco de dados da lista e pressione <b>Remover banco de dados...</b>.\n" "Você não pode remover os bancos de dados \"config\" e \"frontend\".</p>\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406 msgid "" -"<p>Enter a password for the configuration database (\"<i>cn=config</i>\") " -"here. This is required to make\n" +"<p>Enter a password for the configuration database (\"<i>cn=config</i>\") here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Digite uma senha para o banco de dados de configuração (\"<i>cn=config</i>" -"\"). Isto é necessário para \n" +"<p>Digite uma senha para o banco de dados de configuração (\"<i>cn=config</i>\"). Isto é necessário para \n" "tornar o banco de dados de configuração acessível remotamente.</p>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409 msgid "" -"<p>If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the " -"\"<b>Prepare for MirrorMode replication</b>\"\n" -"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed " -"for MirrorMode replication.</p>\n" +"<p>If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"<b>Prepare for MirrorMode replication</b>\"\n" +"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Se o servidor deve participar de uma configuração MirrorMode, selecione " -"\"<b>Prepara para replicação MirrorMode</b>\".\n" -"Isso garantirá que o atributo serverId será gerado quadno necessário para a " -"replicação MirrorMode.</p>\n" +"<p>Se o servidor deve participar de uma configuração MirrorMode, selecione \"<b>Prepara para replicação MirrorMode</b>\".\n" +"Isso garantirá que o atributo serverId será gerado quadno necessário para a replicação MirrorMode.</p>\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412 msgid "" -"<p>To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master " -"server. Please enter the master\n" -"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"<i>ldap</i>\" or \"<i>ldaps<" -"/i>\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" +"<p>To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" +"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"<i>ldap</i>\" or \"<i>ldaps</i>\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" "for the master's configuration database (\"<i>cn=config</i>\").</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Para configurar um servidor escravo, são necessários alguns detalhes do " -"servidor mestre. Por favor, digite o nome de máquina\n" -"do servidor mestre, ajuste o protocolo (\"<i>ldap</i>\" ou \"<i>ldaps</i>\") " -"e número de porta conforme a necessidade e digite a senha\n" -"para o banco de dados de configuração do servidor mestre(\"<i>cn=config</i>" -"\").</p>" +"<p>Para configurar um servidor escravo, são necessários alguns detalhes do servidor mestre. Por favor, digite o nome de máquina\n" +"do servidor mestre, ajuste o protocolo (\"<i>ldap</i>\" ou \"<i>ldaps</i>\") e número de porta conforme a necessidade e digite a senha\n" +"para o banco de dados de configuração do servidor mestre(\"<i>cn=config</i>\").</p>" #. ########## kerberos #. Help text: basic settings 1/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419 -msgid "" -"<p>Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your " -"Kerberos server.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Especifique o <big>Domínio</big> e a <big>Senha mestre</big> para seu " -"servidor Kerberos.</p>" +msgid "<p>Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Especifique o <big>Domínio</big> e a <big>Senha mestre</big> para seu servidor Kerberos.</p>" #. Help text: basic settings 2/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423 -msgid "" -"<p>Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to " -"use upper-case letters as in your domain name.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Embora o seu domínio Kerberos possa ser qualquer string ASCII, " -"convenciona-se deixá-lo com o mesmo nome do seu nome de domínio, em letras " -"maiúsculas.</p>\n" +msgid "<p>Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>Embora o seu domínio Kerberos possa ser qualquer string ASCII, convenciona-se deixá-lo com o mesmo nome do seu nome de domínio, em letras maiúsculas.</p>\n" #. advanced item help: database_name #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427 -msgid "" -"<p>This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this " -"realm.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Esta string especifica a localização do banco de dados do Kerberos para " -"este domínio.</p>" +msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Esta string especifica a localização do banco de dados do Kerberos para este domínio.</p>" #. advanced item help: acl_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431 -msgid "" -"<p>This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file " -"that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Esta string especifica a localização do arquivo da lista de controle de " -"acesso (ACL) que o kadmin utiliza para determinar as permissões dos " -"principais no banco de dados.</p>" +msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Esta string especifica a localização do arquivo da lista de controle de acesso (ACL) que o kadmin utiliza para determinar as permissões dos principais no banco de dados.</p>" #. advanced item help: admin_keytab #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435 -msgid "" -"<p>This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to " -"authenticate to the database.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Esta string especifica a localização do arquivo de chaves usado pelo " -"kdamin para autenticar no banco de dados.</p>" +msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Esta string especifica a localização do arquivo de chaves usado pelo kdamin para autenticar no banco de dados.</p>" #. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439 -msgid "" -"<p>This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals " -"created in this realm.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Este tempo absoluto especifica a data de expiração padrão dos principais " -"criados neste realm.</p>" +msgid "<p>This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Este tempo absoluto especifica a data de expiração padrão dos principais criados neste realm.</p>" #. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443 -msgid "" -"<p>These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in " -"this realm.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Estes indicadores especificam os atributos padrões dos principais criados " -"neste realm.</p>" +msgid "<p>These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Estes indicadores especificam os atributos padrões dos principais criados neste realm.</p>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 msgid "Allow postdated" @@ -1785,8 +1494,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets." -msgstr "" -"Habilitar esta opção permite ao principal a obtenção de tickets postdateable." +msgstr "Habilitar esta opção permite ao principal a obtenção de tickets postdateable." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 msgid "Allow forwardable" @@ -1795,8 +1503,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets." -msgstr "" -"Habilitar esta opção permite ao principal a obtenção de tickets transferíveis." +msgstr "Habilitar esta opção permite ao principal a obtenção de tickets transferíveis." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 msgid "Allow renewable" @@ -1805,8 +1512,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets." -msgstr "" -"Habilitar esta opção permite que o principal obtenha tickets renováveis." +msgstr "Habilitar esta opção permite que o principal obtenha tickets renováveis." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 msgid "Allow proxiable" @@ -1823,12 +1529,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another " -"user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." -msgstr "" -"Habilitar esta opção permite que o principal obtenha uma chave de sessão para " -"outro usuário, permitindo autenticação usuário-usuário para este principal." +msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." +msgstr "Habilitar esta opção permite que o principal obtenha uma chave de sessão para outro usuário, permitindo autenticação usuário-usuário para este principal." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 msgid "Requires preauth" @@ -1836,17 +1538,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to " -"preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this " -"flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only " -"be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." -msgstr "" -"Se este indicador estiver habilitado num principal cliente, então aquele " -"principal é requerido para pré-autenticar no KDC antes de receber quaisquer " -"tickets. Se você habilitar este indicador num principal como serviço, os " -"tickets de serviço para este principal somente serão emitidos para clientes " -"com um TGT que possui o conjunto de tickets de pré-autenticação." +msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." +msgstr "Se este indicador estiver habilitado num principal cliente, então aquele principal é requerido para pré-autenticar no KDC antes de receber quaisquer tickets. Se você habilitar este indicador num principal como serviço, os tickets de serviço para este principal somente serão emitidos para clientes com um TGT que possui o conjunto de tickets de pré-autenticação." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 msgid "Requires hwauth" @@ -1854,13 +1547,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a " -"hardware device before receiving any tickets." -msgstr "" -"Se este indicador for habilitado, então o principal é requerido para " -"pré-autenticar usando um dispositivo de hardware antes de receber quaisquer " -"tickets." +msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." +msgstr "Se este indicador for habilitado, então o principal é requerido para pré-autenticar usando um dispositivo de hardware antes de receber quaisquer tickets." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "Allow service" @@ -1868,11 +1556,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." -msgstr "" -"Habilitar esta opção permite que o KDC emita tickets de serviço para este " -"principal." +msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." +msgstr "Habilitar esta opção permite que o KDC emita tickets de serviço para este principal." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 msgid "Allow tgs request" @@ -1880,14 +1565,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a " -"ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that " -"was used to obtain the TGT." -msgstr "" -"Habilitar esta opção permite que o principal obtenha tickets baseados num " -"ticket-granting-ticket, ao invés de repetir o processo de autenticação que " -"era usado para obter o TGT." +msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." +msgstr "Habilitar esta opção permite que o principal obtenha tickets baseados num ticket-granting-ticket, ao invés de repetir o processo de autenticação que era usado para obter o TGT." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 msgid "Allow tickets" @@ -1895,13 +1574,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this " -"principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within " -"this realm." -msgstr "" -"Habilitar esta opção fará com que o KDC emita tickets para este principal. " -"Desabilitar esta opção basicamente desativa o principal neste realm." +msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." +msgstr "Habilitar esta opção fará com que o KDC emita tickets para este principal. Desabilitar esta opção basicamente desativa o principal neste realm." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 msgid "Need change" @@ -1918,177 +1592,94 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change " -"service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a " -"user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that " -"principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password " -"authentication." -msgstr "" -"Se esta opção estiver habilitar, este principal será marcado como um serviço " -"de alteração de senha. Isto deve ser usado somente em casos especiais, por " -"exemplo, se a senha de um usuário expirou, o usuário deve receber tickets " -"para aquele principal para que seja possível alterar a senha sem passar pelo " -"processo normal de autenticação de senha." +msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." +msgstr "Se esta opção estiver habilitar, este principal será marcado como um serviço de alteração de senha. Isto deve ser usado somente em casos especiais, por exemplo, se a senha de um usuário expirou, o usuário deve receber tickets para aquele principal para que seja possível alterar a senha sem passar pelo processo normal de autenticação de senha." #. advanced item help : dict_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503 -msgid "" -"<p>The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not " -"allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy " -"assigned to the principal, no check will be done.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>A localização do arquivo dicionário contendo strings que não são " -"permitidas como senhas. Se esta opção não estiver marcada ou não existir " -"política atribuída ao principal, então nenhuma verificação será feita.</p>" +msgid "<p>The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done.</p>" +msgstr "<p>A localização do arquivo dicionário contendo strings que não são permitidas como senhas. Se esta opção não estiver marcada ou não existir política atribuída ao principal, então nenhuma verificação será feita.</p>" #. advanced item help : kadmind_port #. advanced item help : kpasswd_port #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511 -msgid "" -"<p>This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens " -"for this realm.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Este número de porta especifica a porta na qual o daemon do kadmind " -"escutará neste domínio.</p>" +msgid "<p>This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Este número de porta especifica a porta na qual o daemon do kadmind escutará neste domínio.</p>" #. advanced item help : key_stash_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515 -msgid "" -"<p>This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored " -"with kdb5_stash.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Esta string especifica a localização onde a chave mestra foi armazenada " -"com kdb5_stash.</p>" +msgid "<p>This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Esta string especifica a localização onde a chave mestra foi armazenada com kdb5_stash.</p>" #. advanced item help : kdc_ports #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519 -msgid "" -"<p>This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this " -"realm.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Esta string especifica a lista de portas que o KDC deve escutar para este " -"realm.</p>" +msgid "<p>This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Esta string especifica a lista de portas que o KDC deve escutar para este realm.</p>" #. advanced item help : master_key_name #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523 -msgid "" -"<p>This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master " -"key. The default value is K/M.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Esta string especifica o nome do principal associado com a chave mestra. O " -"valor padrão é K/M.</p>" +msgid "<p>This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Esta string especifica o nome do principal associado com a chave mestra. O valor padrão é K/M.</p>" #. advanced item help : master_key_type #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527 msgid "<p>This key type string represents the master keys key type.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Esta string de tipo de chave representa o tipo de chave da chave mestra.<" -"/p>" +msgstr "<p>Esta string de tipo de chave representa o tipo de chave da chave mestra.</p>" #. advanced item help : max_life #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531 -msgid "" -"<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " -"valid for in this realm.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Este tempo delta especifica o tempo máximo pelo qual um ticket pode ser " -"válido neste realm.</p>" +msgid "<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Este tempo delta especifica o tempo máximo pelo qual um ticket pode ser válido neste realm.</p>" #. advanced item help : max_renew_life #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535 -msgid "" -"<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " -"renewed for in this realm.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Este tempo delta especifica o tempo máximo pelo qual um ticket pode ser " -"renovado neste realm.</p>" +msgid "<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Este tempo delta especifica o tempo máximo pelo qual um ticket pode ser renovado neste realm.</p>" #. advanced item help : supported_enctypes #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539 -msgid "" -"<p>A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt " -"combinations of principals for this realm.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Uma lista de strings chaves/salt que especifica as combinações chaves/salt " -"padrões dos principais neste realm.</p>" +msgid "<p>A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Uma lista de strings chaves/salt que especifica as combinações chaves/salt padrões dos principais neste realm.</p>" #. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543 -msgid "" -"<p>Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this " -"realm.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Especifica as combinações chave-salt permitidas dos principais deste " -"realm.</p>" +msgid "<p>Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Especifica as combinações chave-salt permitidas dos principais deste realm.</p>" #. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547 -msgid "" -"<p>Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm " -"tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm " -"names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Especifica se a lista de realms transitados para tickets inter-realms deve " -"ser verificada usando o caminho de trânsito computado dos nomes de realm e a " -"seção [capaths] do arquivo krb5.conf</p>" +msgid "<p>Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file</p>" +msgstr "<p>Especifica se a lista de realms transitados para tickets inter-realms deve ser verificada usando o caminho de trânsito computado dos nomes de realm e a seção [capaths] do arquivo krb5.conf</p>" #. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551 -msgid "" -"<p>This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be " -"maintained via the LDAP server.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Esta opção específica do LDAP indica o número de conexões a serem mantidas " -"pelo servidor LDAP.</p>" +msgid "<p>This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Esta opção específica do LDAP indica o número de conexões a serem mantidas pelo servidor LDAP.</p>" #. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555 -msgid "" -"<p>This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords " -"for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Esta opção específica do LDAP indica o arquivo contendo as senhas stashed " -"para os objetos utilizados para inicializar os servidores Kerberos.</p>" +msgid "<p>This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Esta opção específica do LDAP indica o arquivo contendo as senhas stashed para os objetos utilizados para inicializar os servidores Kerberos.</p>" #. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559 -msgid "" -"<p>Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The " -"list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).</p><p>The " -"search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the " -"subtree.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Especifica a lista de subárvores contendo os principais de um realm. A " -"lista contém os DNs dos objetos da subárvore separados por dois-pontos (:). <" -"/p><p> O escopo da busca especifica o escopo para pesquisar os principais na " -"subárvore.</p>" +msgid "<p>Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).</p><p>The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Especifica a lista de subárvores contendo os principais de um realm. A lista contém os DNs dos objetos da subárvore separados por dois-pontos (:). </p><p> O escopo da busca especifica o escopo para pesquisar os principais na subárvore.</p>" #. advanced item help : kdb_containerref #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563 -msgid "" -"<p>Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a " -"realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a " -"realm, the principals will be created in the realm container.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Especifica o DN do conteiner do objeto no qual os principais de um realm " -"serão criados. Se a referência para o conteiner não estiver configurada para " -"um realm, os principais serão criados no conteiner do realm.</p>" +msgid "<p>Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Especifica o DN do conteiner do objeto no qual os principais de um realm serão criados. Se a referência para o conteiner não estiver configurada para um realm, os principais serão criados no conteiner do realm.</p>" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567 msgid "<p>Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Especifica a vida máxima dos tickets para principais neste realm.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Especifica a vida máxima dos tickets para principais neste realm.</p>" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571 -msgid "" -"<p>Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm.<" -"/p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Especifica a vida máxima renovável dos tickets para principais neste " -"realm.</p>" +msgid "<p>Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Especifica a vida máxima renovável dos tickets para principais neste realm.</p>" #. ################################################################################# #. ################################################################################# @@ -2412,22 +2003,16 @@ msgstr "URI do servidor" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:50 -msgid "" -"This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the " -"standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." -msgstr "" -"Este servidor não está configurado como um nó MirrorMode. Clique em " -"\"Próximo\" para iniciar o assistente de configuração OpenLDAP." +msgid "This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." +msgstr "Este servidor não está configurado como um nó MirrorMode. Clique em \"Próximo\" para iniciar o assistente de configuração OpenLDAP." #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:85 msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Overview" msgstr "Resumo de MirrorMode do OpenLDAP" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:127 -msgid "" -"Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" -msgstr "" -"Não é possível remover a máquina na qual este módulo do YaST foi iniciado.\n" +msgid "Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" +msgstr "Não é possível remover a máquina na qual este módulo do YaST foi iniciado.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:130 msgid "Start yast2 openldap-mirrormode on a different MirrorMode server." @@ -2738,23 +2323,16 @@ msgstr "Selecionar indicadores de &permissão: " #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:197 -msgid "" -"Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous " -"directory access)" -msgstr "" -"Desabilitar aceitação de pedidos de associação anônimos (não proíbe acesso " -"anônimo a diretórios) " +msgid "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous directory access)" +msgstr "Desabilitar aceitação de pedidos de associação anônimos (não proíbe acesso anônimo a diretórios) " #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:201 msgid "Disable Simple Bind authentication" msgstr "Desabilitar autenticação por associação simples " #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:204 -msgid "" -"Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" -msgstr "" -"Desabilitar a sessão de um usuário anônimo com status mediante a resposta de " -"uma operação StartTLS " +msgid "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" +msgstr "Desabilitar a sessão de um usuário anônimo com status mediante a resposta de uma operação StartTLS " #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:210 msgid "Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated" @@ -2846,8 +2424,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:359 msgid "Allow Plaintext Authentication (Simple Bind) for this Database. " -msgstr "" -"Permitir autenticação em texto plano (bind simples) para este banco de dados." +msgstr "Permitir autenticação em texto plano (bind simples) para este banco de dados." #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:362 msgid "(Remote Connection needs to be encrypted)" @@ -3204,8 +2781,7 @@ "not supported by YaST. The Access Control Dialog will be disabled.\n" msgstr "" "O banco de dados selecionado contém regras de controle de acesso que não\n" -"são atualmente suportadas pelo YaST. O diálogo de controle de acesso será " -"desabilitado.\n" +"são atualmente suportadas pelo YaST. O diálogo de controle de acesso será desabilitado.\n" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1594 msgid "This database is a Replication Consumer." @@ -3274,11 +2850,8 @@ msgstr "Falha na verificação dos recursos LDAPsync do provedor." #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995 -msgid "" -"Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" -msgstr "" -"Por favor, verifique se o servidor destino está configurado para ser um " -"provedor LDAPsync" +msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" +msgstr "Por favor, verifique se o servidor destino está configurado para ser um provedor LDAPsync" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094 msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database" @@ -3504,12 +3077,8 @@ msgstr "Atualizando objetos da política de senha padrão" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1830 -msgid "" -"Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take " -"some minutes)" -msgstr "" -"Esperando pelas tarefas de fundo de indexação do OpenLDAP serem completadas " -"(isto pode levar alguns minutos)" +msgid "Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take some minutes)" +msgstr "Esperando pelas tarefas de fundo de indexação do OpenLDAP serem completadas (isto pode levar alguns minutos)" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1831 msgid "Restarting OpenLDAP Server if required" @@ -3528,11 +3097,8 @@ msgstr "A criação da política de senha falhou." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1953 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to finish.\n" -msgstr "" -"Ocorreu erro ao esperar a finalização do indexador do banco de dados " -"OpenLDAP.\n" +msgid "An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to finish.\n" +msgstr "Ocorreu erro ao esperar a finalização do indexador do banco de dados OpenLDAP.\n" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1954 msgid "Restart OpenLDAP manually." @@ -3577,8 +3143,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2489 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2523 msgid "Can not set a filesystem ACL on the private key." -msgstr "" -"Não foi possível definir uma ACL do sistema de arquivos na chave privada." +msgstr "Não foi possível definir uma ACL do sistema de arquivos na chave privada." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2491 msgid "Do you have filesystem acl support disabled?" @@ -3594,8 +3159,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2547 msgid "Switching startup configuration to use config database" -msgstr "" -"Alterando a configuração inicial para usar o banco de dados de configuração. " +msgstr "Alterando a configuração inicial para usar o banco de dados de configuração. " #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2548 msgid "Restarting LDAP Server" @@ -3619,8 +3183,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2709 msgid "Common server certificate not available. StartTLS is disabled." -msgstr "" -"Certificado de servidor comum não disponível. O startTLS está desabilitado." +msgstr "Certificado de servidor comum não disponível. O startTLS está desabilitado." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2803 msgid "Could not create database directory." @@ -3629,22 +3192,15 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4107 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:498 msgid "Could not adjust ownership of database directory." -msgstr "" -"Não foi possível ajustar as propriedades do diretório do banco de dados." +msgstr "Não foi possível ajustar as propriedades do diretório do banco de dados." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2859 msgid "Could not determine own fully qualified hostname." -msgstr "" -"Não foi possível determinar o próprio nome de máquina completamente " -"qualificado." +msgstr "Não foi possível determinar o próprio nome de máquina completamente qualificado." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2860 -msgid "" -"A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own " -"fully qualified hostname." -msgstr "" -"Um servidor mestre para replicação não pode funcionar corretamente sem " -"conhecer seu próprio nome de máquina completamente qualificado." +msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." +msgstr "Um servidor mestre para replicação não pode funcionar corretamente sem conhecer seu próprio nome de máquina completamente qualificado." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415 @@ -3674,12 +3230,8 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4033 -msgid "" -"The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country " -"2-letter code." -msgstr "" -"O valor do atributo \"c\" deve conter um código de país de 2 letras no " -"ISO-3166." +msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." +msgstr "O valor do atributo \"c\" deve conter um código de país de 2 letras no ISO-3166." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4040 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 @@ -3720,10 +3272,8 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4887 -msgid "" -"Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" -msgstr "" -"Erro ao tentar verificar o certificado de servidor do servidor provedor.\n" +msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" +msgstr "Erro ao tentar verificar o certificado de servidor do servidor provedor.\n" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4888 #, perl-format @@ -3754,9 +3304,7 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:301 #, perl-format msgid "Database type '%s' is not supported. Allowed are 'bdb' and 'hdb'." -msgstr "" -"O tipo de banco de dados '%s' não é suportado. Os tipos permitidos são 'bdb' " -"e 'hdb'." +msgstr "O tipo de banco de dados '%s' não é suportado. Os tipos permitidos são 'bdb' e 'hdb'." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:347 @@ -3897,4 +3445,3 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2046 msgid "Cannot write CA certificate file." msgstr "Não foi possível salvar o arquivo de certificado CA." - Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/autoinst.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/autoinst.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/autoinst.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 10:44-0200\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" @@ -41,8 +41,8 @@ msgstr "Lendo dados de configuração..." #: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123 -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:613 -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:339 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:360 msgid "This may take a while" msgstr "Isto pode demorar alguns instantes" @@ -62,13 +62,14 @@ #. command line options #. Init variables -#. AutoInstall::PXELocalBoot(); +#. We will have to set default entries which are defined +#. in the import call of ServicesManager #. Backup #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:403 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:482 -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1006 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:389 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 msgid "" "Error while parsing the control file.\n" "Check the log files for more details or fix the\n" @@ -78,7 +79,7 @@ "Verifique os arquivos de log para mais detalhes ou corrija\n" "o arquivo de controle e tente novamente.\n" -#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:122 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:612 +#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:122 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:621 #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:332 msgid "Reading configuration data" msgstr "Lendo os dados de configuração" @@ -120,7 +121,7 @@ msgid "enable/disable all package handling" msgstr "habilitar/desabilitar todo o gerenciamento de pacotes" -#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:81 +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:101 msgid "Empty parameter list" msgstr "Lista de parâmetros vazia" @@ -131,29 +132,29 @@ msgstr "O caminho para o perfil do AutoYaST deve estar definido." #. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:46 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:66 msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" msgstr "Cliente para a criação de perfil do AutoYaST baseado no sistema em execução" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:56 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:76 msgid "known modules: %1" msgstr "Módulos conhecidos: %1" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:63 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:83 msgid "comma separated list of modules to clone" msgstr "Lista separada por vírgulas dos módulos a serem clonados" #. TRANSLATORS: Warning that an already existing autoyast configuration file will be overwritten. -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:94 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:114 msgid "File %s exists! Really overwrite?" msgstr "O arquivo %1 já existe! Realmente sobrescrever?" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:98 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:118 msgid "Cloning the system..." msgstr "Clonando o sistema..." #. TRANSLATORS: %s is path where profile can be found -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:100 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:120 msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s." msgstr "O perfil AutoYaST resultante pode ser encontrado em %s." @@ -221,7 +222,7 @@ "o nome e o conteúdo do arquivo.\n" #. OPEN -#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:273 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:596 +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:273 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:605 #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:397 msgid "Select a file to load." msgstr "Selecione um arquivo para carregar." @@ -264,7 +265,7 @@ msgstr "Primeiro, selecione um arquivo da tabela." #. Help text for last dialog of base installation -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:32 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:35 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Please wait while the system is being configured.\n" @@ -275,47 +276,73 @@ "</p>" #. Progress bar that displays overall progress in this dialog -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:53 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:60 msgid "Progress" msgstr "Progresso" #. Dialog title for autoyast dialog -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:62 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:69 msgid "Configuring System according to auto-install settings" msgstr "Configurando o sistema conforme configurações de instalação automática" +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated +#. list of unsupported sections of the profile +#. Do not translate words in brackets +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:88 +msgid "" +"These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:\n" +"\n" +"%s\n" +"\n" +"Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated +#. list of unknown sections of the profile +#. Do not translate words in brackets +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:103 +msgid "" +"These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:\n" +"\n" +"%s\n" +"\n" +"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section." +msgstr "" + #. determine name of client, if not use default name #. Call::Function(module_auto, ["Import", eval(Profile::current[resource]:$[]) ]); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:157 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:186 -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:199 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:192 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:221 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:234 msgid "Configuring %1" msgstr "Configurando %1" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:159 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:188 -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:201 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:194 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:223 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:236 msgid "Not Configuring %1" msgstr "Não configurando %1" #. online update -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:253 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288 msgid "Executing Post-Scripts" msgstr "Executando scripts de pós-instalação" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:268 +#. Do not restart dbus. Otherwise some services will hang. +#. bnc#937900 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:304 msgid "Restarting all running services" msgstr "Reiniciando todos os serviços em execução" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:327 msgid "Activating systemd default target" msgstr "Ativando o destino padrão do systemd" #. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring... -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:301 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:342 msgid "Finishing Configuration" msgstr "Concluindo a configuração" #. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" ); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:404 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:448 msgid "Processing resource %1" msgstr "Processando o recurso %1" @@ -488,92 +515,92 @@ #. Uwe Gansert #. #. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $ -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:49 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 msgid "<P>Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</P>" msgstr "<P>Por favor, aguarde enquanto o sistema é preparado para a instalação automática.</P>" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:54 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts" msgstr "Executar scripts de usuário de pré-instalação" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:54 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 msgid "Configure General Settings " msgstr "Configurar opções gerais" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53 msgid "Set up language" msgstr "Defina o idioma" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 msgid "Create partition plans" msgstr "Criar planos de partição" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 msgid "Configure Bootloader" msgstr "Configurar o carregador de inicialização" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54 msgid "Registration" msgstr "Registro" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55 msgid "Configure Software selections" msgstr "Configurar seleções de software" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target" msgstr "Configure o destino padrão do systemd" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..." msgstr "Executando scripts de usuário de pré-instalação..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:66 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 msgid "Configuring general settings..." msgstr "Configurando opções gerais..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:66 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:67 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62 msgid "Setting up language..." msgstr "Configurando o idioma..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:67 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:68 msgid "Creating partition plans..." msgstr "Criando planos de partição..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:68 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 msgid "Configuring Bootloader..." msgstr "Configurando o carregador de inicialização..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63 msgid "Registering the system..." msgstr "Registrando o sistema..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64 msgid "Configuring Software selections..." msgstr "Configurando seleções de software..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72 msgid "Configuring Systemd Default Target..." msgstr "Configurando o destino padrão do systemd" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69 msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation" msgstr "Preparando o sistema para a instalação automática" #. configure general settings -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:163 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:164 msgid "Handling Add-On Products..." msgstr "Gerenciamento de produtos complementares..." #. Set it in the Language module. #. #. Set it in the Language module. -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149 msgid "Configuring language..." msgstr "Configurando o idioma..." #. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:272 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:273 msgid "" "Error while configuring partitions.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -582,7 +609,7 @@ "Tente novamente.\n" #. Software -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:328 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:331 msgid "" "Error while configuring software selections.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -893,11 +920,11 @@ msgstr "A&vançado" #. user selected this partition to be part of volgroup -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:589 +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:592 msgid "Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." msgstr "O tamanho \"auto\" é válido somente se o ponto de montagem \"/boot\" ou \"swap\" estiver selecionado." -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:597 +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:600 msgid "Size \"auto\" is invalid for physical volumes." msgstr "O tamanho \"auto\" é inválido para volumes físicos." @@ -970,7 +997,7 @@ msgid "System Profile Location" msgstr "Localização do perfil de sistema" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:44 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:45 msgid "&Profile Location:" msgstr "Localização do &perfil:" @@ -978,11 +1005,11 @@ #. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as #. installation target #. heading text -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:115 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:117 msgid "Choose a hard disk" msgstr "Escolha um disco rígido" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:122 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:124 msgid "No disks found." msgstr "Nenhum disco encontrado." @@ -991,7 +1018,7 @@ #. "Preparing Hard Disk - Step 1" is the description of the dialog what to #. do while the following locale is the help description #. help part 1 of 1 -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:130 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:132 msgid "" "<p>\n" "All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n" @@ -1004,13 +1031,13 @@ "</p>" #. force help text width -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:154 msgid "Hard Disk Selection" msgstr "Seleção de disco rígido" #. there is a selection from that one option has to be #. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:175 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:177 msgid "Select one of the options to continue." msgstr "Escolha uma das opções para continuar." @@ -1211,19 +1238,19 @@ #. SAVE #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:35 -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:688 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:697 msgid "Save as..." msgstr "Salvar como..." #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:42 -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:700 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:709 msgid "File %1 was saved successfully." msgstr "O arquivo %1 foi salvo com sucesso." #. Profile::checkProfile(); #. Profile::checkProfile(); #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:55 -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:707 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:716 msgid "An error occurred while saving the file." msgstr "Um erro ocorreu durante o salvamento do arquivo." @@ -1362,34 +1389,33 @@ msgid "Source" msgstr "Fonte" -#. Menu interface -#. @param list menu items -#. @return [Symbol] -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:565 +#. Some configuration modules removes/exchange the menu bar. +#. So we have to reset. (bnc#872711) +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:569 msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current system?" msgstr "Você realmente deseja aplicar as configurações do módulo '%1' ao seu sistema atual?" #. opening/parsing the xml file failed -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:635 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:644 msgid "An error occurred while opening/parsing the XML file." msgstr "Erro ao abrir/analisar o arquivo XML." #. NEW -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:725 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:734 msgid "Available Modules" msgstr "Módulos disponíveis" #. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:740 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:749 msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system?" msgstr "Você realmente deseja aplicar as configurações do perfil ao seu sistema atual?" #. EXIT -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:781 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:790 msgid "Control file changed." msgstr "Arquivo de controle alterado." -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:782 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:791 msgid "Save the changes to %1?" msgstr "Salvar as alterações em %1?" @@ -1560,7 +1586,7 @@ #. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ]; #. m[ l ] = v; #. @return [Hash] -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:794 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:815 msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..." msgstr "Verificando XML com validação RNG..." @@ -1570,7 +1596,7 @@ msgstr "Seção %1:" #. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:806 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:827 msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..." msgstr "Verificando XML com validação RNC..." @@ -1609,7 +1635,7 @@ msgstr "Reiniciar a máquina após a segunda etapa" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:90 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:121 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126 msgid "Signature Handling" msgstr "Gerenciamento de assinaturas" @@ -1950,40 +1976,40 @@ "</p>\n" #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:122 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:123 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." msgstr "Não foi possível localizar o URL '%1' pelo protocolo HTTP(S). O servidor retornou o código %2." #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:142 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:143 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." msgstr "Não foi possível localizar o URL '%1' pelo protocolo FTP. O servidor retornou o código %2." #. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:158 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:159 msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n" msgstr "Falha na leitura de %1/%2.\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:174 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:175 msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n" msgstr "Falha na leitura de %1.\n" #. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success. #. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed #. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:234 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:290 -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:334 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:237 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:293 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:337 msgid "Mounting %1 failed." msgstr "Falha na montagem de %1." #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:265 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:268 msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2." msgstr "Falha na leitura de um arquivo no CD. Caminho: %1/%2." #. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed #. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:313 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:357 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:316 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:360 msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved" msgstr "Não foi possível recuperar o arquivo remoto %1" @@ -1991,22 +2017,22 @@ #. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now #. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized) #. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:482 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:485 msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed" msgstr "%1 não está montado e a montagem falhou" #. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:502 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:505 msgid "File %1 cannot be found" msgstr "Arquivo %1 não encontrado" #. Device -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:524 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:527 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP." msgstr "Não foi possível localizar o URL '%1' pelo protocolo TFTP." #. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:531 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:534 msgid "Unknown protocol %1." msgstr "Protocolo %1 desconhecido." @@ -2268,7 +2294,7 @@ #. Read rules file #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:453 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:448 msgid "Parsing the rules file failed. XML parser reports:\n" msgstr "Falha na análise do arquivo de regras. O analisador de XML informa:\n" @@ -2276,12 +2302,12 @@ #. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path #. @return [Boolean] true on success #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:914 src/modules/Profile.rb:725 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:746 msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n" msgstr "O analisador de XML informou um erro durante a análise do perfil do AutoYaST. Mensagem de erro:\n" #. backdoor for merging problems. -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1059 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054 msgid "" "\n" "User-defined classes could not be retrieved. Make sure all classes \n" @@ -2297,45 +2323,45 @@ #. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes #. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:273 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:278 msgid "Choose Profile" msgstr "Escolher o perfil" #. SetProtocolMessage () #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:329 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:334 msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy." msgstr "Recuperando arquivo de controle do disquete." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:332 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:337 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2." msgstr "Recuperando arquivo de controle (%1) do servidor TFTP: %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:343 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2." msgstr "Recuperando arquivo de controle (%1) do servidor NFS: %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:349 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2." msgstr "Recuperando arquivo de controle (%1) do servidor HTTP: %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:355 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2." msgstr "Recuperando arquivo de controle (%1) do servidor FTP: %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361 msgid "Copying control file from file: %1." msgstr "Copiando arquivo de controle do arquivo %1." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:366 msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1." msgstr "Copiando arquivo de controle do dispositivo /dev/%1." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:365 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:370 msgid "Copying control file from default location." msgstr "Copiando arquivo de controle do local padrão." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:372 msgid "Source unknown." msgstr "Fonte desconhecida." @@ -2345,7 +2371,7 @@ #. { #. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1); #. } -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:447 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452 msgid "" "<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n" "<p>Almost all resources of the control file can be\n" @@ -2355,7 +2381,7 @@ "<p>Com algumas exceções, quase todos recursos do arquivo de controle\n" "podem ser configurados usando o sistema de gerenciamento de configuração.</p>\n" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457 msgid "" "<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" "through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" @@ -2369,7 +2395,7 @@ "ser usado para instalar outro sistema usando o AutoYaST.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:459 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:464 msgid "" "<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" "new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" @@ -2403,79 +2429,103 @@ #. string language_name = ""; #. string keyboard_name = ""; -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:85 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:90 msgid "Confirm installation?" msgstr "Confirma a instalação?" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:110 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:117 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:122 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Sim" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108 msgid "No" msgstr "Não" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:91 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:96 msgid "Second Stage of AutoYaST" msgstr "Segunda etapa do AutoYaST" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:104 msgid "Halting the machine after stage one" msgstr "Desligando a máquina após a etapa um" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:113 msgid "Halting the machine after stage two" msgstr "Desligando a máquina após a etapa dois" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:120 msgid "Reboot the machine after stage two" msgstr "Reinicie a máquina após a etapa dois" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:125 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:130 msgid "Accepting unsigned files" msgstr "Aceitando arquivos não assinados" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:131 msgid "Not accepting unsigned files" msgstr "Não aceitando arquivos não assinados" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:135 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:140 msgid "Accepting files without a checksum" msgstr "Aceitando arquivos sem soma de verificação" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:136 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:141 msgid "Not accepting files without a checksum" msgstr "Não aceitando arquivos sem soma de verificação" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:145 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:150 msgid "Accepting failed verifications" msgstr "Aceitando verificações com falha" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:146 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151 msgid "Not accepting failed verifications" msgstr "Não aceitando verificações com falha" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:156 msgid "Accepting unknown GPG keys" msgstr "Aceitando chaves GPG desconhecidas" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:152 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157 msgid "Not accepting unknown GPG Keys" msgstr "Não aceitando chaves GPG desconhecidas" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:162 msgid "Importing new GPG keys" msgstr "Importando novas chaves GPG" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:158 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:163 msgid "Not importing new GPG Keys" msgstr "Não importando novas chaves GPG" +#. NTP syncing +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:414 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Syncing server..." +msgid "Syncing time..." +msgstr "Sincronizando o servidor..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the ntp server +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:416 +msgid "Syncing time with %s." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:420 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Parsing failed." +msgid "Time syncing failed." +msgstr "Falha na análise." + +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:424 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot mount file system." +msgid "Cannot update system time." +msgstr "Não foi possível montar o sistema de arquivos." + #. look for VGs to reuse -#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:111 +#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:113 msgid "Cannot reuse volume group %1. The volume group does not exist." msgstr "Não foi possível reutilizar o grupo do volume %1. O grupo de volume não existe." @@ -2491,14 +2541,23 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:682 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:682 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 msgid "Drives" msgstr "Unidades" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:686 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:916 -msgid "Total of %1 drive" -msgstr "Total de %1 unidade" +#. We are counting harddisks only (type CT_DISK) +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:688 +msgid "%s drive in total" +msgid_plural "%s drives in total" +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:707 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Not detected." +msgid "Not yet cloned." +msgstr "Não detectado." + #. Return Summary #. @return [String] summary #: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:328 @@ -2549,7 +2608,7 @@ msgstr "Desconhecido" #. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:169 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:172 msgid "" "These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n" "%1" @@ -2559,31 +2618,31 @@ #. 4 means "already exists" #. Add add-ons -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:315 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:335 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:327 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:347 msgid "Adding repo %1 failed" msgstr "Falha ao adicionar o repositório %1" #. Install -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:363 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:375 msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "Falha na criação da imagem durante a instalação de padrões. Por favor, verifique o arquivo /tmp/ay_image.log" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:371 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:383 msgid "Creating Image - installing packages" msgstr "Criando imagem - instalando pacotes" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:381 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:393 msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "Falha na criação da imagem durante a instalação de pacotes. Por favor, verifique o arquivo /tmp/ay_image.log" #. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") ); -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:392 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:404 msgid "Store image to ..." msgstr "Armazenar imagem em..." #. Compress image: #. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" . -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:421 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:433 msgid "" "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n" "If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore." @@ -2591,16 +2650,16 @@ "Agora você pode alterar a imagem em %1/\n" "Se você pressionar o botão Ok, a imagem será comprimida e não poderá mais ser alterada." -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:435 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:447 msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "Falha na compressão da imagem em '%1'. Por favor, verifique o arquivo /tmp/ay_image.log" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:442 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:454 msgid "Image created successfully" msgstr "Imagem criada com sucesso" #. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast) -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:478 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:490 msgid "" "can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n" "You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing." @@ -2609,30 +2668,30 @@ "Você pode criar o arquivo com 'ls - F > directory.yast' se ele não existir." #. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir. -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:512 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:524 msgid "can not read '%1'. Try again?" msgstr "não foi possível ler '%1'. Tentar novamente?" #. copy a file -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:530 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:542 msgid "can not read '%1'. ISO creation failed" msgstr "Não foi possível ler '%1': falha na criação da imagem ISO." #. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:560 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:572 msgid "Preparing ISO Filestructure ..." msgstr "Preparando estrutura de arquivos da imagem ISO..." #. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:609 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:621 msgid "boot config for the DVD" msgstr "configuração da inicialização do DVD" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:613 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:625 msgid "Ok" msgstr "Ok" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:616 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628 msgid "" "You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n" "If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." @@ -2642,43 +2701,43 @@ #. create the actual ISO file #. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") ); -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:635 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:647 msgid "Store ISO image to ..." msgstr "Armazenar a imagem ISO em..." -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:636 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:648 msgid "Creating ISO File ..." msgstr "Criando o arquivo ISO..." -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:657 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:669 msgid "ISO successfully created at %1" msgstr "ISO criada com sucesso em %1" #. Summary #. @return Html formatted configuration summary -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:733 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:745 msgid "Selected Patterns" msgstr "Padrões selecionados" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:743 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:755 msgid "Individually Selected Packages" msgstr "Pacotes selecionados individualmente" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:749 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:761 msgid "Packages to Remove" msgstr "Pacotes a remover" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:756 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:768 msgid "Force Kernel Package" msgstr "Forçar pacote do kernel" #. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466) -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:846 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:858 msgid "Could not set patterns: %1." msgstr "Não foi possível definir padrões: %1." #. Solve dependencies -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:907 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:919 msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile." msgstr "Falha na execução do resolvedor de pacotes. Verifique sua seção de software no perfil do AutoYaST." @@ -2687,24 +2746,28 @@ msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" msgstr "O plano de particionamento configurado em seu perfil XML não cabe no disco rígido. %1MB faltando" -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:917 +msgid "Total of %1 drive" +msgstr "Total de %1 unidade" + +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:923 msgid "No specific device configured" msgstr "Nenhum dispositivo específico configurado." #. Handle /etc/fstab usage #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1017 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1018 msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "Avaliando partição raiz. Um momento, por favor..." #. a popup -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1025 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1026 msgid "No Linux root partition found." msgstr "Nenhuma partição raiz Linux foi encontrada." #. We must only change RootPart::selectedRootPartition if booting #. is inevitable. -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1038 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1039 msgid "" "Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\n" "which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n" @@ -2713,20 +2776,20 @@ "qual delas deve ser usada. Não é possível executar a instalação automática.\n" #. return list of available devices -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1121 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1122 msgid "device '%1' not found by storage backend" msgstr "dispositivo '%1' não encontrado pela infraestrutura de armazenamento" #. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:338 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:359 msgid "Collecting configuration data..." msgstr "Obtendo dados de configuração..." #. Save YCP data into XML #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:441 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:462 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice." msgstr "Perfil AutoYaST criptografado. Digite a senha duas vezes." @@ -2734,14 +2797,14 @@ #. #. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in #. @return - list of filenames -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:515 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:536 msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2." msgstr "Não foi possível escrever a seção %1 no arquivo %2." #. Read XML into YCP data #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:682 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:703 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password." msgstr "Perfil AutoYaST criptografado. Digite a senha correta." Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/base.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/base.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/base.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:22+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-16 13:10-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" @@ -40,129 +40,129 @@ "Continuar a configuração com o YaST?" #. translators: help for 'help' option on command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:55 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:54 msgid "Print the help for this module" msgstr "Exibir a ajuda deste módulo" #. translators: help for 'longhelp' option on command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:61 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:60 msgid "Print a long version of help for this module" msgstr "Exibir a versão longa da ajuda deste módulo" #. translators: help for 'xmlhelp' option on command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:67 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:66 msgid "Print a long version of help for this module in XML format" msgstr "Exibir a versão longa da ajuda deste módulo no formato XML" #. translators: help for 'interactive' option on command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:73 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:72 msgid "Start interactive shell to control the module" msgstr "Iniciar o modo interativo para controlar o módulo" #. translators: help for 'exit' command line interactive mode -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:79 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:78 msgid "Exit interactive mode and save the changes" msgstr "Sair do modo interativo e salvar as alterações" #. translators: help for 'abort' command line interactive mode -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:85 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:84 msgid "Abort interactive mode without saving the changes" msgstr "Cancelar o modo interativo sem salvar as alterações" #. translators: command line "help" option -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:93 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:92 msgid "Print the help for this command" msgstr "Exibir a ajuda para este comando" #. translators: command line "verbose" option -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:99 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:98 msgid "Show progress information" msgstr "Exibir as informações de progresso" #. translators: command line "xmlfile" option -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:105 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:104 msgid "Where to store the XML output" msgstr "Onde armazenar a saída no formato XML" #. string: command line interface is not supported -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:146 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:144 msgid "This YaST2 module does not support the command line interface." msgstr "Este módulo YaST2 não suporta a interface de linha de comando." #. translators: default error message for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:328 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:324 msgid "Use 'help' for a complete list of available commands." msgstr "Use 'help' para uma lista completa dos comandos disponíveis." #. translators: default error message for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:333 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:329 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands." msgstr "Use 'yast2 %1 help' para uma lista completa dos comandos disponíveis." #. translators: error message in command line interface -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:371 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:367 msgid "Unknown Command: %1" msgstr "Comando desconhecido: %1" #. translators: error message - user did not provide a value for option %1 on the command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:409 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:405 msgid "Option '%1' is missing value." msgstr "Está faltando o valor da opção '%1'." #. translators: error message, %1 is a command, %2 is the wrong option given by the user -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:445 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:440 msgid "Unknown option for command '%1': %2" msgstr "Opção desconhecida para o comando '%1': %2" #. translators: error message, %2 is the value given #. translators: error message, %2 is the value given #. translators: error message, %2 is the value given -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:466 -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:478 -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:488 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:461 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:473 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:483 msgid "Invalid value for option '%1': %2" msgstr "Valor inválido para a opção '%1': %2" #. translators: error message, %2 is expected type, %3 is the value given -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:506 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:501 msgid "Invalid value for option '%1' -- expected '%2', received %3" msgstr "Valor inválido para a opção '%1' -- esperado '%2', recebido %3" #. translators: error message if option has a value, but cannot have one -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:527 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:522 msgid "Option '%1' cannot have a value. Given value: %2" msgstr "A opção '%1' não pode ter valor. O valor fornecido foi: %2" #. translators: error message, how to get command line help for interactive mode #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:546 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:541 msgid "Use '%1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." msgstr "Use '%1 %2 help' para uma lista completa de opções disponíveis." #. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:556 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:551 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." msgstr "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' para uma lista completa de opções disponíveis." #. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:574 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:569 msgid "YaST Configuration Module %1\n" msgstr "Módulo de configuração %1 do YaST\n" #. translators: the command does not provide any help -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:598 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:593 msgid "No help available" msgstr "Nenhuma ajuda disponível" #. Process <command> "help" #. translators: %1 is the command name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:602 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:597 msgid "Command '%1'" msgstr "Comando '%1'" #. translators: command line options -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:622 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:617 msgid "" "\n" " Options:" @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ " Opções:" #. additional help for using command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:712 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:706 msgid "" "\n" " Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'." @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ " Opções do tipo [string] devem ser escritas no formato 'opção=valor'." #. translators: example title for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:719 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:713 msgid "" "\n" " Example:" @@ -189,137 +189,137 @@ " Exemplo:" #. translators: default module description if none is provided by the module itself -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:749 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:743 msgid "This is a YaST module." msgstr "Este é um módulo do YaST." #. translators: short help title for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:754 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:748 msgid "Basic Syntax:" msgstr "Sintaxe básica:" #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name #. translate <command> and [options] only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:769 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:763 msgid " yast2 %1 <command> [verbose] [options]" msgstr " yast2 %1 <comando> [detalhes] [opções]" #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name #. translate <command> only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:796 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:790 msgid " yast2 %1 <command> help" msgstr " yast2 %1 <comando> help" #. translators: module command line help #. translate <command> and [options] only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:803 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:797 msgid " <command> [options]" msgstr " <comando> [opções]" #. translators: module command line help #. translate <command> only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:806 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:800 msgid " <command> help" msgstr " <comando> help" #. translators: command line title: list of available commands -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:818 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:812 msgid "Commands:" msgstr "Comandos:" #. translators: error message: module does not provide any help messages -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:834 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:828 msgid "No help available." msgstr "Nenhuma ajuda disponível." #. fallback message - invalid help has been provided by the yast module -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:870 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:864 msgid "" msgstr "" #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:880 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:874 msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options." msgstr "Execute 'yast2 %1 <comando> help' para uma lista de opções disponíveis." #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:944 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:938 msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile= command line option." msgstr "O nome do arquivo de destino (opção 'xmlfile') está faltando. Use a opção de linha de comando xmlfile=." #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:956 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:950 msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile= command line option." msgstr "O nome do arquivo de destino (opção 'xmlfile') está vazio. Use a opção de linha de comando xmlfile=." #. translators: fallback name for a module at command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1096 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1087 msgid "unknown" msgstr "desconhecido" #. translators: the last command %1 in a list of unique commands -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1470 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1461 msgid "or '%1'" msgstr "ou '%1'" #. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1478 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1469 msgid "Specify the command '%1'." msgstr "Especifique o comando '%1'." #. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1485 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1476 msgid "Specify one of the commands: %1." msgstr "Especifique um dos comandos: %1." #. size( unique_options ) == 1 here does not make sense -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1495 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1486 msgid "Specify only one of the commands: %1." msgstr "Especifique somente um dos comandos: %1." #. translators: error message - the module does not provide command line interface -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1581 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1531 msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." msgstr "Não existe interface de usuário disponível para este módulo." #. translators: progress message - command line interface ready -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1619 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1560 msgid "Ready" msgstr "Pronto" #. non-GUI handling -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1643 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1574 msgid "Initializing" msgstr "Inicializando" #. translators: Progress message - the command line interface is about to finish -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1690 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1610 msgid "Finishing" msgstr "Concluindo" #. translators: The command line interface is finished -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1707 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1617 msgid "Done" msgstr "Concluído" #. translators: The command line interface is finished without writing the changes -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1710 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1620 msgid "Quitting (without changes)" msgstr "Saindo (sem alterações)" #. prompt message displayed in the commandline mode #. when user is asked to replay "yes" or "no" (localized) -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1724 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1634 msgid "yes or no?" msgstr "sim ou não?" #. yes - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1729 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1639 msgid "yes" msgstr "sim" #. no - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1732 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1642 msgid "no" msgstr "não" @@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ #. %1 - link to our bugzilla #. %2 - directory where YaST logs are stored #. %3 - link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO Web page -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:155 +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:157 msgid "" "This is worth reporting a bug at %1.\n" "Please, attach also all YaST logs stored in the '%2' directory.\n" @@ -399,13 +399,13 @@ #. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO #. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists, #. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:165 -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1481 +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1444 msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST" msgstr "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST" #. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:176 +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:178 msgid "&Save YaST Logs..." msgstr "&Salvar logs do YaST..." @@ -413,48 +413,70 @@ #. from YaST logs. #. #. @param [String] error_text (e.g., "Client inst_abc returned invalid data.") -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:223 +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:226 msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "Erro na instalação" +#. Load a rpm package from the media into the inst-sys and ensure its +#. unloading after end of block. +#. @param [String] package to load +#. @param [Proc] Block to be yield +#. @raises [RuntimeError] when package loading failed +#. +#. @example +#. InstExtensionImage.with_extension("snapper") do +#. WFM.Execute(path(".local.bash"), "snapper magic") +#. end +#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:352 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Loading packages list..." +msgid "Loading to memory package '%s'" +msgstr "Carregando lista de pacotes..." + +#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:358 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Remove package %1?" +msgid "Removing from memory package '%s'" +msgstr "Remover pacote %1?" + #. error report -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1289 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1253 msgid "No workflow defined for this installation mode." msgstr "Nenhum fluxo de trabalho definido para este modo de instalação." #. last part of the question (variable) -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:182 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:180 msgid "Do you want to continue or abort the installation?" msgstr "Deseja continuar ou cancelar a instalação?" #. button label #. Button that will continue with the installation -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185 -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:837 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744 msgid "&Continue Installation" msgstr "&Continuar a instalação" #. button label #. Button that will really abort the installation -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:187 -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:835 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742 msgid "&Abort Installation" msgstr "Cancel&ar a instalação" #. last part of the question (variable) -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:192 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:190 msgid "Do you want to add new product anyway?" msgstr "Deseja adicionar o novo produto mesmo assim?" #. popup dialog caption #. this string is usually used as headline of a popup -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:199 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:197 #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:256 msgid "Warning" msgstr "Aviso" #. popup message, %1 is list of problems -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:202 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:200 msgid "" "The profile does not allow you to run the products on this system.\n" "Proceeding to run this installation will leave you in an unsupported state\n" @@ -478,7 +500,7 @@ #. make sure that every workflow is merged only once #. bugzilla #332436 -#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1319 +#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1315 msgid "An internal error occurred when integrating additional workflow." msgstr "Ocorreu um erro interno durante a integração do fluxo de trabalho adicional." @@ -488,7 +510,7 @@ msgstr "O valor de %1 é inválido." #. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:68 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:67 msgid "Unavailable" msgstr "Não disponível" @@ -497,7 +519,7 @@ #. %1 is eg. "On -- Start Service when Booting" #. %2 is eg. "Off -- Start Service Manually" #. (both without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:227 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:225 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Service Start</big></b><br>\n" "To start the service every time your computer is booted, set\n" @@ -513,7 +535,7 @@ #. %2 is eg. "Off -- Start Service Manually" #. %3 is eg. "Start Service via xinetd" #. (both without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:243 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:241 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Service Start</big></b><br>\n" "To start the service every time your computer is booted, set\n" @@ -528,43 +550,43 @@ #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! #. radio button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:317 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:255 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:267 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:315 msgid "During Boot" msgstr "Durante a inicialização" #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! #. radio button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:259 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:271 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:324 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:322 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Manualmente" #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:273 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:271 msgid "Via xinetd" msgstr "Via xinetd" #. radio button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:331 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:329 msgid "Via &xinetd" msgstr "Via &xinetd" #. frame -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:376 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:374 msgid "Service Start" msgstr "Iniciar serviço" #. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:467 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:465 msgid "Service is running" msgstr "O serviço está em execução" #. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:473 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:471 msgid "Service is not running" msgstr "O serviço não está em execução" @@ -573,7 +595,7 @@ #. %1 is eg. "Start the Service Now" #. %2 is eg. "Stop the Service Now" #. (both without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:506 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:504 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Switch On or Off</big></b><br>\n" "To start or stop the service immediately, use \n" @@ -587,7 +609,7 @@ #. %3 is push button label, eg. "Save Changes and Restart Service Now" #. (without quotes) #. note: %3 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:518 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:516 msgid "" "<p>To save all changes and restart the\n" "service immediately, use <b>%3</b>.</p>\n" @@ -596,32 +618,32 @@ "serviço imediatamente, use <b>%3</b>.</p>\n" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:533 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:531 msgid "Start the Service Now" msgstr "Iniciar o serviço agora" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:535 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:533 msgid "Stop the Service Now" msgstr "Parar o serviço agora" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:537 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:535 msgid "Save Changes and Restart Service Now" msgstr "Salvar as configurações e reiniciar o serviço agora" #. push button for immediate service starting -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:579 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:577 msgid "&Start the Service Now" msgstr "Iniciar o &serviço agora" #. push button for immediate service stopping -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:586 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:584 msgid "S&top the Service Now" msgstr "&Parar o serviço agora" #. push button for immediate saving of the settings and service starting -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:593 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:591 msgid "S&ave Changes and Restart Service Now" msgstr "S&alvar as configurações e reiniciar o serviço agora" @@ -637,7 +659,7 @@ #. help text for LDAP enablement widget #. %1 is button label, eg. "LDAP Support Active" (without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:731 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:730 msgid "" "<p><b><big>LDAP Support</big></b><br>\n" "To store the settings in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n" @@ -648,38 +670,38 @@ "defina <b>%1</b>.</p>" #. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:744 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:743 msgid "LDAP Support Active" msgstr "Suporte LDAP ativo" #. check box -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:773 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:772 msgid "&LDAP Support Active" msgstr "Suporte &LDAP ativo" #. Fallback label for a tab if no is defined -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTab.rb:49 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTab.rb:48 msgid "Tab" msgstr "Tab" #. push button #. push button #. Button label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:368 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:943 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:370 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:940 #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:166 msgid "&Up" msgstr "Para &cima" #. push button #. push button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:370 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:945 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:942 msgid "&Down" msgstr "Para &baixo" #. popup message -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:306 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:302 msgid "" "The selected TSIG key cannot be deleted,\n" "because it is in use.\n" @@ -690,37 +712,37 @@ "Primeiro pare de usá-la na configuração." #. popup title -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:312 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:308 msgid "Cannot delete TSIG key." msgstr "Não foi possível remover a chave TSIG." #. popup headline -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:322 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:318 msgid "Select File with the Authentication Key" msgstr "Selecionar o arquivo com a chave de autenticação" #. popup headline -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:337 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:333 msgid "Select File for the Authentication Key" msgstr "Selecionar o arquivo para a chave de autenticação" #. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:357 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:353 msgid "Specified filename is an existing directory." msgstr "O nome do arquivo especificado é um diretório existente." #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:362 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:358 msgid "Specified file exists. Rewrite it?" msgstr "O arquivo especificado já existe. Sobrescrevê-lo?" #. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:372 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:368 msgid "The TSIG key ID was not specified." msgstr "O ID da chave TSIG não foi especificado." #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:379 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:375 msgid "" "The key with the specified ID exists and is used.\n" "Remove it?" @@ -729,7 +751,7 @@ "Removê-la?" #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:399 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:395 msgid "" "A key with the specified ID was found\n" "on your disk. Remove it?" @@ -738,27 +760,27 @@ "no seu disco. Removê-la?" #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:424 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:420 msgid "The key will be created now. Continue?" msgstr "A chave será criada agora. Continuar?" #. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:440 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:436 msgid "Creating the TSIG key failed." msgstr "Falha na criação de chave TSIG." #. message popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:450 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:446 msgid "The specified file does not exist." msgstr "O arquivo especificado não existe." #. message popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:456 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:452 msgid "The specified file does not contain any TSIG key." msgstr "O arquivo especificado não contém nenhuma chave TSIG." #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:466 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:462 msgid "" "The specified file contains a TSIG key with the same\n" "identifier as some of already present keys.\n" @@ -769,7 +791,7 @@ "As chaves antigas serão removidas. Continuar?" #. tsig keys management dialog help 1/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:570 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:565 msgid "" "<p><big><b>TSIG Key Management</b></big><br>\n" "Use this dialog to manage the TSIG keys.</p>\n" @@ -778,7 +800,7 @@ "Use este diálogo para gerenciar as chaves TSIG.</p>\n" #. tsig keys management dialog help 2/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:574 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:569 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Adding an Existing TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n" "To add an already created TSIG key, select a <b>Filename</b> of the file\n" @@ -789,7 +811,7 @@ "contém a chave e clique em <b>Adicionar</b>.</p>\n" #. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:580 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:575 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Creating a New TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n" "To create a new TSIG key, set the <b>Filename</b> of the file in which to\n" @@ -802,7 +824,7 @@ "<b>Gerar</b>.</p>\n" #. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:587 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:582 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Removing a TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n" "To remove a configured TSIG key, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.\n" @@ -819,27 +841,27 @@ "parar de usá-la na configuração primeiro.</p>\n" #. Frame label - adding a created server key -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:599 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:594 msgid "Add an Existing TSIG Key" msgstr "Adicionar uma chave TSIG existente" #. Frame label - creating a new server key -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:648 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:643 msgid "Create a New TSIG Key" msgstr "Criar uma nova chave TSIG" #. text entry -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:660 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:655 msgid "&Key ID" msgstr "ID da c&have" #. push button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:692 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:687 msgid "&Generate" msgstr "&Gerar" #. Table header - in fact label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:704 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:699 msgid "Current TSIG Keys" msgstr "Chaves TSIG atuais" @@ -847,54 +869,54 @@ #. table header - GPG key ID #. table header - GPG key ID #. GnuPG key ID used as "Key ID: 1144AAAA444" -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:712 -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:193 -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:225 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:192 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:224 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:57 msgid "Key ID" msgstr "ID da chave" #. Table header item - DNS key listing -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:714 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:709 msgid "Filename" msgstr "Nome do arquivo" #. combobox header -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:490 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:487 msgid "&Selected Option" msgstr "Opção &selecionada" #. heading / label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:539 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:536 msgid "Current Option: " msgstr "Opção atual: " #. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:726 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:720 msgid "The selected option is already present." msgstr "A opção selecionada já está presente." #. table header, shortcut for changed, keep very short -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:887 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:882 msgid "Ch." msgstr "Alter." #. table header #. table header -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:889 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:895 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:884 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:891 msgid "Option" msgstr "Opção" #. table header #. table header -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:891 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:897 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:886 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:893 msgid "Value" msgstr "Valor" #. help 1/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:902 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:899 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing the Settings</big></b><br>\n" "To edit the settings, choose the appropriate\n" @@ -905,7 +927,7 @@ "apropriada da tabela e clique em <b>Editar</b>.</p>" #. help 2/4, optional -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:911 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:908 msgid "" "<p>To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove\n" "an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" @@ -914,7 +936,7 @@ "uma opção, selecione-a e clique em <b>Remover</b>.</p>" #. help 3/4, optional -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:921 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:918 msgid "" "<P>The <B>Ch.</B> column of the table shows \n" "whether the option was changed.</P>" @@ -923,7 +945,7 @@ "se a opção foi alterada.</P>" #. help 4/4, optional -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:931 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:928 msgid "" "<p>To reorder the options, select an option\n" "and use <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> to move it up or down\n" @@ -934,38 +956,38 @@ "na lista.</p>" #. menu button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:214 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:209 msgid "&Other" msgstr "&Outro" #. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured #. device -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:525 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:509 msgid "The device is not configured" msgstr "O dispositivo não está configurado" #. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured #. device -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:528 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:512 msgid "Press <B>Edit</B> to configure" msgstr "Pressione <B>Editar</B> para configurar" #. Message shown while loading modules information -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:198 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:197 msgid "Loading modules, please wait ..." msgstr "Carregando módulos. Por favor, aguarde..." #. Heading for NCurses Control Center -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:226 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:224 msgid "YaST Control Center" msgstr "Centro de controle YaST" -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:264 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:262 msgid "Run" msgstr "Executar" #. show popup when running as non-root -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:275 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:273 msgid "" "YaST2 Control Center is not running as root.\n" "You can only see modules that do not require root privileges." @@ -974,12 +996,12 @@ "Você verá somente os módulos que não necessitam de privilégios de root." #. NCurses (textmode) Control Center headline -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:323 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:320 msgid "Controlling YaST ncurses with the Keyboard" msgstr "Controlar o YaST ncurses com o teclado" #. NCurses Control Center help 1/ -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:326 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:323 msgid "" "<p>1) <i>General</i><br>\n" "Navigate through the dialog elements with [TAB] to go to\n" @@ -994,12 +1016,12 @@ "Alguns elementos usam setas (ex.: para rolar nas listas).</p>" #. NCurses Control Center help 2/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:334 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:331 msgid "<p>Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use [SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog on the right.</p>" msgstr "<p>A navegação em árvore também é feita com as teclas de setas. Para abrir ou fechar um ramo use [ESPAÇO]. Para os módulos mostrando uma árvore (parecem com uma lista) de itens de configuração no lado esquerdo use [ENTER] para obter o diálogo correspondente na direita.</p>" #. NCurses Control Center help 3/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:341 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:338 msgid "" "<p>Buttons are equipped with shortcut keys (the highlighted\n" "letter). Use [ALT] and the letter to activate the button.</p>" @@ -1008,7 +1030,7 @@ "Use [ALT] e a letra para ativar o botão.</p>" #. NCurses Control Center help 4/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:345 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:342 msgid "" "<p>Press [ESC] to close selection pop-ups (e.g., from\n" "menu buttons) without choosing anything.</p>\n" @@ -1017,7 +1039,7 @@ "botões de menu) sem escolher coisa alguma.</p>\n" #. NCurses Control Center help 5/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:349 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:346 msgid "" "<p>2) <i>Substitution of Keystrokes</i><br>\n" "<p>Because the environment can affect the use of the keyboard,\n" @@ -1032,7 +1054,7 @@ "mova o foco para frente com [CTRL] + [F] e retorne com [CTRL] + [B].</p>" #. NCurses Control Center help 6/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:357 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:354 msgid "" "<p>If [ALT] + [letter] does not work,\n" "try [ESC] + [letter]. Example: [ESC] + [H] for [ALT] + [H].\n" @@ -1043,7 +1065,7 @@ "[ESC] + [TAB] também substitui [ALT] + [TAB].</p>" #. NCurses Control Center help 7/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:363 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:360 msgid "" "<p>3) <i>Function Keys</i><br>\n" "F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line.</p>" @@ -1052,12 +1074,12 @@ "As teclas F fornecem um rápido acesso às funções principais. As associações das teclas de função para o diálogo atual estão exibidas na linha inferior.</p>" #. NCurses Control Center help 8/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:370 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:367 msgid "<p>The F keys are usually connected to a certain action:</p>" msgstr "<p>As teclas F estão normalmente associadas a uma certa ação:</p>" #. NCurses Control Center help 9/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:372 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:369 msgid "" "F1 = Help<br>\n" "F2 = Info or Description<br>\n" @@ -1082,7 +1104,7 @@ "F10 = OK, próximo, concluir ou aceitar<br>" #. NCurses Control Center help 10/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:385 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:382 msgid "" "<p>In some environments, all or some\n" "F keys are not available.</p>" @@ -1092,7 +1114,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) #. %1 is the filesystem path -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:295 +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:292 msgid "" "Although the path %1 exists, it is not a directory.\n" "Continue or cancel the operation?\n" @@ -1102,7 +1124,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: question popup (with yes / no buttons). A user entered non-existent path #. for a share, %1 is entered path -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:309 +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:306 msgid "" "The path %1 does not exist.\n" "Create it now?\n" @@ -1112,7 +1134,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) #. %1 is the name (path) of the directory -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:328 +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:325 msgid "" "Failed to create the directory %1.\n" "Continue or cancel the current operation?\n" @@ -1290,8 +1312,8 @@ #. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed #. PushButton label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:889 -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:127 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:664 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "&Ignorar" @@ -1313,7 +1335,7 @@ #. TextEntry Label #. textentry label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2581 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2230 msgid "&Password" msgstr "S&enha" @@ -1527,32 +1549,32 @@ #. #. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system) #. @return [String] the release information -#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:63 +#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:62 msgid "Release file %{file} not found" msgstr "O arquivo de versão %{file} não foi encontrado" #. Confirm user request to abort installation -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:833 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:740 msgid "Really abort the installation?" msgstr "Realmente cancelar a instalação?" #. Confirm user request to abort System Repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:844 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749 msgid "Really abort YaST System Repair?" msgstr "Realmente cancelar o reparo do sistema (YaST)?" #. Button that will really abort the repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:846 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:751 msgid "Abort System Repair" msgstr "Cancelar o reparo do sistema" #. Button that will continue with the repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:848 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:753 msgid "&Continue System Repair" msgstr "&Continuar o reparo do sistema" #. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:851 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:756 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now,\n" "Linux will not be installed.\n" @@ -1565,7 +1587,7 @@ #. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process #. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g. #. disks formatted / some packages already installed -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:862 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:766 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now, you will\n" "have an incomplete Linux system\n" @@ -1579,7 +1601,7 @@ #. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process #. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting) -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:871 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:775 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now,\n" "Linux will be unusable.\n" @@ -1590,29 +1612,29 @@ "Você necessitará reinstalar." #. Confirm aborting the program -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:927 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:829 msgid "Really abort?" msgstr "Realmente cancelar?" #. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:935 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:837 msgid "All changes will be lost!" msgstr "Todas as alterações serão perdidas!" #. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later #. button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:966 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:867 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "&Detalhes..." #. translators: summary header for messages generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:105 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:101 msgid "Messages" msgstr "Mensagens" #. Report configuration - will be normal messages displayed? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:109 msgid "Display Messages: %1" msgstr "Exibir mensagens: %1" @@ -1622,103 +1644,101 @@ #. translators: summary if the warnings should be written to log file #. translators: summary if the errors should be displayed #. translators: summary if the errors should be written to log file -#. human text for Boolean value -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:116 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:134 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:150 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:168 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:184 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:202 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:84 -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:113 +#. TRANSLATORS: human text for Boolean value +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:86 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Sim" -#. translators: summary if the errors should be written to log file -#. human text for Boolean value -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:117 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:135 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:151 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:169 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:185 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:204 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:83 -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:116 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:85 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "No" msgstr "Não" #. Report configuration - will have normal messages timeout? #. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:124 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:118 msgid "Time-out Messages: %1" msgstr "Mensagens de tempo de espera: %1" #. Report configuration - will be normal messages logged to file? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:131 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:125 msgid "Log Messages: %1" msgstr "Mensagens de log: %1" #. translators: summary header for warnings generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:140 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:132 msgid "Warnings" msgstr "Avisos" #. Report configuration - will be warning messages displayed? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:147 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:139 msgid "Display Warnings: %1" msgstr "Exibir avisos: %1" #. Report configuration - will have warning messages timeout? #. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:158 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:148 msgid "Time-out Warnings: %1" msgstr "Avisos de tempo de espera: %1" #. Report configuration - will be warning messages logged to file? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:165 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:155 msgid "Log Warnings: %1" msgstr "Avisos de log: %1" #. translators: summary header for errors generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:174 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:162 msgid "Errors" msgstr "Erros" #. Report configuration - will be error messages displayed? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:181 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:169 msgid "Display Errors: %1" msgstr "Exibir erros: %1" #. Report configuration - will have error messages timeout? #. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:192 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:178 msgid "Time-out Errors: %1" msgstr "Erros de tempo de espera: %1" #. Report configuration - will be error messages logged to file? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:199 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:185 msgid "Log Errors: %1" msgstr "Erros de log: %1" #. translators: warnings summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:702 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:662 msgid "Warning:" msgstr "Aviso:" #. translators: errors summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:720 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:679 msgid "Error:" msgstr "Erro:" #. translators: message summary header #. translators: message summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:738 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:756 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:696 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:713 msgid "Message:" msgstr "Mensagem:" @@ -1771,25 +1791,25 @@ msgstr "Remo&ver" #. translators: Tree header -#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:154 +#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:153 msgid "&Variable" msgstr "&Variável" -#. TODO FIXME -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPG.rb:242 +#. FIXME: do it +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPG.rb:234 msgid "Xterm is missing, install xterm package." msgstr "O xterm está faltando. Instale o pacote xterm." #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:188 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:187 msgid "GPG Private Keys" msgstr "Chaves GPG privadas" #. table header - GPG key user ID #. table header - GPG key user ID -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:195 -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:227 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:194 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:226 msgid "User ID" msgstr "ID de usuário" @@ -1798,14 +1818,14 @@ #. lazy #. Standard text strings #. GnuPG fingerprint used as "Fingerprint: AAA BBB CCC" -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:197 -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:229 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:196 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:228 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:55 msgid "Fingerprint" msgstr "Impressão digital" #. fill up the widget in init handler -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:208 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:207 msgid "" "<p><big><b>GPG Private Key</b></big><br>\n" "The table contains list of the private GPG keys.</p>" @@ -1815,12 +1835,12 @@ #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:220 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:219 msgid "GPG Public Keys" msgstr "Chaves GPG públicas" #. fill up the widget in init handler -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:240 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:239 msgid "" "<p><big><b>GPG Public Key</b></big><br>\n" "The table contains list of the public GPG keys.</p>" @@ -1830,11 +1850,11 @@ #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:283 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:282 msgid "&Create a new GPG key..." msgstr "&Criar uma nova chave GPG..." -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:286 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:285 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Create a new GPG key</b></big><br>\n" "<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more information.\n" @@ -1847,12 +1867,12 @@ "</p>" #. text entry -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:326 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:325 msgid "&Passphrase for GPG Key %1" msgstr "&Frase secreta para a chave GPG %1" #. help text -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:334 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:333 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Passphrase</b></big><br>\n" "Enter passphrase to unlock the GPG key." @@ -1862,18 +1882,18 @@ #. Create a popup window term with the passphrase widget. #. @return [Yast::Term] definition of the popup -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:351 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:350 msgid "Enter Passphrase" msgstr "Digite a frase secreta" #. ask for the passphrase in the commandline (interactive) mode -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:381 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:380 msgid "Enter Passphrase to Unlock GPG Key %1: " msgstr "Digite a frase secreta para desbloquear a chave GPG %1: " #. Prompt the user for a message to describe the changes #. that she did using YaST, logs it using {#Note} -#: library/log/src/modules/ALog.rb:107 +#: library/log/src/modules/ALog.rb:105 msgid "Enter a log message that describes the changes you made." msgstr "Informe uma mensagem de log que descreve as alterações feitas por você." @@ -1936,92 +1956,91 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => Object}] glob_param a map of global parameters of the log widget #. @param [Array Object>}] log_maps a list of maps describing all the logs #. @return [Yast::Term] the widget with buttons -#. menubutton -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:178 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:279 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:313 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:553 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:177 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:277 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:308 msgid "Ad&vanced" msgstr "A&vançado" #. combo box entry (only used as fallback in case #. of error in the YaST code) -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:232 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:231 msgid "Log" msgstr "Log" #. logview caption #. logview caption -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:239 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:354 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:474 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:554 +#. menubutton +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:238 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:349 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:468 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:545 msgid "&Log" msgstr "&Log" #. menubutton entry -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:257 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:255 msgid "&Save Log" msgstr "&Salvar log" #. popup caption, save into home directory by default (bnc#653601) -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:395 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:390 msgid "Save Log as..." msgstr "Salvar log como..." #. flag indicating if background process is (or should be) running -#: library/log/src/modules/LogViewCore.rb:72 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogViewCore.rb:67 msgid "Error occurred while reading the log." msgstr "Ocorreu um erro durante a leitura do log." #. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:111 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:109 msgid "Firewall cannot be adjusted during first stage installation." msgstr "O firewall não pode ser ajustado durante o primeiro estágio da instalação." #. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:116 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:114 msgid "Firewall package is not installed." msgstr "O pacote do firewall não está instalado." #. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:120 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:118 msgid "Firewall is disabled" msgstr "O firewall está desabilitado" #. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:123 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:121 msgid "Firewall port is closed" msgstr "A porta do firewall está fechada" #. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:126 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:124 msgid "Firewall port is open on all interfaces" msgstr "A porta do firewall está aberta em todas as interfaces" #. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:129 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:127 msgid "Firewall port is open on selected interfaces" msgstr "A porta do firewall está aberta nas interfaces selecionadas" #. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:132 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:130 msgid "No network interfaces are configured" msgstr "Nenhuma interface de rede está configurada" #. BNC #483455: Interface zone name -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:157 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:155 msgid "Interface is not assigned to any zone" msgstr "A interface não está atribuída a nenhuma zona" #. transaltors: selection box title -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:418 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:412 msgid "&Network Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "&Interfaces de rede com porta aberta no firewall" #. Check the INT zone, it's not protected by default #. See bnc #382686 -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:511 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:499 msgid "" "These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n" "%1\n" @@ -2030,7 +2049,7 @@ "%1\n" #. question popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:532 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:520 msgid "" "No interface is selected. Service will not\n" "be available for other computers.\n" @@ -2043,7 +2062,7 @@ "Continuar?" #. yes-no popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:562 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:550 msgid "" "Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n" "on the following interfaces will additionally be open:\n" @@ -2059,8 +2078,8 @@ #. yes-no popup #. yes-no popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:581 -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:635 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:569 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:623 msgid "" "Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n" "on the following interfaces cannot be opened:\n" @@ -2075,22 +2094,22 @@ "Continuar?" #. translators: selection box title -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:725 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713 msgid "Network &Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "I&nterfaces de rede com porta aberta no firewall" #. push button to select all network intefaces for firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:737 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:725 msgid "Select &All" msgstr "&Selecionar tudo" #. push button to deselect all network intefaces for firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:745 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:733 msgid "Select &None" msgstr "A&nular seleção" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:842 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:828 msgid "" "Error checking service status:\n" "%{details}" @@ -2099,7 +2118,7 @@ "%{details}" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:877 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:862 msgid "" "Error setting service status:\n" "%{details}" @@ -2109,7 +2128,7 @@ #. help text for firewall settings widget 1/3, #. %1 is check box label, eg. "Open Port in Firewall" (without quotes) -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1013 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:998 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>\n" "To open the firewall to allow access to the service from remote computers,\n" @@ -2122,7 +2141,7 @@ #. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional #. %1 is push button label, eg. "Firewall &Details" (without quotes) #. note: %2 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1024 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1009 msgid "" "To select interfaces on which to open the port,\n" "click <b>%2</b>.<br>" @@ -2131,7 +2150,7 @@ "clique em <b>%2</b>.<br>" #. help text for firewall settings widget 3/3, -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1032 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1017 msgid "" "This option is available only if the firewall\n" "is enabled.</p>" @@ -2140,46 +2159,46 @@ "estiver habilitado.</p>" #. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1044 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1029 msgid "Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "Abrir porta no firewall" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1046 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1031 msgid "Firewall Details" msgstr "Detalhes do firewall" #. check box -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1078 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1063 msgid "Open Port in &Firewall" msgstr "Abrir porta no &firewall" #. push button -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1085 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1070 msgid "Firewall &Details..." msgstr "Detalhes do &firewall..." -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1113 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1098 msgid "Firewall Settings" msgstr "Configurações do firewall" #. label text -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1120 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1105 msgid "Firewall is open" msgstr "O firewall está aberto" #. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:405 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1201 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1212 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Modem" msgstr "Modem" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:410 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "Placa de rede" @@ -2187,27 +2206,27 @@ #. Device type label #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "ISDN" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:421 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153 msgid "DSL" msgstr "DSL" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:422 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:485 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:486 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:746 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:976 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:978 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:423 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:487 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:488 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:760 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:761 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:996 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:998 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Desconhecido" @@ -2217,326 +2236,326 @@ #. are represented as its sub-interfaces. #. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" #. :-( -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1122 msgid "Additional Address" msgstr "Endereço adicional" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 msgid "ARCnet" msgstr "ARCnet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 msgid "ARCnet Network Card" msgstr "Placa de rede ARCnet" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1130 msgid "ATM" msgstr "ATM" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131 msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" msgstr "Modo de transferência assíncrono (ATM)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "Bluetooth" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1141 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 msgid "Bluetooth Connection" msgstr "Conexão Bluetooth" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139 msgid "Bond" msgstr "Vínculo" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139 msgid "Bond Network" msgstr "Rede vinculada" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1142 msgid "CLAW" msgstr "CLAW" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1148 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143 msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" msgstr "Acesso por link comum para estações de trabalho (CLAW)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146 msgid "ISDN Card" msgstr "Placa ISDN" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1149 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 msgid "CTC" msgstr "CTC" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150 msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" msgstr "Interface canal a canal (CTC)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153 msgid "DSL Connection" msgstr "Conexão DSL" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 msgid "Dummy" msgstr "Fictício" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 msgid "Dummy Network Device" msgstr "Dispositivo de rede fictício" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 msgid "ESCON" msgstr "ESCON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159 msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" msgstr "Conector de sistemas empresariais (ESCON)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "Ethernet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1169 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 msgid "Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "Placa de rede Ethernet" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 msgid "FDDI" msgstr "FDDI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167 msgid "FDDI Network Card" msgstr "Placa de rede FDDI" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1170 msgid "FICON" msgstr "FICON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" msgstr "Conector de sistema de canal de fibra (FICON)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 msgid "HIPPI" msgstr "HIPPI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" msgstr "Interface paralela de alta performance (HIPPI)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 msgid "Hipersockets" msgstr "Hipersockets" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" msgstr "Interface hipersockets (HSI)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205 msgid "ISDN Connection" msgstr "Conexão ISDN" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188 msgid "IrDA" msgstr "Infravermelho" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 msgid "Infrared Network Device" msgstr "Dispositivo de rede infravermelho" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188 msgid "Infrared Device" msgstr "Dispositivo infravermelho" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 msgid "IUCV" msgstr "IUCV" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" msgstr "Veículo de comunicação inter-usuário (IUCV)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 msgid "OSA LCS" msgstr "OSA LCS" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 msgid "OSA LCS Network Card" msgstr "Placa de rede OSA LCS" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 msgid "Loopback" msgstr "Loopback" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Loopback Device" msgstr "Dispositivo loopback" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 msgid "Myrinet" msgstr "Myrinet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203 msgid "Myrinet Network Card" msgstr "Placa de rede Myrinet" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 msgid "Parallel Line" msgstr "Linha paralela" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209 msgid "Parallel Line Connection" msgstr "Conexão de linha paralela" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 msgid "QETH" msgstr "QETH" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216 msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)" msgstr "Dispositivo OSA-Express ou QDIO (QETH)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4" msgstr "IPv6 no IPv4" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device" msgstr "Dispositivo de encapsulamento IPv6 no IPv4" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 msgid "Serial Line" msgstr "Linha serial" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 msgid "Serial Line Connection" msgstr "Conexão de linha serial" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "Token Ring" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 msgid "Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "Placa de rede Token Ring" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 msgid "USB" msgstr "USB" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "Dispositivo de rede USB" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 msgid "VMWare" msgstr "VMWare" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 msgid "VMWare Network Device" msgstr "Dispositivo de rede VMWare" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 msgid "Wireless" msgstr "Sem fio" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240 msgid "Wireless Network Card" msgstr "Placa de rede sem fio" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 msgid "XPNET" msgstr "XPNET" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 msgid "XP Network" msgstr "Rede XP" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "VLAN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 msgid "Virtual LAN" msgstr "Rede local virtual" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 msgid "Bridge" msgstr "Ponte" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 msgid "Network Bridge" msgstr "Ponte de rede" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 msgid "TUN" msgstr "TUN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 msgid "Network TUNnel" msgstr "TUNel de rede" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251 msgid "TAP" msgstr "TAP" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251 msgid "Network TAP" msgstr "TAP de rede" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 msgid "InfiniBand" msgstr "InfiniBand" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 msgid "InfiniBand Device" msgstr "Dispositivo InfiniBand" @@ -2551,55 +2570,55 @@ msgstr "Endereço DHCP" #. TRANSLATORS: table item, informing that device has no IP address -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:81 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:83 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "Nenhum endereço IP atribuído" #. translators: table header - details about the network device -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:103 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:105 msgid "Device Type" msgstr "Tipo de dispositivo" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:104 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:106 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Nome do dispositivo" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:105 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:107 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "Endereço IP" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:106 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:108 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "ID do dispositivo" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:107 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109 msgid "Connected" msgstr "Conectado" #. label message #. label message -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:193 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:224 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:191 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:222 msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..." msgstr "Pesquisando por máquinas nesta rede local..." #. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:212 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:210 msgid "&NFS Servers" msgstr "Servidores &NFS" #. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:236 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:234 msgid "Re&mote Hosts" msgstr "Máquinas re&motas" #. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:256 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:254 msgid "&Exported Directories" msgstr "Diretórios &exportados" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:280 msgid "" "Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n" "but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n" @@ -2614,7 +2633,7 @@ #. If there is network running, return true. #. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false #. @return true if network running -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:349 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:348 msgid "" "No running network detected.\n" "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n" @@ -2624,7 +2643,7 @@ "Reinicie a instalação e configure a rede no Linuxrc\n" "ou continue sem rede." -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:355 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354 msgid "" "No running network detected.\n" "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" @@ -2648,47 +2667,47 @@ "Espaços não são permitidos.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:114 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:115 msgid "External Zone" msgstr "Zona externa" #. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:118 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:119 msgid "Internal Zone" msgstr "Zona interna" #. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:122 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:123 msgid "Demilitarized Zone" msgstr "Zona desmilitarizada" #. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:243 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:246 msgid "TCP" msgstr "TCP" #. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:245 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:248 msgid "UDP" msgstr "UDP" #. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:247 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:250 msgid "RPC" msgstr "RPC" #. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:249 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:252 msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" #. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1157 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1158 msgid "Unknown Zone" msgstr "Zona desconhecida" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1504 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1506 msgid "" "Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n" "Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n" @@ -2704,7 +2723,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1970 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1971 #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2047 msgid "" "Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n" @@ -2749,82 +2768,82 @@ msgstr "Verificando possíveis serviços conflitantes..." #. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2655 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2648 msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration" msgstr "Salvando as configurações do firewall" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2663 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2656 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Salvar as configurações do firewall" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2665 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2658 msgid "Adjust firewall service" msgstr "Ajustar o serviço do firewall" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2669 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2662 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Salvando as configurações do firewall..." #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2671 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2664 msgid "Adjusting firewall service..." msgstr "Ajustando o serviço do firewall..." #. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2690 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2683 msgid "Writing settings failed" msgstr "Falha ao salvar as configurações" #. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3488 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3476 msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)" msgstr "Protocolo desconhecido (%1) " #. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:169 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:167 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface" msgstr "Novo dispositivo de rede '%1' encontrado e adicionado como uma interface interna do firewall" #. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:180 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:178 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an external firewall interface" msgstr "Novo dispositivo de rede '%1' encontrado e adicionado como uma interface externa do firewall" #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:564 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:547 msgid "SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed, firewall will be disabled." msgstr "O pacote SuSEfirewall2 não está instalado, o firewall será desabilitado." #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is enabled (disable)" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:582 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:565 msgid "Firewall is enabled (disable</a>)" msgstr "O firewall está habilitado (desabilitar</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:587 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:571 msgid "Firewall is disabled (enable</a>)" msgstr "O firewall está desabilitado (habilitar</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:621 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:606 msgid "SSH port is open (close</a>)" msgstr "A porta SSH está aberta (bloquear</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:626 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:612 msgid "SSH port is blocked (open</a>)" msgstr "A porta SSH está bloqueada (abrir</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:646 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:633 msgid "" "SSH port is open (close</a>), but\n" "there are no network interfaces configured" @@ -2833,39 +2852,39 @@ "mas não há interfaces de rede configuradas" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:661 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:648 msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall." msgstr "Você está instalando um sistema pelo SSH, mas não abriu a porta SSH no firewall." #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:703 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:690 msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (close</a>)" msgstr "As portas de administração remota (VNC) estão abertas (bloquear</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:708 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:696 msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (open</a>)" msgstr "As portas de administração remota (VNC) estão bloqueadas (abrir</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:718 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:707 msgid "You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." msgstr "Você está instalando um sistema usando a administração remota (VNC), mas não abriu as portas VNC no firewall." #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:736 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:725 msgid "iSCSI Target ports are open" msgstr "As portas do destino iSCSI estão abertas" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:738 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:728 msgid "iSCSI Target ports are blocked" msgstr "As portas do destino iSCSI estão bloqueadas" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:746 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:737 msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall." msgstr "Você está instalando um sistema usando um destino iSCSI, mas você não abriu as portas necessárias no firewall." @@ -2902,87 +2921,70 @@ #. "broadcast_ports" : [ ], #. ] #. ); -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:355 -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:638 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:354 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:637 msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist" msgstr "O serviço com o nome '%{service_name}' não existe" #. Fallback for presented service -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:431 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:430 msgid "Service: %{filename}" msgstr "Serviço: %{filename}" #. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nis-server -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:504 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:503 msgid "Unknown service '%1'" msgstr "Serviço desconhecido '%1'" #. the message is followed by list of required packages #. Popup Text #: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:107 -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:132 +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:135 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "Estes pacotes necessitam ser instalados:" #. Popup Text -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:108 -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:134 +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:109 +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:137 msgid "These packages need to be removed:" msgstr "Estes pacotes necessitam ser removidos:" #. labels changed for bug #215195 #. Label::ContinueButton (), Label::CancelButton (), #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:156 +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:158 msgid "&Uninstall" msgstr "&Desinstalar" -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:207 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1727 -msgid "Package: " -msgstr "Pacote: " - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:208 -msgid "Size: " -msgstr "Tamanho:" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:231 -msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" -msgstr "Tempo restante para a tentativa automática: %1" - +#. -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. defaults #. at start of file providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:244 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:252 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:149 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:157 msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Baixando o pacote %1 (%2)..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:256 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:161 msgid "Downloading Package" msgstr "Baixando o pacote" -#. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:314 -msgid "Show &details" -msgstr "Exibir &detalhes" - #. error message, %1 is a package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:380 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:220 msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed." msgstr "O pacote %1 está corrompido. Falha na verificação da integridade." #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:393 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:610 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:232 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:447 msgid "Retry installation of the package?" msgstr "Repetir a instalação do pacote?" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:401 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:455 msgid "Abort the installation?" msgstr "Cancelar a instalação?" @@ -2991,15 +2993,15 @@ #. detail string is appended to the end #. error message, %1 is code of the error, #. detail string is appended to the end -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:429 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:463 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2493 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:268 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:302 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2143 msgid "Error: %1:" msgstr "Erro: %1:" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:486 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:326 msgid "" "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" "Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n" @@ -3008,35 +3010,35 @@ "Verifique o sistema mais tarde executando o módulo de gerenciamento de software.\n" #. At start of package install. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:526 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:364 msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Desinstalando o pacote %1 (%2)..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:527 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:366 msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Instalando o pacote %1 (%2)..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:534 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374 msgid "Uninstalling Package" msgstr "Desinstalando o pacote" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:534 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374 msgid "Installing Package" msgstr "Instalando o pacote" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:595 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:430 msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgstr "Falha ao remover o pacote %1." #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:597 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:433 msgid "Installation of package %1 failed." msgstr "Falha ao instalar o pacote %1." #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:669 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:506 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" "The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." @@ -3045,7 +3047,7 @@ "O sistema deve ser verificado mais tarde através da execução do módulo de gerenciamento de software." #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:575 msgid "" "<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" "If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" @@ -3060,27 +3062,27 @@ #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media #. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" #. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:807 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:590 msgid "Side A" msgstr "Lado A" #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:810 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593 msgid "Side B" msgstr "Lado B" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608 msgid "%1 (Disc %2)" msgstr "%1 (disco %2)" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:826 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:611 msgid "%1 (Medium %2)" msgstr "%1 (mídia %2)" #. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:831 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:617 msgid "" "Insert\n" "'%1'" @@ -3089,7 +3091,7 @@ "'%1'" #. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:836 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:622 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media\n" "%1\n" @@ -3102,7 +3104,7 @@ "Verifique se o diretório está acessível." #. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:634 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media \n" "%1\n" @@ -3114,90 +3116,85 @@ "%2.\n" "Verifique se o servidor está acessível." -#. currently unused -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:860 -msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted." -msgstr "A mídia correta do repositório não pode ser montada." - #. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:881 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2170 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:659 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838 msgid "Skip Autorefresh" msgstr "Ignorar a atualização automática" #. menu button label - used for more then one device #. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:904 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:909 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:678 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:681 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "&Ejetar" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:921 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:688 msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "Ejetar a&utomaticamente a mídia de CD/DVD" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:989 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:755 msgid "Retry the installation?" msgstr "Repetir a instalação?" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:997 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:763 msgid "Skip the medium?" msgstr "Ignorar a mídia?" #. otherwise ignore the medium -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1004 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:770 msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." msgstr "Ignorando a mídia defeituosa..." #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1025 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:791 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:847 msgid "&URL" msgstr "&URL" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1039 msgid "Creating Repository %1" msgstr "Criando o repositório %1" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1366 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1072 msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository." msgstr "Ocorreu um erro durante a criação do repositório." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1370 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1501 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1613 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1076 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1203 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1313 msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." msgstr "Não foi possível obter a descrição do repositório remoto." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1373 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1504 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1616 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1079 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1206 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1316 msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata." msgstr "Ocorreu um erro ao obter os novos metadados." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1376 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1619 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1082 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1209 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1319 msgid "The repository is not valid." msgstr "O repositório não é válido." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1379 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1085 msgid "The repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "Os metadados do repositório são inválidos." @@ -3205,96 +3202,92 @@ #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1392 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1526 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1632 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2447 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1098 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1228 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1332 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2097 msgid "Retry?" msgstr "Repetir?" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1440 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1448 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1144 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1152 msgid "Probing Repository %1" msgstr "Testando o repositório %1" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1497 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1199 msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository." msgstr "Ocorreu um erro durante o teste do repositório." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1510 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1212 msgid "Repository probing details." msgstr "Detalhes do teste do repositório." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1513 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1215 msgid "Repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "Os metadados do repositório são inválidos." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1609 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1309 msgid "Repository %1" msgstr "Repositório %1" #. at start of delta providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1697 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1397 msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Baixando o pacote RPM delta %1 (%2)..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1705 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1405 msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package" msgstr "Baixando o pacote RPM delta" #. at start of delta application -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1718 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1418 msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..." msgstr "Aplicando o pacote RPM delta %1..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1725 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1425 msgid "Applying delta RPM package" msgstr "Aplicando o pacote RPM delta" -#. at start of patch providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1746 -msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..." -msgstr "Baixando o pacote RPM de correção %1 (%2)..." - #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1754 -msgid "Downloading Patch RPM Package" -msgstr "Baixando o pacote RPM de correção" +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1427 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3075 +msgid "Package: " +msgstr "Pacote: " #. close popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1824 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1493 msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..." msgstr "Iniciando o script %1 (correção %2)..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502 msgid "Running Script" msgstr "Executando o script" #. label, patch name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "Correção: " #. label, script name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1845 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1516 msgid "Script: " msgstr "Script: " #. label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1851 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1522 msgid "Output of the Script" msgstr "Saída do script" #. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1939 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1610 msgid "" "Patch: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3303,7 +3296,7 @@ "\n" #. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1956 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1627 msgid "" "The repositories are being refreshed.\n" "Continue with refreshing?\n" @@ -3318,44 +3311,36 @@ "podem faltar ou estarem desatualizados." #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1971 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1642 msgid "&Skip Refresh" msgstr "Ig&norar atualização" #. heading of popup -#. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2005 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2047 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1676 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "Baixando" #. message in a progress popup #. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2055 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2103 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1771 msgid "Downloading: %1" msgstr "Baixando: %1" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2208 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2283 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941 msgid "Checking Package Database" msgstr "Verificando o banco de dados de pacotes" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2211 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1878 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "Reconstruindo o banco de dados de pacotes. Este processo pode levar algum tempo." -#. progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2216 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2299 -msgid "Status" -msgstr "Status" - #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2249 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1911 msgid "" "Rebuilding of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3364,12 +3349,16 @@ "%1" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2286 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "Convertendo o banco de dados de pacotes. Este processo pode levar algum tempo." +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1957 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "Status" + #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2325 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1981 msgid "" "Conversion of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3378,12 +3367,12 @@ "%1" #. progress message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2365 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2017 msgid "Reading RPM database..." msgstr "Lendo o banco de dados RPM..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2375 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2027 msgid "Reading Installed Packages" msgstr "Lendo os pacotes instalados" @@ -3394,27 +3383,27 @@ #. `Label(""), #. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) #. ) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2381 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2397 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2033 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2049 msgid "Scanning RPM database..." msgstr "Lendo o banco de dados RPM..." #. error message, could not read RPM database -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2436 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2086 msgid "Initialization of the target failed." msgstr "Falha na inicialização do destino." #. status message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2527 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2178 msgid "RPM database read" msgstr "Banco de dados RPM lido" #. heading in a popup window -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2563 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2212 msgid "User Authentication" msgstr "Autenticação de usuário" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2569 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218 msgid "" "URL: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3425,10 +3414,23 @@ "%2" #. textentry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2578 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2227 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "Nome de &usuário" +#. check box +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3010 +msgid "Show &details" +msgstr "Exibir &detalhes" + +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3076 +msgid "Size: " +msgstr "Tamanho:" + +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3099 +msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" +msgstr "Tempo restante para a tentativa automática: %1" + #. ask to send quit signal to PackageKit #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:58 msgid "" @@ -3438,7 +3440,7 @@ "O PackageKit ainda está em execução (provavelmente ocupado).\n" "Dizer novamente ao PackageKit para sair?" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:61 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:62 msgid "" "PackageKit is blocking software management.\n" "This happens when the updater applet or another software management\n" @@ -3455,14 +3457,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:106 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:157 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:181 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:108 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:159 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:183 msgid "Accessing the Software Management Failed" msgstr "Falha ao acessar o gerenciamento de softwares" #. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:110 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:112 msgid "" "Would you like to continue without having access\n" "to the software management or retry to access it?\n" @@ -3471,7 +3473,7 @@ "de softwares ou tentar acessá-lo novamente?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:161 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:163 msgid "" "Would you like to retry accessing the software manager,\n" "continue without having access to the software management,\n" @@ -3482,19 +3484,19 @@ "\n" #. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:185 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:187 msgid "Would you like to abort or try again?\n" msgstr "Gostaria de cancelar ou tentar novamente?\n" #. print the question #. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:187 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:193 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:188 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:194 msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?" msgstr "Você aceita este contrato de licença?" #. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:223 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:224 msgid "" "There are unresolved dependencies which need\n" "to be solved manually in the software manager." @@ -3533,17 +3535,17 @@ "o YaST pode não funcionar adequadamente.\n" #. dialog heading, %1 is package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:153 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:152 msgid "Confirm Package License: %1" msgstr "Confirmar a licença do pacote: %1" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:160 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:159 msgid "I &Agree" msgstr "Eu &concordo" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:162 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:161 msgid "I &Disagree" msgstr "Eu &discordo" @@ -3567,7 +3569,7 @@ "Para rejeitar a licença do pacote, clique em <b>Eu discordo</b></p>." #. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:331 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:326 msgid "" "<p>\n" "\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n" @@ -3581,7 +3583,7 @@ "\t\t da esquerda. Para ver a descrição de um item, selecione-o na lista.\n" "\t\t </p>" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:338 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:333 msgid "" "<p>\n" "\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\n" @@ -3595,7 +3597,7 @@ "\t\t Com o menu de contexto, você também pode alterar o status de todos os itens.\n" "\t\t </p>" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:345 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:340 msgid "" "<p>\n" "\t\t <b>Details</b> opens the detailed software package selection\n" @@ -3607,7 +3609,7 @@ "\t\t em que você pode ver e selecionar pacotes de software individuais.\n" "\t\t </p>" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:351 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:346 msgid "" "<p>\n" "\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n" @@ -3627,124 +3629,124 @@ #. Dialog title #. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:372 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367 msgid "Software Selection and System Tasks" msgstr "Seleção de software e tarefas do sistema" #. don't get all the way out - the user might just have #. been scared of the gory details. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:412 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:408 msgid "(more)" msgstr "(mais)" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:428 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:424 msgid "Installation Successfully Finished" msgstr "Instalação concluída com sucesso" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:426 msgid "Package Installation Failed" msgstr "Falha na instalação de pacotes" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:440 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:438 msgid "Error Message: %1" msgstr "Mensagem de erro: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:457 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:455 msgid "Failed Packages: %1" msgstr "Falha nos pacotes: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:474 msgid "Installed Packages: %1" msgstr "Pacotes instalados: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:493 msgid "Updated Packages: %1" msgstr "Pacotes atualizados: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:512 msgid "Removed Packages: %1" msgstr "Pacotes removidos: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:536 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:534 msgid "Not Installed Packages: %1" msgstr "Pacotes não instalados: %1" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:552 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:545 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:550 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:533 msgid "Packages" msgstr "Pacotes" #. reset the items list -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:563 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:561 msgid "Elapsed Time: %1" msgstr "Tempo decorrido: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:573 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571 msgid "Total Installed Size: %1" msgstr "Tamanho total instalado: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:583 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:581 msgid "Total Downloaded Size: %1" msgstr "Tamanho total do download: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:590 msgid "Statistics" msgstr "Estatísticas" #. display installation log -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:605 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:694 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:603 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:691 msgid "Installation log" msgstr "Log da instalação" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:612 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:610 msgid "Details" msgstr "Detalhes" #. open a new wizard dialog if needed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:658 msgid "After Installing Packages" msgstr "Após instalar os pacotes" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:662 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:659 msgid "Show This Report" msgstr "Exibir este relatório" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:663 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:660 msgid "Finish" msgstr "Concluir" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:664 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661 msgid "Continue in the Software Manager" msgstr "Permanecer no gerenciador de software" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:669 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:666 msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed or removed packages.</P>" msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Relatório da instalação</B></BIG><BR>Eis o resumo dos pacotes instalados ou removidos.</P>" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:677 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:674 msgid "Installation Report" msgstr "Relatório de instalação" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:699 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696 msgid "Installed Packages" msgstr "Pacotes instalados" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:704 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:701 msgid "Updated Packages" msgstr "Pacotes atualizados" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:709 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:706 msgid "Removed Packages" msgstr "Pacotes removidos" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:714 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:711 msgid "Remaining Packages" msgstr "Pacotes restantes" #. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:735 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732 msgid "" "If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n" "\n" @@ -3782,7 +3784,7 @@ #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename #. %2 is a repository name #. %3 is URL of the repository -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:475 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:476 msgid "" "The file %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -3801,16 +3803,16 @@ "Usá-lo mesmo assim?\n" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:498 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:500 msgid "Unsigned Package" msgstr "Pacote não assinado" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:499 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:502 msgid "Unsigned File" msgstr "Arquivo não assinado" #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:547 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:551 msgid "" "No checksum for package %1 was found in the repository.\n" "While the package is part of the signed repository, it is not contained \n" @@ -3827,7 +3829,7 @@ "Instalá-lo mesmo assim?\n" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:556 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:561 msgid "" "No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n" "This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n" @@ -3844,62 +3846,62 @@ "Usá-lo mesmo assim?" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:573 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:579 msgid "No Checksum Found" msgstr "Nenhuma soma de verificação encontrada" #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:616 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:815 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:622 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:833 msgid "ID: %1" msgstr "ID: %1" #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key fingerprint -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:624 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:631 msgid "Fingerprint: %1" msgstr "Impressão digital: %1" #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:629 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:637 msgid "Name: %1" msgstr "Nome: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:635 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:643 msgid "Created: %1" msgstr "Criada em: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:645 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:655 msgid "Expires: %1" msgstr "Expira em: %1" #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:659 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:671 msgid "ID: " msgstr "ID: " #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:665 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:677 msgid "Name: " msgstr "Nome:" #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:678 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:690 msgid "Fingerprint: " msgstr "Impressão digital:" #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:689 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:701 msgid "Created: " msgstr "Criada em:" #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:700 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:712 msgid "Expires: " msgstr "Expira em:" #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:722 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:734 msgid "" "Package %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -3922,7 +3924,7 @@ "Instalá-lo mesmo assim?\n" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:734 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747 msgid "" "File %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -3945,12 +3947,12 @@ "Usá-lo mesmo assim?\n" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:757 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:771 msgid "Validation Check Failed" msgstr "Falha na verificação da validação" #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:787 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:801 msgid "" "The package %1 is digitally signed\n" "with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n" @@ -3971,7 +3973,7 @@ "Instalá-lo mesmo assim?" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:798 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:813 msgid "" "The file %1\n" "is digitally signed with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n" @@ -3992,12 +3994,12 @@ "Usá-lo mesmo assim?" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:825 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:843 msgid "Unknown GnuPG Key" msgstr "Chave GnuPG desconhecida" #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:876 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:894 msgid "" "The package %1 is digitally signed\n" "with key '%2 (%3)'.\n" @@ -4020,7 +4022,7 @@ "ignorar o pacote.\n" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:888 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:907 msgid "" "The file %1 is digitally signed\n" "with key '%2 (%3)'.\n" @@ -4043,17 +4045,17 @@ "ignorá-lo.\n" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:910 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:930 msgid "Signed with Untrusted Public Key" msgstr "Assinado com chave pública não confiável" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:919 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:939 msgid "&Trust and Import the Key" msgstr "Confiar e impor&tar a chave" #. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 1/2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:953 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:973 msgid "" "<p>The owner of the key may distribute updates,\n" "packages, and package repositories that your system will trust and offer\n" @@ -4068,7 +4070,7 @@ "tenha um certo controle sobre o software do seu sistema.</p>" #. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 2/2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:961 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981 msgid "" "<p>A warning dialog opens for every package that\n" "is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n" @@ -4079,7 +4081,7 @@ "pacotes ou repoitórios criados pelo proprietário da chave não serão usados.</p>" #. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:971 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:991 msgid "" "The following GnuPG key has been found in repository\n" "%1\n" @@ -4090,7 +4092,7 @@ "(%2):" #. popup message - label, part 2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:982 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1002 msgid "" "You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n" "public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n" @@ -4103,23 +4105,23 @@ "que a chave realmente pertence a esse proprietário antes de importá-la." #. warning label - the key to import is expired -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1014 msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!" msgstr "AVISO: a chave expirou!" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1020 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1042 msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key" msgstr "Importar chave GnuPG não confiável" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1036 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1058 msgid "&Trust" msgstr "&Confiar" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum #. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1113 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1134 msgid "" "The expected checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -4142,12 +4144,12 @@ "Usá-lo mesmo assim?\n" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1130 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1151 msgid "Wrong Digest" msgstr "Digest errado" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1149 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1170 msgid "" "The checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -4168,7 +4170,7 @@ "Usá-lo mesmo assim?\n" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1163 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1184 msgid "Unknown Digest" msgstr "Digest desconhecido" @@ -4179,74 +4181,74 @@ #. translators: default global progress bar label #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151 #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:326 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:347 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:323 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:344 msgid "Installing..." msgstr "Instalando..." #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:541 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:529 msgid "Media" msgstr "Mídia" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:543 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:531 msgid "Remaining" msgstr "Restante" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:547 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:535 msgid "Time" msgstr "Hora" #. Construct widgets for the "details" page #. #. @return A term describing the widgets -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:563 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:551 msgid "Actions performed:" msgstr "Ações realizadas:" #. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:647 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:633 msgid "<p>Packages are being installed.</p>" msgstr "<p>Pacotes estão sendo instalados.</p>" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634 msgid "<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed.</P>" msgstr "<P><B>Cancelando a instalação</B>A instalação de pacotes pode ser cancelada usando o botão <B>Cancelar</B>. No entanto, o sistema pode então se tornar inconsistente ou instável ou poderá não mais inicializar se um componente básico do sistema não for instalado.</P>" #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:652 msgid "%s Release Notes" msgstr "Notas de lançamento do %s" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:678 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:664 msgid "Slide Sho&w" msgstr "Apresentação de &slides" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:680 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 msgid "&Details" msgstr "&Detalhes" #. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:719 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:705 msgid "Performing Upgrade" msgstr "Atualizando" #. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:722 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708 msgid "Performing Installation" msgstr "Instalando" #. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:759 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:743 msgid "Package Installation" msgstr "Instalação de pacotes" #. popup yes-no -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:835 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:815 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" @@ -4255,17 +4257,18 @@ "da instalação?" #. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:847 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:827 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "Cancelado" -#. read file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:187 +#. remove remaining ASCII control characters (ASCII 0-31 and 127 (DEL)) +#. except new line (LF = 0xa) and carriage return (CR = 0xd) +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:196 msgid "File not found." msgstr "Arquivo não encontrado." #. Fill the LogView with file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:199 +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:202 msgid "System Log (%1)" msgstr "Log do Sistema (%1)" @@ -4850,7 +4853,7 @@ msgstr "Dispositivo Bluetooth" #. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:174 +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:175 msgid "" "File %1 has been changed manually.\n" "YaST might lose some of the changes.\n" @@ -4859,7 +4862,7 @@ "O YaST poderá perder algumas das alterações.\n" #. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a coma separated list of file names -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:179 +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180 msgid "" "Files %1 have been changed manually.\n" "YaST might lose some of the changes" @@ -4867,17 +4870,43 @@ "Os arquivos %1 foram alterados manualmente.\n" "O YaST poderá perder algumas das alterações" -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:192 +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:193 msgid "Do not show this message anymore" msgstr "Não exibir esta mensagem novamente" +#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a file name +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "File %1 has been changed manually.\n" +#| "YaST might lose some of the changes.\n" +msgid "" +"File %s has been created manually.\n" +"YaST might lose this file." +msgstr "" +"O arquivo %1 foi alterado manualmente.\n" +"O YaST poderá perder algumas das alterações.\n" + +#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a comma separated list of file names +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:239 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Files %1 have been changed manually.\n" +#| "YaST might lose some of the changes" +msgid "" +"Files %s have been created manually.\n" +"YaST might lose these files." +msgstr "" +"Os arquivos %1 foram alterados manualmente.\n" +"O YaST poderá perder algumas das alterações" + #. error report -#: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:416 +#: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:415 msgid "An error occurred during initrd creation." msgstr "Ocorreu um erro durante a criação do initrd." #. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel -#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:659 +#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:665 msgid "" "Reboot your system\n" "to activate the new kernel.\n" @@ -4886,19 +4915,19 @@ "para ativar o novo kernel.\n" #. bnc #421002 -#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:179 +#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:177 msgid "Confirm driver activation" msgstr "Confirmar a ativação do driver" #. This is in information message. Next come the #. vendor and device information strings as stored #. in the hardware-probing database. -#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:186 +#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:184 msgid "YaST2 detected the following device" msgstr "O YaST detectou os seguintes dispositivos" #. Caption for Textentry with module information -#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:195 +#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:193 msgid "&Driver/Module to load" msgstr "&Driver/módulo a carregar" @@ -4912,7 +4941,7 @@ "hexadecimais separados por dois-pontos." #. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-" -#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:53 +#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:55 msgid "" "A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\n" "Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n" @@ -4923,7 +4952,7 @@ "ou encerrar um componente e o último componente não pode começar com dígito." #. Translators: hyphen: "-" -#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:64 +#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:66 msgid "" "A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n" "A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n" @@ -4932,7 +4961,7 @@ "Um nome de máquina não pode começar ou terminar com um hífen.\n" #. Translators: dot: "." -#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:53 +#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:56 msgid "" "A valid IPv4 address consists of four integers\n" "in the range 0-255 separated by dots." @@ -4941,7 +4970,7 @@ "no intervalo 0-255, separados por pontos." #. Translators: colon: ":" -#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:71 +#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:74 msgid "" "A valid IPv6 address consists of up to eight\n" "hexadecimal numbers in the range 0 - FFFF separated by colons.\n" @@ -4952,7 +4981,7 @@ "Ele pode conter até um dois pontos duplo." #. TRANSLATORS: description of the valid network definition -#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:138 +#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:128 msgid "" "A valid network definition can contain the IP,\n" "IP/Netmask, IP/Netmask_Bits, or 0/0 for all networks.\n" @@ -4972,49 +5001,49 @@ "IP/bits da máscara de rede: 192.168.0.0/24 ou 192.168.0.1/32 ou 2001:db8:0::1/ffff::0\n" #. Byte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:144 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:127 msgid "B" msgstr "B" #. KiloByte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:146 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:129 msgid "KiB" msgstr "KiB" #. MegaByte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:148 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:131 msgid "MiB" msgstr "MiB" #. GigaByte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:150 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:133 msgid "GiB" msgstr "GiB" #. TeraByte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:152 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:135 msgid "TiB" msgstr "TiB" -#. covert a number to download rate string -#. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:238 -msgid "%1/s" -msgstr "%1/s" - #. format download rate message: %1 = the current download rate (e.g. "242.6kB/s") #. %2 is the average download rate (e.g. "228.3kB/s") #. to translators: keep translation of "on average" as short as possible -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:261 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:201 msgid "%1 (on average %2)" msgstr "%1 (média de %2)" #. ellipsis - used to replace part of text to make it shorter #. example: "/really/very/long/file/name", "/.../file/name") -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:1258 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:738 msgid "..." msgstr "..." +#. covert a number to download rate string +#. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:855 +msgid "%1/s" +msgstr "%1/s" + #. Popup-Box for manual hardware detection. #. If the user selects 'manual installation' when #. booting from CD, YaST2 does not load any modules @@ -5026,18 +5055,18 @@ #. the suggested load command #. #. This is the heading of the popup box -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:103 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:102 msgid "Confirm Hardware Detection" msgstr "Confirmar a detecção do hardware" #. This is in information message. Next come the #. hardware class name (network cards). -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:108 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:107 msgid "YaST will detect the following hardware:" msgstr "O YaST irá detectar o seguinte hardware:" #. Message in a continue/cancel popup -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:183 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:182 msgid "" "This module must be run as root.\n" "If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n" @@ -5050,35 +5079,35 @@ "e provavelmente você não poderá salvá-las.\n" #. Popup headline -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:191 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:190 msgid "Root Privileges Needed" msgstr "São necessários privilégios de root" #. Popup question -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:208 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:207 msgid "Really delete selected entry?" msgstr "Realmente remover a entrada selecionada?" #. Popup question, %1 is an item to delete (or filename, etc.) -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:222 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:221 msgid "Really delete '%1'?" msgstr "Realmente remover '%1'?" #. button text #. Open a dialog with "Accept", "Cancel" #. and set the keyboard focus to "Accept". -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:266 -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:534 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:259 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:508 msgid "&Apply" msgstr "&Aplicar" #. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:294 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:286 msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "Inicializando..." #. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:348 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:339 msgid "" "YaST\n" "Initializing ...\n" @@ -5087,14 +5116,14 @@ "Inicializando...\n" #. Heading for help popup window -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:386 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:375 msgid "Help" msgstr "Ajuda" #. fallback name for the dialog title #. fallback name for the dialog title -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1228 -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1277 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1139 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1193 msgid "Module" msgstr "Módulo" @@ -5874,6 +5903,77 @@ "Não há uma zona reversa para o %1 administrado por seu servidor DNS.\n" "Não é possível adicionar o nome de máquina %2." +#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Service Start" +msgid "Service Status" +msgstr "Iniciar serviço" + +#. Content for the help +#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:114 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n" +"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Reload After Saving Settings</big></b><br>\n" +"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (via 'ok' or 'save' buttons).</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n" +"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons +#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:181 +msgid "Current status:" +msgstr "Status atual:" + +#. Widget to configure the status on boot +#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:194 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Operating System Boot" +msgid "Start During System Boot" +msgstr "Inicialização do Sistema Operacional" + +#. Widget to configure reloading of the running service +#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:208 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read Other Settings." +msgid "Reload After Saving Settings" +msgstr "Ler outras configurações." + +#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service +#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:218 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Warning" +msgid "running" +msgstr "Aviso" + +#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:220 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "S&top now ..." +msgid "Stop now" +msgstr "&Parar agora..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service +#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:225 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Stopped" +msgid "stopped" +msgstr "Interrompido" + +#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:227 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Start it now?" +msgid "Start now" +msgstr "Iniciar agora?" + +#~ msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted." +#~ msgstr "A mídia correta do repositório não pode ser montada." + +#~ msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..." +#~ msgstr "Baixando o pacote RPM de correção %1 (%2)..." + +#~ msgid "Downloading Patch RPM Package" +#~ msgstr "Baixando o pacote RPM de correção" + #~ msgid "Read dynamic definitions of installed services" #~ msgstr "Ler as definições dinâmicas dos serviços instalados" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/bootloader.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/bootloader.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/bootloader.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: bootloader\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 10:44-0200\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" @@ -63,72 +63,25 @@ msgstr "O valor da opção" #. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:154 +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:152 msgid "Value was not specified." msgstr "O valor não foi especificado." #. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:176 +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:174 msgid "Option was not specified." msgstr "A opção não foi especificada." #. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:182 +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:180 msgid "Value: %s" msgstr "Valor: %s" #. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:185 +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:183 msgid "Specified option does not exist." msgstr "A opção especificada não existe." -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:52 -msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..." -msgstr "Salvando a configuração do carregador de inicialização..." - -#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message -#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL -#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:133 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Your system will now shut down.%1\n" -"For details, read the related chapter \n" -"in the documentation. \n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Seu sistema será desligado agora. %1\n" -"Para obter mais informações, consulte o capítulo referente ao tema\n" -"na documentação.\n" - -#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed -#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system -#. Message that will be displayed along with information -#. how the boot loader was installed -#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:146 -msgid "The system will reboot now..." -msgstr "O sistema vai reiniciar agora..." - -#. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:115 -msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." -msgstr "Nenhum carregador de inicialização selecionado para instalação. Seu sistema pode não inicializar." - -#. error in the proposal -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:125 -msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" -msgstr "Devido ao particionamento, o carregador de inicialização não pode ser instalado corretamente" - -#. proposal part - bootloader label -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:224 -msgid "Booting" -msgstr "Inicializando" - -#. menubutton entry -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:226 -msgid "&Booting" -msgstr "&Inicializando" - #. encoding: utf-8 #. File: #. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp @@ -263,9 +216,16 @@ "para um console serial. Consulte a documentação do grub (<code>info grub2</code>) para detalhes.</p>" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n" +#| "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" +#| "you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" +#| "command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" +#| "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>" msgid "" "<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n" -"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" +"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n" "you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" "command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>" @@ -288,17 +248,21 @@ msgstr "<p>A seleção de <b>Ocultar menu durante inicialização</b> ocultará o menu de inicialização.</p>" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n" +#| "Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" +#| "it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>" msgid "" "<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n" -"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" -"it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>" +"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Proteger o carregador de inicialização com senha</b><br>\n" "Defina a senha que será obrigatória para acessar o menu de inicialização. O YaST somente aceitará a senha se você a repetir\n" "em <b>Redigitar senha</b>.</p>" #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n" "To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" @@ -312,64 +276,64 @@ "Para adicionar um disco, clique em <b>Adicionar</b>.\n" "Para remover um disco, clique em <b>Remover</b>.</p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:101 msgid "Boot Loader Locations" msgstr "Localizações do carregador de inicialização" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:100 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:102 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "Definir indicador &ativo na tabela de partição para a partição de inicialização" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:103 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:28 msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "&Tempo de espera em segundos" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:104 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106 msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "Seção de inicialização pa&drão" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107 msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "Gravar código de inicialização &genérico na MBR" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 msgid "Custom Boot Partition" msgstr "Partição de inicialização personalizada" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record" msgstr "Inicializar da MBR (Master Boot Record)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110 msgid "Boot from Root Partition" msgstr "Inicializar da partição raiz" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111 msgid "Boot from Boot Partition" msgstr "Inicializar da partição de inicialização" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 msgid "Boot from Extended Partition" msgstr "Inicializar da partição estendida" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters" msgstr "&Parâmetros de conexão serial" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails" msgstr "Seções alternativas se o padrão falhar" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "&Ocultar menu durante inicialização" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface" msgstr "&Senha para a interface do menu" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 msgid "Debugg&ing Flag" msgstr "&Indicador de depuração" @@ -381,86 +345,91 @@ msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password" msgstr "Prot&eger carregador de inicialização com senha" +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:79 +msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only" +msgstr "" + #. text entry -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:78 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:85 msgid "&Password" msgstr "S&enha" #. text entry -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:81 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:88 msgid "Re&type Password" msgstr "Redigi&tar a senha" #. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location" #. #. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:217 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:222 msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" msgstr "Inicializar da partição &raiz" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:218 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:224 msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "Inicializar da par&tição de inicialização" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:228 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:235 msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" msgstr "Partição de inicialização personali&zada" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:243 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:271 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:292 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:250 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:280 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:301 msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgstr "Localização do carregador de inicialização" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:249 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:277 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:298 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:286 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:307 msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" msgstr "Inicializar da &MBR (Master Boot Record)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:263 msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "Inicializar da partição &estendida" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:303 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:312 msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array" msgstr "Habilitar red&undância para lista de MD" #. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:56 msgid "Boot Code Options" msgstr "Opções do código de inicialização" #. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:84 msgid "Kernel Parameters" msgstr "Parâmetros do kernel" #. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:103 msgid "Bootloader Options" msgstr "Opções do carregador de inicialização" #. Window title -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:149 msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgstr "Opções do carregador de inicialização" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:190 msgid "Secure Boot" msgstr "Inicialização segura" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:196 msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "Habilitar o suporte à inicialização &segura" #. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:240 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:247 msgid "Boot &Loader Location" msgstr "&Localização do carregador de inicialização" #. help text -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:259 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:266 msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed." msgstr "Escolha a partição aonde a sequência de instalação está instalada." @@ -487,42 +456,34 @@ msgstr "<p><b>Modo VGA</b> define o modo VGA para o <i>console</i> a ser definido pelo kernel na inicialização.</p>" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29 -msgid "<p><b>Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Parâmetro da linha de comando do kernel para o modo de segurança</b> permite definir parâmetros do modo de segurança a serem passados para o kernel.</p>" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32 msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>" msgstr "<p><b>Testar SO estrangeiro</b> na forma do os-prober para multi-inicialização com outras distribuições estrangeiras</p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32 msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>Indicador de proteção MBR</b> é uma configuração avançada que é necessária apenas em hardwares exóticos. Para detalhes veja proteção MBR em discos GPT. Não toque se você não tem certeza.</p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 msgid "<p><b>Distributor</b> specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. </p>" msgstr "<p><b>Distribuidor</b> especifica o nome do distribuidor do kernel usado para criar a nome da entrada de inicialização. </p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "Parâmetro &opcional da linha de comando do kernel" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:42 msgid "D&istributor" msgstr "D&istribuidor" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:43 msgid "&Vga Mode" msgstr "Modo &VGA" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47 -msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter" -msgstr "Parâmetro da linha de comando do kernel para o modo de &segurança" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 msgid "Probe Foreign OS" msgstr "Testar SO estrangeiro" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45 msgid "Protective MBR flag" msgstr "Indicador de proteção MBR" @@ -565,71 +526,70 @@ #. Init function for console #. @param [String] widget -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:173 msgid "Autodetect by grub2" msgstr "Detectar automaticamente pelo grub2" #. FATE: #110038: Serial console #. add or remove console key with value for sections -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:246 msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "Escolha o novo arquivo de tema gráfico" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:258 msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "Usar console &gráfico" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:265 msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "Resolução do &console" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:273 msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "Tema do &console" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:292 msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr "Usar console &serial" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:299 msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "Argumentos do &console" -#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:132 +#. FIXME: this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:131 msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." msgstr "Carregador de inicialização não suportado '%s'. Ajuste seu perfil do AutoYaST de acordo." #. file open popup caption -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:102 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:98 msgid "Select File" msgstr "Selecionar Arquivo" #. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:85 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:256 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:237 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." msgstr "A partição de inicialização é do tipo NFS. O carregador de inicialização não pode ser instalado." #. dialog caption -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:115 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:114 msgid "Boot Loader Settings" msgstr "Configurações do carregador de inicialização" #. message -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:143 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:142 msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader." msgstr "Não há opções a serem definidas para o carregador de inicialização atual." #. combo box -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:114 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:109 msgid "&Boot Loader" msgstr "Carregador de &inicialização" #. popup - Continue/Cancel -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:144 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:138 msgid "" "\n" "If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n" @@ -644,62 +604,62 @@ "Continuar?\n" #. menu button entry -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:181 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:175 msgid "E&dit Configuration Files" msgstr "E&ditar arquivos de configuração" #. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:188 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:182 msgid "&Propose New Configuration" msgstr "&Propor nova configuração" #. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:195 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:189 msgid "&Start from Scratch" msgstr "Inicia&r do zero" #. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:203 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:197 msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk" msgstr "&Reler a configuração do disco" #. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:220 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:214 msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk" msgstr "Recuperar MBR do disco rígido" #. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:228 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:222 msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk" msgstr "Salvar no disco o código de inicialização do carregador de inicialização" #. menu button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:236 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:230 msgid "Other" msgstr "Outro" #. message popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:260 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:254 msgid "MBR restored successfully." msgstr "MBR restaurada com sucesso." #. message popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:263 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257 msgid "Failed to restore MBR." msgstr "Falha ao restaurar MBR." #. Bootloader::blSave (false, false, false); -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:286 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:280 msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed." msgstr "Falha na gravação das configurações do carregador de inicialização." #. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:340 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:329 msgid "Boot &Loader Options" msgstr "Opções do carregador de &inicialização" #. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:353 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:342 msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details" msgstr "&Detalhes da instalação do carregador de inicialização" @@ -744,7 +704,7 @@ "manualmente, clique em <B>Editar arquivos de configuração</B>.</P>" #. help 1/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:77 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<P> In the table, each section represents one item\n" "in the boot menu.</P>" @@ -753,7 +713,7 @@ "no menu de inicialização.</P>" #. help 2/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:80 msgid "" "<P> Press <B>Edit</B> to display the properties of the\n" "selected section.</P>" @@ -762,7 +722,7 @@ "selecionada.</P>" #. help 3/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<P> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b>, mark the selected \n" "section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n" @@ -779,7 +739,7 @@ "pode ser alterada com o uso dos botões <B>Para cima</B> e <B>Para baixo</B>.</P>" #. help 4/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:94 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:93 msgid "" "<P>Press <B>Add</B> to create a new boot loader section\n" "or <B>Delete</B> to delete the selected section.</P>" @@ -790,7 +750,7 @@ #. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7 #. %1 = name of boot loader (e.g. "LILO") #. this should be per architecture -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:107 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Boot Loader Location</b></big><br>\n" "The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:</p>" @@ -799,7 +759,7 @@ "O carregador de inicialização (%1) pode ser instalado nas seguintes formas:</p>" #. custom bootloader help text, 2 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:118 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:116 msgid "" "<p>- In the <b>Master Boot Record</b> (MBR).\n" "This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n" @@ -810,7 +770,7 @@ "no computador.</p>" #. custom bootloader help text, 3 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:128 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<p>\n" "- In the <b>Boot Sector</b> of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n" @@ -831,7 +791,7 @@ "para iniciar o &product;.</p>" #. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:143 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:141 msgid "" "<p>\n" "- In some <b>Other</b> partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n" @@ -842,7 +802,7 @@ "ao selecionar essa opção.</p>" #. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:153 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151 msgid "" "<p>For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n" "limit that restricts booting to\n" @@ -855,7 +815,7 @@ "talvez você consiga ou não iniciar a partir de uma partição lógica.</p>" #. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:165 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:163 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n" @@ -866,7 +826,7 @@ "<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) no campo de entrada.</p>" #. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:178 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:176 msgid "" "<p><b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b><br>\n" "To adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\n" @@ -877,7 +837,7 @@ "dispositivo), clique em <b>Detalhes da instalação do carregador de inicialização</b>.</p>" #. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:189 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:187 msgid "" "<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>\n" "To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n" @@ -888,7 +848,7 @@ "e qual deverá ser instalado, use <b>Carregador de inicialização</b>.</p>" #. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:201 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:198 msgid "" "<p><b>Boot Loader Options</b><br>\n" "To adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\n" @@ -899,7 +859,7 @@ "<b>Opções do carregador de inicialização</b>.</p>" #. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:212 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:209 msgid "" "<P><B>Expert Manual Configuration</B><BR>\n" "Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.</P>\n" @@ -910,7 +870,7 @@ "<P>Observação: o arquivo de configuração final poderá ter recuo diferente.</P>" #. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:223 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:220 msgid "" "<p><b>Section Name</b><br>\n" "Use <b>Section Name</b> to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n" @@ -921,7 +881,7 @@ "inicialização. O nome da seção deve ser exclusivo.</p>" #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:234 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:231 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Type of the New Section</b></big><br>\n" "Select the type of the new section to create.</p>" @@ -930,7 +890,7 @@ "Selecione o tipo da nova seção a ser criada.</p>" #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:238 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:235 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Clone Selected Section</b> to clone the currently selected\n" "section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n" @@ -941,7 +901,7 @@ "seção selecionada.</p>" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:244 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:241 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Image Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n" "to load and start.</p>" @@ -950,7 +910,7 @@ "outra imagem a ser carregada e iniciada.</p>" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:248 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:245 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n" "but to start it in a Xen environment.</p>" @@ -959,7 +919,7 @@ "mas iniciá-lo em um ambiente do XEN.</p>" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:252 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:249 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Other System (Chainloader)</b> to add a section that \n" "loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" @@ -969,7 +929,7 @@ "carrega e inicia um setor de inicialização de uma partição do disco. Essa opção é usada para\n" "inicializar outros sistemas operacionais.</p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:257 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a section that \n" "loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" @@ -980,7 +940,7 @@ "inicializar outros sistemas operacionais.</p>" #. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:266 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:101 msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1" msgstr "Ordem de discos rígidos: %1" @@ -990,27 +950,27 @@ msgstr "Não instalar nenhum carregador de inicialização" #. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:53 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:54 msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader" msgstr "Não instalar nenhum carregador de inicialização" #. summary string -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:58 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60 msgid "Install the default boot loader" msgstr "Instalar o carregador de inicialização padrão" #. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63 msgid "Install Default Boot Loader" msgstr "Instalar carregador de inicialização padrão" #. summary string -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:64 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:68 msgid "Boot loader" msgstr "Carregador de inicialização" #. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:66 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:71 msgid "Boot Loader" msgstr "Carregador de inicialização" @@ -1105,40 +1065,117 @@ msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." msgstr "Devido ao particionamento, o carregador de inicialização não pode ser instalado corretamente." +#. Represents dialog for modification of device map +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:53 +msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" +msgstr "O mapa de dispositivos deve conter pelo menos um dispositivo" + +#. we just go back to original dialog +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:96 +msgid "Disk order settings" +msgstr "Configurações de ordem de disco" + +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "D&isks" +msgstr "D&iscos" + +#. textentry header +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:146 +msgid "&Device" +msgstr "&Dispositivo" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition +#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:47 +msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS the %{path} is path where bootloader stage1 is selected to install and +#. the %{device} is device where it should be, but isn't +#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:61 +msgid "Selected bootloader location %{path} is not on %{device} any more." +msgstr "" + +#. Finish client for bootloader configuration +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:28 +msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..." +msgstr "Salvando a configuração do carregador de inicialização..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message +#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:145 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Your system will now shut down.%1\n" +"For details, read the related chapter \n" +"in the documentation. \n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Seu sistema será desligado agora. %1\n" +"Para obter mais informações, consulte o capítulo referente ao tema\n" +"na documentação.\n" + +#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed +#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system +#. Message that will be displayed along with information +#. how the boot loader was installed +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:158 +msgid "The system will reboot now..." +msgstr "O sistema vai reiniciar agora..." + +#. proposal part - bootloader label +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94 +msgid "Booting" +msgstr "Inicializando" + +#. menubutton entry +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:96 +msgid "&Booting" +msgstr "&Inicializando" + +#. warning text in the summary richtext +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:178 +msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." +msgstr "Nenhum carregador de inicialização selecionado para instalação. Seu sistema pode não inicializar." + +#. error in the proposal +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:187 +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" +msgstr "Devido ao particionamento, o carregador de inicialização não pode ser instalado corretamente" + #. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal #. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:194 msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (do not install</a>)" msgstr "Instalar o código de inicialização na MBR (não instalar</a>)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:197 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:198 msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (install</a>)" msgstr "Não instalar o código de inicialização na MBR (instalar</a>)" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:211 msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (do not install</a>)" msgstr "Instalar o código de inicialização na partição /boot (não instalar</a>)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:214 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:215 msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (install</a>)" msgstr "Não instalar o código de inicialização na partição /boot (instalar</a>)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:221 msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (do not install</a>)" msgstr "Instalar o código de inicialização na partição \"/\" (não instalar</a>)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:224 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:225 msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (install</a>)" msgstr "Não instalar o código de inicialização na partição \"/\" (instalar</a>)" #. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:234 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:235 msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." msgstr "Aviso: Nenhuma localização para o estágio 1 do carregador de inicialização selecionado. A menos que você saiba o que está fazendo, selecione a localização acima." #. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:242 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:243 msgid "Change Location: %s" msgstr "Alterar localização: %s" @@ -1146,7 +1183,7 @@ #. @return a list of summary lines #. Display bootloader summary #. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:96 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100 msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "Tipo de carregador de inicialização: %1" @@ -1165,110 +1202,116 @@ msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "Status da localização: %1" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:104 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:108 msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" msgstr "Habilitar inicialização segura: %1" #. Check that bootloader is known and supported -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:65 msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1" msgstr "Carregador de inicialização desconhecido: %1" #. grub2 is sooo cool... -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" msgstr "A combinação da plataforma de hardware %1 e do carregador de inicialização %2 não é suportada" #. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:140 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139 msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." msgstr "Inicializar a partir da MBR não funciona bem com o sistema de arquivos btrfs e rótulos de disco GPT sem a partição bios_grub. Para corrigir isto, crie a partição bios_grub ou use qualquer sistema de arquivos ext para a partição de inicialização ou não instale o estágio 1 na MBR." #. check if boot device is on raid0 -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:168 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." msgstr "O dispositivo de inicialização está no raid tipo: %1. O sistema não irá inicializar." #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:188 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187 msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" msgstr "O dispositivo de inicialização é um software RAID1. Selecione outra localização do carregador de inicialização, por exemplo, a MBR" #. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:244 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:243 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." msgstr "Partição ext faltante para a inicialização. Não foi possível instalar o código de inicialização." #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:159 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:144 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "Verificar o carregador de inicialização" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:161 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "Ler particionamento" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:163 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "Carregar as configurações do carregador de inicialização" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:167 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:152 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "Verificando o carregador de inicialização..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:169 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "Lendo particionamento..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:171 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "Carregando as configurações do carregador de inicialização..." #. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:175 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:160 msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Inicializando a configuração do carregador de inicialização" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:322 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:279 msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "Criar initrd" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:324 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281 msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" msgstr "Salvar arquivos de configuração do carregador de inicialização" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:326 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283 msgid "Install boot loader" msgstr "Instalar carregador de inicialização" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:330 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:287 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "Criando initrd..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:332 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289 msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." msgstr "Salvando arquivos de configuração do carregador de inicialização..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:334 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291 msgid "Installing boot loader..." msgstr "Instalando o carregador de inicialização..." #. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:340 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:297 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Salvando a configuração do carregador de inicialização" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>Parâmetro da linha de comando do kernel para o modo de segurança</b> permite definir parâmetros do modo de segurança a serem passados para o kernel.</p>" + +#~ msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter" +#~ msgstr "Parâmetro da linha de comando do kernel para o modo de &segurança" + #~ msgid "Delete a global option or option of a section" #~ msgstr "Remover uma opção global ou opção de uma seção" @@ -1293,9 +1336,6 @@ #~ msgid "Disk Order" #~ msgstr "Ordem de disco" -#~ msgid "Disk order settings" -#~ msgstr "Configurações de ordem de disco" - #~ msgid "Boot Menu" #~ msgstr "Menu de inicialização" @@ -1324,15 +1364,6 @@ #~ msgid "Enable Acoustic &Signals" #~ msgstr "Habilitar &sinais acústicos" -#~ msgid "&Device" -#~ msgstr "&Dispositivo" - -#~ msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" -#~ msgstr "O mapa de dispositivos deve conter pelo menos um dispositivo" - -#~ msgid "D&isks" -#~ msgstr "D&iscos" - #~ msgid "&Up" #~ msgstr "Para &cima" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/ca-management.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/ca-management.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/ca-management.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ca-management\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-02 17:03-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" @@ -2525,8 +2525,8 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:676 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1357 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1849 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2124 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2880 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2978 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4429 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7305 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7428 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4429 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7306 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7429 msgid "Missing value 'caName'." msgstr "Valor 'caName' ausente." @@ -2565,7 +2565,7 @@ msgid "Missing parameter 'certType'." msgstr "Parâmetro 'certType' ausente." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1260 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7243 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1260 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7244 msgid "Getting defaults failed." msgstr "Falha ao obter padrões." @@ -2579,11 +2579,11 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3322 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3614 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3788 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4122 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4487 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6127 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6812 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7326 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6813 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7327 msgid "Initializing the CA failed." msgstr "Falha ao inicializar CA." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1635 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7369 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1635 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7370 msgid "Writing the defaults failed." msgstr "Falha ao salvar os padrões." @@ -2594,16 +2594,16 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4070 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4251 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4822 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5078 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5867 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6098 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6528 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6894 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6982 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7088 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7193 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6529 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6895 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6983 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7089 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7194 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caName'." msgstr "Valor inválido para parâmetro 'caName'." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1704 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2768 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3123 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5465 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6536 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6537 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'type'." msgstr "Valor inválido para parâmetro 'type'." @@ -2627,7 +2627,7 @@ #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2135 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2887 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2984 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4446 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7006 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7007 msgid "Missing value 'caPasswd'." msgstr "Valor 'caPasswd' ausente." @@ -2637,7 +2637,7 @@ #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2547 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2652 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6663 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6769 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6664 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6770 msgid "Missing parameter 'caName'." msgstr "Parâmetro 'caName' ausente." @@ -2652,7 +2652,7 @@ #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2658 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3303 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3566 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3727 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4077 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7095 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4077 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7096 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caPasswd'." msgstr "Valor inválido do parâmetro 'caPasswd'." @@ -2690,7 +2690,7 @@ msgid "Missing value 'days'." msgstr "Valor 'days' ausente." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3041 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7358 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3041 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7359 msgid "Modifying CRLGenerationData failed." msgstr "Falha ao alterar CRLGenerationData." @@ -2744,8 +2744,8 @@ msgstr "Parâmetro 'P12Password' ausente." #. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3572 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6543 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6901 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3572 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6544 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6902 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'request'." msgstr "Valor inválido para o parâmetro 'request'." @@ -2953,100 +2953,100 @@ msgid "Importing the certificate failed." msgstr "Falha ao importar o certificado." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6320 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6321 msgid "Missing parameter 'inFile'." msgstr "Parâmetro 'inFile' ausente." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6325 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6326 msgid "File not found." msgstr "Arquivo não encontrado." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6331 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6332 msgid "Missing parameter 'type'." msgstr "Parâmetro 'type' ausente." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6335 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6336 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid value '%s' in 'type'." msgstr "Valor '%s' inválido em 'type'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6342 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6343 msgid "Missing parameter 'datatype'." msgstr "Parâmetro 'datatype' ausente." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6346 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6347 #, perl-format msgid "Unknown value '%s' in 'datatype'." msgstr "Valor '%s' desconhecido em 'datatype'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6352 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6353 msgid "Missing parameter 'inForm'." msgstr "Parâmetro 'inForm' ausente." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6356 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6357 #, perl-format msgid "Unknown value '%s' in 'inForm'." msgstr "Valor '%s' desconhecido em 'inForm'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6461 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6462 msgid "Parsing failed." msgstr "Falha na análise." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6589 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6590 msgid "Parsing the request failed." msgstr "Falha ao analisar a solicitação." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6703 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6704 msgid "Getting the request list failed." msgstr "Falha na obtenção da lista de solicitações." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6778 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6779 #, perl-format msgid "Request not found in %s." msgstr "Solicitação não encontrada em %s." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6785 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6786 msgid "Cannot read the request." msgstr "Não foi possível ler a solicitação." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6791 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6792 msgid "No request data found." msgstr "Nenhum dado de solicitação foi encontrado." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6834 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6835 msgid "Importing the request failed." msgstr "Falha ao importar a solicitação." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6925 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6926 msgid "Deleting the request failed." msgstr "Falha ao remover a solicitação." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6988 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6989 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caCertificate'." msgstr "Valor inválido para o parâmetro 'caCertificate'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6993 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6994 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caKey'." msgstr "Valor inválido para o parâmetro 'caKey'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7000 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7001 #, perl-format msgid "CA key not available in %s." msgstr "Chave CA não disponível em %s." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7029 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7030 msgid "Importing the CA failed." msgstr "Falha ao importar CA." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7126 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7127 msgid "Deleting the CA failed." msgstr "Falha ao remover CA." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7466 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7482 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7467 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7483 msgid "Keyfile does not exist." msgstr "O arquivo de chave não existe." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7501 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7502 msgid "Password change failed." msgstr "Falha ao modificar a senha." Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/cio.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/cio.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/cio.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 10:45-0200\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" @@ -49,13 +49,13 @@ msgstr "Usado" #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "sim" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 msgid "no" msgstr "não" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 -msgid "yes" -msgstr "sim" - #. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 msgid "Filter channels" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/cluster.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/cluster.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/cluster.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-02-19 09:07-0200\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" @@ -83,278 +83,250 @@ msgstr "Configurar conntrackd" #. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:120 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:87 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:122 msgid "OK" msgstr "OK" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:86 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:121 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:123 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Cancelar" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "Endereço IP" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 msgid "Redundant IP Address" msgstr "Endereço IP redundante" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:499 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:117 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501 msgid "Node ID" msgstr "ID do nó" #. Set need to require 'set' -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:165 msgid "Node ID has to be fulfilled with a positive integer" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:170 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:172 msgid "Node ID must be unique" msgstr "O ID do nó deve ser único." #. BNC#871970, change member address struct -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:191 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:245 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:193 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:247 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Bind Network Address:" msgid "The Bind Network Address has to be fulfilled" msgstr "Associar endereço de rede:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:197 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:199 msgid "The cluster name has to be fulfilled" msgstr "O nome do cluster tem que ser preenchido" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:214 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:216 msgid "The Member Address has to be fulfilled" msgstr "O endereço do membro tem que ser preenchido" #. BNC#880242, expected_votes must have value when "udp" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:220 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:222 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Play the test sound when the card is configured" -msgid "The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when udp is configured" +msgid "The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when multicast transport is configured" msgstr "Reproduzir som de teste quando a placa for configurada" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:226 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:254 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1463 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1427 msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled" msgstr "O endereço de multicast tem que ser preenchido" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:236 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:264 -#| msgid "The value for pos must be a positive integer." +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:266 msgid "The Multicast port must be a positive integer" msgstr "A porta de multicast deve ser um inteiro positivo" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:270 -msgid "" -"Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to " -"passive." -msgstr "" -"Apenas passivo ou ativo pode ser escolhido se múltiplas interfaces são " -"usadas. Definido para passivo." +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:272 +msgid "Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to passive." +msgstr "Apenas passivo ou ativo pode ser escolhido se múltiplas interfaces são usadas. Definido para passivo." #. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:441 msgid "Transport:" msgstr "Transporte:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:447 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449 msgid "Channel" msgstr "Canal" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:452 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:454 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:475 msgid "Bind Network Address:" msgstr "Associar endereço de rede:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:458 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:476 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1399 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363 msgid "Multicast Address:" msgstr "Endereço multicast:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:477 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:479 msgid "Multicast Port:" msgstr "Porta multicast:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:467 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Redundant Channel" msgstr "Canal redundante" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:483 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "Cluster Name:" msgstr "Nome do cluster:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:484 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:486 msgid "Expected Votes:" msgstr "Votos esperados:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "rrp mode:" msgstr "modo rrp:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Auto Generate Node ID" msgstr "Gerar automaticamente o ID do nodo" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:498 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "Member Address:" msgstr "Endereço do membro:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:499 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501 msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:499 -#| msgid "Redundant IP Address" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501 msgid "Redundant IP" msgstr "IP redundante" #. BNC#879596, check the corosync.conf format -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:539 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:541 msgid "" " NOTICE: Detected old corosync configuration.\n" " Please reconfigure the member list and confirm all other settings." msgstr "" #. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:690 -msgid "Number of threads must be integer" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:696 -msgid "Number of threads must larger then 0" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:734 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:715 msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "Habilitar autenticação de segurança" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737 -msgid "Threads:" -msgstr "Threads:" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:719 +msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." +msgstr "Para um cluster recém criado, clique no botão abaixo para gerar etc/corosync/authkey." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:740 -msgid "" -"For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate " -"/etc/corosync/authkey." -msgstr "" -"Para um cluster recém criado, clique no botão abaixo para gerar " -"etc/corosync/authkey." +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:724 +msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." +msgstr "Para ingressar num cluster existente, copie /etc/corosync/authkey de outros nodos manualmente." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:745 -msgid "" -"To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other " -"nodes manually." -msgstr "" -"Para ingressar num cluster existente, copie /etc/corosync/authkey de outros " -"nodos manualmente." - -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:773 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:750 msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey" msgstr "Falha ao criar /etc/corosync/authkey" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:775 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752 msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded" msgstr "/etc/corosync/authkey criado com sucesso" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:850 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:920 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:813 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:883 msgid "Running" msgstr "Em execução" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:852 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 msgid "Not running" msgstr "Não executando" #. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:888 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851 msgid "Booting" msgstr "Inicializando" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:898 -#| msgid "On -- Start pacemaker at booting" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:861 msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot" msgstr "On -- Iniciar pacemaker durante a inicialização" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:905 -#| msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually only" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:868 msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually" msgstr "Off -- Iniciar pacemaker manualmente" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:914 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:877 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "Ligar e desligar" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:919 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:882 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "Status atual: " -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:928 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:891 msgid "Start pacemaker Now" msgstr "Iniciar o pacemaker agora" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:929 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:892 msgid "Stop pacemaker Now" msgstr "Parar o pacemaker agora" #. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1027 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990 msgid "Sync Host" msgstr "Sincronizar host" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1031 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1043 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:994 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1006 msgid "Add" msgstr "Adicionar" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1032 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1044 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:995 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1007 msgid "Del" msgstr "Remover" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1033 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1045 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Editar" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1039 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1002 msgid "Sync File" msgstr "Sincronizar arquivo" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1046 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009 msgid "Add Suggested Files" msgstr "Adicionar arquivos sugeridos" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1055 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1018 msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys" msgstr "Gerar chaves pré-compartilhadas" #. remove duplicated elements -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1143 msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown" msgstr "Status de sincronização do Csync2 desconhecido" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1182 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1146 msgid "Turn csync2 ON" msgstr "Ligar csync2" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1185 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1149 msgid "Turn csync2 OFF" msgstr "Desligar csync2" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1215 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179 msgid "Enter a hostname" msgstr "Digite um nome de máquina" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1229 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193 msgid "Edit the hostname" msgstr "Edite o nome de máquina" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1243 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1207 msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize" msgstr "Informe o nome de um arquivo para sincronizar" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1258 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1222 msgid "Edit the filename" msgstr "Edite o nome do arquivo" #. key file exist -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1290 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1254 msgid "" "Key file %1 already exist.\n" "Do you want to overwrite it?" @@ -363,54 +335,51 @@ "Você deseja sobrescrevê-lo?" #. remove exist key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1300 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1264 msgid "Delete key file %1 failed." msgstr "Falha ao remover arquivo de chave %1." #. generate key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1314 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1278 msgid "" "Key file %1 is generated.\n" "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." msgstr "" "Arquivo de chave %1 gerado.\n" -"Clique em \"Adicionar arquivos sugeridos\" para adicioná-lo à lista de " -"sincronização." +"Clique em \"Adicionar arquivos sugeridos\" para adicioná-lo à lista de sincronização." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1321 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1285 msgid "Key generation failed." msgstr "Falha ao gerar a chave." #. SaveCsync2(); -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1383 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1347 msgid "" -"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between " -"cluster nodes.\n" +"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -"O Conntrackd é um daemon que auxilia a duplicar o status de firewall entre os " -"nós de um cluster.\n" +"O Conntrackd é um daemon que auxilia a duplicar o status de firewall entre os nós de um cluster.\n" "O YaST pode auxiliar na configuração básica do conntrackd.\n" "É necessário iniciá-lo com ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1394 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1358 msgid "Dedicated Interface:" msgstr "Interface dedicada:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1397 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1361 msgid "IP:" msgstr "IP:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1400 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1364 msgid "Group Number:" msgstr "Membro do grupo:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1404 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1368 msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" msgstr "Gerar /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1471 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1435 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The value for pos must be a positive integer." msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer" @@ -427,88 +396,21 @@ #| "<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used.<br></p>\n" #| "<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<br></p>\n" msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Bind Network Address</big></b><br>This specifies the address " -"which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in " -"zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set " -"bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0.<br>This may also be an IPV6 address, in which " -"case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be " -"specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface " -"within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid " -"field must be specified.<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>This is the multicast address used " -"by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the " -"network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to " -"use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address.<br>This " -" may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will " -"be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.</p>" -"\n" -"<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>This specifies the UDP port number. It is " -"possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais " -"services configured for different UDP ports.<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in " -"the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using " -"udpu(Unicast). <br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional " -"when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value " -"specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. " -"If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the " -" 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring " -"identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should " -"not be used.<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, " -"which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers " -"slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network " -"environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly " -"double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become " -"cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network " -"interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one " -"interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple " -"interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<" -"br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting quorum. " -"Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in " -"corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section.<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Auto Generate Node ID</big></b><br>Nodeid is required when using " -"IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Bind Network Address</big></b><br>This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0.<br>This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address.<br>This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu(Unicast). <br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf (the list will be generated when using unicast transport) or can be specified in the quorum {} section (Expect votes should use the total node numble of the cluster). If Expected votes presents in unicast transport, the value will override the one automatically calculated.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Auto Generate Node ID</big></b><br>Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Associar endereço de rede</big></b></br>Isto especifica o endereço " -"ao qual o openais deve se associar. Este endereço deve sempre terminar em " -"zero. Se o tráfego deve ser roteado para 192.168.5.92, configure o " -"bindnetaddr para 192.168.5.0.<br>Isto também pode ser um endereço IPv6, nesse " -"caso, a rede IPv6 será utilizada. Além disso, o endereço completo deve ser " -"especificado e não existe seleção automática da interface de rede sentro de " -"uma subrede específica, como no IPv4. Se a rede IPv6 for utilizada, o campo " -"nodeid deve ser especificado.<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Endereço multicast</big></b></br>Este é o endereço multicast usado " -"pelo openais. O padrão deve funcionar para a maioria das redes, mas o " -"administrador de rede deve ser consultado sobre qual endereço multicast deve " -"ser utilizado. Evite 224.x.x.x porque é um endereço multicast para " -"\"configuração\".<br> Também pode ser um endereço multicast IPv6, nesse caso, " -"a rede IPv6 será utilizada. Se a rede IPv6 for utilizada, o campo nodeid deve " -"ser especificado.</p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Porta</big></b><br>Isto especifica o número da porta UDP. É " -"possível utilizar o mesmo endereço multicast em uma rede com os serviços " -"openais configurados para portas UDP diferentes.<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Endereço do membro</big></b><br>Esta lista especifica todos os nós " -"no cluster por endereço IP. Isto pode ser configurável ao utilizar udpu <br><" -"/p>\n" -"<p><b><big>ID do nodo</big></b><br>Esta opção de configuração é opcional ao " -"utilizar IPv4 e obrigatória ao utilizar IPv6. Isto é um valor 32 bits " -"especificando o identificador do nodo entregue ao serviço de membros do " -"cluster. Se não for especificado no IPv4, o id do novo será determinado a " -"partir do endereço IP de 32 bits para qual o sistema estiver associado com o " -"identificador ring igual a 0. O identificador de nodo com valor igual a zero " -"é reservado e não deve ser utilizado.<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>Isto especifica o modo de anel redundante, " -"que pode ser nenhum, ativo ou passivo. A replicação ativa oferece uma " -"latência um pouco menor da transmissão para entrega em ambientes de rede " -"falhos, mas com menor desempenho. Replicação passiva pode dobrar a velocidade " -"do protocolo se o mesmo não for associado a cpu. A opção final é nenhum, caso " -"em que somente uma interface de rede será utilizada para operar o protocolo. " -"Se somente uma diretiva de interface for especificada, esta opção é " -"configurada automaticamente. Se várias diretivas de interface forem " -"especificadas, somente as opções ativo ou passivo podem ser configuradas.<br>" -"</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Associar endereço de rede</big></b></br>Isto especifica o endereço ao qual o openais deve se associar. Este endereço deve sempre terminar em zero. Se o tráfego deve ser roteado para 192.168.5.92, configure o bindnetaddr para 192.168.5.0.<br>Isto também pode ser um endereço IPv6, nesse caso, a rede IPv6 será utilizada. Além disso, o endereço completo deve ser especificado e não existe seleção automática da interface de rede sentro de uma subrede específica, como no IPv4. Se a rede IPv6 for utilizada, o campo nodeid deve ser especificado.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Endereço multicast</big></b></br>Este é o endereço multicast usado pelo openais. O padrão deve funcionar para a maioria das redes, mas o administrador de rede deve ser consultado sobre qual endereço multicast deve ser utilizado. Evite 224.x.x.x porque é um endereço multicast para \"configuração\".<br> Também pode ser um endereço multicast IPv6, nesse caso, a rede IPv6 será utilizada. Se a rede IPv6 for utilizada, o campo nodeid deve ser especificado.</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Porta</big></b><br>Isto especifica o número da porta UDP. É possível utilizar o mesmo endereço multicast em uma rede com os serviços openais configurados para portas UDP diferentes.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Endereço do membro</big></b><br>Esta lista especifica todos os nós no cluster por endereço IP. Isto pode ser configurável ao utilizar udpu <br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>ID do nodo</big></b><br>Esta opção de configuração é opcional ao utilizar IPv4 e obrigatória ao utilizar IPv6. Isto é um valor 32 bits especificando o identificador do nodo entregue ao serviço de membros do cluster. Se não for especificado no IPv4, o id do novo será determinado a partir do endereço IP de 32 bits para qual o sistema estiver associado com o identificador ring igual a 0. O identificador de nodo com valor igual a zero é reservado e não deve ser utilizado.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>Isto especifica o modo de anel redundante, que pode ser nenhum, ativo ou passivo. A replicação ativa oferece uma latência um pouco menor da transmissão para entrega em ambientes de rede falhos, mas com menor desempenho. Replicação passiva pode dobrar a velocidade do protocolo se o mesmo não for associado a cpu. A opção final é nenhum, caso em que somente uma interface de rede será utilizada para operar o protocolo. Se somente uma diretiva de interface for especificada, esta opção é configurada automaticamente. Se várias diretivas de interface forem especificadas, somente as opções ativo ou passivo podem ser configuradas.<br></p>\n" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 #, fuzzy @@ -518,124 +420,56 @@ #| "<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The defaul t is on. <br></p>\n" msgid "" "\n" -"<p><b><big>Threads</big></b><br>This directive controls how many threads are " -"used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the " -"protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this " -"directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to " -"encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates " -"that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for " -"non-SMP systems. The default is 0. <br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 " -"authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further " -"specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption " -"algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 " -"byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. " -"Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as " -"measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks with 1500 MTU " -"frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible with 100% cpu " -"utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of " -"10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on " -"3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput " -"of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A " -"throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. " -"The default is on. <br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. <b r></p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p><b><big>Threads</big></b><br>Esta diretiva controla quantas threads são " -"utilizadas para criptografar e enviar mensagens multicast. Se secauth estiver " -"desabilitado, o protocolo nunca irá utilizar envio por threads. Se secauth " -"estiver habilitado, esta diretiva permite que sistemas sejam configurados " -"para utilizar várias threads para criptografar e enviar mensagens multicast. " -"Uma diretiva de thread igual a 0 (zero) indica que nenhum envio com thread " -"deve ser utilizado. Este modo oferece o melhor desempenho para sistemas " -"não-SMP. O valor padrão é 0.<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Habilitar autenticação de segurança</big></b><br>Isto especifica " -"que a autenticação HMAC/SHA1 deve ser utilizada para autenticar todas as " -"mensagens. Além disso, especifica que todos os dados devem ser criptografados " -"com o algoritmo sober128 para proteger os dados contra interceptação. " -"Habilitar esta opção adiciona um cabeçalho de 36 bytes a cada mensagem " -"enviada, que reduz a vazão total. A criptografia e a autenticação consomem 75%" -" dos ciclos da CPU em aisexec como medido pelo gprof quando habilitado. Para " -"redes de 100mbits com transmissões de frames de 1500 MTU: é possível ter uma " -"vazão de 9mb/s com utilização de 100% de cpu ao habilitar esta opção em cpus " -"com 3GHz. É possível ter uma vazão de 10mb/s com 20% de utilização de cpu ao " -"desabilitar esta opção em cpus com 3GHz. Para redes gig-e com transmissões de " -"frames grandes: é possível ter uma vazaão de 20mb/s ao habilitar esta opção " -"em cpus com 3GHz. É possível ter uma vazão de 60mb/s ao desabilitar esta " -"opção em cpus com 3GHz. O padrão é \"habilitado\".<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Threads</big></b><br>Esta diretiva controla quantas threads são utilizadas para criptografar e enviar mensagens multicast. Se secauth estiver desabilitado, o protocolo nunca irá utilizar envio por threads. Se secauth estiver habilitado, esta diretiva permite que sistemas sejam configurados para utilizar várias threads para criptografar e enviar mensagens multicast. Uma diretiva de thread igual a 0 (zero) indica que nenhum envio com thread deve ser utilizado. Este modo oferece o melhor desempenho para sistemas não-SMP. O valor padrão é 0.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Habilitar autenticação de segurança</big></b><br>Isto especifica que a autenticação HMAC/SHA1 deve ser utilizada para autenticar todas as mensagens. Além disso, especifica que todos os dados devem ser criptografados com o algoritmo sober128 para proteger os dados contra interceptação. Habilitar esta opção adiciona um cabeçalho de 36 bytes a cada mensagem enviada, que reduz a vazão total. A criptografia e a autenticação consomem 75% dos ciclos da CPU em aisexec como medido pelo gprof quando habilitado. Para redes de 100mbits com transmissões de frames de 1500 MTU: é possível ter uma vazão de 9mb/s com utilização de 100% de cpu ao habilitar esta opção em cpus com 3GHz. É possível ter uma vazão de 10mb/s com 20% de utilização de cpu ao desabilitar esta opção em cpus com 3GHz. Para redes gig-e com transmissões de frames grandes: é possível ter uma vazaão de 20mb/s ao habilitar esta opção em cpus com 3GHz. É possível ter uma vazão de 60mb /s ao desabilitar esta opção em cpus com 3GHz. O padrão é \"habilitado\".<br></p>\n" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting corosync service during boot " -"or not</p>\n" -"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>Enable the port when Firewall " -"is enabled</p>\n" +"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting corosync service during boot or not</p>\n" +"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>Enable the port when Firewall is enabled</p>\n" "\t\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Inicializando</big></b><br>Inicie o serviço corosync durante " -"a inicialização ou não</p>\n" -"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Configurações do firewall</big></b><br>Habilite a porta " -"quando o firewall estiver habilitado</p>\n" +"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Inicializando</big></b><br>Inicie o serviço corosync durante a inicialização ou não</p>\n" +"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Configurações do firewall</big></b><br>Habilite a porta quando o firewall estiver habilitado</p>\n" "\t\t\t" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:55 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync Host</big></b><br>The hostnames used here must be the " -"local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the " -"same string as printed out by the hostname command.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync File</big></b><br>The full absolute filename to be " -"synced.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big></b><br>Authentication is performed using " -"the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is generated " -"with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup should be copied " -"to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync Host</big></b><br>The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync File</big></b><br>The full absolute filename to be synced.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big></b><br>Authentication is performed using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Sincronizar máquina</big></b><br>Os nomes de máquina " -"utilizados aqui devem ser os nomes de máquina locais dos nodos do cluster. " -"Isso significa que você deve utilizar exatamente a mesma string que é " -"impressa pelo comando hostname.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Sincronizar arquivo</big></b><br>O caminho completo do arquivo " -"a ser sincronizado.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Chaves pré-geradas</big></b><br>A autenticação é realizada " -"utilizando os endereços IP e chaves pré-geradas no Csync2. O arquivo de " -"chaves é gerado com csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. O arquivo key_hagroup " -"deve ser copiado manualmente para todos os membros do cluster após sua " -"criação.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Sincronizar máquina</big></b><br>Os nomes de máquina utilizados aqui devem ser os nomes de máquina locais dos nodos do cluster. Isso significa que você deve utilizar exatamente a mesma string que é impressa pelo comando hostname.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Sincronizar arquivo</big></b><br>O caminho completo do arquivo a ser sincronizado.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Chaves pré-geradas</big></b><br>A autenticação é realizada utilizando os endereços IP e chaves pré-geradas no Csync2. O arquivo de chaves é gerado com csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. O arquivo key_hagroup deve ser copiado manualmente para todos os membros do cluster após sua criação.</p>\n" "\t" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Dedicated Interface</big></b><br>A dedicated network interface " -"for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You " -"may have to have it pre-configured. </p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated " -"network interface. This is detected automatically.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>The multicast address to be " -"used for syncing.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Group Number</big></b><br>A numeric ID indicate the group for " -"syncing.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Dedicated Interface</big></b><br>A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. </p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated network interface. This is detected automatically.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>The multicast address to be used for syncing.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Group Number</big></b><br>A numeric ID indicate the group for syncing.</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Interface dedicada</big></b><br>Uma interface de rede dedicada " -"para sincronização. A interface deve suportar multicast e estar habilitada " -"para uso. Você ainda deve tê-la pré-configurado. </p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>O endereço IPv4 atribuído à interface de rede " -"dedicada. Ele é detectado automaticamente.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Endereço multicast</big></b><br>O endereço multicast a ser " -"utilizado na sincronização.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Número do grupo</big></b><br>Um identificador numérico indica " -"o grupo a ser sincronizado.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Interface dedicada</big></b><br>Uma interface de rede dedicada para sincronização. A interface deve suportar multicast e estar habilitada para uso. Você ainda deve tê-la pré-configurado. </p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>O endereço IPv4 atribuído à interface de rede dedicada. Ele é detectado automaticamente.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Endereço multicast</big></b><br>O endereço multicast a ser utilizado na sincronização.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Número do grupo</big></b><br>Um identificador numérico indica o grupo a ser sincronizado.</p>\n" "\t" #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing cluster Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -644,17 +478,16 @@ "Por favor, aguarde...<br></p>\n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Cancelando a inicialização:</big></b><br>\n" -"Cancele com segurança o utilitário de configuração clicando em <b>Cancelar</b>" -" agora.</p>\n" +"Cancele com segurança o utilitário de configuração clicando em <b>Cancelar</b> agora.</p>\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:80 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving cluster Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -663,7 +496,7 @@ "Por favor, aguarde...<br></p>\n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:84 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:83 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -686,100 +519,103 @@ msgstr "Inicializando..." #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:395 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:390 msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration" msgstr "Inicializando a configuração do cluster" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:411 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:406 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "Ler o banco de dados" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:413 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Ler as configurações anteriores" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:415 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "Ler as configurações do SuSEFirewall" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:419 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "Lendo o banco de dados..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:421 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:416 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "Lendo as configurações anteriores..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:423 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418 msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..." msgstr "Lendo as configurações do SuSEFirewall..." #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:425 src/modules/Cluster.rb:527 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 src/modules/Cluster.rb:522 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Concluído" -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:440 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:435 msgid "Cannot install required package" msgstr "Não foi possível instalar os pacotes necessários" #. read database -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:444 msgid "Cannot load existing configuration" msgstr "Não foi possível carregar a configuração existente" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:460 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:455 msgid "Cannot read database1." msgstr "Não foi possível ler o banco de dados 1." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:468 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:463 msgid "Cannot read database2." msgstr "Não foi possível ler o banco de dados 2." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:484 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:479 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "Não foi possível detectar os dispositivos." #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:502 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:497 msgid "Saving cluster Configuration" msgstr "Salvando as configurações do cluster" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:517 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Salvar as configurações" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:519 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514 msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall" msgstr "Salvar as alterações no SuSEFirewall" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Salvando as configurações..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:525 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:520 msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..." msgstr "Salvando as alterações no SuSEFirewall..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:537 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:532 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Não foi possível salvar as configurações." +#~ msgid "Threads:" +#~ msgstr "Threads:" + #~ msgid "nodeid" #~ msgstr "nodeid" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/control-center.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/control-center.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/control-center.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control-center\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-05-23 13:22-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Isis Binder \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/control.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/control.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/control.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 10:46-0200\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/country.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/country.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/country.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: country\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-10 15:44-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Isis Binder \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" @@ -28,38 +28,38 @@ "X-Poedit-SourceCharset: utf-8\n" #. translators: command line help text for Securoty module -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:58 +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59 msgid "Keyboard configuration." msgstr "Configuração do teclado." #. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:71 +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72 msgid "Keyboard configuration summary." msgstr "Resumo da configuração do teclado." #. command line help text for 'set' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:78 +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79 msgid "Set new values for keyboard configuration." msgstr "Configurar novos valores para configuração de teclado." #. command line help text for 'list' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:85 +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86 msgid "List all available keyboard layouts." msgstr "Listar todos os mapas de teclado disponíveis." #. command line help text for 'set layout' option -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:93 +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94 msgid "New keyboard layout" msgstr "Novo mapa de teclado" #. summary label #. summary label -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:155 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1390 +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1402 msgid "Current Keyboard Layout: %1" msgstr "Mapa de teclado atual: %1" #. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:179 +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184 msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." msgstr "O mapa de teclado '%1' é inválido. Use o comando 'list' para ver valores possíveis." @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ #. 2 radio-buttons follow this label. #. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update, #. it is not saved to the system. -#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1315 +#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1313 msgid "" "You are currently using a keyboard layout\n" "different from the one in the system to update.\n" @@ -231,6 +231,12 @@ "diferente daquele do sistema a ser atualizado.\n" "Selecione o mapa a ser usado durante a atualização:" +#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting +#. any error to the user +#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1513 +msgid "Failed to set X11 keyboard to '%s'" +msgstr "" + #. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched #: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45 msgid "<%1>Keyboard Layout<%2>: %3" @@ -324,24 +330,24 @@ msgstr "Atualizando as traduções no menu do carregador de inicialização..." #. help for write dialog -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:235 +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233 msgid "<p><b>Saving Configuration</b><br>Please wait...</p>" msgstr "<p><b>Salvando a configuração</b><br>Por favor, aguarde...</p>" #. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:254 +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252 msgid "Current Language: %1 (%2)" msgstr "Idioma atual: %1 (%2)" #. summary label #. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:268 language/src/modules/Language.rb:793 +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:793 #: language/src/modules/Language.rb:827 msgid "Additional Languages: %1" msgstr "Idiomas adicionais: %1" #. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:303 +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301 msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." msgstr "%1 não é um idioma válido. Use o comando 'list' para ver os valores possíveis." @@ -681,8 +687,8 @@ #. label text (Clock setting) #. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map. #. @return summary string (html) -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:732 -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:968 +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:733 +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:969 msgid "UTC" msgstr "UTC" @@ -697,7 +703,7 @@ msgstr "Horário e dia atual:\t%1" #. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:49 +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39 msgid "" "Time %1 is in the past.\n" "Set a correct time before starting installation." @@ -706,12 +712,12 @@ "Informe um horário correto antes de iniciar a instalação." #. summary item -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:95 +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "Fuso horário" #. menue label text -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:97 +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87 msgid "&Time Zone" msgstr "&Fuso horário" @@ -859,15 +865,15 @@ #. frame label #. frame label #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:613 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:930 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:910 msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)" msgstr "Data e hora (o NTP está configurado)" #. frame label #. frame label #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:615 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:701 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:932 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:693 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:912 msgid "Date and Time" msgstr "Data e hora" @@ -879,27 +885,21 @@ #. label text #. label text #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:650 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:688 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:684 msgid "&Region" msgstr "&Região" -#. title for combo box 'timezone' -#. title for selection box 'timezone' -#. label text -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:660 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:695 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:768 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:775 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:657 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:688 msgid "Time &Zone" msgstr "&Fuso horário" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:673 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:669 msgid "Date and Time:" msgstr "Data e horário:" #. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:812 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:791 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b><big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big></b></p>" @@ -908,7 +908,7 @@ "<p><b><big>Configurações de fuso horário e do relógio</big></b></p>" #. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:814 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:793 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</b>.\n" @@ -923,7 +923,7 @@ "</p>\n" #. general help trailer -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:831 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:810 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If the current time is not correct, use <b>Change</b> to adjust it.\n" @@ -934,34 +934,34 @@ "</p>" #. Screen title for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:841 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:820 msgid "Clock and Time Zone" msgstr "Relógio e fuso horário" #. popup text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:965 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:945 msgid "Select a valid time zone." msgstr "Selecione um fuso horário válido." #. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) #. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:736 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:972 +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:737 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:973 msgid "Local Time" msgstr "Hora local" #. label text #. label text -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:740 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:976 +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:741 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:977 msgid "Hardware Clock Set To" msgstr "Relógio de hardware definido para" #. summary label -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:754 +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:755 msgid "NTP configured" msgstr "NTP configurado" #. summary label -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:980 +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:981 msgid "Current Time Zone: %1" msgstr "Fuso horário atual: %1" @@ -1011,197 +1011,197 @@ msgstr "Canadense (multilíngue)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:146 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:145 msgid "Spanish" msgstr "Espanhol" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:158 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157 msgid "Spanish (Latin America)" msgstr "Espanhol (América Latina)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:170 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169 msgid "Spanish (CP 850)" msgstr "Espanhol (CP 850)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:182 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 msgid "Italian" msgstr "Italiano" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:194 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 msgid "Portuguese" msgstr "Português" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:206 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)" msgstr "Português (Brasil)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:218 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)" msgstr "Português (Brasil - acentuação EUA)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:230 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 msgid "Greek" msgstr "Grego" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:242 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 msgid "Dutch" msgstr "Holandês" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:254 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 msgid "Danish" msgstr "Dinamarquês" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:266 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 msgid "Norwegian" msgstr "Norueguês" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:278 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 msgid "Swedish" msgstr "Sueco" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:290 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 msgid "Finnish" msgstr "Finlandês" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:302 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 msgid "Czech" msgstr "Checo" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:317 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:316 msgid "Czech (qwerty)" msgstr "Checo (qwerty)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:332 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:331 msgid "Slovak" msgstr "Eslovaco" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:347 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:346 msgid "Slovak (qwerty)" msgstr "Eslovaco (qwerty)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:362 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:361 msgid "Slovene" msgstr "Eslovênio" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:377 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:375 msgid "Hungarian" msgstr "Húngaro" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:392 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:389 msgid "Polish" msgstr "Polonês" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:407 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403 msgid "Russian" msgstr "Russo" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:421 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:417 msgid "Serbian" msgstr "Sérvio" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:433 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429 msgid "Estonian" msgstr "Estoniano" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:445 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441 msgid "Lithuanian" msgstr "Lituano" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:457 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "Turco" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:468 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:464 msgid "Croatian" msgstr "Croata" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:491 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:486 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "Japonês" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:503 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498 msgid "Belgian" msgstr "Belgo" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:515 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510 msgid "Dvorak" msgstr "Dvorak" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:527 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522 msgid "Icelandic" msgstr "Islandês" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:539 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534 msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "Ucraniano" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:561 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:556 msgid "Khmer" msgstr "Khmer" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:583 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:578 msgid "Korean" msgstr "Coreano" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:605 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:600 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "Árabe" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:626 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:621 msgid "Tajik" msgstr "Tadjique" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:640 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:635 msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "Chinês tradicional" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:662 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:657 msgid "Simplified Chinese" msgstr "Chinês simplificado" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:684 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:679 msgid "Romanian" msgstr "Romeno" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:705 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:700 msgid "US International" msgstr "Inglês internacional" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/crowbar.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/crowbar.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/crowbar.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-06 10:44-0200\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" @@ -23,29 +23,38 @@ "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Command line help text for the Xcrowbar module -#: src/clients/crowbar.rb:56 +#: src/clients/crowbar.rb:51 msgid "Configuration of crowbar" msgstr "Configuração do crowbar" -#. table header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:96 -msgid "Repository Name" -msgstr "Nome do repositório" +#. radio button item: target repository is common for all available platform +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:90 +msgid "Common for All" +msgstr "" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:96 -msgid "URL" -msgstr "URL" +#. target platform name +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:92 +msgid "SLES 11 SP3" +msgstr "" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:96 -msgid "Ask On Error" -msgstr "Perguntar no erro" +#. target platform name +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94 +msgid "SLES 12" +msgstr "" -#. help text +#. combobox label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:106 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&List of Repositories" +msgid "&Location of Repositories" +msgstr "&Lista de Repositórios" + +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:109 msgid "" "<p>Here you can edit the location of your <b>Update Repositories</b>.</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" +"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n" +" to repositories will be filled automatically.</p>It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" "</p><p>\n" "<ul>\n" "<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> for SMT server\n" @@ -55,52 +64,42 @@ "</p>" msgstr "" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:122 -msgid "Repository &URL" -msgstr "&URL do repositório" - -#. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:135 -msgid "&Ask On Error" -msgstr "Per&guntar no erro" - #. table header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:155 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:148 msgid "Administrator Name" msgstr "Nome do administrador" #. help text -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:165 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:158 #, fuzzy #| msgid "<p>Enter the password for Crowbar administrator.</p>" msgid "<p>Manage user names and passwords for Crowbar administrators.</p>" msgstr "<p>Digite a senha para o administrador do crowbar.</p>" #. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:201 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:194 msgid "&Mode" msgstr "&Modo" #. help text for the Network mode tab (do not translate bastion) -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:203 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:196 msgid "" "<p>Here, define a <b>Network Mode</b> with relevant <b>Bonding Policy</b>.</p>\n" "<p>You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as space-separated list.</p>" msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:213 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:206 msgid "Bonding &Policy" msgstr "&Política de vínculos" #. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:222 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:215 msgid "P&hysical interfaces mapping for bastion network" msgstr "" #. help text for conduit if list -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:231 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:224 msgid "" "<p>Each physical interface definition needs to fit the pattern\n" "<tt>[Quantifier][Speed][Order]</tt>.\n" @@ -108,95 +107,191 @@ msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:265 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:254 msgid "Network" msgstr "Rede" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:266 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:255 msgid "Subnet Address" msgstr "Endereço de sub-rede" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:267 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:256 msgid "Network Mask" msgstr "Máscara de Rede" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:268 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:257 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "VLAN" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:286 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:275 msgid "Use &VLAN" msgstr "Usar &VLAN" #. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:296 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:285 msgid "VLAN &ID" msgstr "&ID da VLAN" #. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:306 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:295 msgid "Rou&ter" msgstr "Ro&teador" #. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:328 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:317 msgid "Router pre&ference" msgstr "Pre&ferência do roteador" #. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:338 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:327 msgid "&Subnet" msgstr "&Sub-rede" #. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:361 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:350 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "&Máscara de rede" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:383 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:372 msgid "Broa&dcast" msgstr "Broa&dcast" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:393 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:382 msgid "&Add Bridge" msgstr "&Adicionar ponte" #. push button label& -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:402 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:391 msgid "Edit Ran&ges..." msgstr "Editar inter&valos..." #. checkbox label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:413 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:402 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Bond Network" msgid "Add &Bastion Network" msgstr "Rede vinculada" #. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:425 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:414 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "Endereço &IP" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:585 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:520 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Nome" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:695 +msgid "URL" +msgstr "URL" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:526 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:696 +msgid "Ask On Error" +msgstr "Perguntar no erro" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:531 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:697 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:715 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Target Name" +msgid "Target Platform" +msgstr "Nome do destino" + +#. error popup +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:580 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "User '%1' already exists.\n" +#| "Choose a different name." +msgid "" +"Repository '%1' already exists.\n" +"Choose a different name." +msgstr "" +"O usuário '%1' já existe.\n" +"Escolha um nome diferente." + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:676 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "LDAP Server &URL" +msgid "Server &URL" +msgstr "&URL do servidor LDAP" + +#. table header +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:694 +msgid "Repository Name" +msgstr "Nome do repositório" + +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:701 +msgid "&Ask On Error" +msgstr "Per&guntar no erro" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:707 +msgid "Repository &URL" +msgstr "&URL do repositório" + +#. label (hint for user) +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710 +msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used." +msgstr "" + +#. push button label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:726 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add Repository" +msgid "A&dd Repository" +msgstr "Adicionar repositório" + +#. combobox item +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:793 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Remote WINS Server" +msgid "Remote SMT Server" +msgstr "Servidor WINS Remoto" + +#. combobox item +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:795 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Finger Server" +msgid "SUSE Manager Server" +msgstr "Servidor Finger" + +#. combobox item +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:797 +msgid "Custom" +msgstr "Personalizado" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:866 msgid "User Name" msgstr "Nome de usuário" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:587 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:868 msgid "Password" msgstr "Senha" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:589 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:870 msgid "Repeat the Password" msgstr "Repita a senha" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:627 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:900 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Server name cannot be empty." +msgid "User name cannot be empty." +msgstr "O nome do servidor não pode estar vazio." + +#. error popup +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:907 msgid "" "The passwords do not match.\n" "Try again." @@ -205,7 +300,7 @@ "Tente novamente." #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:636 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:915 msgid "" "User '%1' already exists.\n" "Choose a different name." @@ -214,19 +309,19 @@ "Escolha um nome diferente." #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:781 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1018 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The entered URL is not valid." msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid" msgstr "A URL informada não é válida." -#. table entry (VLAN status) -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:861 +#. Returns broadcast address. Based on current netmask and subnet +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1076 msgid "disabled" msgstr "desabilitado" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:986 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173 msgid "" "The netmask '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" @@ -236,7 +331,7 @@ #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:999 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1036 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1184 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1216 msgid "" "The IP address '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" @@ -245,7 +340,7 @@ "%2" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1011 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1194 msgid "" "The router address '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" @@ -254,17 +349,17 @@ "%2" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1023 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1203 msgid "The router address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgstr "O endereço do roteador '%1' não faz parte da rede '%2'." #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1047 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1225 msgid "The IP address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgstr "O endereço IP '%1' não faz parte da rede '%2'." #. popup message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1068 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1246 msgid "" "Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\n" "Adapt them using 'Edit ranges' button." @@ -273,67 +368,62 @@ "Adapte-os usando o botão 'Editar intervalos'." #. inputfield label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1335 msgid "Min IP Address" msgstr "Endereço IP mínimo" #. inputfield label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1180 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1342 msgid "Max IP Address" msgstr "Endereço IP máximo" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1247 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1395 msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgstr "O endereço '%1' não faz parte da rede '%2'." #. error message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1263 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1407 msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one." msgstr "O endereço mais baixo deve ser inferior ao mais alto." #. error message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1296 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1431 msgid "Ranges '%1' and '%2' are overlapping." msgstr "Os intervalos '%1' e '%2' se sobrepõem." #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1373 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1499 msgid "&User Settings" msgstr "Configurações do &usuário" #. label (hint for user) -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1385 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511 msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used." msgstr "" #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1403 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1527 msgid "N&etwork Mode" msgstr "Modo de r&ede" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1411 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1535 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Bond Network" msgid "Bastion Network" msgstr "Rede vinculada" #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1454 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1578 msgid "Net&works" msgstr "&Redes" #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1490 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1614 msgid "Re&positories" msgstr "Re&positórios" -#. label (hint for user) -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1501 -msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used." -msgstr "" - #. popup message %1 is FQDN -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1653 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731 msgid "" "The SUSE Cloud Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n" "currently not supported.\n" @@ -346,7 +436,7 @@ "Você pode visitar a interface web do Crowbar em http://%1:3000/" #. default dialog caption -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1671 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1749 msgid "Crowbar Configuration Overview" msgstr "Resumo da Configuração do Crowbar" @@ -391,48 +481,48 @@ "</p>" #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/crowbar/wizards.rb:89 +#: src/include/crowbar/wizards.rb:87 msgid "Crowbar Configuration" msgstr "Configuração do Crowbar" #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/crowbar/wizards.rb:91 +#: src/include/crowbar/wizards.rb:89 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inicializando..." #. Crowbar read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:144 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:142 msgid "Initializing crowbar Configuration" msgstr "Iniciando a configuração do Crowbar" #. Progress stage -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:155 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:153 msgid "Read the configuraton" msgstr "Ler a configuração" #. Progress step -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:157 msgid "Reading the configuration..." msgstr "Lendo a configuração..." #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:161 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:255 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Concluído" #. Crowbar read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:238 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:232 msgid "Saving crowbar Configuration" msgstr "Salvando a configuração do Crowbar" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:243 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Salvar as configurações" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:253 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:247 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Salvando as configurações..." Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/dhcp-server.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/dhcp-server.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/dhcp-server.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dhcp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 12:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-16 13:11-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" @@ -2511,57 +2511,57 @@ msgstr "Configuração a&vançada do servidor DHCP..." #. Dhcp-server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1387 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1388 msgid "Initializing DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "Inicializando a configuração do servidor DHCP" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1391 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1392 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "Verificar o ambiente" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1393 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1394 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "Ler as configurações do firewall" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1395 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1396 msgid "Read DHCP server settings" msgstr "Ler as configurações do servidor DHCP" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1397 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1398 msgid "Read DNS server settings" msgstr "Ler as configurações do servidor DNS" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1402 msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "Verificando o ambiente..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1403 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1404 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "Lendo as configurações do firewall..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1406 msgid "Reading DHCP server settings..." msgstr "Lendo as configurações do servidor DHCP..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1408 msgid "Reading DNS server settings..." msgstr "Lendo as configurações do servidor DNS..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1637 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1410 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Concluído" #. TRANSLATORS: error report popup -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1439 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1440 msgid "" "This server needs at least one\n" "configured network device (besides loopback) to\n" @@ -2578,7 +2578,7 @@ "Cancelando agora." #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1474 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1475 msgid "" "Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n" "DHCP server will not be available." @@ -2587,7 +2587,7 @@ "DHCP baseada em LDAP não estará disponível." #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1542 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1543 msgid "" "The DHCP server does not seem to have been\n" "configured yet. Create a new configuration?" @@ -2596,87 +2596,87 @@ "ainda. Criar nova configuração?" #. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */ -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1615 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1616 msgid "Saving DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "Salvando a configuração do servidor DHCP" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1620 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1621 msgid "Write DHCP server settings" msgstr "Salvar as configurações do servidor DHCP" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1622 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1623 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Salvar as configurações do firewall" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1624 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1625 msgid "Restart DHCP server" msgstr "Reiniciar o servidor DHCP" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1626 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1627 msgid "Write DNS server settings" msgstr "Salvar as configurações do servidor DNS" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1630 msgid "Writing DHCP server settings..." msgstr "Salvando as configurações do servidor DHCP..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1631 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1632 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Salvando as configurações do firewall..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1633 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634 msgid "Restarting DHCP server..." msgstr "Reiniciando servidor DHCP..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1635 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636 msgid "Writing DNS server settings..." msgstr "Salvando as configurações do servidor DNS..." #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1748 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1749 msgid "Error occurred while restarting the DHCP daemon." msgstr "Erro ao reiniciar o daemon DHCP." #. summary string -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1887 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1888 msgid "The DHCP server is started at boot time" msgstr "O servidor DHCP é iniciado durante a inicialização" #. summary string -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1892 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1893 msgid "The DHCP server is not started at boot time" msgstr "O servidor DHCP não é iniciado durante a inicialização" #. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1900 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901 msgid "Listen On: %1" msgstr "Escutar em: %1" #. summary string, %1 is IP address range -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1919 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1920 msgid "Dynamic Address Range: %1" msgstr "Intervalo de endereço dinâmico: %1" #. error message -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2312 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2313 msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP." msgstr "Configuração LDAP inválida. Não foi possível usar o LDAP." #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2552 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2593 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2553 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2594 msgid "Support for multiple dhcpServiceDN not implemented." msgstr "Suporte para múltiplos dhcpServiceDN não implementado." #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2558 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2559 msgid "DHCP service DN is not defined." msgstr "Serviço DHCP DN não definido." @@ -2684,23 +2684,23 @@ #. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key #. Error report #. error report, %1 is LDAP record key -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2673 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2707 -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2771 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2846 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2674 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2708 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2772 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2847 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1." msgstr "Ocorreu um erro ao criar %1." #. error report, %1 is LDAP record key -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2738 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2739 msgid "Error occurred while updating %1." msgstr "Ocorreu erro ao atualizar %1." #. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2809 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2810 msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1." msgstr "Erro ocorreu ao criar cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1." #. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2906 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2907 msgid "Error occurred while writing /etc/dhcpd.conf." msgstr "Erro ocorreu ao salvar o /etc/dhcpd.conf." Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/dns-server.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/dns-server.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/dns-server.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dns-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-16 08:48-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" @@ -27,15 +27,238 @@ "X-Poedit-Country: BRAZIL\n" "X-Poedit-SourceCharset: utf-8\n" +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline general name of the module in help +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:24 +msgid "DNS server configuration" +msgstr "Configuração do servidor DNS" + +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:32 +msgid "Start-up settings" +msgstr "Configurações de inicialização" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:38 +msgid "DNS forwarders" +msgstr "Encaminhadores de DNS" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:50 +msgid "Logging settings" +msgstr "Configurações do log" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:63 +msgid "DNS zones" +msgstr "Zonas DNS" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:79 +msgid "Access control lists" +msgstr "Listas de controle de acesso (ACLs)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:87 +msgid "Zone transport rules" +msgstr "Regras de transporte de zona" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:102 +msgid "Zone name servers" +msgstr "Servidores de nome da zona" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:119 +msgid "Zone mail servers" +msgstr "Servidores de e-mail da zona" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:133 +msgid "Start of authority (SOA)" +msgstr "SOA (Start of authority - início da autoridade)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:148 +msgid "Zone resource records, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR" +msgstr "Registros de recurso da zona, tais como A, CNAME, NS, MX ou PTR" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command, A is record type +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:166 +msgid "Handles A and corresponding PTR record at once" +msgstr "Gerencia A e o registro PTR correspondente ao mesmo tempo" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:180 +msgid "Show current settings" +msgstr "Exibir as configurações atuais" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:186 +msgid "Start DNS server in the boot process" +msgstr "Iniciar servidor DNS durante a inicialização" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:192 +msgid "Start DNS server manually" +msgstr "Iniciar servidor DNS manualmente" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:198 +msgid "Add a new record" +msgstr "Adicionar um novo registro" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:204 +msgid "Remove a record" +msgstr "Remover um registro" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:211 +msgid "IPv4 address" +msgstr "Endereço IPv4" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:218 +msgid "Logging destination (syslog|file)" +msgstr "Destino do log (syslog|arquivo)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:224 +msgid "Set option" +msgstr "Configurar opção" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:231 +msgid "Filename for logging (full path)" +msgstr "Nome do arquivo para o log (caminho completo)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:238 +msgid "Maximum log size [0-9]+(KMG)*" +msgstr "Tamanho de log máximo [0-9]+(KMG)*" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:245 +msgid "Maximum number of versions for rotation, '0' means no rotation" +msgstr "Máximo de versões para rotação, '0' significa sem rotação" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:252 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:273 +msgid "Zone name" +msgstr "Nome da zona" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:259 +msgid "Zone type, master or slave" +msgstr "Tipo da zona: mestre ou escrava" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:266 +msgid "DNS zone master server" +msgstr "Servidor mestre da zona de DNS" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:280 +msgid "Enable option" +msgstr "Opção de habilitar" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:287 +msgid "Disable option" +msgstr "Opção de desabilitar" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:294 +msgid "Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" +msgstr "Servidor de nome (em formato completamente qualificado com ponto ou nome relativo)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:301 +msgid "Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" +msgstr "Servidor de e-mail (em formato completamente qualificado com ponto ou nome relativo)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:308 +msgid "Mail server priority (number from 0 to 65535)" +msgstr "Prioridade do servidor de e-mail (número de 0 a 65535)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:315 +msgid "Serial number of zone update" +msgstr "Número de série de atualização da zona" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:322 +msgid "General time to live of records in zone" +msgstr "Tempo de vida geral de registros na zona" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:329 +msgid "An interval before the zone records should be refreshed" +msgstr "Um intervalo antes do qual registros da zona devem ser atualizados" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:336 +msgid "Interval between retries of failed refresh" +msgstr "Intervalo entre tentativas de atualização com falha" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:343 +msgid "Interval after which zone records are no longer authoritative" +msgstr "Intervalo após o qual os registros da zona não são mais autoritativos" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:350 +msgid "Minimum TTL that should be exported with records in this zone" +msgstr "TTL mínimo que pode ser exportado com registros desta zona" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, Types are DNS-Specific, cannot be translated +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:357 +msgid "DNS resource record type, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR" +msgstr "Tipo de registro de recurso DNS, tal como A, CNAME, NS, MX ou PTR" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, DNS query is a question for value when we have a /key/ and type, ('A' record for 'example.org'? -> 192.0.34.166) +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:364 +msgid "DNS query, such as example.org for A record" +msgstr "Consulta de DNS, como exemplo.org para o registro A" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:371 +msgid "DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record" +msgstr "Valor do registro de recurso DNS, como 192.0.34.166 para o registro A de exemplo.org" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:378 +msgid "Hostname for the DNS record" +msgstr "Nome de máquina para o registro de DNS" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:386 +msgid "Log named queries %1" +msgstr "Consultas de log nomeadas %1" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:394 +msgid "Log zone updates %1" +msgstr "Atualizações de zonas de log %1" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:402 +msgid "Log zone transfers %1" +msgstr "Transferências de zona de log %1" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:409 +msgid "Comma-separated list of zone forwarders" +msgstr "Lista de encaminhadores de zona separada por vírgulas" + #. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a missing required parameter -#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a missing required parameter -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:58 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:494 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:494 msgid "Parameter %1 is required." msgstr "O parâmetro %1 é obrigatório." #. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a parameter name -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:71 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:507 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:507 msgid "Unknown value for parameter %1." msgstr "Valor desconhecido para o parâmetro %1." @@ -43,68 +266,50 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:86 src/clients/dns-server.rb:93 -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:103 src/clients/dns-server.rb:120 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:521 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:528 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:538 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:555 msgid "Start-Up Settings:" msgstr "Configurações de inicialização:" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:88 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:523 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:523 msgid "Only one parameter is allowed." msgstr "Somente um parâmetro é permitido." #. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:95 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:530 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:530 msgid "Enabling DNS server in the boot process..." msgstr "Habilitando o servidor de DNS durante a inicialização..." #. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:105 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:540 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:540 msgid "Removing DNS server from the boot process..." msgstr "Removendo o servidor de DNS durante a inicialização..." #. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:114 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:549 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:549 msgid "DNS server is enabled in the boot process." msgstr "O servidor de DNS está habilitado durante a inicialização." #. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:117 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:552 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:552 msgid "DNS server needs manual starting." msgstr "O servidor de DNS necessita ser iniciado manualmente." #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header, -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header, -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:138 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:573 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:573 msgid "Forwarding:" msgstr "Encaminhamento:" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:140 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:575 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:575 msgid "Forwarder IP" msgstr "IP do Encaminhador" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message #. Both Add and Remove defined => Error! -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message -#. Both Add and Remove defined => Error! -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:146 src/clients/dns-server.rb:439 -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:574 src/clients/dns-server.rb:625 -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:685 src/clients/dns-server.rb:822 -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:882 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244 @@ -114,70 +319,57 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:220 src/clients/dns-server.rb:230 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:651 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:661 msgid "Logging destination" msgstr "Destino do log" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:222 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:653 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:653 msgid "System log" msgstr "Log do sistema" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:232 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:663 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:663 msgid "File" msgstr "Arquivo" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:240 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:671 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:671 msgid "Filename" msgstr "Nome do arquivo" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:248 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:679 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:679 msgid "Maximum size" msgstr "Tamanho máximo" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:256 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:687 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:687 msgid "Maximum versions" msgstr "Máximo de versões" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item, do not translate named -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item, do not translate named -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:269 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:700 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:700 msgid "Log named queries" msgstr "Consultas de log nomeadas" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:277 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:708 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:708 msgid "Log zone updates" msgstr "Atualizações de zonas de log" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:285 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:716 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:716 msgid "Log zone transfers" msgstr "Transferências de zona de log" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:292 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:723 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:723 msgid "Logging Settings:" msgstr "Configurações do log:" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:298 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:729 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:729 msgid "Setting" msgstr "Configuração" @@ -185,99 +377,79 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - basic-options listing #. Table header item - ACL-options #. Table menu item - Records listing -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:300 src/clients/dns-server.rb:312 -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:519 src/clients/dns-server.rb:734 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1220 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1813 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1625 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1419 msgid "Value" msgstr "Valor" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:310 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:741 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:741 msgid "Logging Rule" msgstr "Regra de log" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header, -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header, -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:406 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:835 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:835 msgid "DNS Zones:" msgstr "Zonas DNS:" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Textentry - DNS adding zone - Name -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:411 src/clients/dns-server.rb:515 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:840 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:940 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2047 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1859 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nome" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type #. Table header item - DNS listing zones #. Table menu item - Records listing -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:413 src/clients/dns-server.rb:517 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:842 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:942 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2053 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2095 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1865 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1907 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1417 msgid "Type" msgstr "Tipo" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:415 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:844 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:844 msgid "Master Server" msgstr "Servidor mestre" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:417 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:490 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:493 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:443 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:446 msgid "Forwarders" msgstr "Encaminhadores" #. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type -#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:500 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:925 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:925 msgid "Predefined" msgstr "Predefinido" #. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type -#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:502 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:927 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:927 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Personalizado" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:510 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:935 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:935 msgid "ACLs:" msgstr "ACLs:" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:550 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:975 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:975 msgid "Zone Transport:" msgstr "Transporte de zona:" @@ -286,386 +458,92 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - DNS listing zones -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:555 src/clients/dns-server.rb:607 -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:665 src/clients/dns-server.rb:797 -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:862 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2093 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1905 msgid "Zone" msgstr "Zona" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:557 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:982 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:982 msgid "Enabled ACL" msgstr "ACL habilitado" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:602 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1027 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1027 msgid "Name Servers:" msgstr "Servidores de nome:" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:609 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1034 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1034 msgid "Name Server" msgstr "Servidor de nomes" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:660 src/clients/dns-server.rb:792 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1084 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1215 msgid "Mail Servers:" msgstr "Servidores de e-mail:" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - listing mail servers -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:667 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:739 msgid "Mail Server" msgstr "Servidor de e-mail" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - listing mail servers -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:669 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:741 msgid "Priority" msgstr "Prioridade" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:727 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1150 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1150 msgid "Start of Authority (SOA):" msgstr "Informações sobre SOA (Start of Authority):" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:732 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1155 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1155 msgid "Key" msgstr "Chave" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:799 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1222 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1222 msgid "Record Query" msgstr "Consulta de registro" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:801 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1224 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1224 msgid "Record Type" msgstr "Tipo de registro" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:803 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1226 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1226 msgid "Record Value" msgstr "Valor de registro" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:857 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1279 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1279 msgid "Hostname Record:" msgstr "Registro de nome de máquina:" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:864 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1286 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1286 msgid "Hostname" msgstr "Nome de máquina" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:866 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1288 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1288 msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline general name of the module in help -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline general name of the module in help -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:904 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:24 -msgid "DNS server configuration" -msgstr "Configuração do servidor DNS" - -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:912 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:32 -msgid "Start-up settings" -msgstr "Configurações de inicialização" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:921 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:38 -msgid "DNS forwarders" -msgstr "Encaminhadores de DNS" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:933 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:50 -msgid "Logging settings" -msgstr "Configurações do log" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:946 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:63 -msgid "DNS zones" -msgstr "Zonas DNS" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:962 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:79 -msgid "Access control lists" -msgstr "Listas de controle de acesso (ACLs)" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:973 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:87 -msgid "Zone transport rules" -msgstr "Regras de transporte de zona" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:988 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:102 -msgid "Zone name servers" -msgstr "Servidores de nome da zona" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1005 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:119 -msgid "Zone mail servers" -msgstr "Servidores de e-mail da zona" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1019 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:133 -msgid "Start of authority (SOA)" -msgstr "SOA (Start of authority - início da autoridade)" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1034 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:148 -msgid "Zone resource records, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR" -msgstr "Registros de recurso da zona, tais como A, CNAME, NS, MX ou PTR" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command, A is record type -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command, A is record type -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1052 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:166 -msgid "Handles A and corresponding PTR record at once" -msgstr "Gerencia A e o registro PTR correspondente ao mesmo tempo" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1066 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:180 -msgid "Show current settings" -msgstr "Exibir as configurações atuais" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1072 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:186 -msgid "Start DNS server in the boot process" -msgstr "Iniciar servidor DNS durante a inicialização" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1078 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:192 -msgid "Start DNS server manually" -msgstr "Iniciar servidor DNS manualmente" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1084 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:198 -msgid "Add a new record" -msgstr "Adicionar um novo registro" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1090 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:204 -msgid "Remove a record" -msgstr "Remover um registro" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1097 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:211 -msgid "IPv4 address" -msgstr "Endereço IPv4" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1104 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:218 -msgid "Logging destination (syslog|file)" -msgstr "Destino do log (syslog|arquivo)" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1110 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:224 -msgid "Set option" -msgstr "Configurar opção" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1117 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:231 -msgid "Filename for logging (full path)" -msgstr "Nome do arquivo para o log (caminho completo)" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1124 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:238 -msgid "Maximum log size [0-9]+(KMG)*" -msgstr "Tamanho de log máximo [0-9]+(KMG)*" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1131 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:245 -msgid "Maximum number of versions for rotation, '0' means no rotation" -msgstr "Máximo de versões para rotação, '0' significa sem rotação" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1138 src/clients/dns-server.rb:1159 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:252 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:273 -msgid "Zone name" -msgstr "Nome da zona" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1145 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:259 -msgid "Zone type, master or slave" -msgstr "Tipo da zona: mestre ou escrava" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1152 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:266 -msgid "DNS zone master server" -msgstr "Servidor mestre da zona de DNS" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1166 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:280 -msgid "Enable option" -msgstr "Opção de habilitar" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1173 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:287 -msgid "Disable option" -msgstr "Opção de desabilitar" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1180 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:294 -msgid "Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" -msgstr "Servidor de nome (em formato completamente qualificado com ponto ou nome relativo)" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1187 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:301 -msgid "Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" -msgstr "Servidor de e-mail (em formato completamente qualificado com ponto ou nome relativo)" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1194 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:308 -msgid "Mail server priority (number from 0 to 65535)" -msgstr "Prioridade do servidor de e-mail (número de 0 a 65535)" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1201 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:315 -msgid "Serial number of zone update" -msgstr "Número de série de atualização da zona" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1208 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:322 -msgid "General time to live of records in zone" -msgstr "Tempo de vida geral de registros na zona" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1215 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:329 -msgid "An interval before the zone records should be refreshed" -msgstr "Um intervalo antes do qual registros da zona devem ser atualizados" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1222 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:336 -msgid "Interval between retries of failed refresh" -msgstr "Intervalo entre tentativas de atualização com falha" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1229 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:343 -msgid "Interval after which zone records are no longer authoritative" -msgstr "Intervalo após o qual os registros da zona não são mais autoritativos" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1236 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:350 -msgid "Minimum TTL that should be exported with records in this zone" -msgstr "TTL mínimo que pode ser exportado com registros desta zona" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, Types are DNS-Specific, cannot be translated -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, Types are DNS-Specific, cannot be translated -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1243 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:357 -msgid "DNS resource record type, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR" -msgstr "Tipo de registro de recurso DNS, tal como A, CNAME, NS, MX ou PTR" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, DNS query is a question for value when we have a /key/ and type, ('A' record for 'example.org'? -> 192.0.34.166) -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, DNS query is a question for value when we have a /key/ and type, ('A' record for 'example.org'? -> 192.0.34.166) -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1250 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:364 -msgid "DNS query, such as example.org for A record" -msgstr "Consulta de DNS, como exemplo.org para o registro A" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1257 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:371 -msgid "DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record" -msgstr "Valor do registro de recurso DNS, como 192.0.34.166 para o registro A de exemplo.org" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1264 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:378 -msgid "Hostname for the DNS record" -msgstr "Nome de máquina para o registro de DNS" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1272 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:386 -msgid "Log named queries %1" -msgstr "Consultas de log nomeadas %1" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1280 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:394 -msgid "Log zone updates %1" -msgstr "Atualizações de zonas de log %1" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1288 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:402 -msgid "Log zone transfers %1" -msgstr "Transferências de zona de log %1" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1295 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:409 -msgid "Comma-separated list of zone forwarders" -msgstr "Lista de encaminhadores de zona separada por vírgulas" - #. Dialog caption (before a colon) #. Dialog caption (before a colon) #. Dialog caption (before a colon) @@ -684,8 +562,8 @@ #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:560 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:563 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:517 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:520 msgid "DNS Zones" msgstr "Zonas DNS" @@ -706,10 +584,8 @@ #. check box #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off -#. check box #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:338 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:597 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:291 msgid "&LDAP Support Active" msgstr "Suporte &LDAP ativo" @@ -734,99 +610,34 @@ msgstr "Configuração a&vançada do servidor DNS..." #. Dialog label DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:256 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:261 msgid "DNS Server" msgstr "Servidor DNS" -#. radio button (starting DNS service - option 1) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:270 -msgid "When &Booting" -msgstr "Ao &inicializar" +#. FIXME: new startup +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:419 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Apply Changes to Dialog" +msgid "Apply Changes" +msgstr "Aplicar Alterações à Caixa de Diálogo" -#. radio button (starting DNS service - option 2) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:274 -msgid "&Manually" -msgstr "&Manualmente" - -#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting DNS service but without "&") -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:280 -msgid "When Booting" -msgstr "Ao inicializar" - -#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting DNS service but without "&") -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:282 -msgid "Manually" -msgstr "Manualmente" - -#. label - service status, informative text -#. service status - label -#. service sttus - label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:290 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:612 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:651 -msgid "DNS server is running." -msgstr "Servidor DNS está executando." - -#. label - service status, informative text -#. service sttus - label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:294 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:653 -msgid "DNS server is not running." -msgstr "Servidor DNS não está executando." - -#. push button (DNS service handling) -#. Pushbutton for starting the DNS server -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:298 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:620 -msgid "&Start DNS Server Now" -msgstr "Iniciar &servidor DNS agora" - -#. push button (DNS service handling) -#. Pushbutton for stopping the DNS server -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:302 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:626 -msgid "S&top DNS Server Now" -msgstr "Pa&rar servidor DNS agora" - -#. push button (DNS service handling) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:310 -msgid "Save Settings and Reload DNS Server &Now" -msgstr "Salvar as configurações e recarregar o servidor DNS &agora" - -#. part of help text, used to describe pusbuttons (matching DNS service handling but without "&") -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:316 -msgid "Start DNS Server Now" -msgstr "Iniciar servidor DNS agora" - -#. part of help text, used to describe pusbuttons (matching DNS service handling but without "&") -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:318 -msgid "Stop DNS Server Now" -msgstr "Parar servidor DNS agora" - -#. part of help text, used to describe pusbuttons (matching DNS service handling but without "&") -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:320 -msgid "Save Settings and Reload DNS Server Now" -msgstr "Salvar as configurações e recarregar o servidor DNS agora" - #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#. Frame label (DNS starting) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:472 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:475 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:580 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:425 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:428 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "Inicialização" #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:503 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:506 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:456 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:459 msgid "Basic Options" msgstr "Opções básicas" #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:516 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:518 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:469 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:471 msgid "Logging" msgstr "Log" @@ -834,8 +645,8 @@ #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings #. multi selection box #. multi selection box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:529 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:532 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:482 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:485 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:163 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2729 msgid "ACLs" @@ -843,121 +654,89 @@ #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:546 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:549 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:499 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:502 msgid "TSIG Keys" msgstr "Chaves TSIG" -#. Radiobutton label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:586 -msgid "Now and When Booting" -msgstr "Agora e ao inicializar" - -#. Radiobutton label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:588 -msgid "Only Manually" -msgstr "Apenas manualmente" - -#. Frame label (stoping starting DNS server) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:602 -msgid "Switch On and Off" -msgstr "Ligar e desligar" - -#. Current status -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:608 -msgid "Current Status: " -msgstr "Status atual: " - -#. yes-no popup -#. if (! Popup::YesNo ( -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:719 -msgid "" -"All your changes will be lost. Settings will\n" -"be reread from new data storage.\n" -"Continue?\n" -msgstr "" -"Todas suas alterações serão perdidas. As configurações\n" -"serão lidas novamente do novo armazenamento.\n" -"Continuar?\n" - #. T: ComboBox label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:751 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:563 msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Policy" msgstr "&Política de resolução DNS local" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:754 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:566 msgid "Merging forwarders is disabled" msgstr "A combinação de encaminhadores está desabilitada" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:756 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:568 msgid "Automatic merging" msgstr "Combinação automática" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:758 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:570 msgid "Merging forwarders is enabled" msgstr "A combinação de encaminhadores está habilitada" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:760 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:572 msgid "Custom configuration" msgstr "Configuração personalizada" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:764 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:576 msgid "Custom policy" msgstr "Política personalizada" #. T: ComboBox label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:771 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:583 msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Forwarder" msgstr "&Encaminhador de resolução DNS local" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:774 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:586 msgid "Using system name servers" msgstr "Utilizando servidores de nome do sistema" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:776 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:588 msgid "This name server (bind)" msgstr "Este servidor de nome (bind)" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:778 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:590 msgid "Local dnsmasq server" msgstr "Servidor dnsmasq local" #. Frame label for DNS-Forwarders adding IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:788 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:600 msgid "Add IP Address" msgstr "Adicionar endereço IP" #. Textentry for DNS-Forwarders adding IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:797 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:609 msgid "IPv4 or IPv6 A&ddress" msgstr "&Endereço IPv4 ou IPv6" #. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders #. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:826 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:857 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:638 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:669 msgid "Forwarder &List" msgstr "&Lista de encaminhadores" #. Store settings of a tab of a dialog -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1001 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:813 msgid "Cannot set local forwarder to %{forwarder}" msgstr "Não foi possível configurar o encaminhador local para %{forwarder}" #. An error message, %1 is replaced with a variable IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1065 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:877 msgid "Cannot find local equivalent for IP %1." msgstr "Não foi possível encontrar um equivalente local para o IP %1." #. TRANSLATORS: A warning message, %1 is replaced with the input IP, %2 with the output IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1071 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:883 msgid "" "Forwarding DNS queries to itself would create an infinite loop.\n" "IP address %1 is currently used by this server, so it has\n" @@ -968,11 +747,11 @@ "alterado para seu equivalente local %2." #. both IPv4 and IPv6 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1099 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:911 msgid "Invalid IPv4 or IPv6 address." msgstr "Endereço IPv4 ou IPv6 inválido." -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1102 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:914 msgid "" "A valid IPv6 address consists of letters a-f, numbers,\n" "and colons." @@ -981,46 +760,46 @@ "e dois-pontos." #. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1118 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:930 msgid "The specified forwarder is already present." msgstr "O encaminhador selecionado já está presente." #. Frame label for Basic-Options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1147 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:959 msgid "Add or Change Option" msgstr "Adicionar ou alterar opção" #. Combobox for choosing the basic-option -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1161 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:973 msgid "O&ption" msgstr "O&pção" #. Textentry for setting the basic-option value #. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1171 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1776 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:983 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1588 msgid "&Value" msgstr "&Valor" #. Pushbutton for changing the basic-option #. Pushbutton - Change Record -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1195 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1007 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1387 msgid "C&hange" msgstr "A<erar" #. Table label for basic-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1209 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1021 msgid "Current Options" msgstr "Opções atuais" #. Table header item - basic-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1218 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1030 msgid "Option" msgstr "Opção" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1349 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1161 msgid "" "Really set this\n" "option without any value?\n" @@ -1029,7 +808,7 @@ "esta opção sem valor?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. Please, do not translate 'yes' and 'no' strings. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1361 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1173 msgid "" "Option %1 can only have a yes or no value set.\n" "Really set it to %2?\n" @@ -1038,7 +817,7 @@ "Realmente defini-la como %2?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1378 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1190 msgid "" "Option %1 can only be a number.\n" "Really set it to %2?\n" @@ -1047,7 +826,7 @@ "Realmente defini-la como %2?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1390 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1202 msgid "" "Quotes are not used correctly in this option.\n" "Really set it to %1?\n" @@ -1056,7 +835,7 @@ "Realmente defini-la como %1?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1402 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1214 msgid "" "Brackets are not used correctly in this option.\n" "Really set it to %1?\n" @@ -1065,7 +844,7 @@ "Realmente defini-la como %1?\n" #. Popup question, %1 is the name of the option -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1446 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1258 msgid "" "Option %1 should be set only once.\n" "Really add another one?\n" @@ -1074,77 +853,77 @@ "Realmente adicionar outra?\n" #. Table header - logging options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1486 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1298 msgid "Log Type" msgstr "Tipo de log" #. Radiobutton - log type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1498 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1310 msgid "&System Log" msgstr "Log do &sistema" #. Radiobutton - log type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1507 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1319 msgid "&File" msgstr "&Arquivo" #. IntField - max. log size -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1540 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1352 msgid "Maximum &Size (MB)" msgstr "Tamanho má&ximo (MB)" #. IntField - max. log age -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1551 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1363 msgid "Maximum &Versions" msgstr "Máximo de &versões" #. Frame label - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1569 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1381 msgid "Additional Logging" msgstr "Log adicional" #. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1574 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1386 msgid "Log All DNS &Queries" msgstr "Registrar todas as &consultas de DNS" #. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1577 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1389 msgid "Log Zone &Updates" msgstr "At&ualizações de zonas de log" #. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1580 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1392 msgid "Log Zone &Transfers" msgstr "&Transferências de zona de log" #. popup headline -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1737 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1549 msgid "Select File for Log" msgstr "Selecionar arquivo para log" #. Frame label - adding ACL-optiopn -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1754 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1566 msgid "Option Setup" msgstr "Opção de configuração" #. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1767 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1579 msgid "&Name" msgstr "&Nome" #. Table header - ACL-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1803 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1615 msgid "Current ACL List" msgstr "Lista ACL atual" #. Table header item - ACL-options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1811 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1623 msgid "ACL" msgstr "ACL" #. A popup question, %1 is number of zones -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1931 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1743 msgid "" "This ACL is used by %1 zones.\n" "Really remove it?\n" @@ -1153,12 +932,12 @@ "Você realmente quer removê-la?\n" #. An error popup message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2018 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1830 msgid "The specified ACL entry already exists." msgstr "A entrada de ACL especificada já existe." #. frame label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2035 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1847 msgid "Add New Zone " msgstr "Adicionar nova zona" @@ -1167,8 +946,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type #. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2056 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2146 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1582 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1868 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1958 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1658 msgid "Master" msgstr "Mestre" @@ -1178,9 +957,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type #. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2058 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2149 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2152 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1584 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1870 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1961 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1964 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1660 msgid "Slave" msgstr "Escravo" @@ -1189,23 +968,36 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type #. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2060 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2155 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1590 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1872 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1967 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1666 msgid "Forward" msgstr "Encaminhar" #. Table header - DNS listing zones -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2083 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1895 msgid "Configured DNS Zones" msgstr "Zonas DNS configuradas" #. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2292 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2104 msgid "A zone with the specified name is already configured." msgstr "Já existe uma zona com o nome especificado configurada." +#. Write settings dialog +#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2153 +msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" +msgstr "Falha ao salvar a configuração. Alterar as configurações?" + +#. Writes settings and restores the dialog without exiting +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2169 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Save configuration files" +msgid "Saving the configuration failed" +msgstr "Salvar arquivos de configuração" + #. Yes-No popup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2347 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2182 msgid "" "All changes will be lost.\n" "Really leave the DNS server configuration without saving?" @@ -1698,13 +1490,8 @@ "Todas as alterações serão perdidas.\n" "Realmente sair?" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:70 -msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" -msgstr "Falha ao salvar a configuração. Alterar as configurações?" - #. message popup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:96 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:81 msgid "A zone of this type cannot be edited with this tool." msgstr "Uma zona desse tipo não pode ser editada com essa ferramenta." @@ -2722,56 +2509,56 @@ msgstr "Retransmissão de &e-mail" #. DNS server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:934 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:960 msgid "Initializing DNS Server Configuration" msgstr "Inicializando a configuração do servidor DNS" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:938 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:964 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "Verificar o ambiente" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:940 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1275 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:966 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1337 msgid "Flush caches of the DNS daemon" msgstr "Descarregar os caches do daemon DNS" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:942 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:968 msgid "Read the firewall settings" msgstr "Ler as configurações do firewall" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:944 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:970 msgid "Read the settings" msgstr "Ler as configurações" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:948 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:974 msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "Verificando o ambiente..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:950 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1291 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:976 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1353 msgid "Flushing caches of the DNS daemon..." msgstr "Descarregando os caches do daemon DNS..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:952 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:978 msgid "Reading the firewall settings..." msgstr "Lendo as configurações do firewall..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:954 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:980 msgid "Reading the settings..." msgstr "Lendo as configurações..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:956 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1305 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:982 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1367 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Concluído" -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1233 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1266 msgid "" "Error occurred while calling netconfig.\n" "Error: " @@ -2780,72 +2567,72 @@ "Erro:" #. DNS server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1271 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1333 msgid "Saving DNS Server Configuration" msgstr "Salvando a configuração do servidor DNS" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1277 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1339 msgid "Save configuration files" msgstr "Salvar arquivos de configuração" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1279 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1341 msgid "Restart the DNS daemon" msgstr "Reiniciar o daemon DNS" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1281 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1343 msgid "Update zone files" msgstr "Atualizar arquivos de zonas" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1283 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1345 msgid "Adjust the DNS service" msgstr "Ajustar serviço DNS" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1285 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1347 msgid "Call netconfig" msgstr "Iniciar o netconfig" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1287 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1349 msgid "Write the firewall settings" msgstr "Salvar as configurações do firewall" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1293 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1355 msgid "Saving configuration files..." msgstr "Salvando arquivos de configuração..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1295 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1357 msgid "Restarting the DNS daemon..." msgstr "Reiniciando o daemon DNS..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1297 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1359 msgid "Updating zone files..." msgstr "Atualizando os arquivos de zonas..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1299 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1361 msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..." msgstr "Ajustando o serviço DNS..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1301 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1363 msgid "Calling netconfig..." msgstr "Iniciando o netconfig..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1303 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1365 msgid "Writing the firewall settings..." msgstr "Salvando as configurações do firewall..." #. Cannot start service 'named', because of error that follows Error:. Do not translate named. -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1475 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1538 msgid "" "Error occurred while starting service named.\n" "\n" @@ -2854,43 +2641,43 @@ "\n" #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1586 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1662 msgid "Stub" msgstr "Stub" #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1588 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1664 msgid "Hint" msgstr "Dica" #. summary string -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1597 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673 msgid "The DNS server starts when booting the system." msgstr "O servidor DNS inicia no boot do sistema." #. summary string -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1603 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1679 msgid "The DNS server does not start when booting the system." msgstr "O servidor DNS não inicia no boot do sistema." #. summary string, %s is list of DNS zones (their names), coma separated -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1632 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1707 #, perl-format msgid "Configured Zones: %s" msgstr "Zonas configuradas: %s" #. error message -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1646 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1721 msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP." msgstr "Configuração LDAP inválida. Não foi possível usar o LDAP." #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1727 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1802 msgid "Enable LDAP support?" msgstr "Habilitar suporte LDAP?" #. error popup -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1815 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1890 msgid "" "Installation of required packages failed.\n" "LDAP support will not be active." @@ -2899,30 +2686,87 @@ "O suporte ao LDAP não estará ativo." #. BNC #679960 -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1874 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1949 msgid "Unknown LDAP initialization error." msgstr "Erro desconhecido de inicialização do LDAP." #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, %1 is an LDAP object whose creation failed -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1910 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1985 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1." msgstr "Ocorreu erro ao criar %1." #. error report, %1 is ldap object -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1946 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2021 msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=defaultDNS,%1. Not using LDAP." msgstr "Ocorreu erro durante criação de cn=defaultDNS,%1. O LDAP não será usado." #. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1972 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2047 msgid "Error occurred while updating %1." msgstr "Ocorreu erro ao atualizar %1." #. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2007 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2082 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1. Not using LDAP." msgstr "Ocorreu erro ao criar %1. O LDAP não será usado." +#~ msgid "When &Booting" +#~ msgstr "Ao &inicializar" + +#~ msgid "&Manually" +#~ msgstr "&Manualmente" + +#~ msgid "When Booting" +#~ msgstr "Ao inicializar" + +#~ msgid "Manually" +#~ msgstr "Manualmente" + +#~ msgid "DNS server is running." +#~ msgstr "Servidor DNS está executando." + +#~ msgid "DNS server is not running." +#~ msgstr "Servidor DNS não está executando." + +#~ msgid "&Start DNS Server Now" +#~ msgstr "Iniciar &servidor DNS agora" + +#~ msgid "S&top DNS Server Now" +#~ msgstr "Pa&rar servidor DNS agora" + +#~ msgid "Save Settings and Reload DNS Server &Now" +#~ msgstr "Salvar as configurações e recarregar o servidor DNS &agora" + +#~ msgid "Start DNS Server Now" +#~ msgstr "Iniciar servidor DNS agora" + +#~ msgid "Stop DNS Server Now" +#~ msgstr "Parar servidor DNS agora" + +#~ msgid "Save Settings and Reload DNS Server Now" +#~ msgstr "Salvar as configurações e recarregar o servidor DNS agora" + +#~ msgid "Now and When Booting" +#~ msgstr "Agora e ao inicializar" + +#~ msgid "Only Manually" +#~ msgstr "Apenas manualmente" + +#~ msgid "Switch On and Off" +#~ msgstr "Ligar e desligar" + +#~ msgid "Current Status: " +#~ msgstr "Status atual: " + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "All your changes will be lost. Settings will\n" +#~ "be reread from new data storage.\n" +#~ "Continue?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Todas suas alterações serão perdidas. As configurações\n" +#~ "serão lidas novamente do novo armazenamento.\n" +#~ "Continuar?\n" + #~ msgid "Netconfig DNS policy" #~ msgstr "Política de DNS do netconfig" Added: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/docker.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/docker.pt_BR.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/docker.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -0,0 +1,191 @@ +# Portugese (Brasilian) message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 1999-2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Karl Eichwalder , 1999. +# Ralf Lanz , 1999. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:56+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Ralf Lanz \n" +"Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n>1;\n" + +#. Only root can start process +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:74 +msgid "Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:78 +msgid "Docker service does not run. Run this module as root or start docker service manually." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:141 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Communication with fingerprint reader failed." +msgid "Communication with docker failed with error: %s. Please try again." +msgstr "Falha na comunicação com o leitor de impressão digital." + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:152 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Do you really want\n" +#| "to quit the installation?" +msgid "Do you really want to stop the running container?" +msgstr "" +"Você quer realmente sair\n" +"da instalação?" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:154 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do you really want to remove the current volume group?" +msgid "Do you want to remove the container?" +msgstr "Você realmente quer remover o grupo de volume atual?" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:161 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Do you really want\n" +#| "to quit the installation?" +msgid "Do you really want to kill the running container?" +msgstr "" +"Você quer realmente sair\n" +"da instalação?" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:173 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Image" +msgid "&Images" +msgstr "Imagem" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:174 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Container" +msgid "&Containers" +msgstr " Container" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:184 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Disk Image" +msgid "Docker Images" +msgstr "Imagem de Disco" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:194 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Running Internet Connection Test" +msgid "Running Docker Containers" +msgstr "Executando o teste de conexão com a Internet" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217 +msgid "Repository" +msgstr "Repositório" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Tab" +msgid "Tag" +msgstr "Tab" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:219 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Image" +msgid "Image ID" +msgstr "Imagem" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:220 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:234 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Created: " +msgid "Created" +msgstr "Criada em:" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:221 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Virtual Device" +msgid "Virtual Size" +msgstr "Dispositivo Virtual" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:231 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Container" +msgid "Container ID" +msgstr " Container" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:232 +msgid "Image" +msgstr "Imagem" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233 +msgid "Command" +msgstr "Comando" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "Status" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Port" +msgid "Ports" +msgstr "Porta" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:283 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:293 +msgid "Re&fresh" +msgstr "&Atualizar" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:284 +msgid "R&un" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:285 +msgid "&Delete" +msgstr "&Remover" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:294 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Show Changes" +msgid "S&how Changes" +msgstr "Mo&Strar Mofificações" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:295 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Terminals" +msgid "Inject &Terminal" +msgstr "Terminais" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:296 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Container" +msgid "&Stop Container" +msgstr " Container" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:297 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Container" +msgid "&Kill Container" +msgstr " Container" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:298 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Comment" +msgid "&Commit" +msgstr "Comentário" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Exit" +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "Sair" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:315 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do you really want to delete %1?" +msgid "Do you really want to delete image \"%s\"?" +msgstr "Você realmente quer eliminar %1?" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/drbd.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/drbd.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/drbd.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: drbd\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-20 09:07-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Isis Binder \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" @@ -80,10 +80,14 @@ msgstr "Configuração de recurso" #: src/include/drbd/common.rb:47 +msgid "LVM Configuration" +msgstr "Configuração de LVM" + +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48 msgid "Resource Basic Configuration" msgstr "Configurações básicas do recurso" -#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48 +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:49 msgid "Resource Advanced Configuration" msgstr "Configurações avançadas do recurso" @@ -244,7 +248,7 @@ "\n" "\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.</p>\n" "\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Or either omit the name or minor and the minor number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbdminor will be used.\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbd'minor number' will be used.\n" "\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n" "\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n" "\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n" @@ -286,14 +290,34 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p><b><big>s390 reIPL Configuration</big></b></p>" +msgid "<p><b><big>LVM Configuration</big></b></p>" +msgstr "<p><b><big>Configuração do reipl s390</big></b></p>" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\t<p><b>LVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n" +"\t\t<p>To use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.</p>\t\t<p>Refer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.</p>\n" +"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" +"\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>AutoFilter</b>: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n" +"\n" +"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Disable cache when for network storage, like nfs. </p>\n" +"\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:130 msgid "<p><b><big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>Configuração global do DRBD</big></b></p>" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133 msgid "<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check</p>" msgstr "<p>Selecione <b>\"Desabilitar verificação do IP\"</b> para desabilitar uma das verificações de integridade do drbdadm</p>" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136 msgid "" "<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" @@ -309,7 +333,7 @@ " O diálogo irá exibir a contagem a cada 'atualização de diálogo' segundos.\n" " Defina-o para 0 a fim de desabilitar a atualização completamente. </p>" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:126 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "<p><b>Minor Count:</b>\n" " use this if you want to define more resources later\n" @@ -324,7 +348,7 @@ " de dispositivos configurados neste arquivo. </p>" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Configure drbd here.<br></p>\n" @@ -333,7 +357,7 @@ "Configure aqui o DRBD.<br></p>\n" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:138 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n" "Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n" @@ -345,7 +369,7 @@ "detectado, use <b>Outro (não detectado)</b>. Após, clique <b>Configurar</b>.</p>\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:145 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:163 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -356,7 +380,7 @@ "no qual você pode alterar a configuração.</p>\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:151 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" "Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n" @@ -367,7 +391,7 @@ "edite suas configurações.<br></p>\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:157 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:175 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Add</b> to configure a drbd.</p>" @@ -376,7 +400,7 @@ "Pressione <b>Adicionar</b> para configurar um drbd.</p>" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:161 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" "Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n" @@ -387,7 +411,7 @@ "clique em <b>Editar</b> ou <b>Remover</b> conforme desejado.</p>\n" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:167 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" @@ -399,7 +423,7 @@ #. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:173 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:191 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:203 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -410,7 +434,7 @@ "</p>" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:197 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" @@ -420,25 +444,56 @@ "Pressione <b>Próximo</b> para continuar.\n" "<br></p>\n" +#. Default is always true (auto) +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of DRBD" +msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD" +msgstr "Configuração do DRBD" + +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44 +msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Device type" +msgid "Device Filter" +msgstr "Tipo de dispositivo" + +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:64 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the SCPM database..." +msgid "Writing the LVM cache" +msgstr "Salvando o banco de dados do SCPM..." + +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:73 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable Microphone." +msgid "Enable LVM Cache" +msgstr "Habilitar o microfone." + #. encoding: utf-8 #: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:134 msgid "Resource Name" msgstr "Nome do recurso" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:300 +#. Update new add disk used of drbd res for LVM filter +#. Ignore the removed disk +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:326 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protocolo" #. myHelp("basic_conf"); -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:546 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:572 msgid "Node names must be different." msgstr "Os nomes de nós devem ser diferentes." -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:552 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:578 msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname." msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:582 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:608 msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "Por favor, preencha todos os campos." @@ -447,39 +502,42 @@ #. Authors: Martin Lazar #. #. $Id: startup_conf.ycp 30707 2006-05-04 13:19:08Z lslezak $ -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:28 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:29 msgid "Booting" msgstr "Inicializando" -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:36 -msgid "On -- Start DRBD Server Now and when Booting" +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:37 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "On -- Start DRBD Server Now and when Booting" +msgid "On -- Start DRBD Server when Booting" msgstr "Ligar -- iniciar o servidor DRBD agora e durante a inicialização" -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:40 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:41 msgid "Off -- Server Only Starts Manually" msgstr "Desligar -- o servidor é inicializado apenas manualmente" -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:49 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:50 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "Ligar e desligar" -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:54 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:55 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "Status atual: " -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:61 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:62 msgid "Start DRBD Server Now" msgstr "Iniciar o servidor DRBD agora" -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:66 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:67 msgid "Stop DRBD Server Now" msgstr "Parar o servidor DRBD agora" -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:74 +#. firewall_layout is just a dialog +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:89 msgid "Propagate Configuration" msgstr "Propagar a configuração" -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:81 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:96 msgid "" "To propagate this configuration ,\n" "copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually." @@ -488,31 +546,31 @@ "copie o arquivo de configuração '/etc/drbd.conf' manualmente para os nós restantes." #. } -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:122 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:141 msgid "DRBD server is running." msgstr "O servidor DRBD está executando." -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:123 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142 msgid "DRBD server is not running." msgstr "O servidor DRBD não está executando." #. Report::Error ( Service::Error()); -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:166 msgid "Start DRBD service failed" msgstr "Falha ao iniciar o serviço DRBD" #. Report::Error ( Service::Error() ); -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:150 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:174 msgid "Stop DRBD service failed" msgstr "Falha ao parar o serviço DRBD" #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:137 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139 msgid "Heartbeat Configuration" msgstr "Configuração do Heartbeat" #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:141 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inicializando..." @@ -544,59 +602,77 @@ #. #. Representation of the configuration of drbd. #. Input and output routines. -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:101 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:110 #, fuzzy msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" msgstr "Falha ao combinar arquivos de configuração diferentes para DRBD\n" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:123 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:132 msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" msgstr "Falha ao escrever drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:133 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:185 msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Inicializando a configuração do DRBD" #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:141 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:193 msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "Ler as configurações globais" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:142 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:194 msgid "Read resources" msgstr "Ler recursos" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:143 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:195 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read configurations" +msgid "Read LVM configurations" +msgstr "Ler as configurações" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:196 msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "Ler o status do daemon" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:146 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 src/modules/Drbd.rb:204 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read Firewall Settings." +msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" +msgstr "Ler as configurações do firewall" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "Lendo as configurações globais..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:147 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "Lendo recursos..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:148 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the configurations..." +msgid "Reading LVM configurations..." +msgstr "Lendo as configurações..." + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203 msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "Lendo o status do daemon..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:149 src/modules/Drbd.rb:494 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 src/modules/Drbd.rb:629 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Concluído" #. new_map = remove(new_map, key); -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:412 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:497 msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" msgstr "Falha ao realizar backup do drbd.conf" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:421 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:506 msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" msgstr "Falha ao limpar drbd.conf para drbdadm test" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:445 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:530 msgid "" "Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" "%2" @@ -604,12 +680,12 @@ "Configuração inválida do recurso %1\n" "%2" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:464 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:549 msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" msgstr "Falha ao recuperar drdb.conf" #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:474 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:605 msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Salvando a configuração do DRBD" @@ -617,31 +693,55 @@ #. won't change modified flag #. return true if !@modified #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:486 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:617 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "Salvar as configurações globais" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:487 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:618 msgid "Write resources" msgstr "Salvar recursos" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:488 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:619 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write configuration" +msgid "Write LVM configurations" +msgstr "Salvar a configuração" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:620 msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "Definir o status do daemon" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:491 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:621 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write the firewall settings" +msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" +msgstr "Salvar as configurações do firewall" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:624 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "Salvando as configurações globais..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:492 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:625 msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "Salvando recursos..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:493 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:626 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing configuration..." +msgid "Writing LVM configurations..." +msgstr "Salvando a configuração..." + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:627 msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "Definindo o status do daemon..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:504 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:628 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the firewall settings..." +msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" +msgstr "Salvando as configurações do firewall..." + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:639 msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" msgstr "Falha ao criar diretório /etc/drbd.d" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/fcoe-client.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/fcoe-client.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/fcoe-client.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-11 14:06-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Isis Binder \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/firewall-services.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/firewall-services.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/firewall-services.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firewall-services\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:38+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-07-06 20:43-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Isis Binder \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/firewall.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/firewall.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/firewall.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firewall\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-05 09:07-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/firstboot.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/firstboot.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/firstboot.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firstboot\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-20 22:17-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" @@ -125,13 +125,13 @@ msgstr "Rótulo" #: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 +msgid "Module Name" +msgstr "Nome do módulo" + +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 -msgid "Module Name" -msgstr "Nome do módulo" - #. translators: dialog text #: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:90 msgid "" @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ "voltar a esta sequência de instalação.</p>\n" #. popup text -#: src/clients/firstboot_language.rb:124 +#: src/clients/firstboot_language.rb:123 msgid "" "Your language setting has been changed.\n" "\n" @@ -251,22 +251,22 @@ #. Build dialog #. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- #. heading text -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:73 +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:72 msgid "Language and Keyboard Layout" msgstr "Idioma e layout de teclado" #. combo box label -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:79 +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:78 msgid "&Language" msgstr "&Idioma" #. combo box label -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:87 +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:86 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "Mapa de &teclado" #. help text for firstboot language + keyboard screen -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:114 +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:113 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to be used during\n" @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ "</p>\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:121 +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:120 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ "</p>\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:127 +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:126 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select <b>Abort</b> to abort the\n" @@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ "</p>\n" #. error message -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:272 +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:271 msgid "There is not enough space to install all additional packages." msgstr "Não existe espaço suficiente para instalar todos os pacotes adicionais." Added: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/fonts.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/fonts.pt_BR.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/fonts.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -0,0 +1,692 @@ +# Portugese (Brasilian) message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 1999-2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Karl Eichwalder , 1999. +# Ralf Lanz , 1999. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:56+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Ralf Lanz \n" +"Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n>1;\n" + +#. in case of changing profiles, please reflect +#. edits in test/data/sysconfig.fonts-config.* +#. otherwise testsuite will fail +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:58 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Bitmap Editors" +msgid "Bitmap Fonts" +msgstr "Editores bitmap" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:103 +msgid "Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in the rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which contain bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for each font. They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute the bitmap and are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even, some outline fonts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of itself, for small sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not smoothed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:106 +msgid "Black and White Rendering" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:123 +msgid "Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. In contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any drawback of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good hinted fonts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap quality fonts while maintaining scalability." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:126 +msgid "Black and White Rendering for Monospaced Fonts" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:143 +msgid "Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and unspecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is used." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:146 +msgid "Default" +msgstr "Padrão" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:163 +msgid "Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good instructions are prefered)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:166 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Fonts" +msgid "CFF Fonts" +msgstr "Fontes" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:206 +msgid "Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered good compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:209 +msgid "Exclusive Autohinter Rendering" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:226 +msgid "Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference list is used." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:229 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818 +msgid "Subpixel Rendering" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:254 +msgid "Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel rendering enabled FreeType library." +msgstr "" + +#. for testsuite +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:181 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Not installed" +msgid "installed" +msgstr "Não instalado" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:181 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Not installed" +msgid "not installed" +msgstr "Não instalado" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:190 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Preferences" +msgid "Preference List for %s" +msgstr "Preferências" + +#. nothing to do here, initialize_familylist_widget will +#. toggle off/on btn_add_manual as appropriate +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p><b>Validity:</b></p>" +msgid "<p><b>Family:</b> %s</b></p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Validade:</b></p>" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:325 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p><b> Description for %1 </b></p>" +msgid "<p><b>Specimen for %s</b></p>" +msgstr "<p><b> Descrição de %1 </b></p>" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:328 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No UID is available for this type of user." +msgid "<p>No specimen available for this font and script.</p>" +msgstr "Não há UID disponível para esse tipo de usuário." + +#. unlikely +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:333 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p><b> Description for %1 </b></p>" +msgid "<b>No script found for %s.</b>" +msgstr "<p><b> Descrição de %1 </b></p>" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:341 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p><b>Validity:</b></p>" +msgid "<p><b>Family:</b> %s</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Validade:</b></p>" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:342 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p><b>Description</b></p>" +msgid "<p><b>Scripts</b><ul>" +msgstr "<p><b>Descrição</b></p>" + +#. nothing to do nowadays +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:496 +msgid "" +"Family preference list for %s\n" +"do not contain any installed family.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:499 +msgid "" +"Please make sure to install at least one for each\n" +"alias, otherwise this preference setting has no effect.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:502 +msgid "" +"Fonts can be installed e. g. via fontinfo.opensuse.org. \n" +"If you install them when this yast module is running,\n" +"reread the profile to see results.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. <table> do not work for text mode +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:542 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "You have to select a configuration type" +msgid "You have set LCD filter type (%s)." +msgstr "Você deve selecionar um tipo de configuração" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:543 +msgid "" +" This needs subpixel rendering capabality\n" +"compiled in FreeType library." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:545 +msgid " Unfortunately, we can not ship it due patent reasons.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:547 +msgid "See README.subpixel-patents from yast2-fonts package documentation.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:560 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Search for" +msgid "Match for %s" +msgstr "Pesqui&sar por" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:577 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:766 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing" +msgid "Font &Antialiasing" +msgstr "Inicializando" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:588 +msgid "Antialias Also &Monospaced Fonts" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:599 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:769 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "For&ce ASCII printing" +msgid "Force A&utohinting On" +msgstr "For&çar impressão ASCII" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:613 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:772 +msgid "Force Hint St&yle" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:623 +msgid "Embedded Bitmaps" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:626 +msgid "Use &Embedded Bitmaps" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:632 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add Lan&guage" +msgid "All Lan&guages" +msgstr "Adicionar idio&ma" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:637 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Bamileke Languages" +msgid "Limit to &Selected Languages" +msgstr "Línguas bamileques" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:644 +msgid "&Select" +msgstr "&Selecionar" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:666 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:777 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "LDAP Filter" +msgid "LCD &Filter" +msgstr "Filtro LDAP" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:677 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Keyboard Layout" +msgid "&Layout" +msgstr "Mapa de &teclado" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:688 +msgid "Alias" +msgstr "Apelido" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:707 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Net Family" +msgid "Font Family" +msgstr "Família da Rede" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:707 +msgid "Available" +msgstr "Disponível" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:708 +msgid "Remove" +msgstr "Remover" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:710 +msgid "Down" +msgstr "Para baixo" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:711 +msgid "Up" +msgstr "Para cima" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:717 src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:66 +msgid "&Add" +msgstr "&Adicionar" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:719 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installed Size" +msgid "&Installed families..." +msgstr "Tamanho instalado" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:735 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Search &description" +msgid "Search &Metric Compatible" +msgstr "Pesquisar &descrição" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:746 +msgid "Never use o&ther fonts" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:775 +msgid "Subpixel &Rendering" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:799 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Connection Details" +msgid "&Rendering Details" +msgstr "Detalhes da &conexão" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:803 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing" +msgid "Antialiasing" +msgstr "Inicializando" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:810 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Printing" +msgid "Hinting" +msgstr "Impressão" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:837 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Preferences" +msgid "Prefered &Families" +msgstr "Preferências" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:844 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Storing user preferences..." +msgid "Forcing Family Preferences" +msgstr "Armazenando as preferências do usuário..." + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:860 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Patch level" +msgid "Match &Preview" +msgstr "Nível da correção" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:879 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Presence" +msgid "&Presets" +msgstr "Presença" + +#. create copy of system settings; remove fonts-config generated +#. config files to have such fontconfig setup as fonts-config +#. would never run; point fontconfig to this configuration +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:933 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the Configuration" +msgid "Reading Font Configuration" +msgstr "Lendo as Configurações" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:936 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read sysconfig values" +msgid "Read sysconfig file" +msgstr "Ler valores sysconfig" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:937 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading routes..." +msgid "Reading %s..." +msgstr "Lendo as rotas..." + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:957 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Host Configuration" +msgid "Font Configuration" +msgstr "Configuração da máquina" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:958 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&User Code" +msgid " (User Mode)" +msgstr "Código do &usuário" + +#. misuse back_button a bit +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:963 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Save system settings" +msgid "&Use system settings" +msgstr "Salvar configurações do sistema" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:975 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing NFS Configuration" +msgid "Writing Font Configuration" +msgstr "Salvando a configuração NFS" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:978 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing Sysconfig files" +msgid "Write sysconfig file" +msgstr "Escrevendo arquivos Sysconfig" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:979 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Run SuSEconfig" +msgid "Run fonts-config" +msgstr "Executar o SuSEconfig" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:980 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing users..." +msgid "Writing %s..." +msgstr "Salvando usuários..." + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:981 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." +msgid "Running fonts-config..." +msgstr "Executando o SuSEconfig..." + +#. we are in user mode +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:999 +msgid "This will irrecoverably remove user setting done previously with this module." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1026 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration &Module" +msgid "<h1>Font Configuraution Module</h1>" +msgstr "&Módulo de configuração" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1027 +msgid "<p>Module to control <b>system wide</b> or <b>user</b> font rendering setting.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1028 +msgid "<i>Distribution default</i> is font setting shipped on media and it is that one almost same for years (not counting decisions of individual DE). " +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1030 +msgid "This setting can be changed:<ul>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1031 +msgid "<li>system wide when module is run with <tt>root</tt> credentials to create <i>system setting.</i> " +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1033 +msgid "System, where font module never run or <b>Default</b> preset was chosen, uses distribution default.</li>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1035 +msgid "<li>for <i>user setting</i> when module is run as ordindary user. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1036 +msgid "User, which never run this module or chooses to <b>Use system settings</b>, uses system settings. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1037 +msgid "User, which chooses <b>Default</b> preset, uses distribution default.</li></ul>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1038 +msgid "<p><b>NOTE:</b> " +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1039 +msgid "In general, it is not recommended to combine font module user mode with other font setting. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1040 +msgid "Nevertheless, setting in <tt>~/.config/fontconfig/fonts.conf</tt> should always have precendence before arbitrary font module setting.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1042 +msgid "<p>Help for <i>Presets</i> button and for the current tab follows.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1043 +msgid "<p><b>Presets</b> button serves a possibility to choose predefined profiles: <ul>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1045 +msgid "<li><b>%{name}: </b>%{help}</li>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1050 +msgid "Every single menu item there just fills appropriate setting in all tabs. That setting can be later arbitrarily customized in depth by respective individual fields of corresponding tabs.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1056 +msgid "<h2>Match Preview Tab</h2>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1057 +msgid "<p>In this paragraph, <i>current setting</i> means setting of the system plus changes made in currently running fonts module.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1059 +msgid "<p>Matches to system generic aliases can be seen in this initial tab. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1060 +msgid "In other words, for every alias (%s) you can see family name, which resolves to given alias according to <i>current setting.</i></p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1063 +msgid "<p>In adition to that, graphical mode allows to display font specimen of the matched font rendered (again) taking <i>current setting</i> into account. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1066 +msgid "In the corresponding combo box, script coverage of matched font can be seen and specimen string for given script can be chosen.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1068 +msgid "<p>At the bottom, there are crucial rendering options duplicated from Rendered Details Tab, which can be used to see changes in the rendering on the fly.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1074 +msgid "

Rendering Details Tab</h2>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1075 +msgid "<p>This tab controls <b>how</b> fonts are rendered. It allows you to amend font rendering algorithms to be used and change their options.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1078 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>" +msgid "<h3>Antialiasing</h3>" +msgstr "<h3>Configurações de login</h3>" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1079 +msgid "<p>By default, all outline fonts are smoothed by method called <i>antialiasing.</i>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1081 +msgid " Black and white rendering can be forced for all fonts or for monospaced only.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1083 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1097 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1118 +msgid "<p>See: %s<p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1087 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>" +msgid "<h3>Hinting</h3>" +msgstr "<h3>Configurações de login</h3>" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1088 +msgid "<p>Hinting instructions helps rasterizer to fit glyphs stems to the grid.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1090 +msgid "<p>In the default setting, FreeType's autohinter can be used depending on font type and quality of own instructions. Use of autohinter can be forced by <b>Force Autohinting On</b> option.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1094 +msgid "<p>For each hinting algorithm, hint style (hinting level) is chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1095 +msgid " It is possible to set hint style globally by <b>Force Hint Style</b> option.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1101 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<h3>Edit BDB Database</h3>" +msgid "<h3>Embedded Bitmaps</h3>" +msgstr "<h3>Editar banco de dados BDB</h3>" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1102 +msgid "<p>Some outline fonts contain so called bitmap strikes, i. e. bitmap version of given font for certain sizes. In this section it can be turned off entirely, on only for fonts which cover specified languages, or on for every font." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<h3>TLS Settings</h3>" +msgid "<h3>Subpixel Rendering</h3>" +msgstr "<h3>Configurações TLS</h3>" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1110 +msgid "<p>Subpixel rendering multiples resolution in one direction by using colour primaries (subpixels) of an LCD display.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1112 +msgid "<p>Choose LCD filter, which should be used, and subpixel layout corresponding to display and its rotation.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1114 +msgid "<p>Note, that due to patent reasons, FreeType has subpixel rendering turned off by default." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1116 +msgid " Without FreeType's subpixel rendering support compiled in, setting in this section has no effect.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1122 +msgid "<h2>Prefered Families Tab</h2>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1123 +msgid "<p>This tab controls <b>which</b> fonts are rendered.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1124 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<h3>Users</h3>" +msgid "<h3>Preference Lists</h3>" +msgstr "<h3>Usuários</h3>" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1125 +msgid "<p>Here, Family Preference Lists (FPL) for generic aliases (%s) can be defined." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1127 +msgid " These are sorted lists of family names, with most prefered family first." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1129 +msgid " There is default (system-wide) FPL yet defined for each generic alias." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1130 +msgid " FPLs defined in this dialog will be prepended to them.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1131 +msgid "<p>System will look for the first <b>installed</b> family in the list, other query elements taking into account of course. Available font packages for SUSE distributions can be browsed and installed from <b>fontinfo.opensuse.org.</b></p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1138 +msgid "<h3>Forcing Family Preferences</h3>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1139 +msgid "<p>In some circumstances, FPLs defined in this dialog are not taken into account. Following two options strenghten their role.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1142 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<h4>Import Certificate</h4>" +msgid "<h4>Search Metric Compatible</h4>" +msgstr "<h4>Importar certificado</h4>" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1143 +msgid "<p>Two fonts are metric compatible, when all corresponding letters are of the same size. That implies, document displayed using these fonts has the same same size too, same line wraps etc.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1146 +msgid "<p>Via default setting, system substitutes metric compatible fonts preferably, and FPLs defined in this dialog can be circumvented by this rule.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1148 +msgid "<p>Where metric compatibility does not matter, this option can be unchecked.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1149 +msgid "<h4>Never use other fonts</h4>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1150 +msgid "<p>When checked, this option introduces very strong position for here defined preference lists. It pushes families from there before document or GUI requests, if they cover required charset.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. delete families, that are part of list for some alias +#: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:57 +msgid "&Filter" +msgstr "&Filtro" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:61 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installed Size" +msgid "Installed Families" +msgstr "Tamanho instalado" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Export Format" +msgid "Font Format" +msgstr "Formato de exportação" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Script Name" +msgid "Script Coverages" +msgstr "Nome de script" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:65 src/lib/fonts/select-ebl-dialog.rb:242 +msgid "&Cancel" +msgstr "&Cancelar" + +#: src/lib/fonts/rich-text-dialog.rb:24 src/lib/fonts/select-ebl-dialog.rb:243 +msgid "&Ok" +msgstr "&Ok" + +#. save unknown langs +#: src/lib/fonts/select-ebl-dialog.rb:240 +msgid "&Languages" +msgstr "&Idiomas" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/ftp-server.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/ftp-server.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/ftp-server.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ftp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-07-06 21:00-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Isis Binder \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" @@ -1996,21 +1996,21 @@ msgstr "Não foi possível criar diretório de upload para conexões anônimas." #. anonymous dir -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1074 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1079 msgid "<p><ul><i>FTP daemon is not configured.</i></ul></p>" msgstr "<p><ul><i>O daemon do FTP não está configurado.</i></ul></p>" #. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1084 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1089 msgid "FTP daemon" msgstr "Daemon do FTP" #. Translators: Summary head, if something configured -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1089 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1094 msgid "FTP daemon %1" msgstr "Daemon do FTP %1" -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1093 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1098 msgid "These options will be configured" msgstr "Estas opções serão configuradas." Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/geo-cluster.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/geo-cluster.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/geo-cluster.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 10:47-0200\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" @@ -65,10 +65,10 @@ #. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:416 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:689 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:465 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:814 #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:140 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141 msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration" msgstr "Configuração do Geo Cluster" @@ -121,17 +121,17 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:804 msgid "Add" msgstr "Adicionar" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:680 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:805 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Editar" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:681 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Remover" @@ -139,183 +139,249 @@ msgid "site" msgstr "site" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:94 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:186 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235 msgid "ticket" msgstr "ticket" -#. return `cacel or a string #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:205 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Authentication" +msgid "Authentification" +msgstr "Autenticação" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:156 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cancel" +msgid "Ca&ncel" +msgstr "Cancelar" + +#. return `cancel or a string +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:157 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:177 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254 msgid "OK" msgstr "OK" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:107 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:129 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:206 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:122 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable &GSS Security" +msgid "Enable Security Auth" +msgstr "Habilitar segurança &GSS" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Authentication Key" +msgid "Authentification file" +msgstr "Chave de autenticação" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132 +msgid "A relative path will be saved in /etc/booth, or using absolute path directly." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137 +msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 +msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other node manually." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:146 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Authentication Key" +msgid "Generate Authentification Key File" +msgstr "Chave de autenticação" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:154 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Basics" +msgid "Basic" +msgstr "&Básico" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:255 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Cancelar" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:143 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Please enter a password" msgid "Please enter a valid ip address" msgstr "Por favor, digite uma senha" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:184 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233 msgid "Enter ticket and timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:190 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 msgid "timeout" msgstr "tempo de espera" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "retries" msgstr "tentativas" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:194 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243 msgid "weights" msgstr "pesos" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:196 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Expired" msgid "expire" msgstr "Expirar" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:198 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Required patterns" msgid "acquire-after" msgstr "Padrões obrigatórios" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:200 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249 msgid "before-acquire-handler" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:237 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:286 #, fuzzy #| msgid "' is not valid." msgid "timeout is invalid" msgstr "' não é válido." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:288 #, fuzzy #| msgid "' is not valid." msgid "expire is invalid" msgstr "' não é válido." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:290 #, fuzzy #| msgid "URL entered is not valid" msgid "acquireafter is invalid" msgstr "O URL informado não é válido." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:292 #, fuzzy #| msgid "URL entered is not valid" msgid "retries is invalid" msgstr "O URL informado não é válido." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:294 msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:296 #, fuzzy #| msgid "' is not valid." msgid "weights is invalid" msgstr "' não é válido." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:298 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Port field cannot be empty" msgid "ticket can not be empty" msgstr "O campo da porta não pode estar vazio" #. fill confs with global_files -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:358 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:407 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 msgid "Firewall Configuration" msgstr "Configuração do firewall" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:494 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Local IP address of your machine" msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator" msgstr "Endereço IP &Local da sua máquina" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:505 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:565 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Local IP address of your machine" msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator" msgstr "Endereço IP &Local da sua máquina" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:521 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:581 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Local IP address of your machine" msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" msgstr "Endereço IP &Local da sua máquina" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:532 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:592 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Local IP address of your machine" msgid "Edit IP address of your site" msgstr "Endereço IP &Local da sua máquina" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:614 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The target already exists" msgid "Ticket name already exist!" msgstr "O destino já existe" -#. abort? -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:600 +#. Validation check before switch to authentification +#. Still fall to :authentification or :ok +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:646 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty." msgid "Configuration name can not be empty." msgstr "O nome da configuração não pode estar vazio." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:603 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:649 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty." msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." msgstr "O nome da configuração não pode estar vazio." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:610 +#. "5405d4" will show like "5405" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:657 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Key is invalid." msgid "port is invalid!" msgstr "A chave é inválida." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:616 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:663 msgid "transport have to be filled!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:621 +#. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == "" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Software to be installed:" msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!" msgstr "Softwares a serem instalados:" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:626 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Software to be installed:" msgid "site have to be filled!" msgstr "Softwares a serem instalados:" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:631 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Software to be installed:" msgid "ticket have to be filled!" msgstr "Softwares a serem instalados:" +#. Validation check before switch to basic +#. Still fall to :basic or :ok +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:733 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to create the installation RAM disk." +msgid "Failed to create authentification file " +msgstr "Falha ao criar o disco RAM de instalação." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:736 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set the authentication for proxy" +msgid "Succeed to created authentification file " +msgstr "Configurar a autenticação do proxy" + #. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:670 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:795 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Host Configuration Summary:" msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" @@ -323,26 +389,33 @@ #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:676 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:801 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read configuration file" msgid "Choose configuration file:" msgstr "Ler o arquivo de configuração" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Autoinstallation - Configuration" +msgid "Authentification Configuration" +msgstr "Instalação automática - configuração" + #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:142 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:143 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inicializando..." -#. Not necessary to use remove_list_quote? -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:224 +#. SCR won't write authfile when empty("") +#. Convert relative path to absolute path +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:235 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot write general settings." msgid "Cannot write global conf settings." msgstr "Não foi possível salvar as configurações gerais." #. List like site -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:242 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:253 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot write general settings." msgid "Cannot write global settings." @@ -350,80 +423,80 @@ #. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth #. Create a ticket item -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:266 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:277 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot write general settings." msgid "Cannot write global ticket settings." msgstr "Não foi possível salvar as configurações gerais." #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:273 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:284 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing Security Configuration" msgid "Initializing Geo Cluster Configuration" msgstr "Inicializando a configuração de segurança" -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289 -msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" -msgstr "Ler as configurações do SuSEFirewall" - #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. TODO FIXME Names of real stages #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Ler as configurações anteriores" +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:300 +msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" +msgstr "Ler as configurações do SuSEFirewall" + #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:288 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:299 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "Lendo as configurações anteriores..." #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:290 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:358 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:301 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:369 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Concluído" #. GeoCluster write dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:332 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:343 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving Repository Configuration" msgid "Saving Geo Cluster Configuration" msgstr "Salvando a Configuração do Repositório" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:348 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:359 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Salvar as configurações" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:350 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:361 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "Salvar as configurações do SuSEFirewall" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:354 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:365 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Salvando as configurações..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:356 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:367 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "Salvando as configurações do SuSEFirewall..." #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. Error message -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:379 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:390 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Não foi possível salvar as configurações." #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:440 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:451 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Resumo da configuração..." Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/gtk.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/gtk.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/gtk.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-14 18:56-0200\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/http-server.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/http-server.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/http-server.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: http-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-20 21:55-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" @@ -156,10 +156,10 @@ #. string status = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 2, _("Enabled") ); #. string name = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 1, nil ); #: src/clients/http-server.rb:350 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:357 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3068 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3091 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3138 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3147 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3150 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3154 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3183 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3066 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3089 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3136 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3145 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3148 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3152 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3181 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Habilitado" @@ -167,8 +167,8 @@ #. translators: service status radio button label #. translators: server module status #: src/clients/http-server.rb:352 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:355 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3070 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3148 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3170 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3068 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3146 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3168 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Desabilitado" @@ -179,9 +179,9 @@ #. translators: server module status unknown #. list of all installed modules #: src/clients/http-server.rb:353 src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:167 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3041 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3051 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3052 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3061 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3210 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3039 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3049 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3050 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3059 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3208 msgid "unknown" msgstr "desconhecido" @@ -725,9 +725,9 @@ #. translators: all network addresses Listen type #. translators: all network addresses Listen type #: src/include/http-server/routines.rb:59 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2397 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2399 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2413 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2417 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3297 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3302 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2395 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2397 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2411 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2415 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3295 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3300 msgid "All Addresses" msgstr "Todos os endereços" @@ -781,37 +781,37 @@ msgstr "Inicializando..." #. HttpServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:116 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:131 msgid "Initializing HTTP Server Configuration" msgstr "Inicializando a configuração do servidor HTTP" #. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:127 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:142 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "Verificar o ambiente" #. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:129 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:144 msgid "Read Apache2 configuration" msgstr "Ler a configuração do Apache2" #. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:131 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:146 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "Ler a configuração da rede" #. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:135 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:150 msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "Verificando o ambiente..." #. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:137 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:152 msgid "Reading Apache2 configuration..." msgstr "Lendo a configuração do Apache2..." #. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:139 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:154 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "Lendo a configuração da rede..." @@ -820,23 +820,23 @@ #. translators: progress step #. translators: progress finished #. translators: progress finished -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:141 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:367 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:408 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:489 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:156 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:388 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:429 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:510 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Concluído" #. notification about package needed 1/2 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:170 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:185 msgid "<p>To configure the HTTP server, the <b>%1</b> packages must be installed.</p>" msgstr "<p>Para configurar o servidor HTTP, os pacotes <b>%1</b>devem ser instalados.</p>" #. notification about package needed 2/2 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:174 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:189 msgid "<p>Do you want to install it now?</p>" msgstr "<p>Você quer instalá-lo agora?</p>" #. translators: error popup before aborting the module -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:180 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:195 msgid "" "The package %1 is not available.\n" "\n" @@ -852,52 +852,52 @@ #. translators: error message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file #. translators: warning message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:208 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:232 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:223 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:247 msgid "The configuration file '%1' does not exist." msgstr "O arquivo de configuração '%1' não existe." #. off(); -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:264 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:279 msgid "There is no DNS server running on this machine." msgstr "Nenhum servidor DNS em execução nesta máquina." #. HttpServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:381 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:402 msgid "Saving HTTP Server Configuration" msgstr "Salvando a configuração do servidor HTTP" #. translators: progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:392 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:413 msgid "Write the Apache2 settings" msgstr "Salvar as configurações do Apache2" #. translators: progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:395 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:416 msgid "Enable Apache2 service" msgstr "Habilitar o serviço Apache2" #. translators: progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:397 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:418 msgid "Disable Apache2 service" msgstr "Desabilitar o serviço Apache2" #. translators: progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:401 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:422 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Salvando as configurações..." #. translators: progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:404 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:425 msgid "Enabling Apache2 service..." msgstr "Habilitando o serviço Apache2..." #. translators: progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:406 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:427 msgid "Disabling Apache2 service..." msgstr "Desabilitando o serviço Apache2..." #. install required RPMs for modules -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:420 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:441 msgid "" "The enabled modules require\n" "installation of some of these additional packages:\n" @@ -910,17 +910,17 @@ "Instalá-los agora?\n" #. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:529 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:550 msgid "Module description does not have a name specified, ignoring." msgstr "Descrição do módulo não tem um nome especificado, ignorando." #. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:541 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:562 msgid "Unknown change of a module for autoinstallation: %1" msgstr "Alteração desconhecida no módulo de instalação automática: %1" #. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:560 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:581 msgid "" "Default value for module %1 does not match.\n" "This can cause inconsistent module configuration." @@ -929,38 +929,38 @@ "Isso pode causar uma configuração inconsistente do módulo." #. translators: error in autoyast loading the configuration description. -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:575 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:596 msgid "Listen statement without port found." msgstr "Encontrado comando de escuta sem porta." #. "Listen on " information (interfaces, port) -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:678 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:730 msgid "<h3>Listen On</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Escutar em</h3>" #. "Default host" information -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:698 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:750 msgid "<h3>Default Host</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Host padrão</h3>" #. translators: assiciation server name with document root #. translators: assiciation server name with document root -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:717 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:747 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:769 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:799 msgid " in " msgstr " em " #. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disabled #. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disable -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:722 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:751 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:774 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:803 msgid "enabled" msgstr "habilitado" -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:722 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:751 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:774 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:803 msgid "disabled" msgstr "desabilitado" #. the same information as in default host but for other virtual hosts -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:726 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:778 msgid "<h3>Virtual Hosts</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Hosts virtuais</h3>" @@ -1074,7 +1074,7 @@ #. translators: multi selection box #. translators: multi selection box -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:572 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3476 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:572 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3474 msgid "&Listen on Interfaces" msgstr "E&scutar nas interfaces" @@ -1281,24 +1281,24 @@ msgid "Administrator E-Mail cannot be empty." msgstr "O e-mail do administrador não pode estar vazio." -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1710 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1709 msgid "All addresses (*)" msgstr "Todos os endereços (*)" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1715 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1714 msgid "IP Addresses" msgstr "Endereços IP" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1717 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1716 msgid "ServerName" msgstr "Nome do servidor" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1804 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1803 msgid "Name for VirtualHost ID cannot be empty." msgstr "O nome para o ID do host virtual não pode estar vazio." #. regexp matches '*' and '*:80' -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1819 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1818 msgid "" "To use name-based virtual hosting,\n" "you must designate the IP address on the server\n" @@ -1310,61 +1310,61 @@ "que aceitará requisições para os hosts.\n" "É aceitável também * para todos os endereços e *:porta." -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1855 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1854 msgid "Master Zone %1" msgstr "Zona mestre %1" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1873 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1872 msgid "Record %1 already exists in zone %2." msgstr "O registro %1 já existe na zona %2." -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1881 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1926 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1880 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1925 msgid "DNS Settings" msgstr "Configurações de DNS" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1885 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1884 msgid "Add to Zone" msgstr "Adicionar à zona" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1930 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1929 msgid "Zone Name" msgstr "Nome da zona" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1931 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1930 msgid "Create New Zone" msgstr "Criar nova zona" #. disable using SSL for name-based virtual host -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2022 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2021 msgid "CGI Directory" msgstr "Diretório CGI" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2029 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2028 msgid "Choose Certificate File" msgstr "Escolha o arquivo de certificado" #. translators: error popup -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2040 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2039 msgid "Enter the certificate file." msgstr "Informe o arquivo de certificado." -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2046 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2045 msgid "Choose Certificate Key File" msgstr "Escolha o arquivo de chave do certificado" #. translators: error popup -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2058 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2057 msgid "Enter the key file." msgstr "Informe o arquivo de chave." #. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate #. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2194 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2232 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2192 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2230 msgid "Select Certificate" msgstr "Selecionar certificado" #. translators: error message un failed certificate import -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2224 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2222 msgid "" "Cannot import certificate\n" "%1" @@ -1373,61 +1373,61 @@ "%1" #. translators: combo box label for list of configured IPs -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2431 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2429 msgid "Network &Address:" msgstr "E&ndereço de rede:" #. translators: error message when validating Listen statement #. translators: popup error -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2476 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3444 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2474 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3442 msgid "Invalid port number." msgstr "Número de porta inválido." #. translators: table entry text for name-based vhosts -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2942 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2940 msgid "Resolution via HTTP Headers" msgstr "Resolução via cabeçalhos HTTP" #. translators: table entry text for IP-based vhosts -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2945 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2943 msgid "Resolution via IP Address Used" msgstr "Resolução via endereço IP usado" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3109 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3107 msgid "Modules dependency problem" msgstr "Problema de dependência de módulos" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3111 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3109 msgid "requires" msgstr "requer" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3113 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3111 msgid "Enable required module or disable first one." msgstr "Habilite o módulo necessário ou desabilite o primeiro." #. translators: combo box for selsect module from installed unknown modules -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3223 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3221 msgid "New Module &Name:" msgstr "&Nome do novo módulo:" #. translators: error message -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3241 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3239 msgid "A name for the module to add is required." msgstr "Um nome para o módulo a ser adicionado é requerido." #. translators: error message -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3244 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3242 msgid "The module is already in the list." msgstr "O módulo já está na lista." #. FIXME: CreateListen error reporting #. translators: error message for adding a new Listen statement -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3307 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3305 msgid "The entry '%1' already exists." msgstr "A entrada '%1' já existe." #. translators: error message -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3328 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3326 msgid "" "The list of the ports to which the server should\n" "listen cannot be empty." @@ -1436,84 +1436,84 @@ "não pode estar vazia." #. translators: popup error - multi selection box with server network adresses -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3495 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3493 msgid "At least one interface must be selected." msgstr "No mínimo uma interface deve ser selecionada." #. translators: checkbox - support for php script language -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3522 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3520 msgid "Enable &PHP5 Scripting" msgstr "Habilitar a programação &PHP5" #. translators: checkbox - support for perl script language -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3530 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3528 msgid "Enable P&erl Scripting" msgstr "Habilitar a programação P&erl" #. translators: checkbox - support for python script language -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3538 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3536 msgid "Enable P&ython Scripting" msgstr "Habilitar a programação P&ython" #. illegal keys in vhost -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:679 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:762 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:670 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:753 #, perl-format msgid "Illegal key in virtual host '%s'." msgstr "Chave ilegal no host virtual '%s'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:748 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:739 #, perl-format msgid "Internal Error: Data must be an array ref and not %s." msgstr "Erro interno: O dado deve ser um array ref e não %s." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:773 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:764 msgid "Illegal host ID." msgstr "ID de host ilegal." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:795 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:786 msgid "hostid already exists" msgstr "O ID do host já existe" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:834 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:825 msgid "can not delete default host" msgstr "Não foi possível remover o host padrão" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:855 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:846 msgid "hostid not found" msgstr "ID de host não encontrado" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1270 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1261 msgid "illegal port" msgstr "Porta ilegal" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1287 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1278 msgid "writing the firewall rules failed" msgstr "Falha ao salvar as regras do firewall" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1334 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1325 msgid "listen value to delete not found" msgstr "O valor de escuta para remover não foi encontrado" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1587 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1635 -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1680 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1763 -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1807 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1578 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1626 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1671 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1754 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1798 msgid "Unable to fetch a host with the specified ID." msgstr "Não foi possível buscar o host com o ID especificado." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1596 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1643 -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1690 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1587 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1634 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1681 msgid "Corrupt PEM data." msgstr "Dado PEM corrompido." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1770 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1761 msgid "No certificate key file configured for this host ID." msgstr "Nenhum arquivo de chave de certificado configurado para este ID de host." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1779 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1770 msgid "Parsing the key file failed." msgstr "Falha na análise do arquivo de chave." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1812 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1803 msgid "No CA certificate file configured for this host ID." msgstr "Nenhum arquivo de certificado CA configurado para este ID de host." @@ -1521,223 +1521,223 @@ msgid "Provides access control based on client host name, IP address, etc." msgstr "Fornece controle de acesso baseado em nome de máquina cliente, endereço IP, etc." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:23 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:21 msgid "Executing CGI scripts based on media type or request method" msgstr "Executando scripts CGI baseados no tipo de mídia ou método requerido" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:32 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:30 msgid "Mapping different parts of the host file system in the document tree and for URL redirection" msgstr "Mapeando diferentes partes do sistema de arquivos da máquina na árvore de documentos e para redirecionamento de URL" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:47 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:45 msgid "Basic authentication" msgstr "Autenticação básica" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:56 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:54 msgid "User authentication using text files" msgstr "Autenticação de usuário usando arquivos texto" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:64 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:62 msgid "User Authorization" msgstr "Autorização de usuário" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:72 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:70 msgid "Group authorization using plaintext files" msgstr "Autorização de grupo utilizando arquivo de texto" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:81 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:79 msgid "User authentication using DBM files" msgstr "Autenticação de usuário usando arquivos DBM" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:96 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:94 msgid "Generates directory indices, automatically, similar to the Unix ls command" msgstr "Gera índices de diretório, automaticamente, similares ao comando ls do Unix" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:117 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:115 msgid "Execution of CGI scripts" msgstr "Execução de scripts CGI" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:127 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:125 msgid "Provides for trailing slash redirects and serving directory index files" msgstr "Fornece arquivos de índice para redirecionamentos \"trailing slash\" e diretório de serviços" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:136 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:134 msgid "Modifies the environment passed to CGI scripts and SSI pages" msgstr "Alterar o ambiente passado para scripts CGI e páginas SSI" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:146 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:144 msgid "Generation of Expires HTTP headers according to user-specified criteria" msgstr "Geração de cabeçalhos 'Expires HTTP' de acordo com critério especificado pelo usuário" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:161 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:159 msgid "Server-parsed HTML documents (Server Side Includes)" msgstr "Documento HTML analisado pelo servidor (Server Side Includes)" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:175 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:173 msgid "Logging of the requests made to the server" msgstr "Log de pedidos feitos ao servidor" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:187 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:185 msgid "Associates the requested file name's extensions with the file's behavior and content" msgstr "Associa a extensão do nome de arquivo requisitado com o comportamento do arquivo e conteúdo" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:212 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:210 msgid "Provides for content negotiation" msgstr "Fornece negociação de conteúdo" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:222 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:220 msgid "Allows the setting of environment variables based on characteristics of the request" msgstr "Permite configuração de variáveis de ambiente baseadas em características da requisição" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:233 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:231 msgid "Provides information about server activity and performance" msgstr "Fornece informações sobre a atividade e desempenho do servidor" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:241 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:239 msgid "Allows CGI scripts to run as a specified user and group" msgstr "Permite execução aos scripts CGI como um usuário e grupo especificado" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:252 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:250 msgid "User-specific directories" msgstr "Diretórios específicos do usuário" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:260 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:258 msgid "Sends files that contain their own HTTP headers" msgstr "Envia arquivos que contêm seus próprios cabeçalhos HTTP" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:266 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:264 msgid "Allows \"anonymous\" user access to authenticated areas" msgstr "Permite acesso a áreas autenticadas para usuários \"anônimos\"" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:287 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:285 msgid "User authentication using MD5 Digest Authentication" msgstr "Autenticação de usuário usando autenticação MD5 Digest" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:302 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:300 msgid "Allows an LDAP directory to be used to store the database for HTTP Basic authentication" msgstr "Permite que um diretório LDAP seja usado para armazenar o banco de dados para autenticação básica HTTP" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:320 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:495 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:318 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:493 msgid "Content cache keyed to URIs" msgstr "Cache de conteúdo indexado para URLs" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:337 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:335 msgid "Specify character set translation or recoding" msgstr "Tradução de conjunto de caracteres específicos ou gravação" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:347 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:345 msgid "Distributed Authoring and Versioning (WebDAV) functionality" msgstr "Funcionalidade para distribuição autoria e controle de versão (WebDAV)" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:362 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:360 msgid "File system provider for mod_dav" msgstr "Provedor de sistema de arquivos para mod_dav" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:373 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:371 msgid "Compress content before it is delivered to the client" msgstr "Compressão de conteúdo antes da entrega ao cliente" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:392 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:390 msgid "Content cache storage manager keyed to URIs" msgstr "Gerenciador de cache de armazenamento de conteúdo indexado para URLs" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:405 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:403 msgid "A simple echo server to illustrate protocol modules" msgstr "Servidor de eco simples para ilustrar módulos de protocolo" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:413 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:411 msgid "Pass the response body through an external program before delivery to the client" msgstr "Passa o corpo de resposta através de um programa externo antes da entrega ao cliente" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:426 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:424 msgid "Caches a static list of files in memory" msgstr "Faz cache de lista de arquivos estática na memória" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:436 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:434 msgid "Customization of HTTP request and response headers" msgstr "Personalização de pedidos HTTP e cabeçalhos de resposta" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:449 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:447 msgid "Server-side image map processing" msgstr "Processamento de mapa de imagens no lado servidor" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:460 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:458 msgid "Provides a comprehensive overview of the server configuration" msgstr "Fornece um resumo compreensível da configuração do servidor" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:469 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:467 msgid "LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP modules" msgstr "Pooling da conexão LDAP e serviço de cache de resultados para uso por outros módulos LDAP" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:489 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:487 msgid "Logging of input and output bytes per request" msgstr "Log de bytes de entrada e saída por solicitação" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:509 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:507 msgid "Determines the MIME type of a file by looking at a few bytes of its contents" msgstr "Determina o tipo MIME de um arquivo olhando poucos bytes do conteúdo" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:518 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:516 msgid "HTTP/1.1 proxy/gateway server" msgstr "Servidor HTTP/1.1 proxy/gateway" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:566 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:564 msgid "AJP support module for mod_proxy" msgstr "Módulo de suporte AJP para mod_proxy" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:573 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:571 msgid "mod_proxy extension for CONNECT request handling" msgstr "extensão mod_proxy para lidar com requisições CONNECT" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:580 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:578 msgid "FTP support module for mod_proxy" msgstr "Módulo de suporte FTP para mod_proxy" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:586 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:584 msgid "HTTP support module for mod_proxy" msgstr "Módulo de suporte HTTP para mod_proxy" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:592 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:590 msgid "Provides a rule-based rewriting engine to rewrite requested URLs on the fly" msgstr "Fornece um mecanismo de regravação baseado em regras para regravar URLs requisitados em tempo de execução" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:619 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:617 msgid "Attempts to correct mistaken URLs that users might have entered" msgstr "Tenta corrigir URLs errados que usuários podem ter informado" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:628 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:626 msgid "Strong cryptography using the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocols" msgstr "Criptografia forte usando protocolos SSL (Secure Sockets Layer) e TLS (Transpor Layer Security)" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:668 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:666 msgid "Provides an environment variable with a unique identifier for each request" msgstr "Fornece uma variável de ambiente com um identificador único para cada requisição" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:674 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:672 msgid "Clickstream logging of user activity on a site" msgstr "Log 'clickstream' para atividade do usuário em um site" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:694 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:692 msgid "Provides support for dynamically configured mass virtual hosting" msgstr "Fornece suporte para armazenamento virtual em massa configurado dinamicamente" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:711 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:709 msgid "Provides support for PHP5 dynamically generated pages" msgstr "Fornece suporte para páginas PHP5 geradas dinamicamente" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:717 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:715 msgid "Provides support for Perl dynamically generated pages" msgstr "Fornece suporte para páginas Perl geradas dinamicamente" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:723 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:721 msgid "Provides support for Python dynamically generated pages" msgstr "Fornece suporte para páginas Python geradas dinamicamente" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:729 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:727 msgid "Provides support for AppArmor subprocess confinement within apache" msgstr "Fornece suporte para confinamento de subprocessos AppArmor ao Apache" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:735 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:742 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:733 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:740 msgid "Provides support for subversion" msgstr "Fornece suporte ao subversion" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/inetd.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/inetd.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/inetd.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: inetd\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-20 21:55-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/installation.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/installation.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/installation.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -15,223 +15,441 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation.pt_BR\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-07 09:39+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-02-19 08:39-0200\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" "X-Poedit-Language: Portuguese\n" "X-Poedit-Country: BRAZIL\n" "X-Poedit-SourceCharset: utf-8\n" +#. help for the dialog - busy message +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:52 +msgid "<p>Initializing the installation...</p>" +msgstr "<p>Inicializando a instalação...</p>" + +#. dialog content - busy message +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:57 +msgid "Preparing the 1st system configuration..." +msgstr "Preparando a 1ª configuração do sistema..." + +#. help for the dialog - busy message +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:59 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48 +msgid "<p>Please wait...</p>" +msgstr "<p>Por favor, aguarde...</p>" + +#. dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: progress message +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:154 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "Inicializando..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:77 +msgid "" +"No installation control file has been found,\n" +"the installer cannot continue." +msgstr "" +"Nenhum arquivo de controle de instalação foi encontrado,\n" +"o instalador não pode continuar." + +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message #. progress step title -#: src/clients/clone_finish.rb:47 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:112 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:73 +msgid "Writing YaST configuration..." +msgstr "Salvando a configuração do YaST..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#. Dialog busy message +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:126 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:267 +msgid "Finishing the installation..." +msgstr "Concluindo a instalação..." + +#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in +#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact. +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:174 +msgid "" +"Your computer does not fulfill all requirements for\n" +"a graphical installation. There is either less than %1 MB\n" +"memory or the X server could not be started.\n" +"\n" +"As fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n" +"through the installation. This front-end offers the\n" +"same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n" +"differ from those in the manual.\n" +msgstr "" +"Seu computador não atende a todos os requisitos para\n" +"uma instalação gráfica. Você tem menos de %1 MB\n" +"de memória ou o servidor X não pôde ser iniciado.\n" +"\n" +"O diálogo em modo texto do YaST2 vai guiá-lo\n" +"na instalação. Este diálogo vai oferecer a mesma\n" +"funcionalidade do diálogo gráfico, mas as telas\n" +"serão um pouco diferentes daquelas do manual.\n" + +#. The script YaST2 wants to inform about a problem with the +#. option no_x11 but it's broken. +#. else if (Installation::no_x11 ()) +#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in +#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact. +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:193 +msgid "" +"The graphical interface could not be started.\n" +"\n" +"Either the required packages were not installed (minimal installation) \n" +"or the graphics card is not properly supported.\n" +"\n" +"As fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n" +"through the installation. This front-end offers the\n" +"same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n" +"differ from those in the manual.\n" +msgstr "" +"A interface gráfica não pôde ser iniciada.\n" +"\n" +"Os pacotes necessários não foram instalados (instalação mínima) \n" +"ou a placa de vídeo não é suportada de maneira adequada.\n" +"\n" +"O diálogo em modo texto do YaST2 vai guiá-lo\n" +"na instalação. Este diálogo vai oferecer a mesma\n" +"funcionalidade do diálogo gráfico, mas as telas\n" +"serão um pouco diferentes daquelas do manual.\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:277 +msgid "Start service %1" +msgstr "Iniciar o serviço %1" + +#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:282 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_restore_settings.rb:47 +msgid "Starting service %1..." +msgstr "Iniciando o serviço %1..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:297 +msgid "Adjusting Network Settings" +msgstr "Ajustando as configurações de rede" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:303 +msgid "Network settings are being adjusted." +msgstr "As configurações de rede estão sendo ajustadas." + +#. popup question (#x1) +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:356 +msgid "" +"The previous installation has failed.\n" +"Would you like it to continue?\n" +"\n" +"Note: You may have to enter some information again." +msgstr "" +"Falha na instalação anterior.\n" +"Deseja continuar?\n" +" \n" +"Nota: poderá ser preciso digitar algumas informações novamente." + +#. popup question (#x1) +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:364 +msgid "" +"The previous installation has been aborted.\n" +"Would you like it to continue?\n" +"\n" +"Note: You may have to enter some information again." +msgstr "" +"A instalação anterior foi cancelada.\n" +"Deseja continuar?\n" +" \n" +"Nota: poderá ser preciso digitar algumas informações novamente." + +#. popup headline (#x1) +#. TRANSLATORS: starting the installation process +#. dialog cotent (progress information) +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:378 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:60 +msgid "Starting Installation..." +msgstr "Iniciando a instalação..." + +#. Heading for confirmation popup before the installation really starts +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:167 +msgid "Confirm Installation" +msgstr "Confirmar a instalação" + +#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 1/3 +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:170 +msgid "<p>Information required for the base installation is now complete.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Todas as informações necessárias para instalação básica estão completas.</p>" + +#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:182 +msgid "" +"<p>If you continue now, <b>existing\n" +"partitions</b> on your hard disk will be <b>deleted</b> or <b>formatted</b>\n" +"(<b>erasing any existing data</b> in those partitions) according to the\n" +"installation settings in the previous dialogs.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>Se você continuar agora, as <b>partições existentes</b>\n" +"no disco rígido serão <b>removidas</b> ou <b>formatadas</b>\n" +"(<b>apagando quaisquer dados existentes</b> nessas partições) \n" +"de acordo com as configurações de instalação dos diálogos anteriores.</p>" + +#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:193 +msgid "" +"<p>If you continue now, partitions on your\n" +"hard disk will be modified according to the installation settings in the\n" +"previous dialogs.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>Se você continuar agora, as partições no seu disco\n" +"rígido serão alteradas de acordo com as configurações\n" +"de instalação dos diálogos anteriores.</p>" + +#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 3/3 +#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 +#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:204 src/include/installation/misc.rb:222 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136 +msgid "<p>Go back and check the settings if you are unsure.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Volte e verifique as configurações se você não tem certeza.</p>" + +#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts +#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:210 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:124 +msgid "Confirm Update" +msgstr "Confirmar a atualização" + +#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 +#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:128 +msgid "<p>Information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Todas as informações necessárias para fazer a atualização estão completas.</p>" + +#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 +#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:216 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:130 +msgid "" +"\n" +"<p>If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n" +"according to the settings in the previous dialogs.</p>" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<p>Se você continuar agora, os dados no disco rígido serão regravados\n" +"de acordo com as configurações dos diálogos anteriores.</p>" + +#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation +#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:139 +msgid "Start &Update" +msgstr "Iniciar a at&ualização" + +#. this is a heading +#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:66 +msgid "Blacklist Devices" +msgstr "Lista negra de dispositivos" + +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:68 +msgid "B&lacklist Devices" +msgstr "Lista &negra de dispositivos" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:87 +msgid "Blacklist devices enabled (disable</a>)." +msgstr "Lista negra de dispositivos habilitada (desabilitar</a>)." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:93 +msgid "Blacklist devices disabled (enable</a>)." +msgstr "Lista negra de dispositivos desabilitada (habilitar</a>)." + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:102 +msgid "<p>Use <b>Blacklist devices</b> if you want to create blacklist channels to such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Use <b>Lista negra de dispositivos</b> se você quiser criar canais de lista negra para aqueles dispositivos que irão reduzir o consumo de memória do kernel.</p>" + +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:157 +msgid "Blacklisting Devices..." +msgstr "Colocando os dispositivos na lista negra..." + +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_finish.rb:43 msgid "Generating AutoYaST profile if needed..." msgstr "Gerando o perfil AutoYaST se necessário..." #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39 msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST " -"profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " -"interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this " -"option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>" -"/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>" +"<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Use <b>Clonar configuração do sistema</b> se você quiser criar um perfil " -"do AutoYaST.\n" -"O AutoYaST é um modo de fazer uma instalação completa do openSUSE sem a " -"interação do\n" -"usuário. O AutoYaST necessita de um perfil para saber como o sistema " -"instalado deverá parecer.\n" -"Se esta opção for selecionada, será armazenado um perfil do sistema atual em " -"<tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>" +"<p>Use <b>Clonar configuração do sistema</b> se você quiser criar um perfil do AutoYaST.\n" +"O AutoYaST é um modo de fazer uma instalação completa do openSUSE sem a interação do\n" +"usuário. O AutoYaST necessita de um perfil para saber como o sistema instalado deverá parecer.\n" +"Se esta opção for selecionada, será armazenado um perfil do sistema atual em <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>" -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60 msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?" -msgstr "" -"Gravar o perfil do AutoYaST em /root/autoinst.xmlat no final da instalação?" +msgstr "Gravar o perfil do AutoYaST em /root/autoinst.xmlat no final da instalação?" #. this is a heading -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:71 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:71 msgid "Clone System Configuration" msgstr "Clonar configuração do sistema" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:73 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:73 msgid "&Clone System Configuration" msgstr "&Clonar configuração do sistema" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101 -msgid "" -"The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (" -"do not write it</a>)." -msgstr "" -"O perfil do AutoYaST será gravado em /root/autoinst.xml (não " -"gravá-lo</a>)." +#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101 +msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (do not write it</a>)." +msgstr "O perfil do AutoYaST será gravado em /root/autoinst.xml (não gravá-lo</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:110 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:110 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (write it</a>)." msgstr "O perfil do AutoYaST não será salvo (gravá-lo</a>)." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "Copiando os arquivos para o sistema instalado..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/copy_logs_finish.rb:67 -msgid "Copying log files to installed system..." -msgstr "Copiando os arquivos de log para o sistema instalado..." - -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/copy_systemfiles_finish.rb:61 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_systemfiles_finish.rb:60 msgid "Copying system files to the installed system..." msgstr "Copiando os arquivos do sistema para o sistema instalado..." #. Create a summary #. return string -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:90 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:90 msgid "Installation from images is: <b>enabled</b>" msgstr "A instalação a partir de imagens está: <b>habilitada</b>" -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:91 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:92 msgid "Installation from images is: <b>disabled</b>" msgstr "A instalação a partir de imagens está: <b>desabilitada</b>" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. this is a heading -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:111 src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:116 -#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:133 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:113 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:118 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:133 msgid "Installation from Images" msgstr "Instalação a partir de imagens" -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:119 -msgid "" -"Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"Aqui você pode escolher usar imagens pré-definidas da Novell para acelerar a " -"instalação RPM." +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:121 +msgid "Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM installation." +msgstr "Aqui você pode escolher usar imagens pré-definidas da Novell para acelerar a instalação RPM." -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:133 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:135 msgid "&Install from Images" msgstr "&Instalar a partir de imagens" -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:142 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:144 msgid "&Do not Install from Images" msgstr "&Não instalar a partir de imagens" -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:153 -msgid "" -"Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation " -"source" -msgstr "" -"Implantação de imagens personalizadas - isso necessita que um URL seja " -"configurado como fonte de instalação" +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:155 +msgid "Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation source" +msgstr "Implantação de imagens personalizadas - isso necessita que um URL seja configurado como fonte de instalação" #. Image name, Image location -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:162 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:164 msgid "Here you can create custom images.\n" msgstr "Aqui você pode criar imagens personalizadas.\n" -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:163 -msgid "" -"You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an " -"image here" -msgstr "" -"Você deve configurar a seleção de software primeiro, antes de você poder " -"criar uma imagem aqui" +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:165 +msgid "You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an image here" +msgstr "Você deve configurar a seleção de software primeiro, antes de você poder criar uma imagem aqui" -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:174 -msgid "" -"Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during " -"installation)" -msgstr "" -"Criar um arquivo de imagem (o AutoYaST irá obtê-lo da localização fornecida " -"durante a instalação)" +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:176 +msgid "Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during installation)" +msgstr "Criar um arquivo de imagem (o AutoYaST irá obtê-lo da localização fornecida durante a instalação)" -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:181 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:183 msgid "Create Image" msgstr "Criar imagem" -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:186 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:188 msgid "Where will AutoYaST find the image? (e.g. http://host/)" msgstr "Onde o AutoYaST irá encontrar a imagem? (por ex.: http://maquina/)" -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:198 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:200 msgid "What is the name of the image? (e.g. my_image)" msgstr "Qual é o nome da imagem? (por ex.: minha_imagem)" -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:211 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:213 msgid "Create ISO (image and autoinst.xml will be on the media)" msgstr "Criar ISO (a imagem e o autoinst.xml estarão na mídia)" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:227 src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:69 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:229 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:69 msgid "" "<p><b>Installation from Images</b> is used to speed the installation up.\n" "Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\n" -"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in " -"the\n" +"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in the\n" "images will be installed from packages the standard way.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Instalação a partir de imagens</b> é usada para acelerar a instalação.\n" -"As imagens contêm cópias comprimidas de um sistema instalado que correspondem " -"à sua\n" -"seleção de padrões. O resto dos pacotes que não estão nas imagens serão " -"instalados de pacotes\n" +"As imagens contêm cópias comprimidas de um sistema instalado que correspondem à sua\n" +"seleção de padrões. O resto dos pacotes que não estão nas imagens serão instalados de pacotes\n" "da forma tradicional.</p>\n" -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:233 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:235 msgid "" "<p><b>Creating own Images</b> is used if you\n" -"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will " -"dump an\n" -"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured " -"already.\n" -"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal " -"auto-installation.</p>" +"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump an\n" +"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured already.\n" +"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-installation.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Criando as próprias imagens</b> é usado se você quer ignorar\n" "o passo completo da instalação RPM. Ao invés, o AutoYaST irá implantar uma\n" -"imagem no disco rígido que é muito mais rápida e pode já estar " -"pré-configurada.\n" -"Tudo o mais, exceto a instalação dos RPM, é feito da mesma forma que em uma " -"instalação\n" +"imagem no disco rígido que é muito mais rápida e pode já estar pré-configurada.\n" +"Tudo o mais, exceto a instalação dos RPM, é feito da mesma forma que em uma instalação\n" "automática normal.</p>" -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:336 src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:347 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:338 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:349 msgid "you need to do the software selection before creating an image" msgstr "você precisa fazer a seleção de softwares antes de criar a imagem" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76 msgid "" -"<p>Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages " -"originating from the images will\n" +"<p>Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages originating from the images will\n" "not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Note que ao instalar a partir de imagens, as marcas de tempo de todos os " -"pacotes originários das imagens\n" -"não irão coincidir com a data de instalação mas sim com a data que a imagem " -"foi criada.</p>" +"<p>Note que ao instalar a partir de imagens, as marcas de tempo de todos os pacotes originários das imagens\n" +"não irão coincidir com a data de instalação mas sim com a data que a imagem foi criada.</p>" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:80 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:80 msgid "" "<p>Installation from images is disabled by default if the current\n" "pattern selection does not fit any set of images.</p>" @@ -239,12 +457,12 @@ "<p>A instalação a partir de imagens é desabilitado por padrão se a seleção\n" "atual de padrões não corresponder a nenhum conjunto de imagens.</p>" -#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:90 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:90 msgid "Error: Images should not be used for mode: %1." msgstr "Erro: as imagens não devem ser usadas para o modo: %1." #. changed to true -#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:119 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:119 msgid "" "Cannot enable installation from images.\n" "\n" @@ -257,49 +475,45 @@ "armazenadas na mídia de instalação.\n" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:135 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:135 msgid "Installation from &Images" msgstr "Instalação a partir de &imagens" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview -#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:155 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:155 msgid "No installation images are available" msgstr "Nenhuma imagem de instalação está disponível" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:166 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:166 msgid "Installation from images is enabled (disable</a>)." -msgstr "" -"A instalação a partir de imagens está habilitada (desabilitar<" -"/a>)." +msgstr "A instalação a partir de imagens está habilitada (desabilitar</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:181 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:181 msgid "Installation from images is disabled (enable</a>)." -msgstr "" -"A instalação a partir de imagens está desabilitada (habilitar<" -"/a>)." +msgstr "A instalação a partir de imagens está desabilitada (habilitar</a>)." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 msgid "Initializing default window manager..." msgstr "Inicializando o gerenciador de janelas padrão..." #. feedback heading -#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:52 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:51 msgid "Add-on Product Installation" msgstr "Instalação do produto complementar" #. feedback message -#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:54 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:53 msgid "Reading packages available in the repositories..." msgstr "Lendo os pacotes disponíveis nos repositórios..." #. popup error message #. %1 represents the the error message details -#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:110 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:109 msgid "" "An error occurred while connecting to the server.\n" "Details: %1\n" @@ -313,33 +527,33 @@ #. bnc #542792 #. Repository name must be generated from product details -#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:166 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:165 msgid "Updates for %1 %2" msgstr "Atualizações para %1 %2" -#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:173 -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:301 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Produto desconhecido" #. strings for "ask for online update"-popup -#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:71 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:70 msgid "Run Update" msgstr "Executar a atualização" -#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:72 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:71 msgid "Skip Update" msgstr "Ignorar a atualização" -#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:74 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:73 msgid "Online Update" msgstr "Atualização online" -#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:75 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:74 msgid "Run Online Update now?" msgstr "Executar a atualização online agora?" -#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:77 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:76 msgid "" "Select whether to run an online update now.\n" "You may skip this step and run an online update later.\n" @@ -351,43 +565,50 @@ #. Build dialog #. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- #. heading text -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:86 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:65 msgid "Language, Keyboard and License Agreement" msgstr "Idioma, teclado e contrato de licença" #. combo box label #. combobox #. TRANSLATORS: Combo box -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:92 -#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:218 src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:437 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:71 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431 msgid "&Language" msgstr "&Idioma" #. combo box label -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:100 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:79 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "Layout de &teclado" #. bnc #359456 #. TRANSLATORS: check-box -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:112 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:91 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "Eu &aceito os termos da licença." #. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:110 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Keyboard &test:" +msgid "K&eyboard Test" +msgstr "&Teste de teclado:" + #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:137 -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:318 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:119 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:299 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Contrato de licença" #. TRANSLATORS: button label -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:143 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:141 msgid "License &Translations..." msgstr "&Traduções da licença..." #. help text for initial (first time) language screen -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:172 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:153 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be used during\n" @@ -401,22 +622,20 @@ #. help text, continued #. Describes the #ICW_B1 button -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:180 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" -"Use <b>License Translations...</b> to show the license in all available " -"translations.\n" +"Use <b>License Translations...</b> to show the license in all available translations.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "A licença deve ser aceita antes de continuar a instalação.\n" -"Use <b>Traduções da licença...</b> para exibir a licença em todas as " -"traduções disponíveis.\n" +"Use <b>Traduções da licença...</b> para exibir a licença em todas as traduções disponíveis.\n" "</p>\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:187 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:168 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -427,7 +646,7 @@ "</p>\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:193 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:174 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" @@ -440,7 +659,7 @@ "</p>\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:200 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:181 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select <b>Abort</b> to abort the\n" @@ -458,23 +677,23 @@ #. 7 = Failed to connect to host. #. 28 = Operation timeout. #. push button -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:230 -#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:139 -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:299 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:211 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:302 msgid "Re&lease Notes..." msgstr "Notas de &lançamento..." -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:342 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:323 msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" msgstr "Você deve aceitar a licença para instalar este produto" #. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107 msgid "&Disable ZMD Service" msgstr "&Desabilitar o serviço ZMD" #. TRANSLATORS: help text, see #ZMD -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:114 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:114 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Disable ZMD Service</b> to stop and disable\n" "the ZMD service during system start.</p>\n" @@ -484,22 +703,22 @@ #. Check box: start the clone process and store the AutoYaST #. profile in /root/autoinst.xml -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:149 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:149 msgid "&Clone This System for AutoYaST" msgstr "&Clonar este sistema para o AutoYaST" #. caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:155 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:155 msgid "Installation Completed" msgstr "Instalação concluída" #. congratulation text 1/4 -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:163 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:163 msgid "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Parabéns!</b></p>" #. congratulation text 2/4 -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:165 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:165 msgid "" "<p>The installation of &product; on your machine is complete.\n" "After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n" @@ -508,22 +727,22 @@ "Após clicar em <b>Concluir</b>, você poderá fazer o login no sistema.</p>\n" #. congratulation text 3/4 -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:169 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:169 msgid "<p>Visit us at %1.</p>" msgstr "<p>Nos visite em %1.</p>" #. congratulation text 4/4 -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:172 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:172 msgid "<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your SUSE Development Team</p>" msgstr "<p>Divirta-se!<br>Sua equipe de desenvolvimento do openSUSE</p>" #. help 1/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:197 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:196 msgid "<p>Your system is ready for use.</p>" msgstr "<p>Seu sistema está pronto para usar.</p>" #. help 2/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:199 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:198 msgid "" "<p><b>Finish</b> will close the YaST installation and take you\n" "to the login screen.</p>\n" @@ -532,7 +751,7 @@ "a tela de login.</p>\n" #. help 3/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:204 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:203 msgid "" "<p>If you choose the default graphical desktop KDE, you can\n" "adjust some KDE settings to your hardware. Also notice\n" @@ -543,49 +762,34 @@ "note nosso diálogo de boas vindas do openSUSE.</p>\n" #. Show this help only in case of KDE as the default windowmanager -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:214 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:215 msgid "" "<p>Use <b>Clone</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " -"interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this " -"option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>" -"/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>" +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Use <b>Clonar</b> se você quiser criar um perfil do AutoYaST.\n" -"O AutoYaST é um modo de fazer uma instalação completa do openSUSE sem a " -"interação do\n" -"usuário. O AutoYaST necessita de um perfil para saber como o sistema " -"instalado deverá parecer.\n" -"Se esta opção for selecionada, será armazenado um perfil do sistema atual em " -"<tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>" +"O AutoYaST é um modo de fazer uma instalação completa do openSUSE sem a interação do\n" +"usuário. O AutoYaST necessita de um perfil para saber como o sistema instalado deverá parecer.\n" +"Se esta opção for selecionada, será armazenado um perfil do sistema atual em <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>" -#. Dialog busy message -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:265 -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:126 -msgid "Finishing the installation..." -msgstr "Concluindo a instalação..." - #. #187558 #. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:308 -msgid "" -"<p>To clone the current system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Para clonar o sistema atual, o pacote <b>%1</b> deve estar instalado.</p>" +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:310 +msgid "<p>To clone the current system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Para clonar o sistema atual, o pacote <b>%1</b> deve estar instalado.</p>" -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:311 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:313 msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>" msgstr "<p>Instalá-lo agora?</p>" -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:313 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:315 msgid "autoyast2 package not installed. Cloning disabled." msgstr "O pacote autoyast2 não está instalado. A clonagem está desabilitada." #. OEM image if target disk is defined -#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46 msgid "The system will reboot now..." msgstr "O sistema vai reiniciar agora..." @@ -594,15 +798,16 @@ #. twice more steps #. FIXME: 2 minutes #. own workflow for OEM image deployment -#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106 src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351 -#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110 -#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:151 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:152 msgid "Deploying Images..." msgstr "Implantando as imagens..." #. BNC #444209 #. false == error -#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167 msgid "" "Deploying images has failed.\n" "Aborting the installation...\n" @@ -611,303 +816,268 @@ "Cancelando a instalação...\n" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message -#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199 msgid "" "Debugging has been turned on.\n" -"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of " -"packages." +"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages." msgstr "" "A depuração foi habilitada.\n" -"O YaST abrirá um gerenciador de software para que você verifique o status " -"atual dos pacotes." +"O YaST abrirá um gerenciador de software para que você verifique o status atual dos pacotes." #. unknown image -#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375 msgid "Downloading image at speed %1/s" msgstr "Baixando a imagem na velocidade de %1/s" -#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380 msgid "Downloading image %1 at speed %2/s" msgstr "Baixando a imagem %1 na velocidade de %2/s" #. reset the label -#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442 msgid "Deploying image..." msgstr "Implantando a imagem..." -#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445 msgid "Deploying image %1..." msgstr "Implantando a imagem %1..." #. FIXME: move blacklist to Storage -#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:84 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:84 msgid "Select the disk to deploy the image to." msgstr "Selecione o disco para implantar a imagem." -#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:85 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:85 msgid "All data on the disk will be lost!!!" msgstr "Todos os dados no disco serão perdidos!!!" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:87 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:87 msgid "&Disk to Use" msgstr "&Disco a usar" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93 -msgid "" -"Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk " -"will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." -msgstr "" -"Selecione o disco no qual a imagem será implantada. Todos os dados no disco " -"serão perdidos e o disco será particionado como definido na imagem." +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93 +msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." +msgstr "Selecione o disco no qual a imagem será implantada. Todos os dados no disco serão perdidos e o disco será particionado como definido na imagem." -#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100 msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment" msgstr "Disco rígido para implantação de imagem" #. popup label -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60 msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" msgstr "Detectando os controladores disponíveis" #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:77 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:76 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "Ativação do disco" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:87 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:86 msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" msgstr "Configurar os discos &DASD" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:93 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:92 msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" msgstr "Configurar os discos &ZFCP" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:99 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:98 msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "Configurar Interfaces &FCoE" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:110 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "Configurar os discos &iSCSI" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111 msgid "Change Net&work Configuration" msgstr "Alterar a configuração da &rede" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_doit.rb:63 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:56 msgid "Installation - Warming Up" msgstr "Instalação - Aquecimento" -#. TRANSLATORS: starting the installation process -#. dialog cotent (progress information) -#. popup headline (#x1) -#: src/clients/inst_doit.rb:67 src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:379 -msgid "Starting Installation..." -msgstr "Iniciando a instalação..." - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_doit.rb:70 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:63 msgid "<p>Installation is just about to start!</p>" msgstr "<p>A instalação está prestes a começar!</p>" #. Set the UI content to show some progress. -#. TODO FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze) +#. FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze) #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. bug #302384 -#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:152 msgid "Initializing" msgstr "Inicializando" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message -#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 msgid "Initializing the installation..." msgstr "Inicializando a instalação..." #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text -#: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:150 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:142 msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:" -msgstr "" -"Foram encontradas atualizações de pacotes nestes repositórios adicionais:" +msgstr "Foram encontradas atualizações de pacotes nestes repositórios adicionais:" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:168 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:160 msgid "Start the software manager to check and install the updates?" -msgstr "" -"Iniciar o gerenciador de software para verificar e instalar as atualizações?" +msgstr "Iniciar o gerenciador de software para verificar e instalar as atualizações?" #. check box -#: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:512 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:501 msgid "Show &package updates" msgstr "Exibir atualizações de &pacotes" #. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured #. kilobytes #. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:88 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 -#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:157 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:79 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:140 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:158 msgid "Finishing Basic Installation" msgstr "Concluindo a instalação básica" #. Might be left from the previous stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:114 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:105 msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..." msgstr "Criando a lista de scripts de finalização a serem chamados..." #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:213 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:204 msgid "Copy files to installed system" msgstr "Copiar os arquivos para o sistema instalado" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:220 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:211 msgid "Save configuration" msgstr "Salvar a configuração" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:227 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:218 msgid "Save installation settings" msgstr "Salvar as configurações da instalação" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:236 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:227 msgid "Install boot manager" msgstr "Instalar o carregador de inicialização" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:243 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:234 msgid "Prepare system for initial boot" msgstr "Preparar o sistema para a inicialização inicial" #. merge steps from add-on products #. bnc #438678 -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:348 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:338 msgid "Checking stage: %1..." msgstr "Verificando o estágio: %1..." #. a fallback busy message -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:437 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:425 msgid "Calling step %1..." msgstr "Chamando o passo %1..." #. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:457 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:445 msgid " * %1" msgstr " * %1" #. Anything else -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:494 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:482 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Concluído" #. get the latest errors -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:625 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:614 msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "Erro na instalação" #. Button to accept a license agreement -#: src/clients/inst_info.rb:63 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:63 msgid "I &Agree" msgstr "Eu &concordo" #. Button to reject a license agreement -#: src/clients/inst_info.rb:67 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:67 msgid "I Do &Not Agree" msgstr "Eu &não concordo" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:42 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:42 msgid "Installation is being initialized." msgstr "A instalação está sendo inicializada." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#. help for the dialog - busy message -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48 -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:59 -msgid "<p>Please wait...</p>" -msgstr "<p>Por favor, aguarde...</p>" - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:50 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:50 msgid "Preparing the initial system configuration..." msgstr "Preparando a configuração inicial do sistema..." #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83 msgid "Installation Options" msgstr "Opções de instalação" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress message -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:153 -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64 -msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "Inicializando..." - #. check box -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:180 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:181 msgid "&Add Online Repositories Before Installation" msgstr "&Adicionar repositórios online antes da instalação" #. check box -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:190 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:193 msgid "In&clude Add-on Products from Separate Media" msgstr "In&cluir produtos complementares de outra mídia" #. help text for installation method -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:201 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204 msgid "<p><big><b>Installation Options</b></big></p>" msgstr "<p><big><b>Opções de instalação</b></big></p>" #. help text for installation option -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:207 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To use suggested remote repositories during installation or update, select\n" "<b>Add Online Repositories Before Installation</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Para usar os repositórios remotos sugeridos durante a instalação ou " -"atualização, selecione\n" +"Para usar os repositórios remotos sugeridos durante a instalação ou atualização, selecione\n" "<b>Adicionar repositórios online antes da instalação</b>.</p>" #. help text for installation method -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:208 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:213 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, " -"select\n" +"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" "<b>Include Add-on Products from Separate Media</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Para instalar um produto acessório de outra mídia junto com o &product;, " -"selecione\n" +"Para instalar um produto acessório de outra mídia junto com o &product;, selecione\n" " <b>In&cluir Produtos Acessórios de Outra Mídia</b>.</p>\n" #. help text: additional help for installation -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:211 -msgid "" -"<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>" -"http://drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Se você precisa de drivers de hardware específicos para instalação, veja o " -"site <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i>.</p>" +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:216 +msgid "<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Se você precisa de drivers de hardware específicos para instalação, veja o site <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i>.</p>" #. Error message -#: src/clients/inst_license.rb:128 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_license.rb:128 msgid "Internal error: Missing license to show" msgstr "Erro interno: a licença para exibir está ausente" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:82 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:82 msgid "Network Setup" msgstr "Configuração de rede" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog label -#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:97 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:95 msgid "" "No network setup has been found.\n" "It is important if using remote repositories,\n" @@ -918,27 +1088,27 @@ "Caso contrário, você pode ignorar esse passo com segurança.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog label -#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:107 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:105 msgid "Configure your network card now?" msgstr "Você gostaria de configurar sua placa de rede agora?" #. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:111 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:109 msgid "Select" msgstr "Selecionar" #. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:120 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:118 msgid "&Yes, Run the Network Setup" msgstr "&Sim, executar a configuração de rede" #. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:128 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:126 msgid "No, &Skip the Network Setup" msgstr "&Não, ignorar a configuração de rede" #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1/2 -#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:141 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:139 msgid "" "<p>The current installation system does not\n" "have a configured network.</p>\n" @@ -947,19 +1117,16 @@ "ter uma rede configurada.</p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 2/2 -#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:145 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:143 msgid "" "<p>A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n" -"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the " -"configuration.</p>\n" +"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Uma rede configurada é necessária para a utilização de repositórios " -"remotos\n" -"ou produtos complementares. Se você não utiliza repositórios remotos, ignore " -"a configuração.</p>\n" +"<p>Uma rede configurada é necessária para a utilização de repositórios remotos\n" +"ou produtos complementares. Se você não utiliza repositórios remotos, ignore a configuração.</p>\n" #. error popup -#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:187 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:185 msgid "" "Network configuration has failed.\n" "Check the log file %1 for details." @@ -968,45 +1135,36 @@ "Verifique o arquivo de log %1 para detalhes." #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1 -#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57 msgid "" -"<p>At Linux <b>choice</b> is a top priority. <i>openSUSE</i> offers a number " -"\n" +"<p>At Linux <b>choice</b> is a top priority. <i>openSUSE</i> offers a number \n" "of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n" "<b>GNOME</b> and <b>KDE</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>No Linux, a <b>escolha</b> é possui alta prioridade. O <i>openSUSE</i> " -"oferece\n" -"várias opções de áreas de trabalho. Abaixo você verá uma lista das 2 " -"maiores,\n" +"<p>No Linux, a <b>escolha</b> é possui alta prioridade. O <i>openSUSE</i> oferece\n" +"várias opções de áreas de trabalho. Abaixo você verá uma lista das 2 maiores,\n" "<b>GNOME</b> e <b>KDE</b>.</p>" #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3 -#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63 msgid "" -"<p>You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal " -"installation patterns)\n" -"that could fit your needs better using the <b>Other</b> option . Later in the " -"software \n" -"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add " -"additional desktop \n" +"<p>You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installation patterns)\n" +"that could fit your needs better using the <b>Other</b> option . Later in the software \n" +"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add additional desktop \n" "environments. This screen allows you to set the default.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Você pode selecionar áreas de trabalho alternativas (ou um dos padrões de " -"instalação mínima)\n" -"que pode atender melhor suas necessidades usando a opção <b>Outro</b>. Mais " -"tarde, na\n" -"seleção de software ou após a instalação, você pode alterar a sua seleção ou " -"adicionar áreas de trabalho\n" +"<p>Você pode selecionar áreas de trabalho alternativas (ou um dos padrões de instalação mínima)\n" +"que pode atender melhor suas necessidades usando a opção <b>Outro</b>. Mais tarde, na\n" +"seleção de software ou após a instalação, você pode alterar a sua seleção ou adicionar áreas de trabalho\n" "adicionais. Esta tela permite a você configurar a área de trabalho padrão.</p>" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:121 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:121 msgid "Desktop Selection" msgstr "Seleção da área de trabalho" #. UI wait loop -#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:190 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:190 msgid "" "No desktop type was selected.\n" "Select the desired desktop environment." @@ -1015,461 +1173,172 @@ "Selecione a área de trabalho desejada." #. BNC #449818 -#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:380 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:383 msgid "Other" msgstr "Outro" #. hide the RN button and set the release notes for SlideShow (bnc#871158) -#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:56 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:56 msgid "Cannot find base product. Release notes will not be shown." -msgstr "" -"Não foi possível encontrar o produto base. As notas de lançamento não serão " -"exibidas." +msgstr "Não foi possível encontrar o produto base. As notas de lançamento não serão exibidas." #. 1 GB is a good approximation -#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:104 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:104 msgid "Preparing disks..." msgstr "Preparando os discos..." -#. kilobytes -#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:125 +#. Use 'zero' if image installation is not used +#. BNC #439104 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:126 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "Instalando os pacotes..." -#. question in a popup box -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:214 -msgid "Really reset everything to default values?" -msgstr "Realmente restaurar tudo para os valores padrões?" - -#. explain consequences of a decision -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:216 -msgid "You will lose all changes." -msgstr "Você perderá todas as alterações." - -#. force_reset -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:220 -msgid "Location of Stored Configuration" -msgstr "Localização da configuração armazenada" - -#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want -#. to store profile after installation -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:227 -msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log." -msgstr "" -"Falha ao armazenar a configuração. Os detalhes podem ser vistos no log." - -#. message show when user has disabled the configuration -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:238 -msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request" -msgstr "Ignorando a configuração a pedido do usuário" - -#. error message is a popup -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:255 -msgid "" -"The proposal contains an error that must be\n" -"resolved before continuing.\n" -msgstr "" -"A proposta contém um erro que deve ser\n" -"resolvido antes de continuar.\n" - -#. not using tabs -#. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one -#. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:496 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:512 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:555 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:567 -msgid "ERROR: Missing Title" -msgstr "ERRO: título não encontrado" - -#. busy message -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:523 -msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." -msgstr "Adaptando a proposta às configurações atuais..." - -#. busy message; -#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:527 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1029 -msgid "Analyzing your system..." -msgstr "Analisando o seu sistema..." - -#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:698 -msgid "ERROR: No proposal" -msgstr "ERRO: sem proposta" - -#. Submodules handle their own error reporting -#. text for a message box -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:743 -msgid "" -"Configuration saved.\n" -"There were errors." -msgstr "" -"Configuração salva.\n" -"Ocorreram erros." - -#. dialog headline -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:947 -msgid "Installation Overview" -msgstr "Resumo da instalação" - -#. Check box: Skip all the configurations in this dialog - -#. do this later manually or not at all -#. Translators: About 40 characters max, -#. use newlines for longer translations. -#. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:971 -msgid "&Skip Configuration" -msgstr "&Ignorar a configuração" - -#. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:980 -msgid "&Use Following Configuration" -msgstr "&Usar a seguinte configuração" - -#. menu button -#. menu button -#. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:992 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1176 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247 -msgid "&Change..." -msgstr "A<erar..." - -#. menu button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:998 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1171 -msgid "&Export Configuration" -msgstr "&Exportar configuração" - -#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. -#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069 -msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." -msgstr "" -"Clique em qualquer título para alterá-lo ou use o menu \"Alterar...\" abaixo." - -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073 -msgid "Click a headline to make changes." -msgstr "Clique no título para alterá-lo." - -#. menu button item -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1170 -msgid "&Reset to defaults" -msgstr "&Restaurar para o padrão" - -#. General part of the help text for all types of proposals -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1206 -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n" -"or by using the <b>Change...</b> menu.\n" -"</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>\n" -"Altere os valores clicando no respectivo cabeçalho\n" -"ou usando o menu <b>Alterar...</b>.\n" -"</p>\n" - -#. Help text for installation proposal -#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217 -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values " -"displayed.\n" -"</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>\n" -"Selecione <b>Instalar</b> para fazer uma nova instalação com os valores " -"exibidos.\n" -"</p>\n" - -#. kicking out, bug #203811 -#. no such headline -#. // Help text for installation proposal, continued -#. help_text_string = help_text_string + _("<p> -#. To update an existing &product; system instead of doing a new install, -#. click the <b>Mode</b> headline or select <b>Mode</b> in the -#. <b>Change...</b> menu. -#. </p> -#. "); -#. Deliberately omitting "boot installed system" here to avoid -#. confusion: The user will be prompted for that if Linux -#. partitions are found. -#. - sh@suse.de 2002-02-26 -#. -#. Help text for installation proposal, continued -#. Deliberately omitting "boot installed system" here to avoid -#. confusion: The user will be prompted for that if Linux -#. partitions are found. -#. - sh@suse.de 2002-02-26 -#. -#. Help text for installation proposal, continued -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1243 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1270 -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"Your hard disk has not been modified yet. You can still safely abort.\n" -"</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>\n" -"Seu disco rígido não foi alterado ainda. Você ainda pode cancelar com " -"segurança.\n" -"</p>\n" - -#. Help text for update proposal -#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1253 -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"Select <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\n" -"</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>\n" -"Selecione <b>Atualizar</b> para fazer uma atualização com os valores " -"exibidos.\n" -"</p>\n" - -#. Help text for network configuration proposal -#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1280 -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n" -"</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>\n" -"Ponha as configurações de rede em efeito clicando em <b>Próximo</b>.\n" -"</p>\n" - -#. Help text for service configuration proposal -#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1291 -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n" -"</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>\n" -"Ponha as configurações de serviço em efeito clicando em <b>Próximo</b>.\n" -"</p>\n" - -#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal -#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1302 -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n" -"</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>\n" -"Ponha as configurações de hardware em efeito clicando <b>Próximo</b>.\n" -"</p>\n" - -#. Proposal in uml module -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1311 -msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>" -msgstr "<P><B>Proposta de instalação UML</B></P>" - -#. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313 -msgid "" -"<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" -"Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Instalação UML (User Mode Linux - Linux Modo Usuário) permite iniciar " -"máquinas\n" -"virtuais Linux independentes no sistema hospedeiro.</P>" - -#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or -#. hardhware configuration. -#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1330 -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n" -"</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>\n" -"Para usar as configurações exibidas, clique em <b>Próximo</b>.\n" -"</p>\n" - -#. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1343 -msgid "" -"<p>Some proposals might be\n" -"locked by the system administrator and therefore cannot be changed. If a\n" -"locked proposal needs to be changed, ask your system administrator.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Algumas propostas poderão estar bloqueadas\n" -"pelo administrador do sistema e não poderão ser alteradas. Para\n" -"alterar uma proposta bloqueada, peça ao seu administrador do sistema.</p>\n" - -#. FATE #120373 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1369 -msgid "&Update" -msgstr "At&ualizar" - -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1370 -msgid "&Install" -msgstr "&Instalar" - #. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface -#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:59 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:59 msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." msgstr "Não existe interface de usuário disponível para este módulo." #. combobox item -#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:159 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:159 msgid "Language: %1" msgstr "Idioma: %1" #. caption for dialog "Release Notes" -#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:207 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:206 msgid "Release Notes" msgstr "Notas de lançamento" #. +2 thingies on the right -#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:249 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:248 msgid "&Product" msgstr "&Produto" #. help text for dialog "Release Notes" -#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:261 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:260 msgid "" "<p>The <b>release notes</b> for the installed Linux system provide a brief\n" "summary of new features and changes.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>As <b>Notas de lançamento</b> para o sistema Linux instalado oferecem um " -"resumo\n" +"<p>As <b>Notas de lançamento</b> para o sistema Linux instalado oferecem um resumo\n" "das novas funções e alterações.</p>\n" #. informative message in RichText widget -#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:463 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:457 msgid "<p>No release notes have been installed.</p>" msgstr "<p>Nenhuma nota de lançamento foi instalada.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name -#: src/clients/inst_restore_settings.rb:47 -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:283 -msgid "Starting service %1..." -msgstr "Iniciando o serviço %1..." - #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:108 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:108 msgid "" "<p>Select the scenario that meets your needs best.\n" "Additional software can be selected later in software proposal.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Selecione o cenário que melhor descreve suas necessidades.\n" -"Softwares adicionais podem ser selecionados mais tarde na proposta de " -"software.</p>\n" +"Softwares adicionais podem ser selecionados mais tarde na proposta de software.</p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message -#: src/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:138 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:138 msgid "Choose one scenario, please." msgstr "Escolha um cenário, por favor." #. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:298 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:300 msgid "Choose Scenario" msgstr "Escolher o cenário" #. This dialog in not interactive #. always return `back when came from the previous dialog -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80 msgid "Analyzing the Computer" msgstr "Analisando o computador" #. TRANSLATORS: progress steps in system probing -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99 msgid "Probe USB devices" msgstr "Testar os dispositivos USB" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100 msgid "Probing USB devices..." msgstr "Testando os dispositivos USB..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103 msgid "Probe FireWire devices" msgstr "Testar os dispositivos FireWire" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104 msgid "Probing FireWire devices..." msgstr "Testando os dispositivos FireWire..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107 msgid "Probe floppy disk devices" msgstr "Testar os dispositivos de disquete" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108 msgid "Probing floppy disk devices..." msgstr "Testando os dispositivos de disquete..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112 msgid "Probe hard disk controllers" msgstr "Testar os controladores de disco rígido" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 msgid "Probing hard disk controllers..." msgstr "Testando os controladores de disco rígido..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116 msgid "Load kernel modules for hard disk controllers" msgstr "Carregar os módulos do kernel para os controladores de disco rígido" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117 msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..." -msgstr "" -"Carregando os módulos do kernel para os controladores de disco rígido..." +msgstr "Carregando os módulos do kernel para os controladores de disco rígido..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120 msgid "Probe hard disks" msgstr "Testar os discos rígidos" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121 msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "Testando os discos rígidos..." #. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "Procurar por sistema de arquivos" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "Procurando por sistemas de arquivos..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "Inicializar o gerenciador de software" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "Inicializando o gerenciador de software..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 msgid "System Probing" msgstr "Testando o sistema" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." -msgstr "" -"O YaST está testando o hardware do computador e dos sistemas instalados." +msgstr "O YaST está testando o hardware do computador e dos sistemas instalados." #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:240 msgid "" "\n" -"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for " -"installation." +"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." msgstr "" "\n" -"Verifique 'drivers.suse.com' se você precisa de drivers de hardware " -"específicos para a instalação." +"Verifique 'drivers.suse.com' se você precisa de drivers de hardware específicos para a instalação." #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:254 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "Please check your hardware!\n" @@ -1479,7 +1348,7 @@ "Por favor verifique seu hardware!\n" "%1\n" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:265 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:264 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" @@ -1490,7 +1359,7 @@ "(especialmente em sistemas S/390 ou iSCSI)\n" #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:276 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:275 msgid "" "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" "found for the installation.\n" @@ -1503,7 +1372,7 @@ "%1\n" #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:318 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:320 msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" "Aborting the installation." @@ -1512,31 +1381,32 @@ "Cancelando a instalação." #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109 msgid "Removed" msgstr "Removido" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:113 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:113 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Habilitado" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:117 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:117 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Desabilitado" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:220 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:616 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:675 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:220 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:617 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:676 msgid "Previously Used Repositories" msgstr "Repositórios previamente utilizados" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog text, possibly multiline, #. Please, do not use more than 50 characters per line. -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:226 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:226 msgid "" "These repositories were found on the system\n" "you are upgrading:" @@ -1545,38 +1415,46 @@ "que você está atualizando:" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236 msgid "Current Status" msgstr "Status atual" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:238 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:238 msgid "Repository" msgstr "Repositório" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:240 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:240 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:250 +#. menu button +#. menu button +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:659 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783 +msgid "&Change..." +msgstr "A<erar..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Push button +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:250 msgid "&Toggle Status" msgstr "&Alternar status" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:256 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:256 msgid "" "<p>Here you see all software repositories found\n" -"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the " -"upgrade process.</p>" +"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Aqui você pode ver todos os repositórios de software\n" "que foram encontrados no sistema que você está atualizando.\n" "Habilite aqueles que você deseja incluir no processo de atualização.</p>" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:260 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:260 msgid "" "<p>To enable, remove or disable an URL, click on the\n" "<b>Toggle Status</b> button or double-click on the respective table item.</p>" @@ -1585,30 +1463,31 @@ "<b>Alterar status</b> ou clique duas vezes no respectivo item da tabela.</p>" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:264 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:264 msgid "<p>To change the URL, click on the <b>Change...</b> button.</p>" msgstr "<p>Para alterar a URL, clique no botão <b>Alterar...</b>.</p>" #. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted #. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key #. TRANSLATORS: Fallback name for a repository -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:286 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:293 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:299 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:286 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:293 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:299 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Desconhecido" #. TRANSLATORS: textentry -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:373 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:373 msgid "&Repository URL" msgstr "URL do &repositório" #. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:586 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:587 msgid "Network is not Configured" msgstr "A rede não está configurada" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:588 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:589 msgid "" "Remote repositories require an Internet connection.\n" "Configure it?" @@ -1617,49 +1496,54 @@ "Gostaria de configurá-la?" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:619 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:676 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:620 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677 msgid "Adding and removing repositories..." msgstr "Adicionando e removendo repositórios..." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:622 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:681 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:623 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:682 msgid "<p>Repositories are being added and removed.</p>" msgstr "<p>Repositórios estão sendo adicionados e removidos.</p>" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:641 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:642 msgid "Remove unused repositories" msgstr "Remover os repositórios não utilizados" #. force reloading the libzypp repomanager to notice the removed files -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:645 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:798 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:646 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:803 msgid "Removing unused repositories..." msgstr "Removendo os repositórios não utilizados..." -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:652 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:653 msgid "Add enabled repositories" msgstr "Adicionar os repositórios habilitados" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>enabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:655 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:864 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:656 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:869 msgid "Adding enabled repositories..." msgstr "Adicionando os repositórios habilitados..." -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:664 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:665 msgid "Add disabled repositories" msgstr "Adicionar os repositórios desabilitados" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>disabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:668 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1021 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:669 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1026 msgid "Adding disabled repositories..." msgstr "Adicionando os repositórios desabilitados..." #. true - OK, continue -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:838 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:843 msgid "Correct Media Requested" msgstr "Mídia Correta Requisitada" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:840 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:845 msgid "" "Make sure that media with label %1\n" "is in the CD/DVD drive.\n" @@ -1673,7 +1557,7 @@ #. Adding repositories in a disabled state, then enable them #. for the system upgrade -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:903 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:908 msgid "" "Cannot add repository %1\n" "URL: %2\n" @@ -1688,7 +1572,7 @@ "O repositório será adicionado com o estado desabilitado." #. bnc #543468, do not check aliases of repositories stored in Installation::destdir -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:940 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:945 msgid "" "Cannot add enabled repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1700,7 +1584,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:960 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:965 msgid "" "An error occurred while refreshing repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1712,7 +1596,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:980 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:985 msgid "" "An error occurred while enabling repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1723,7 +1607,7 @@ "URL: %2\n" #. do not probe! adding as disabled! -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1061 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1066 msgid "" "Cannot add disabled repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1734,17 +1618,17 @@ "URL: %2" #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_welcome.rb:69 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:68 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "Bem-vindo" #. welcome text 1/4 -#: src/clients/inst_welcome.rb:72 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:71 msgid "<p><b>Welcome!</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Bem-vindo!</b></p>" #. welcome text 2/4 -#: src/clients/inst_welcome.rb:74 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:73 msgid "" "<p>There are a few more steps to take before your system is ready to\n" "use. YaST will now guide you through some basic configuration. Click\n" @@ -1752,13 +1636,12 @@ " \n" msgstr "" "<p>Há algumas etapas adicionais a serem executadas antes que o sistema\n" -"esteja pronto para o uso. O YaST irá agora o orientar por algumas " -"configurações\n" +"esteja pronto para o uso. O YaST irá agora o orientar por algumas configurações\n" "básicas. Clique em <b>Próximo</b> para continuar. </p>\n" " \n" #. help ttext -#: src/clients/inst_welcome.rb:88 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:85 msgid "" "<p>Click <b>Next</b> to perform the\n" "basic configuration of the system.</p>\n" @@ -1767,109 +1650,102 @@ "configuração básica do sistema.</p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: error message -#: src/clients/installation.rb:83 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:83 msgid "No workflow defined for this kind of installation." msgstr "Nenhum fluxo de trabalho definido para este modo de instalação." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/installation_settings_finish.rb:60 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation_settings_finish.rb:60 msgid "Writing automatic configuration..." msgstr "Salvando a configuração automática..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/kernel_finish.rb:64 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/kernel_finish.rb:63 msgid "Updating kernel module dependencies..." msgstr "Atualizando as dependências do módulo do kernel..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/ldconfig_finish.rb:61 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/ldconfig_finish.rb:60 msgid "Setting up linker cache..." msgstr "Configurando o cache do Linker..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/network_finish.rb:69 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:68 msgid "Saving network configuration..." msgstr "Salvando a configuração da rede..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/pre_umount_finish.rb:65 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/pre_umount_finish.rb:65 msgid "Checking the installed system..." msgstr "Verificando o sistema instalado..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/proxy_finish.rb:63 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/proxy_finish.rb:62 msgid "Saving proxy configuration..." msgstr "Salvando a configuração do proxy..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:136 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134 msgid "Saving time zone..." msgstr "Salvando o fuso horário..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:145 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:143 msgid "Saving language..." msgstr "Salvando o idioma... " #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:150 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:148 msgid "Saving console configuration..." msgstr "Salvando a configuração do console..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:169 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:167 msgid "Saving keyboard configuration..." msgstr "Salvando a configuração do teclado..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:174 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:172 msgid "Saving product information..." msgstr "Salvando as informações do produto..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:179 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:177 msgid "Saving automatic installation settings..." msgstr "Salvando as configurações da instalação automática..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:185 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:183 msgid "Saving security settings..." msgstr "Salvando configurações de segurança..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:67 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:66 msgid "Saving hardware configuration..." msgstr "Salvando a configuração do hardware..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/ssh_settings_finish.rb:65 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_settings_finish.rb:64 msgid "Copying SSH settings to installed system..." msgstr "Copiando as configurações do SSH para o sistema instalado..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/switch_scr_finish.rb:65 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/switch_scr_finish.rb:65 msgid "Moving to installed system..." msgstr "Movendo para o sistema instalado..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/umount_finish.rb:71 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/umount_finish.rb:71 msgid "Unmounting all mounted devices..." msgstr "Desmontando todos os dispositivos montados..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/x11_finish.rb:66 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/x11_finish.rb:65 msgid "Copying X Window System configuration into system..." msgstr "Copiando a configuração do sistema X Window para o sistema..." -#. progress step title -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:74 -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:112 -msgid "Writing YaST configuration..." -msgstr "Salvando a configuração do YaST..." - #. call command -#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:109 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:108 msgid "" "\n" "**************************************************************\n" @@ -1893,250 +1769,285 @@ "***********************************************************\n" "\t\t" -#. dialog content - busy message -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:50 -msgid "Initializing the installation environment..." -msgstr "Inicializando o ambiente de instalação..." +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2015 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#: src/lib/installation/copy_logs_finish.rb:42 +msgid "Copying log files to installed system..." +msgstr "Copiando os arquivos de log para o sistema instalado..." -#. help for the dialog - busy message -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:52 -msgid "<p>Initializing the installation...</p>" -msgstr "<p>Inicializando a instalação...</p>" +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:34 +msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..." +msgstr "Diminuindo a partição PREP..." -#. dialog content - busy message -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:57 -msgid "Preparing the 1st system configuration..." -msgstr "Preparando a 1ª configuração do sistema..." +#. question in a popup box +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:207 +msgid "Really reset everything to default values?" +msgstr "Realmente restaurar tudo para os valores padrões?" -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:77 -msgid "" -"No installation control file has been found,\n" -"the installer cannot continue." -msgstr "" -"Nenhum arquivo de controle de instalação foi encontrado,\n" -"o instalador não pode continuar." +#. explain consequences of a decision +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:209 +msgid "You will lose all changes." +msgstr "Você perderá todas as alterações." -#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in -#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact. -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:174 +#. while input loop +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:251 +msgid "Location of Stored Configuration" +msgstr "Localização da configuração armazenada" + +#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want +#. to store profile after installation +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:257 +msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log." +msgstr "Falha ao armazenar a configuração. Os detalhes podem ser vistos no log." + +#. message show when user has disabled the configuration +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:268 +msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request" +msgstr "Ignorando a configuração a pedido do usuário" + +#. error message is a popup +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:288 msgid "" -"Your computer does not fulfill all requirements for\n" -"a graphical installation. There is either less than %1 MB\n" -"memory or the X server could not be started.\n" -"\n" -"As fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n" -"through the installation. This front-end offers the\n" -"same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n" -"differ from those in the manual.\n" +"The proposal contains an error that must be\n" +"resolved before continuing.\n" msgstr "" -"Seu computador não atende a todos os requisitos para\n" -"uma instalação gráfica. Você tem menos de %1 MB\n" -"de memória ou o servidor X não pôde ser iniciado.\n" -"\n" -"O diálogo em modo texto do YaST2 vai guiá-lo\n" -"na instalação. Este diálogo vai oferecer a mesma\n" -"funcionalidade do diálogo gráfico, mas as telas\n" -"serão um pouco diferentes daquelas do manual.\n" +"A proposta contém um erro que deve ser\n" +"resolvido antes de continuar.\n" -#. The script YaST2 wants to inform about a problem with the -#. option no_x11 but it's broken. -#. else if (Installation::no_x11 ()) -#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in -#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact. -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:193 +#. busy message +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:394 +msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." +msgstr "Adaptando a proposta às configurações atuais..." + +#. busy message; +#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:398 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:687 +msgid "Analyzing your system..." +msgstr "Analisando o seu sistema..." + +#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:500 +msgid "ERROR: No proposal" +msgstr "ERRO: sem proposta" + +#. Submodules handle their own error reporting +#. text for a message box +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:539 msgid "" -"The graphical interface could not be started.\n" -"\n" -"Either the required packages were not installed (minimal installation) \n" -"or the graphics card is not properly supported.\n" -"\n" -"As fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n" -"through the installation. This front-end offers the\n" -"same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n" -"differ from those in the manual.\n" +"Configuration saved.\n" +"There were errors." msgstr "" -"A interface gráfica não pôde ser iniciada.\n" -"\n" -"Os pacotes necessários não foram instalados (instalação mínima) \n" -"ou a placa de vídeo não é suportada de maneira adequada.\n" -"\n" -"O diálogo em modo texto do YaST2 vai guiá-lo\n" -"na instalação. Este diálogo vai oferecer a mesma\n" -"funcionalidade do diálogo gráfico, mas as telas\n" -"serão um pouco diferentes daquelas do manual.\n" +"Configuração salva.\n" +"Ocorreram erros." -#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:278 -msgid "Start service %1" -msgstr "Iniciar o serviço %1" +#. Check box: Skip all the configurations in this dialog - +#. do this later manually or not at all +#. Translators: About 40 characters max, +#. use newlines for longer translations. +#. radio button +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634 +msgid "&Skip Configuration" +msgstr "&Ignorar a configuração" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:298 -msgid "Adjusting Network Settings" -msgstr "Ajustando as configurações de rede" +#. radio button +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:643 +msgid "&Use Following Configuration" +msgstr "&Usar a seguinte configuração" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:304 -msgid "Network settings are being adjusted." -msgstr "As configurações de rede estão sendo ajustadas." +#. menu button +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:778 +msgid "&Export Configuration" +msgstr "&Exportar configuração" -#. popup question (#x1) -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:357 +#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. +#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:713 +msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." +msgstr "Clique em qualquer título para alterá-lo ou use o menu \"Alterar...\" abaixo." + +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:717 +msgid "Click a headline to make changes." +msgstr "Clique no título para alterá-lo." + +#. menu button item +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:777 +msgid "&Reset to defaults" +msgstr "&Restaurar para o padrão" + +#. FATE #120373 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800 +msgid "&Update" +msgstr "At&ualizar" + +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800 +msgid "&Install" +msgstr "&Instalar" + +#. @return [String] translated headline +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:57 +msgid "Installation Overview" +msgstr "Resumo da instalação" + +#. General part of the help text for all types of proposals +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:77 msgid "" -"The previous installation has failed.\n" -"Would you like it to continue?\n" -"\n" -"Note: You may have to enter some information again." +"<p>\n" +"Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n" +"or by using the <b>Change...</b> menu.\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" -"Falha na instalação anterior.\n" -"Deseja continuar?\n" -" \n" -"Nota: poderá ser preciso digitar algumas informações novamente." +"<p>\n" +"Altere os valores clicando no respectivo cabeçalho\n" +"ou usando o menu <b>Alterar...</b>.\n" +"</p>\n" -#. popup question (#x1) -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:365 +#. Help text for installation proposal, continued +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:85 msgid "" -"The previous installation has been aborted.\n" -"Would you like it to continue?\n" -"\n" -"Note: You may have to enter some information again." +"<p>\n" +"Your hard disk has not been modified yet. You can still safely abort.\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" -"A instalação anterior foi cancelada.\n" -"Deseja continuar?\n" -" \n" -"Nota: poderá ser preciso digitar algumas informações novamente." +"<p>\n" +"Seu disco rígido não foi alterado ainda. Você ainda pode cancelar com segurança.\n" +"</p>\n" -#. Heading for confirmation popup before the installation really starts -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:181 -msgid "Confirm Installation" -msgstr "Confirmar a instalação" - -#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 1/3 -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:184 -msgid "<p>Information required for the base installation is now complete.</p>" +#. Help text for installation proposal +#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:417 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Todas as informações necessárias para instalação básica estão completas.<" -"/p>" +"<p>\n" +"Selecione <b>Instalar</b> para fazer uma nova instalação com os valores exibidos.\n" +"</p>\n" -#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:196 +#. so update +#. Help text for update proposal +#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:425 msgid "" -"<p>If you continue now, <b>existing\n" -"partitions</b> on your hard disk will be <b>deleted</b> or <b>formatted</b>\n" -"(<b>erasing any existing data</b> in those partitions) according to the\n" -"installation settings in the previous dialogs.</p>" +"<p>\n" +"Select <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Se você continuar agora, as <b>partições existentes</b>\n" -"no disco rígido serão <b>removidas</b> ou <b>formatadas</b>\n" -"(<b>apagando quaisquer dados existentes</b> nessas partições) \n" -"de acordo com as configurações de instalação dos diálogos anteriores.</p>" +"<p>\n" +"Selecione <b>Atualizar</b> para fazer uma atualização com os valores exibidos.\n" +"</p>\n" -#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:207 +#. Help text for network configuration proposal +#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434 msgid "" -"<p>If you continue now, partitions on your\n" -"hard disk will be modified according to the installation settings in the\n" -"previous dialogs.</p>" +"<p>\n" +"Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Se você continuar agora, as partições no seu disco\n" -"rígido serão alteradas de acordo com as configurações\n" -"de instalação dos diálogos anteriores.</p>" +"<p>\n" +"Ponha as configurações de rede em efeito clicando em <b>Próximo</b>.\n" +"</p>\n" -#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 3/3 -#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:218 src/include/installation/misc.rb:236 -msgid "<p>Go back and check the settings if you are unsure.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Volte e verifique as configurações se você não tem certeza.</p>" - -#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:224 -msgid "Confirm Update" -msgstr "Confirmar a atualização" - -#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:228 -msgid "<p>Information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>" +#. Help text for service configuration proposal +#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:442 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Todas as informações necessárias para fazer a atualização estão " -"completas.</p>" +"<p>\n" +"Ponha as configurações de serviço em efeito clicando em <b>Próximo</b>.\n" +"</p>\n" -#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:230 +#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal +#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:450 msgid "" -"\n" -"<p>If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n" -"according to the settings in the previous dialogs.</p>" +"<p>\n" +"Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" -"\n" -"<p>Se você continuar agora, os dados no disco rígido serão regravados\n" -"de acordo com as configurações dos diálogos anteriores.</p>" +"<p>\n" +"Ponha as configurações de hardware em efeito clicando <b>Próximo</b>.\n" +"</p>\n" -#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:240 -msgid "Start &Update" -msgstr "Iniciar a at&ualização" +#. Proposal in uml module +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:457 +msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>" +msgstr "<P><B>Proposta de instalação UML</B></P>" -#. this is a heading -#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:42 -msgid "Blacklist Devices" -msgstr "Lista negra de dispositivos" - -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:44 -msgid "B&lacklist Devices" -msgstr "Lista &negra de dispositivos" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:63 -msgid "Blacklist devices enabled (disable</a>)." +#. help text +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459 +msgid "" +"<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" +"Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>" msgstr "" -"Lista negra de dispositivos habilitada (desabilitar</a>)." +"<P>Instalação UML (User Mode Linux - Linux Modo Usuário) permite iniciar máquinas\n" +"virtuais Linux independentes no sistema hospedeiro.</P>" -#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:69 -msgid "Blacklist devices disabled (enable</a>)." -msgstr "" -"Lista negra de dispositivos desabilitada (habilitar</a>)." - -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:78 +#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or +#. hardhware configuration. +#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:473 msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Blacklist devices</b> if you want to create blacklist channels to " -"such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint.</p>" +"<p>\n" +"To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Use <b>Lista negra de dispositivos</b> se você quiser criar canais de " -"lista negra para aqueles dispositivos que irão reduzir o consumo de memória " -"do kernel.</p>" +"<p>\n" +"Para usar as configurações exibidas, clique em <b>Próximo</b>.\n" +"</p>\n" -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:135 -msgid "Blacklisting Devices..." -msgstr "Colocando os dispositivos na lista negra..." - -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:35 -msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..." -msgstr "Diminuindo a partição PREP..." - #. Text to display #. #. @return String -#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:68 +#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:67 msgid "Enabling remote administration..." msgstr "Habilitando a administração remota..." +#. Writes configuration +#. +#. It creates a snapshot when no second stage is required and +#. Snapper is configured. +#. +#. @return [TrueClass,FalseClass] True if snapshot was created; +#. otherwise it returns false. +#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:40 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Copying root filesystem..." +msgid "Creating root filesystem snapshot..." +msgstr "Copiando o sistema de arquivos raiz..." + #. checking whether images are supported #. BNC #409927 #. Checking files for signatures -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:845 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:840 msgid "Failed to read information about installation images" msgstr "Falha ao ler as informações sobre as imagens de instalação" -#. sleep in order not to kill -USR1 to dd too early, otherwise it finishes -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1193 +#. count megabytes +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1196 msgid "Deploying..." msgstr "Implantando..." @@ -2144,27 +2055,41 @@ #. #. @see #all_supported_types #. @see #objects_state -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1216 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1219 msgid "Storing user preferences..." msgstr "Armazenando as preferências do usuário..." #. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade. #. #. @return [Boolean] if successful -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1348 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1351 msgid "Restoring user preferences..." msgstr "Restaurando as preferências do usuário..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1446 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1448 msgid "" "Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" "Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." msgstr "" -"A instalação não conseguiu resolver as dependências de pacote " -"automaticamente.\n" +"A instalação não conseguiu resolver as dependências de pacote automaticamente.\n" "O gerenciador de software será aberto para que você as resolva manualmente." +#~ msgid "ERROR: Missing Title" +#~ msgstr "ERRO: título não encontrado" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Some proposals might be\n" +#~ "locked by the system administrator and therefore cannot be changed. If a\n" +#~ "locked proposal needs to be changed, ask your system administrator.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>Algumas propostas poderão estar bloqueadas\n" +#~ "pelo administrador do sistema e não poderão ser alteradas. Para\n" +#~ "alterar uma proposta bloqueada, peça ao seu administrador do sistema.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "Initializing the installation environment..." +#~ msgstr "Inicializando o ambiente de instalação..." + #~ msgid "Dummy" #~ msgstr "Fictício" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/instserver.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/instserver.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/instserver.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: instserver\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-20 21:59-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/iplb.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/iplb.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/iplb.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-02-19 09:12-0200\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" @@ -109,27 +109,22 @@ msgstr "&Configuração global" #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:69 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:227 -#| msgid "Mail Server Configuration" msgid "&Virtual Server Configuration" msgstr "Configuração do servidor &virtual" #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:75 -#| msgid "CRL Check Interval" msgid "Check Interval" msgstr "Intervalo de verificação" #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:76 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:205 -#| msgid "Connection &Timeout" msgid "Check Timeout" msgstr "Tempos de espera de verificação" #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:78 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:214 -#| msgid "Failure" msgid "Failure Count" msgstr "Contagem de falhas" #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:79 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:208 -#| msgid "Connection &Timeout" msgid "Negotiate Timeout" msgstr "Tempos de espera de negociação" @@ -150,17 +145,14 @@ msgstr "Executar" #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:91 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:186 -#| msgid "Email Addr: " msgid "Email Alert" msgstr "Alerta de e-mail:" #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:92 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:187 -#| msgid "Email Addr: " msgid "Email Alert Freq" msgstr "Frequência de alerta de e-mail" #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:93 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:190 -#| msgid "Test Status" msgid "Email Alert Status" msgstr "Status do alerta de e-mail" @@ -187,7 +179,6 @@ msgstr "Serviço" #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:106 -#| msgid "&Log File" msgid "Log File" msgstr "Arquivo de log" @@ -200,151 +191,88 @@ "</p><p>Default: 10 seconds\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>check timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the " -"timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. " -"negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a " -"per-virtual setting.\n" -"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "</p><p>Default: 5 seconds\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>failure count</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by " -"a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 " -"will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A " -"successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: 1\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>negotiate timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" "</p><p>Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout " -"is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" -"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "</p><p>Default: 30 seconds\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvic" -"ename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" -"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers " -"are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" +"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>log file</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/logfile</i><b>\"</b>" -"|syslog_facility\n" -"</p><p>An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the " -"logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <b>syslog</a></b>(3) facility name.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>log file</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/logfile</i><b>\"</b>|syslog_facility\n" +"</p><p>An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <b>syslog</a></b>(3) facility name.\n" "</p><p>Default: log directly to the file <i>/var/log/ldirectord.log</i>.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>email alert</big> = \"</b><i>emailaddress</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection " -"status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option " -"requires perl\n" -"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any " -"of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" +"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>email alert freq</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real " -"server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds " -"will\n" -"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is " -"dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval " -"configuration\n" +"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" +"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" "option.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: 0\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>" -"|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n" -"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be " -"sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n" -"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>" -"none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options " -"are ORed\n" +"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n" +"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n" +"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: all\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>callback</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/callback</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>If this directive is defined, <b>ldirectord</b> automatically calls " -"the executable <i>/path/to/callback</i> after the configuration file has " -"changed on\n" -"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through <b>scp</b> on " -"the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name of " -"the\n" +"</p><p>If this directive is defined, <b>ldirectord</b> automatically calls the executable <i>/path/to/callback</i> after the configuration file has changed on\n" +"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through <b>scp</b> on the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name of the\n" "configuration.\n" -"</p><p>This directive might also be used to restart <b>ldirectord</b> " -"automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if <b>" -"autoreload</b> is\n" +"</p><p>This directive might also be used to restart <b>ldirectord</b> automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if <b>autoreload</b> is\n" "set to yes, the configuration is reloaded anyway.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>execute</big> = \"</b><i>configuration</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named <i>" -"configuration</i>.\n" +"</p><p>Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named <i>configuration</i>.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>auto reload</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p>Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the " -"configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the " -"configuration file changed\n" -"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous version, " -"the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n" +"</p><p>Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the configuration file changed\n" +"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n" "</p><p>Default: no\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>quiescent</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to be " -"down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> " -"table.\n" -"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will " -"be accepted.\n" -"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent " -"connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be " -"routed to the\n" -"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more " -"information on persistant connections.\n" +"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table.\n" +"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" +"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" +"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" "</p><p>This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" "</p><p>echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel " -"doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the " -"kernel is too\n" -"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS<" -"/small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" -"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from " -"the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" +"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS</small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: <i>yes</i>\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>fork</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every " -"virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will " -"increase\n" -"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many " -"virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate " -"instances\n" +"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will increase\n" +"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate instances\n" "of ldirectord. Child processes will be automaticly restarted if they die.\n" "</p><p>Default: <i>no</i>\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>supervised</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All " -"log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful to " -"run\n" -"<b>ldirectord</b> supervised from daemontools. See http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">" -"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> or http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a>" -" for details.\n" +"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful to run\n" +"<b>ldirectord</b> supervised from daemontools. See http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> or http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a> for details.\n" "</p><p>Default: <i>no</i>\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -352,87 +280,42 @@ #: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:127 msgid "" "\n" -"<p><b><big>virtual server</big> =</b> <i>" -"(ip_address|hostname:portnumber|servicename)|firewall-mark</i>\n" -"</p><p>Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or " -"servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than " -"zero. The\n" -"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> " -"option to <b>ipchains</b>(8). All real services and flags for a virtual " -"service\n" +"<p><b><big>virtual server</big> =</b> <i>(ip_address|hostname:portnumber|servicename)|firewall-mark</i>\n" +"</p><p>Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than zero. The\n" +"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> option to <b>ipchains</b>(8). All real services and flags for a virtual service\n" "must follow this line immediately and be indented.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>real servers</big> =</b> <i>" -"ip_address|hostname[->ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename</i>]\n" -"<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b> [<i>weight</i>] [<b>\"</b><i>request</i><" -"b>\", \"</b><i>receive</i><b>\"</b>]\n" -"</p><p>Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or " -"servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended " -"primarily for\n" -"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a " -"range of <small>IP</small> addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in " -"which case\n" -"each <small>IP</small> address in the range will be treated as a real server " -"using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, must " -"be\n" -"<b>gate</b>, <b>ipip</b> or <b>masq</b>. The thrid argument is optional and " -"defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will " -"be\n" -"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-receive " -"pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the " -"request-receive\n" -"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the " -"request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n" -"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server is " -"used.\n" -"</p><p>For <small>TCP</small> and <small>UDP</small> (non fwmark) virtual " -"services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the <small>IP</small> " -"address of a\n" -"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running " -"ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its " -"virtual\n" -"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is " -"another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way " -"that the\n" +"</p><p><b><big>real servers</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[->ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename</i>]\n" +"<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b> [<i>weight</i>] [<b>\"</b><i>request</i><b>\", \"</b><i>receive</i><b>\"</b>]\n" +"</p><p>Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended primarily for\n" +"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a range of <small>IP</small> addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in which case\n" +"each <small>IP</small> address in the range will be treated as a real server using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, must be\n" +"<b>gate</b>, <b>ipip</b> or <b>masq</b>. The thrid argument is optional and defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will be\n" +"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the request-receive\n" +"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n" +"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server is used.\n" +"</p><p>For <small>TCP</small> and <small>UDP</small> (non fwmark) virtual services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the <small>IP</small> address of a\n" +"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its virtual\n" +"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way that the\n" "underlying <small>LVS</small> code in the kernel functions.\n" -"</p><p>More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The " -"checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, " -"emailalertfreq and\n" -"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in " -"which case the global setting is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, emailalertfreq and\n" +"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in which case the global setting is overridden.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>check type</big> = connect</b>|<b>external</b>|<b>negotiate</b>" -"|<b>off</b>|<b>on</b>|<b>ping</b>|<b>checktimeout</b><i>N</i>\n" -"</p><p>Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a " -"receive string. Connect only attemts to make a <small>TCP/IP</small> " -"connection, thus the\n" -"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then " -"negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one " -"negotiate\n" -"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and " -"in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n" -"<small>ICMP</small> ping will be used to test the availability of real " -"servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for <small>UDP</small> " -"services. Off\n" -"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be " -"activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always " -"be\n" +"</p><p><b><big>check type</big> = connect</b>|<b>external</b>|<b>negotiate</b>|<b>off</b>|<b>on</b>|<b>ping</b>|<b>checktimeout</b><i>N</i>\n" +"</p><p>Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a receive string. Connect only attemts to make a <small>TCP/IP</small> connection, thus the\n" +"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one negotiate\n" +"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n" +"<small>ICMP</small> ping will be used to test the availability of real servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for <small>UDP</small> services. Off\n" +"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always be\n" "activated. Default is <i>negotiate</i>.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>service</big> = dns</b>|<b>ftp</b>|<b>http</b>|<b>https</b>|<b>" -"imap</b>|<b>imaps</b>|<b>ldap</b>|<b>mysql</b>|<b>nntp</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>" -"oracle</b>|<b>pgsql</b>|<b>pop</b>|<b>pops</b>|<b>radius</b>|<b>simpletcp</b>" -"|<b>sip</b>|<b>smtp</b>\n" -"</p><p>The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None " -"denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n" -"</p><p>simpletcp sends the <b>request</b> string to the server and tests it " -"against the <b>receive</b> regexp. The other types of checks connect to the " -"server\n" -"using the specified protocol. Please see the <b>request</b> and <b>receive</b>" -" sections for protocol specific information.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>service</big> = dns</b>|<b>ftp</b>|<b>http</b>|<b>https</b>|<b>imap</b>|<b>imaps</b>|<b>ldap</b>|<b>mysql</b>|<b>nntp</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>oracle</b>|<b>pgsql</b>|<b>pop</b>|<b>pops</b>|<b>radius</b>|<b>simpletcp</b>|<b>sip</b>|<b>smtp</b>\n" +"</p><p>The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n" +"</p><p>simpletcp sends the <b>request</b> string to the server and tests it against the <b>receive</b> regexp. The other types of checks connect to the server\n" +"using the specified protocol. Please see the <b>request</b> and <b>receive</b> sections for protocol specific information.\n" "</p><p>Default:\n" "</p>

\n" "<dt>* Virtual server port is 21: ftp\n" @@ -455,9 +338,7 @@ "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><b><big>check command</big> = \"</b><i>path to script</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"<p>This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be run " -"to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if " -"everything\n" +"<p>This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if everything\n" "is ok, or non-zero otherwise.\n" "</p><p>Four parameters are passed to the script:\n" "</p></dt><dt>* virtual server ip/firewall mark\n" @@ -468,103 +349,68 @@ "\n" "\n" "<p><b><big>check port</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service " -"port.\n" +"</p><p>Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service port.\n" "</p><p>Default: port specified for each real server\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>request</big> = \"</b><i>uri to requested object</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real " -"server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be " -"overridden by\n" +"</p><p>This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be overridden by\n" "an optional per real-server based request-string.\n" -"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should the name of an A record, or " -"the address of a <small>PTR</small> record to look up.\n" -"</p><p>For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an <small>SQL<" -"/small> query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one " -"or more\n" +"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should the name of an A record, or the address of a <small>PTR</small> record to look up.\n" +"</p><p>For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an <small>SQL</small> query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one or more\n" "rows. This is a required setting.\n" -"</p><p>For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any " -"occurances of \n" +"</p><p>For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any occurances of \n" " are replaced with a new line character.\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>receive</big> = \"</b><i>regexp to compare</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>If the requested result contains this <i>regexp to compare</i>, the " -"real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in mind " -"that\n" -"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special " -"characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be " -"overridden by an\n" +"</p><p>If the requested result contains this <i>regexp to compare</i>, the real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in mind that\n" +"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be overridden by an\n" "optional per real-server based receive regexp.\n" -"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should be any one the A record's " -"addresses or any one of the <small>PTR</small> record's names.\n" +"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should be any one the A record's addresses or any one of the <small>PTR</small> record's names.\n" "</p><p>For a MySQL check, the receive setting is not used.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>http method</big> = <small>GET</small></b> | <b><small>HEAD<" -"/small></b>\n" -"</p><p>Sets the <small>HTTP</small> method which should be used to fetch the " -"<small>URI</small> specified in the request-string. <small>GET</small> is " -"the\n" -"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If <small>HEAD</small> is " -"used, the receive-string should be unset.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>http method</big> = <small>GET</small></b> | <b><small>HEAD</small></b>\n" +"</p><p>Sets the <small>HTTP</small> method which should be used to fetch the <small>URI</small> specified in the request-string. <small>GET</small> is the\n" +"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If <small>HEAD</small> is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n" "</p><p>Default: <small>GET</small>\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>virtual host</big> = \"</b><i>hostname</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>Used when using a negotiate check with <small>HTTP</small> or <small>" -"HTTPS</small> . Sets the host header used in the <small>HTTP</small> request. " -"In the\n" -"case of <small>HTTPS</small> this generally needs to match the common name of " -"the <small>SSL</small> certificate. If not set then the host header will be\n" -"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last resort " -"the <small>IP</small> address of the real server will be used.\n" +"</p><p>Used when using a negotiate check with <small>HTTP</small> or <small>HTTPS</small> . Sets the host header used in the <small>HTTP</small> request. In the\n" +"case of <small>HTTPS</small> this generally needs to match the common name of the <small>SSL</small> certificate. If not set then the host header will be\n" +"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last resort the <small>IP</small> address of the real server will be used.\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>login</big> = \"</b><i>username</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>For <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <small>LDAP</small> , " -"MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> and PostgreSQL, the username used to log " -"in.\n" +"</p><p>For <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> and PostgreSQL, the username used to log in.\n" "</p><p>For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Name.\n" -"</p><p>For <small>SIP</small> , the username is used as both the to and from " -"address for an <small>OPTIONS</small> query.\n" +"</p><p>For <small>SIP</small> , the username is used as both the to and from address for an <small>OPTIONS</small> query.\n" "</p><p>Default:\n" "</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> Anonymous\n" -"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the " -"configuration\n" -"</dt><dt>* <small>SIP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is " -"derived as per the passwd option below.\n" -"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication " -"will not be attempted.\n" +"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the configuration\n" +"</dt><dt>* <small>SIP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is derived as per the passwd option below.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication will not be attempted.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><b><big>password</big> = \"</b><i>password</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"<p>Password to use to login to <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <" -"small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> , PostgreSQL and\n" +"<p>Password to use to login to <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> , PostgreSQL and\n" "<small>SIP</small> servers.\n" "</p><p>For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Password.\n" "</p><p>Default:\n" -"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, where " -"hostname is the environment variable <small>HOSTNAME</small> evaluated at run " -"time, or sourced\n" +"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, where hostname is the environment variable <small>HOSTNAME</small> evaluated at run time, or sourced\n" "from uname if unset.\n" -"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of <small>LDAP</small> , " -"MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be " -"performed.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be performed.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><b><big>database name</big> = \"</b><i>databasename</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"<p>Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the " -"database that the query (set by <b>receive</b> above) will be performed " -"against. This\n" +"<p>Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the database that the query (set by <b>receive</b> above) will be performed against. This\n" "is a required setting.\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>radius secret</big> = \"</b><i>radiussecret</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform " -"an Access-Request with the username (set by <b>login</b> above) and passwd " -"(set by\n" +"</p><p>Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform an Access-Request with the username (set by <b>login</b> above) and passwd (set by\n" "<b>passwd</b> above).\n" "</p><p>Default: empty string\n" "\n" @@ -578,119 +424,73 @@ "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>scheduler</big> =</b> <i>scheduler_name</i>\n" -"</p><p>Scheduler to be used by <small>LVS</small> for loadbalancing. For an " -"information on the available sehedulers please see the <b>" -"ipvsadm</a></b>(8) man page.\n" +"</p><p>Scheduler to be used by <small>LVS</small> for loadbalancing. For an information on the available sehedulers please see the <b>ipvsadm</a></b>(8) man page.\n" "</p><p>Default: \"wrr\"\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>protocol</big> = tcp</b>|<b>udp</b>|<b>fwm</b>\n" -"</p><p>Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an <small>IP<" -"/small> address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall " -"mark then the\n" +"</p><p>Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an <small>IP</small> address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall mark then the\n" "protocol must be fwm.\n" "</p><p>Default:\n" -"</p></dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port " -"is not 53: tcp\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port is " -"53: udp\n" +"</p></dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port is not 53: tcp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port is 53: udp\n" "</dt><dt>* Virtual is a firewall mark: fwm\n" "</dt></dl>\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>check timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the " -"timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. " -"negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a " -"per-virtual setting.\n" -"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "</p><p>Default: 5 seconds\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>negotiate timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" "</p><p>Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout " -"is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" -"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "</p><p>Default: 30 seconds\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>failure count</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by " -"a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 " -"will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A " -"successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: 1\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>email alert</big> = \"</b><i>emailaddress</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection " -"status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option " -"requires perl\n" -"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any " -"of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" +"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>email alert freq</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real " -"server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds " -"will\n" -"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is " -"dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval " -"configuration\n" +"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" +"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" "option.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: 0\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>" -"|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n" -"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be " -"sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n" -"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>" -"none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options " -"are ORed\n" +"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n" +"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n" +"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: all\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvic" -"ename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" -"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers " -"are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" +"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>quiescent</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to be " -"down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> " -"table.\n" -"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will " -"be accepted.\n" -"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent " -"connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be " -"routed to the\n" -"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more " -"information on persistant connections.\n" +"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table.\n" +"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" +"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" +"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" "</p><p>This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" "</p><p>echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel " -"doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the " -"kernel is too\n" -"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS<" -"/small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" -"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from " -"the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" +"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS</small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: <i>yes</i>\n" "\n" "\n" @@ -699,12 +499,10 @@ #. overwrite global value part #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:146 -#| msgid "&Feedback Type" msgid "Check Type" msgstr "Tipo de verificação" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:150 -#| msgid "Check Now" msgid "Check Port" msgstr "Porta de verificação" @@ -713,12 +511,10 @@ msgstr "Serviço" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:152 -#| msgid "Command" msgid "Check Command" msgstr "Comando de verificação" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:157 -#| msgid "Setup Method" msgid "Http Method" msgstr "Método HTTP" @@ -731,7 +527,6 @@ msgstr "Receber" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:165 -#| msgid "VirtualHost" msgid "Virtual Host" msgstr "Host virtual" @@ -795,17 +590,14 @@ msgstr "Servidores reais" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:310 -#| msgid "Check Repository Type" msgid "Check type" msgstr "Tipo de verificação" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:311 -#| msgid "Socket type" msgid "Auth type" msgstr "Tipo de autenticação" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:312 -#| msgid "Other" msgid "Others" msgstr "Outros" @@ -942,4 +734,3 @@ #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:441 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Resumo da configuração..." - Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/iscsi-client.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/iscsi-client.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/iscsi-client.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: iscsi-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-11 14:50-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Isis Binder \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" @@ -123,8 +123,10 @@ msgstr "Editar" #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161 -msgid "Log Out" -msgstr "Encerrar sessão" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Disconnected" +msgid "Disconnect" +msgstr "Desconectado" #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186 msgid "Connected" @@ -135,9 +137,6 @@ msgstr "Descoberta" #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193 -msgid "Log In" -msgstr "Efetuar login" - #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223 msgid "Connect" msgstr "Conectar" @@ -219,8 +218,8 @@ #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>" msgstr "<h1>Iniciador iSCSI</h1>" @@ -339,34 +338,32 @@ #. table of connected targets #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90 -msgid "" -"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press <b>Add</b>.\n" -"To remove it, press <b>Log Out</b>.\n" -"To change the start-up status, press <b>Toggle</b>.\n" +msgid "<p>List of current sessions.</p><p>Use the <b>Add</b> button to get additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged.<br>Use <b>Disconnect</b> to cancel the connection and with it remove the target from the list.<br>To change the start-up status, press <b>Edit</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"Lista de sessões atuais. Para adicionar um novo destino, selecione-o e pressione <b>Adicionar</b>.\n" -"Para remover um destino, selecione-o e pressione <b>Efetuar logoff</b>.\n" -"Para alterar o status da inicialização, pressione <b>Alternar</b>.\n" #. Warning #. Warning -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:96 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:114 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:99 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:117 msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" msgstr "<h1>Aviso</h1>" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:97 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118 msgid "<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.</p>\n" msgstr "<p>Ao efetuar um acesso de <b>LEITURA</b>/<b>GRAVAÇÃO</b> a um dispositivo iSCSI, certifique-se de que esse acesso seja exclusivo. Caso contrário, há possibilidade dos dados serem corrompidos.</p>\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b>InitiatorName</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n" +#| "In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>" msgid "" -"<p><b>InitiatorName</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n" +"<p><b>Initiator Name</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n" "In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>InitiatorName</b> é um valor em <tt>/etc/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>.\n" "Caso você tenha o iBFT, esse valor será adicionado a partir desse local e você poderá alterá-lo somente na configuração da BIOS.</p>" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:106 msgid "" "If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" "fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be 3205.\n" @@ -374,9 +371,14 @@ "Se deseja utilizar o <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) para descobrir destinos ao invés do método padrão SendTargets,\n" "preencha o endereço de IP do servidor iSNS e a porta. A porta padrão deve ser 3205.\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:108 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:111 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the discovered server.\n" +#| "Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n" +#| "select <b>No Authentication</b>.\n" msgid "" -"Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the discovered server.\n" +"Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the iSCSI target server.\n" "Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n" "select <b>No Authentication</b>.\n" msgstr "" @@ -384,14 +386,10 @@ "Altere a <b>Porta</b> somente se necessário. Para a autenticação, use <b>Nome do usuário</b> e <b>Senha</b>. Caso não precise de autenticação,\n" " selecione <b>Sem autenticação</b>.\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:125 msgid "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click <b>Connect</b>. " msgstr "Lista de nós oferecidos pelo destino do iSCSI. Selecione um item e clique em <b>Conectar</b>. " -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129 -msgid "Select the type of authentication and enter the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>." -msgstr "Selecione o tipo de autenticação e digite o <b>Nome de usuário</b> e a <b>Senha</b>." - #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132 msgid "<h1>Startup</h1>" msgstr "<h1>Inicialização</h1>" @@ -410,12 +408,22 @@ "iSCSI. Como tal, isso será avaliado a partir do initrd.</p>\n" "<p><b>automático</b> é para os destinos iSCSI serem conectados quando o serviço iSCSI for iniciado.</p>\n" -#. list of discovered targets +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:141 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<h4>Authentication</h4>" +msgid "<h1>Authentication</h1>" +msgstr "<h4>Autenticação</h4>" + #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142 -msgid "List of discovered targets. Start a new <b>Discovery</b> or <b>Connect</b> to any target." -msgstr "Lista de destinos descobertos. Inicie uma nova <b>descoberta</b> ou <b>conecte-se</b> a algum dos destinos." +msgid "<p>The default setting here is <i>No Authentication</i>. Uncheck the checkbox if authentication is needed for security reasons. Enter <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> for 'Incoming Authentication', 'Outgoing Authentication' or for both.</p><p><b>Please note:</b><br>'Incoming Authentication' here correlates to 'Outgoing Authentication' on iSCSI target server side and the other way round.</p>" +msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:145 +#. list of discovered targets +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:151 +msgid "<p>This screen shows the list of discovered targets.</p><p>Use the <b>Discovery</b> button to get available iSCSI targets from a server specified by IP address.<br><b>Connect</b> to a target to establih the connection. If login was successful the column <i>Connected</i> shows status 'True' and the target will appear on the <i>Connected Targets</i> screen.<br>To remove a target use the <b>Delete</b> button.<br> <b>Hint:</b> Removing of targets is only possible for not connected onces. If required, <b>Disconnect</b> at <i>Connected Targets</i> first.</p><p><b>Please note:</b> Starting the <b>Discovery</b> again means doing a re-discovery of targets which possibly will change the start-up mode of already connected targets (to default 'manual'). Switch to <i>Connected Targets</i> screen and use the <b>Add</b> button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-up mode.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:167 msgid "<h1>iBTF</h1>" msgstr "<h1>iBTF</h1>" @@ -466,15 +474,32 @@ msgstr "O campo da porta não pode estar vazio" #. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:423 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:428 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initiator Name" +msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name" +msgstr "Nome do iniciador" + +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:429 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Incorrect InitiatorName.\n" +#| "The correct syntax is\n" +#| "iqn.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n" +#| "or eui.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Example:\n" +#| "iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n" msgid "" -"Incorrect InitiatorName.\n" +"\n" "The correct syntax is\n" "iqn.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n" "or eui.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n" "\n" "Example:\n" "iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n" +"\n" +"Do you want to use the name?\n" msgstr "" "InitiatorName incorreto\n" "A sintaxe correta é\n" @@ -485,12 +510,12 @@ "iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n" #. brackets needed around IPv6 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:635 msgid "Insert the IP address." msgstr "Digite o endereço IP." #. validate port number -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:641 msgid "Insert the port." msgstr "Digite a porta." @@ -498,36 +523,36 @@ #. ******************* target table ************************* #. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:887 msgid "True" msgstr "Verdadeiro" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859 msgid "False" msgstr "Falso" #. check if not already connected #. check if not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:792 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:912 msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." msgstr "O destino com este TargetName já está conectado. Verifique se o recurso de caminhos múltiplos está habilitado para evitar a corrupção dos dados." -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:795 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:915 msgid "Continue" msgstr "Continuar" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:796 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:916 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Cancelar" #. check if is not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:906 msgid "The target is already connected." msgstr "O destino já está conectado." @@ -616,7 +641,7 @@ msgstr "todos" #. } -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:698 msgid "" "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" "differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n" @@ -627,14 +652,39 @@ "O nome antigo do iniciador será substituído pelo valor em iBFT e será criado um backup.\n" "Se desejar usar um nome de iniciador diferente, você poderá alterá-lo na BIOS.\n" +#. change startup status (manual/onboot) for target +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1013 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Image creation failed." +msgid "Target connection failed.\n" +msgstr "Falha na criação da imagem." + #. do discovery first -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1156 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Resumo da configuração..." -#~ msgid "Initiator Name" -#~ msgstr "Nome do iniciador" +#~ msgid "Log Out" +#~ msgstr "Encerrar sessão" +#~ msgid "Log In" +#~ msgstr "Efetuar login" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press <b>Add</b>.\n" +#~ "To remove it, press <b>Log Out</b>.\n" +#~ "To change the start-up status, press <b>Toggle</b>.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Lista de sessões atuais. Para adicionar um novo destino, selecione-o e pressione <b>Adicionar</b>.\n" +#~ "Para remover um destino, selecione-o e pressione <b>Efetuar logoff</b>.\n" +#~ "Para alterar o status da inicialização, pressione <b>Alternar</b>.\n" + +#~ msgid "Select the type of authentication and enter the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>." +#~ msgstr "Selecione o tipo de autenticação e digite o <b>Nome de usuário</b> e a <b>Senha</b>." + +#~ msgid "List of discovered targets. Start a new <b>Discovery</b> or <b>Connect</b> to any target." +#~ msgstr "Lista de destinos descobertos. Inicie uma nova <b>descoberta</b> ou <b>conecte-se</b> a algum dos destinos." + #~ msgid "Offloa&d Card" #~ msgstr "Placa Offloa&d" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/iscsi-lio-server.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/iscsi-lio-server.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/iscsi-lio-server.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 10:49-0200\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:253 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:223 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:236 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:720 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721 msgid "Username" msgstr "Nome de usuário" @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:224 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:237 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:722 msgid "Password" msgstr "Senha" @@ -560,7 +560,7 @@ msgstr "Importar LUNs do TPG" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:638 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:694 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:695 msgid "Client name must not be empty!" msgstr "O nome do cliente não deve estar vazio!" @@ -568,101 +568,110 @@ #. client name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same client. #. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here? #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:644 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:700 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:701 msgid "Client name already exists!" msgstr "O nome do cliente já existe!" #. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional client access to the LUN #. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:677 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:678 msgid "New client name:" msgstr "Nome do novo cliente:" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:723 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724 msgid "OK" msgstr "OK" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:725 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Cancelar" #. remove a item #. **************** Edit Dialog ***************************** #. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:819 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:933 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1291 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:820 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:934 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1288 msgid "Really delete the selected item?" msgstr "Realmente remover o item selecionado?" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1001 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1002 msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2" msgstr "Erro ao criar destino %1 com tpg %2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1023 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1024 msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1" msgstr "Erro ao configurar portal de rede para %1" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1044 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1045 msgid "Problem removing lun %1" msgstr "Erro ao remover lun %1" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1069 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1070 msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3" msgstr "Erro ao configurar lun %1 (name: %2) para o caminho %3" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1083 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1084 msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3" msgstr "Erro ao configurar a autenticação em %1:%2 para %3" #. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1201 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1198 msgid "The target cannot be empty." msgstr "O destino não pode estar vazio." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1205 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1202 msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty." msgstr "O grupo de portal de destino não pode estar vazio." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1216 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1213 msgid "The target already exists." msgstr "O destino já existe." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1233 msgid "Incoming" msgstr "Recebido" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1239 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236 msgid "Outgoing" msgstr "Enviado" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1241 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238 msgid "None" msgstr "Nenhum" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1264 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1367 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1404 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1261 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1364 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1401 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Desabilitado" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1456 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1450 +msgid "" +"There isn't any client specified.\n" +"To allow a client login to the target, please\n" +"use the 'Add' button and enter the name\n" +"(see /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi on initiator).\n" +"Really want to continue without client access?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1464 msgid "Problem removing lun %4 for client %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "Erro ao remover lun %4 para cliente %3 em %1:%2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1471 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1479 msgid "Problem adding lun %4:%5 for client %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "Erro ao adicionar lun %4:%5 para cliente %3 em %1:%2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1492 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1500 msgid "Problem removing client %3 from %1:%2" msgstr "Erro ao remover cliente %3 de %1:%2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1516 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1524 msgid "Problem creating client %3 for %1:%2" msgstr "Erro ao criar cliente %3 para %1:%2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1551 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1559 msgid "Problem changing auth for client %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "Erro ao alterar autenticação para cliente %3 em %1:%2" @@ -676,12 +685,12 @@ msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inicializando..." -#. local IPv6 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1420 +#. scope link IPv6 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424 msgid "Cannot save lio setup" msgstr "Não foi possível salvar a configuração do lio" -#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428 msgid "Cannot save tcm setup" msgstr "Não foi possível salvar a configuração do tcm" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/isns.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/isns.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/isns.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: isns\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 10:49-0200\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" Added: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/journal.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/journal.pt_BR.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/journal.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -0,0 +1,150 @@ +# Portugese (Brasilian) message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 1999-2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Karl Eichwalder , 1999. +# Ralf Lanz , 1999. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:56+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Ralf Lanz \n" +"Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n>1;\n" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:43 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No entries." +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "Sem entradas." + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:47 +msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" +msgstr "" + +#. Return the result as an array of Items +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:117 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Change Suffix" +msgid "Change filter..." +msgstr "Alterar sufixo" + +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:119 +msgid "Refresh" +msgstr "Atualizar" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:50 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Braille display" +msgid "Entries to display" +msgstr "Monitor em braille" + +#. Interval +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:53 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Periodic interval" +msgid "Time interval" +msgstr "Intervalo periódico" + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:59 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filters:" +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "Filtros:" + +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No additional information" +msgid "With no additional conditions" +msgstr "Sem informação adicional" + +#. User readable description of the time interval +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:82 +msgid "Since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:84 +msgid "From previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:90 +msgid "Between %{since} and %{until}" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible intervals for a QueryPresenter object to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each interval is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:102 +msgid "Between these dates" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:104 +msgid "Since system's boot (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:108 +msgid "From previous boot (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible filters for a QueryPresenter object +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 4 possible keys +#. +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label short label for the filter +#. * :form_label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :multiple boolean indicating if an array is a valid value +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:128 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Units" +msgid "Units" +msgstr "&Unidades" + +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:129 +msgid "For these systemd units" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:134 +msgid "Files" +msgstr "Arquivos" + +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:135 +msgid "For these files (executable or device)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:140 +msgid "Priority" +msgstr "Prioridade" + +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:141 +msgid "With at least this priority" +msgstr "" + +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:164 +msgid "Time" +msgstr "Hora" + +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:165 +msgid "Source" +msgstr "Fonte" + +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:166 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "Mensagem" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/kdump.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/kdump.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/kdump.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: kdump\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-02 17:05-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" @@ -58,197 +58,199 @@ msgstr "O destino do dump inclui destino para salvar imagens de dump" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:116 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:117 msgid "The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz] Please enter only \"kernel_string\"." msgstr "O esquema de nome é: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz]. Por favor, forneça somente \"kernel_string\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:127 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:128 msgid "The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the kdump kernel." msgstr "A linha de comando kdump é a linha de comando que necessita ser passada para o kernel do kdump." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:138 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:139 msgid "Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command line string." msgstr "Defina esta variável se você quer somente _acrescentar_ valores na string de linha de comando padrão." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:149 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:150 msgid "Immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump kernel." msgstr "Reiniciar imediatamente após salvar o núcleo no kernel do kdump." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:157 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:158 msgid "Copy kernel into dump directory." msgstr "Copiar o kernel no diretório do dump." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:165 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:166 msgid "Specifies how many old dumps are kept. 0 means keep all." msgstr "Especifica quantos dumps antigos são mantidos. 0 significa \"manter todos\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:173 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:174 msgid "SMTP server for sending notification messages." msgstr "Servidor SMTP para envio de mensagens de notificação." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:181 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:182 msgid "SMTP username for sending notification messages." msgstr "Nome de usuário SMTP para envio de mensagens de notificação." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:189 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:190 msgid "SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes password (plain text file)." msgstr "Senha SMTP para enviar mensagens de notificação. Caminho do arquivo que inclui a senha (arquivo de texto puro)." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:197 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:198 msgid "Email address for sending notification messages" msgstr "Endereço de e-mail para enviar mensagens de notificação" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:208 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:209 msgid "Email address for sending copy of notification messages" msgstr "Endereço de e-mail para envio de cópia de mensagens de notificação." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:220 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:221 msgid "Enable option" msgstr "Opção de habilitar" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:224 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:225 msgid "Disable option" msgstr "Opção de desabilitar" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:228 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:229 msgid "Shows current option status" msgstr "Exibe o status das opções atuais" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:233 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:234 msgid "Size of allocated memory MB" msgstr "Tamanho de memória alocada MB" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:240 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:241 msgid "Number for dump level includes pages for saving" msgstr "O número de níveis de dump inclui páginas a salvar" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:247 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:248 msgid "Dump format can be none, ELF, compressed or lzo" msgstr "O formato do dump pode ser none, ELF, compressed ou lzo" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:254 -msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs" +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:255 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs" +msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs" msgstr "O destino do dump inclui tipo do destino de: arquivo (sistema de arquivos local), ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:261 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:262 msgid "Name of server" msgstr "Nome do servidor" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:266 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:267 msgid "Port for connection" msgstr "Porta da conexão" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:271 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:272 msgid "Directory for saving dump images" msgstr "Diretório para salvar imagens dos dumps" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:278 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:279 msgid "Exported share" msgstr "Compartilhamento exportado" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:283 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:284 msgid "User name" msgstr "Nome de usuário" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:288 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:289 msgid "Path of file which includes password (plain text file)" msgstr "Caminho do arquivo que inclui a senha (arquivo de texto puro)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:295 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:296 msgid "udev_id of raw partition" msgstr "udev_id da partição" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:302 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:303 msgid "The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz] kernel means only \"kernel_string\"." msgstr "O esquema de nomes é: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz] Kernel significa somente \"kernel_string\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:309 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:310 msgid "Include command line options." msgstr "Incluir opções da linha de comando." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:316 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:317 msgid "Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 or s are allowed" msgstr "A opção significa nível de execução para inicializar o kernel do kdump. Somente valores como 1,2,3,4,5 ou s são permitidos" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:323 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:324 msgid "Number of dumps. 0 means keep all." msgstr "Número de dump. 0 significa \"manter todos\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:330 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:331 msgid "Email address" msgstr "Endereço de e-mail" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:364 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:365 msgid "Handles usage of firmware-assisted dump" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:414 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:415 msgid "Display Settings:" msgstr "Configurações de vídeo:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:419 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:420 msgid "Kdump is enabled (boot option \"crashkernel\" is added)" msgstr "O Kdump está habilitado (opção de inicialização \"crashkernel\" foi adicionada)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:424 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:425 msgid "Allocate memory (MB) for kdump is: %1" msgstr "Memória alocada (MB) para kdump é: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:430 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:431 msgid "Kdump is disabled" msgstr "Kdump está desabilitado" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:436 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:437 msgid "Dump Level: %1" msgstr "Nível de dump: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:444 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:445 msgid "Dump Format: %1" msgstr "Formato do dump: %1" #. parsing target info -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:451 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:452 msgid "Dump Target Settings" msgstr "Configurações do destino do dump" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:456 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:457 msgid "target: %1" msgstr "destino: %1" @@ -257,8 +259,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:466 src/clients/kdump.rb:493 src/clients/kdump.rb:536 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:564 src/clients/kdump.rb:581 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:467 src/clients/kdump.rb:494 src/clients/kdump.rb:537 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:565 src/clients/kdump.rb:582 msgid "file directory: %1" msgstr "diretório: %1" @@ -266,113 +268,113 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:476 src/clients/kdump.rb:517 src/clients/kdump.rb:557 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:574 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:477 src/clients/kdump.rb:518 src/clients/kdump.rb:558 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:575 msgid "server name: %1" msgstr "nome do servidor: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:485 src/clients/kdump.rb:527 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:486 src/clients/kdump.rb:528 msgid "port: %1" msgstr "porta: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:501 src/clients/kdump.rb:596 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:502 src/clients/kdump.rb:597 msgid "user name: anonymous connection is allowed" msgstr "usuário: conexão anônima é permitida" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:506 src/clients/kdump.rb:546 src/clients/kdump.rb:601 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:507 src/clients/kdump.rb:547 src/clients/kdump.rb:602 msgid "user name: %1" msgstr "nome de usuário: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:588 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:589 msgid "share: %1" msgstr "compartilhamento: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:609 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:610 msgid "EMPTY" msgstr "VAZIO" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:617 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:618 msgid "Custom kdump kernel: %1" msgstr "Kernel kdump personalizado: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:628 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:629 msgid "Kdump command line: %1" msgstr "Linha de comando do kdump: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:639 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:640 msgid "Kdump command line append: %1" msgstr "Extra da linha de comando do kdump: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:649 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:650 msgid "Kdump immediate reboots: %1" msgstr "Reinicialização imediata do kdump: %1" -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:651 src/clients/kdump.rb:1258 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1259 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Habilitado" -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1259 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:653 src/clients/kdump.rb:1260 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Desabilitado" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:661 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:662 msgid "Numbers of old dumps: All dumps are saved without deleting old dumps" msgstr "Número de dumps antigos: todos os dumps são salvos sem remover os dumps antigos" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:669 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:670 msgid "Numbers of old dumps: %1" msgstr "Número de dumps antigos: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:680 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:681 msgid "Kdump SMTP Server: %1" msgstr "Servidor SMTP do kdump: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:691 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:692 msgid "Kdump SMTP User: %1" msgstr "Usuário SMTP do kdump: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:700 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:701 msgid "Kdump SMTP Password: ********" msgstr "Senha SMTP do kdump: ********" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:708 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:709 msgid "Kdump Sending Notification To: %1" msgstr "O kdump está enviando a notificação para: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:719 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:720 msgid "Kdump Sending Copy of Notification To: %1" msgstr "O kdump está enviando uma cópia da notificação para: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:746 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:747 msgid "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges. They will be rewritten." msgstr "A opção do kernel \"crashkernel\" inclui intervalos. Eles serão reescritos." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. Popup::Message(crash_value); #. delete crashkernel paramter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:559 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:578 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:752 src/clients/kdump.rb:757 src/modules/Kdump.rb:570 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "Para aplicar estas alterações é necessário reiniciar." @@ -391,39 +393,39 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/clients/kdump.rb:786 src/clients/kdump.rb:815 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1047 src/clients/kdump.rb:1064 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1081 src/clients/kdump.rb:1098 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1113 src/clients/kdump.rb:1129 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1152 src/clients/kdump.rb:1172 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1192 src/clients/kdump.rb:1206 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1229 src/clients/kdump.rb:1249 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:761 src/clients/kdump.rb:787 src/clients/kdump.rb:816 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1048 src/clients/kdump.rb:1065 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1082 src/clients/kdump.rb:1099 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1114 src/clients/kdump.rb:1130 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1153 src/clients/kdump.rb:1173 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1193 src/clients/kdump.rb:1207 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1230 src/clients/kdump.rb:1250 msgid "Wrong options were used." msgstr "Opções erradas foram utilizadas." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:777 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:778 msgid "Dump level was set." msgstr "Nível de dump foi definido." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:781 src/clients/kdump.rb:806 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:782 src/clients/kdump.rb:807 msgid "Wrong value of option." msgstr "Valor errado para a opção." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:802 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:803 msgid "Dump format was set." msgstr "Formato do dump foi definido." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:809 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:810 msgid "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." msgstr "A opção pode incluir somente os valores \"none\" (nenhum), \"ELF\", \"compressed\" (comprimido) ou \"lzo\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:829 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:830 msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "O arquivo %1 não existe." @@ -431,8 +433,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:851 src/clients/kdump.rb:885 src/clients/kdump.rb:934 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:968 src/clients/kdump.rb:1015 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:852 src/clients/kdump.rb:886 src/clients/kdump.rb:935 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:969 src/clients/kdump.rb:1016 msgid "Value for \"dir\" missing." msgstr "O valor de \"dir\" está faltando." @@ -440,48 +442,48 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:865 src/clients/kdump.rb:915 src/clients/kdump.rb:956 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:982 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:866 src/clients/kdump.rb:916 src/clients/kdump.rb:957 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:983 msgid "Value for \"server\" missing." msgstr "O valor de \"server\" está faltando." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:994 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:995 msgid "Value for \"share\" missing." msgstr "O valor de \"compartilhamento\" está faltando." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1036 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1037 msgid "Wrong value for target." msgstr "Valor errado para o destino." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1147 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1148 msgid "Wrong value of options \"no\"." msgstr "Valor incorreto das opções \"no\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1167 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1168 msgid "Wrong value for option \"server\"." msgstr "Valor incorreto para a opção \"server\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1187 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1188 msgid "Wrong value for option \"user\"." msgstr "Valor incorreto para a opção \"user\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1224 src/clients/kdump.rb:1244 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1225 src/clients/kdump.rb:1245 msgid "Wrong value for option \"email\"." msgstr "Valor incorreto para a opção \"email\"." -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1256 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1257 msgid "Firmware-assisted dump: %{status}" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1274 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1275 msgid "No option has been defined." msgstr "Nenhuma opção foi definida." @@ -491,12 +493,12 @@ msgstr "Salvando a configuração do kdump..." #. proposal part - kdump label -#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:68 +#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:82 msgid "Kdump" msgstr "Kdump" #. menubutton entry -#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:70 +#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:84 msgid "&Kdump" msgstr "&Kdump" @@ -586,20 +588,24 @@ msgid "FTP" msgstr "FTP" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:223 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:143 -msgid "SSH (scp)" -msgstr "SSH (scp)" +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:223 +msgid "SSH" +msgstr "SSH" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:224 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:224 +msgid "SFTP" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173 msgid "NFS" msgstr "NFS" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:226 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188 msgid "CIFS (SMB)" msgstr "CIFS (SMB)" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:250 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:251 msgid "&SMTP Server" msgstr "Servidor &SMTP" @@ -607,7 +613,7 @@ #. text entry #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:262 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:263 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130 #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:160 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:212 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "Nome de &usuário" @@ -616,114 +622,114 @@ #. password entry #. password entry #. password entry -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:274 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:275 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133 #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:163 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:215 msgid "&Password" msgstr "S&enha" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:286 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:287 msgid "Notification &To" msgstr "Notificação ¶" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:302 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:303 msgid "Notifica&tion CC" msgstr "Noti&ficação com cópia" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:319 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:320 msgid "Custom Kdump &Kernel" msgstr "&Kernel kdump personalizado" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:331 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:332 msgid "Kdump Co&mmand Line" msgstr "Linha de co&mando kdump" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:343 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:344 msgid "Kdump Command &Line Append" msgstr "Extras da &linha de comando do kdump" #. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:360 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:361 msgid "&Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core" msgstr "&Habilitar a reinicialização imediata após salvar o núcleo" #. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:374 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:375 msgid "Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory" msgstr "Habilitar a cópia do &kernel no diretório do dump" #. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:388 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Enable &Delete Old Dump Images" msgstr "Habilitar remoção de imagens de &dump antigas" #. TRANSLATORS: IntField Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:405 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:406 msgid "N&umber of Old Dumps" msgstr "Número má&ximo de dumps antigos" #. "handle" : -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:426 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:427 msgid "Kdump Memory" msgstr "Memória kdump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:431 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:432 msgid "Kdump Start-Up" msgstr "Inicialização do kdump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:433 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "Inicialização" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:447 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:448 msgid "Kdump - Dump Filtering" msgstr "Kdump - filtragem do dump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:448 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:449 msgid "Dump Filtering" msgstr "Filtragem do dump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:454 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:455 msgid "Saving Target for Kdump Image" msgstr "Salvando destino para a imagem kdump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:461 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:462 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:463 msgid "Dump Target" msgstr "Destino do dump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:468 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "SMTP Server" msgstr "Servidor SMTP" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:478 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:479 msgid "Notification Email Addresses" msgstr "Endereços de e-mail da notificação" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:486 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:488 msgid "Email Notification" msgstr "Notificação de e-mail" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:500 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:501 msgid "Custom Kernel for Kdump" msgstr "Kernel personalizado para o kdump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:505 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:506 msgid "Command Line" msgstr "Linha de comando" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:513 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:514 msgid "Dump Settings" msgstr "Configurações do dump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:526 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:527 msgid "Kdump Expert Settings" msgstr "Configurações avançadas do kdump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:527 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:528 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "Configurações avançadas" @@ -779,7 +785,7 @@ "</p>" msgstr "" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/6 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<p><b>Saving Target for Kdump Image</b><br>\n" @@ -788,7 +794,7 @@ "<p><b>Salvando destino para a imagem kdump</b><br>\n" " O destino para salvar imagens kdump. Selecione o tipo de destino para salvas os dumps.<br></p>" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/6 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<p><b>Local Filestem</b> - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n" @@ -801,7 +807,7 @@ " Selecione o diretório para salvar as imagens do kdump via diálogo pressionando <i>Navegar</i>\n" " <br></p>" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/6 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:83 msgid "" "<p><b>FTP</b> - Save kdump image via FTP.\n" @@ -818,10 +824,18 @@ " <i>Habilitar FTP anônimo</i> habilita conexão anônima no servidor.\n" " <i>Nome de usuário</i> para a conexão FTP. <i>Senha</i> para a conexão FTP.<br></p>" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/6 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:92 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b>SSH</b> - Save kdump image via SSH.\n" +#| " <i>Server Name</i> - The name of server.\n" +#| " <i>Port</i> - The port number for connection.\n" +#| " <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n" +#| " <i>User Name</i> for SSH connection. \n" +#| " <i>Password</i> for SSH connection.<br></p>\n" msgid "" -"<p><b>SSH</b> - Save kdump image via SSH.\n" +"<p><b>SSH</b> - Save kdump image via SSH and 'dd' on target machine.\n" " <i>Server Name</i> - The name of server.\n" " <i>Port</i> - The port number for connection.\n" " <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n" @@ -835,9 +849,41 @@ " <i>Nome de usuário</i> para a conexão SSH. \n" " <i>Senha</i> para a conexão SSH.<br></p>\n" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 5/6 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 5/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:101 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b>SSH</b> - Save kdump image via SSH.\n" +#| " <i>Server Name</i> - The name of server.\n" +#| " <i>Port</i> - The port number for connection.\n" +#| " <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n" +#| " <i>User Name</i> for SSH connection. \n" +#| " <i>Password</i> for SSH connection.<br></p>\n" msgid "" +"<p><b>SFTP</b> - Save kdump image via SFTP.\n" +" <i>Server Name</i> - The name of server.\n" +" <i>Port</i> - The port number for connection.\n" +" <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n" +" <i>User Name</i> for SSH connection. \n" +" <i>Password</i> for SSH connection.<br></p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>SSH</b> - salvar imagem kdump via SSH.\n" +" <i>Nome do servidor</i> - o nome do servidor.\n" +" <i>Porta</i> - o número da porta para conexão.\n" +" <i>Diretório no servidor</i> - O caminho para salvar as imagens do kdump.\n" +" <i>Nome de usuário</i> para a conexão SSH. \n" +" <i>Senha</i> para a conexão SSH.<br></p>\n" + +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:109 +msgid "" +"<p>The choice between SSH and SFTP depends\n" +"on details of server configuration. SLE servers support both\n" +"by default.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 6/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:115 +msgid "" "<p><b>NFS</b> - Save kdump image on NFS.\n" " <i>Server Name</i> - The name of nfs server.\n" " <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.<br></p>" @@ -846,8 +892,8 @@ " <i>Nome do servidor</i> - nome do servidor NFS.\n" " <i>Diretório no servidor</i> - caminho para salvar as imagens do kdump.<br></p>" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 6/6 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:107 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 7/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:121 msgid "" "<p><b>CIFS</b> - Save kdump image via CIFS.\n" " <i>Server Name</i> - The name of server.\n" @@ -864,7 +910,7 @@ " <i>Nome de usuário</i> para a conexão. <i>Senha</i> para a conexão.<br></p>" #. Custom Kdump Kernel - TextEntry 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:130 msgid "" "<p><b>Custom Kdump Kernel</b> The user can enter the custom kernel.\n" " The naming scheme is:<i>/boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz]</i>\n" @@ -875,7 +921,7 @@ " Forneça somente <i>kernel_string</i>.<br></p>" #. Kdump Command Line - TextEntry 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:136 msgid "" "<p><b>Kdump Command Line</b>\n" " Additional arguments passed to kexec. <br></p>" @@ -884,7 +930,7 @@ " Argumentos adicionais passados para o kexec. <br></p>" #. Kdump Command Line Append - TextEntry 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:126 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "<p><b>Kdump Command Line Append</b>\n" " Set this option to _append_ values to the default command line string. \n" @@ -897,7 +943,7 @@ " estiver definida<br></p>\n" #. Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core - CheckBox 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:133 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core</b> - \n" " Enable immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump.<br></p>" @@ -906,7 +952,7 @@ " Habilita o reinício imediato após salvar o núcleo no kdump.<br></p>" #. Enable Delete Old Dump Images - CheckBox 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable Delete Old Dump Images</b> - \n" " Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n" @@ -917,7 +963,7 @@ " <i>Número de dumps antigos</i> exceder este número, os dumps antigos serão removidos.<br></p>" #. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:143 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:157 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable Copy Kernel into the Dump Directory</b> - \n" " If this option is selected, the kernel and the\n" @@ -932,12 +978,12 @@ " para a depuração.<br></p>\n" #. SMTP Server -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:165 msgid "<p><b>SMTP Server</b> used for sending a notification email after a dump.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>Servidor SMTP</b> usado para o envio de e-mails de notificação após um dump.</p>" #. SMTP User Name -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:155 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "<p><b>User Name</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is\n" " set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n" @@ -946,7 +992,7 @@ " Se você não especificar um nome de usuário e senha, o SMTP normal será usado.</p>\n" #. SMTP Password -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:159 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "<p><b>Password</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is set. This\n" " is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n" @@ -955,12 +1001,12 @@ " Se você não especificar um nome de usuário e uma senha, o SMTP normal será usado.</p>\n" #. Notification To (email addresses) -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:163 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:177 msgid "<p><b>Notification To</b> Specify the email address to which a notification email will be sent when a dump has been saved.</p>\n" msgstr "<p><b>Notificação para</b> especifica o endereço de e-mail para o qual a notificação será enviada quando um dump for salvo.</p>\n" #. Notification CC (email addresses) -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:167 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:181 msgid "" "<p><b>Notification CC</b> Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to\n" " which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</p>\n" @@ -969,7 +1015,7 @@ "de notificação será enviado via Cc se um dump for salvo.</p>\n" #. Number of Old Dumps (number) -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:171 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "<p><b>Number of Old Dumps</b> specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the number of dump files \n" "exceeds this number, older dumps are removed.</p>" @@ -978,7 +1024,7 @@ "Se o número de arquivos de dump exceder este número, os dumps mais antigos serão removidos.</p>" #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:175 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -987,7 +1033,7 @@ "Por favor, aguarde...<br></p>\n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:179 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" @@ -996,7 +1042,7 @@ "Cancele com segurança o utilitário de configuração clicando em <b>Cancelar</b> agora.</p>\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:183 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:197 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -1005,7 +1051,7 @@ "Por favor, aguarde...<br></p>\n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:187 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:201 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -1018,7 +1064,7 @@ "</p>\n" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:194 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Configure kdump here.<br></p>\n" @@ -1027,7 +1073,7 @@ "Configure o kdump aqui.<br></p>\n" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:198 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:212 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding a Kdump:</big></b><br>\n" "Choose an kdump from the list of detected kdumps.\n" @@ -1040,7 +1086,7 @@ "Então clique em <b>Configurar</b>.</p>\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:205 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -1051,7 +1097,7 @@ "no qual você pode alterar a configuração.</p>\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:211 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:225 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Kdump Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" "Obtain an overview of installed kdumps. Additionally\n" @@ -1062,7 +1108,7 @@ "edite suas configurações.<br></p>\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:217 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:231 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding a Kdump:</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Add</b> to configure a kdump.</p>" @@ -1071,7 +1117,7 @@ "Pressione <b>Adicionar</b> para configurar um kdump.</p>" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:235 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" "Choose a kdump to change or remove.\n" @@ -1116,6 +1162,10 @@ msgid "Enable Anon&ymous FTP" msgstr "&Habilitar FTP anônimo" +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:143 +msgid "SSH / SFTP" +msgstr "" + #. text entries #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:196 msgid "Exported Sha&re" @@ -1172,131 +1222,140 @@ #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:484 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:495 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:594 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "Inicializando a configuração do kdump" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:603 src/modules/Kdump.rb:611 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:614 src/modules/Kdump.rb:622 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "Lendo o arquivo de configuração..." #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "Lendo opções de inicialização do kernel..." #. Progress stage 4/4 #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:607 src/modules/Kdump.rb:615 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 msgid "Reading available memory..." msgstr "Lendo memória disponível..." #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:613 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "Lendo particionamento..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:627 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "Não foi possível ler o arquivo '/etc/sysconfig/kdump'." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:646 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "Não foi possível ler as configurações de inicialização do kernel." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:642 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:653 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "Não foi possível ler memória disponível." #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:668 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:679 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "Salvando a configuração do kdump" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:697 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:708 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Salvar as configurações" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:699 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:710 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "Atualizar as opções de inicialização" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:703 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:714 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Salvando as configurações..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:705 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:716 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "Atualizando as opções de inicialização..." #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:707 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:718 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Concluído" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:717 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:728 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Não foi possível salvar as configurações." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:726 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:737 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "Falha ao adicionar o parâmetro crashkernel ao carregador de inicialização" #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:833 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:851 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "Status do kdump: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852 msgid "enabled" msgstr "habilitado" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852 msgid "disabled" msgstr "desabilitado" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:841 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:859 msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "Valor para a opção crashkernel: %1." -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:848 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:866 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "Formato do dump: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:855 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:873 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "Destino dos dumps: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:862 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:880 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "Número de dumps: %1" +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, +#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972 +msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available." +msgstr "" + #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:950 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:1065 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "SSH (scp)" +#~ msgstr "SSH (scp)" + #~ msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available." #~ msgstr "O pacote para kexec-tools não está disponível." Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/languages_db.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/languages_db.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/languages_db.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: languages_db\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-10-26 01:13-0200\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/ldap-client.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/ldap-client.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/ldap-client.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ldap-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-10 16:00-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Isis Binder \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" @@ -26,705 +26,18 @@ "X-Poedit-Country: BRAZIL\n" "X-Poedit-SourceCharset: utf-8\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Ldap client module -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:53 -msgid "LDAP client configuration module" -msgstr "Módulo de configuração do cliente LDAP" - -#. translators: command line help text for pam action -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:66 -msgid "Enable or disable authentication with LDAP" -msgstr "Habilitar ou desabilitar autenticação com LDAP" - -#. translators: command line help text for summary action -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:73 -msgid "Configuration summary of the LDAP client" -msgstr "Resumo da configuração do cliente LDAP" - -#. translators: command line help text for configure action -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:83 -msgid "Change the global settings of the LDAP client" -msgstr "Alterar as configurações globais do cliente LDAP" - -#. translators: command line help text for pam enable option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:91 -msgid "Enable the service" -msgstr "Habilitar o serviço" - -#. translators: command line help text for pam disable option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:97 -msgid "Disable the service" -msgstr "Desabilitar o serviço" - -#. translators: command line help text for the server option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:103 -msgid "The LDAP server name" -msgstr "Nome do servidor LDAP" - -#. translators: command line help text for the base option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:110 -msgid "Distinguished name (DN) of the search base" -msgstr "DN (distinguished name - nome exclusivo) da base de pesquisa" - -#. command line help text for the 'createconfig' option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:117 -msgid "Create default configuration objects." -msgstr "Criar objetos de configuração padrão." - -#. command line help text for the 'ldappw' option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:123 -msgid "LDAP Server Password" -msgstr "Senha do servidor LDAP" - -#. help text for the 'automounter' option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:130 -msgid "Start or stop automounter" -msgstr "Iniciar ou parar o automontador" - -#. help text for the 'mkhomedir' option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:138 -msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" -msgstr "Criar diretório pessoal no login" - -#. help text for the 'tls' option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:146 -msgid "Encrypted connection (StartTLS)" -msgstr "Conexão criptografada (StartTLS)" - -#. help text for the 'sssd' option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:154 -msgid "Use System Security Services Daemon (SSSD)" -msgstr "Usar o daemon de serviços de segurança do sistema (SSSD)" - -#. help text for the 'cache_credentials' option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:162 -msgid "SSSD Offline Authentication" -msgstr "Autenticação SSSD offline" - -#. command line help text for the 'realm' option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:170 -msgid "Kerberos Realm" -msgstr "Domínio Kerberos" - -#. command line help text for the 'kdc' option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:177 -msgid "KDC Server Address" -msgstr "Endereço do servidor KDC" - -#. password entering label -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:313 -msgid "LDAP Server Password:" -msgstr "Senha do servidor LDAP:" - #. popup text -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:88 +#: src/ui.rb:88 msgid "Really abort the writing process?" msgstr "Realmente cancelar o processo de gravação?" #. help text -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:96 +#: src/ui.rb:96 msgid "Writing LDAP Client Settings" msgstr "Salvando as configurações do cliente LDAP" -#. popup window -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:130 -msgid "Scanning for LDAP servers provided by SLP..." -msgstr "Pesquisando servidores LDAP fornecidos por SLP..." - -#. multiselection box label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:152 -msgid "LDAP &Servers Provided by SLP" -msgstr "&Servidores LDAP fornecidos por SLP" - -#. warning popup -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:206 -msgid "The certificate file does not seem to have valid format." -msgstr "O arquivo do certificado não parece ter um formato válido." - -#. Popup for TLS/SSL related stuff -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:248 -msgid "SSL/TLS Configuration" -msgstr "Configuração SSL/TLS" - -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:255 -msgid "Use SSL/TLS" -msgstr "Usar SSL/TLS" - -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:264 -msgid "Protocols" -msgstr "Protocolos" - -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:278 -msgid "StartTLS" -msgstr "StartTLS" - -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:286 -msgid "LDAPS" -msgstr "LDAPS" - -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:300 -msgid "TLS Options" -msgstr "Opções TLS" - -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:310 -msgid "Request server certificate" -msgstr "Requisitar certificado do servidor" - -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:320 -msgid "Certificates" -msgstr "Certificados" - -#. inputfield label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:330 -msgid "Cer&tificate Directory" -msgstr "Diretório do certificado" - -#. button label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:336 -msgid "B&rowse" -msgstr "Nave&gar" - -#. inputfield label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:345 -msgid "CA Cert&ificate File" -msgstr "Arquivo de certificado CA" - -#. button label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:351 -msgid "Brows&e" -msgstr "&Navegar" - -#. inputfield label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:360 -msgid "CA Certificate URL for Download" -msgstr "URL para Baixar o Certificado CA" - -#. push button label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:365 -msgid "Do&wnload CA Certificate" -msgstr "Baixar certificado CA" - -#. popup label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:425 -msgid "Choose the directory with certificates" -msgstr "Escolha o diretório contendo certificados" - -#. popup label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:437 -msgid "Choose the certificate file" -msgstr "Escolha o arquivo de certificado" - -#. error message -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:462 -msgid "Could not download the certificate file from specified URL." -msgstr "Não foi possível baixar o arquivo do certificado a partir do URL especificado." - -#. popup message, %1 is file name, %2 directory -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:497 -msgid "" -"The downloaded certificate file\n" -"\n" -"'%1'\n" -"\n" -"has been copied to '%2' directory.\n" -msgstr "" -"O arquivo de certificado baixado\n" -"\n" -"'%1'\n" -"\n" -"foi copiado para o diretório '%2'.\n" - -#. help text 1/9 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:533 -msgid "<p>Set up your machine as an LDAP client.</p>\n" -msgstr "<p>Configure sua máquina como um cliente LDAP.</p>\n" - -#. help text 2/9 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:535 -msgid "<p>To authenticate your users with an OpenLDAP server, select <b>Use LDAP</b>. NSS and PAM will be configured accordingly.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Para autenticar seus usuários com um servidor OpenLDAP, selecione <b>Usar LDAP</b>. NSS e PAM serão configurados de acordo.</p>" - -#. help text 3/9 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:539 -msgid "" -"<p>To deactivate LDAP services, click <b>Do Not Use LDAP</b>.\n" -"If you deactivate LDAP, the current LDAP entry for passwd in /etc/nsswitch.conf\n" -"will be removed. The PAM configuration will be modified and the LDAP entry\n" -"removed.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Para desativar serviços LDAP, clique em <b>Não Usar LDAP</b>.\n" -"Se desativar o LDAP, a entrada LDAP atual para passwd no /etc/nsswitch.conf\n" -"será removida. A configuração PAM será alterada e a entrada LDAP\n" -"removida.</p>" - -#. help text 3.5/9 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:546 -msgid "<p>To activate LDAP but forbid users from logging in to this machine, select <b>Enable LDAP Users but Disable Logins</b>.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Para ativar o LDAP e impedir que os usuários efetuem login nesta máquina, selecione <b>Usar LDAP e desabilitar logins</b>.</p>" - -#. help text -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:550 -msgid "<p>Check <b>Use System Security Services Daemon</b> if you want the system to use SSSD instead of nss_ldap.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Selecione <b>Usar o daemon de serviços de segurança do sistema</b> se você quiser que o sistema utilize SSSD ao invés do nss_ldap.</p>" - -#. help text 4/9 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:554 -msgid "" -"<p>Enter the LDAP server's address (such as ldap.example.com or 10.20.0.2) in <b>Addresses</b> and the distinguished name of the search base (<b>Base DN</b>, such as dc=example,dc=com). Specify multiple servers\n" -"by separating their addresses with spaces. It must be possible to resolve the\n" -"addresses without using LDAP. You can also specify the port on which the server is running using the syntax \"server:port\", for example, <tt>ldap.example.com:379</tt>.\n" -"</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Digite o endereço do servidor LDAP (como ldap.exemplo.com ou 10.20.0.2) em <b>Endereços</b> e o nome exclusivo da base de pesquisa (<b>DN Base</b>, por exemplo dc=exemplo,dc=com). Para especificar vários servidores,\n" -" separe os endereços por espaços. É possível resolver os\n" -" endereços sem usar LDAP. Também é possível especificar a porta na qual o servidor será executado usando a sintaxe \"servidor:porta\", por exemplo, <tt>ldap.exemplo.com:379</tt>.\n" -" </p>\n" - -#. help text 5/9 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:561 -msgid "<p>With <b>Find</b>, select the LDAP server from the list provided by the service location protocol (SLP). Using <b>Fetch DN</b>, read the base DN from server.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Com<b>Pesquisar</b>, selecione o servidor LDAP da lista oferecida pelo protocolo de localização de serviço (SLP). Usando <b>Pesquisar DN</b>, leia o DN base do servidor.</p>" - -#. help text 6/9 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:565 -msgid "" -"<p>Some LDAP servers support StartTLS (RFC2830).\n" -"If your server supports it and it is configured, activate <b>LDAP TLS/SSL</b>\n" -"to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download a CA\n" -"certificate file in PEM format from a given URL.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Alguns servidores LDAP suportam StartTLS (RFC2830).\n" -"Se o seu servidor oferece suporte a StartTLS e este estiver configurado, ative <b>LDAP TLS/SSL</b>\n" -"para criptografar sua comunicação com o servidor LDAP. Você pode baixar um arquivo de certificado CA no formato PEM a partir do URL dado.</p>\n" - -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:571 -msgid "" -"<p>A TLS session may require special client configuration. One of the config\n" -" options is TLS_REQCERT which specifies what checks to perform on server certificates.\n" -" The value is the <b>level</b> that can be specified with keywords <i>never</i>, <i>allow</i>,\n" -" <i>try</i> and <i>demand</i>. In the <b>SSL/TLS Configuration</b> dialog there is\n" -" the option <b>Request server certificate</b> which will set the TLS_REQCERT\n" -" configuration option to <i>demand</i> if it's enabled or to <i>allow</i> if it's disabled.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Uma sessão TLS pode necessitar de uma configuração especial do cliente. Uma das \n" -"opções de configurações é TLS_REQCERT, que especifica quais verificações devem ser \n" -"realizadas nos certificados de servidores.\n" -"O valor é o <b>nível</b> que pode ser especificado com as palavras-chave <i>nunca</i>, <i>permitir</i>, <i>tentar</i> e <i>demanda</i>.\n" -"No diálogo de <b>Configuração SSL/TLS</b> existe a opção <b>Solicitar certificado do servidor</b>, \n" -"que configurará a opção TLS_REQCERT para <i>demanda</i> se estiver habilitada \n" -"ou para <i>permitir</i> se estiver desabilitada.</p>\n" - -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:579 -msgid "" -"<p>In addition to LDAP URLs and TLS/SSL encryption, LDAP supports LDAPS URLs.\n" -" LDAPS URLs use SSL connections instead of plain connections. They have a syntax\n" -" similar to LDAP URLs except the schemes are different and the default port for LDAPS URLs\n" -" is 636 instead of 389.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Além das URLs LDAP e da criptografia TLS/SSL, o LDAP suporta URLs LDAPS.\n" -"URLs LDAPS utilizam conexões SSL ao invés de conexões simples. Elas possuem \n" -"uma sintaxe semelhante às URLs LDAP, exceto por seu esquema e pela porta padrão\n" -"das URLs LDAPS (636 ao invés de 389).</p>\n" - -#. help text 8/9 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:586 -msgid "" -"<p>To configure advanced LDAP settings, click\n" -"<b>Advanced Configuration</b>.</p>\n" -"<p>To configure security settings, click\n" -"<b>SSL/TLS Configuration</b>.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Para configurações avançadas do LDAP, clique em\n" -"<b>Configuração avançada</b>.</p>\n" -"<p>Para configurar as opções de segurança, clique em\n" -"<b>Configuração SSL/TLS</b>.</p>\n" - -#. help text 9/9 (additional) -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:591 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Automounter</b> is a daemon that automatically mounts directories, such\n" -"as users' home directories. Its configuration files (auto.*) should already\n" -"exist locally or over LDAP. If the automounter is not installed yet but you\n" -"want to use it, it will be installed automatically.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Automontador</b> é um daemon que monta diretórios automaticamente,\n" -"tais como o diretório pessoal do usuário. Seus arquivos de configuração (auto.*) já devem existir\n" -"localmente ou via LDAP. Se o automontador não está instalado e você quer usá-lo, ele será instalado\n" -"automaticamente.</p>\n" - -#. check box label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:614 -msgid "Start Auto&mounter" -msgstr "Iniciar auto&montador" - -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:625 -msgid "C&reate Home Directory on Login" -msgstr "C&riar diretório pessoal no login" - -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:635 -msgid "Disable User &Logins" -msgstr "Desabilitar &Login de Usuário" - -#. frame label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:648 -msgid "User Authentication" -msgstr "Autenticação de usuário" - -#. radio button label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:663 -msgid "Do &Not Use LDAP" -msgstr "Nã&o usar LDAP" - -#. radio button label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:672 -msgid "&Use LDAP" -msgstr "&Usar LDAP" - -#. frame label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:687 -msgid "LDAP Client" -msgstr "Cliente LDAP" - -#. text entry label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:697 -msgid "Addresses of LDAP &Servers" -msgstr "Endereços dos &servidores LDAP" - -#. push button label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:703 -msgid "F&ind" -msgstr "Pro&curar" - -#. text entry label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:711 -msgid "LDAP Base &DN" -msgstr "&DN base do LDAP" - -#. push button label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:717 -msgid "F&etch DN" -msgstr "P&esquisar DN" - -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:731 -msgid "SSL/TLS Configuration..." -msgstr "Configuração SSL/TLS..." - -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:733 -msgid "&Advanced Configuration..." -msgstr "Configuração &avançada..." - -#. dialog title -#. dialog label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:742 src/include/ldap/wizards.rb:90 -msgid "LDAP Client Configuration" -msgstr "Configuração do cliente LDAP" - -#. question popup -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:765 -msgid "" -"Previous LDAP client configuration was detected.\n" -"\n" -"Current configuration does not use SSSD but nss_ldap.\n" -"Only SSSD based configurations are supported by YaST.\n" -"Do you want to continue and use SSSD or cancel to keep the old configuration?" -msgstr "" -"Configuração de cliente LDAP anterior detectada.\n" -"\n" -"A configuração atual não usa SSSD mas sim nss_ldap.\n" -"Somente as configurações baseadas em SSSD são suportadas pelo YaST.\n" -"Deseja continuar e usar SSSD ou cancelar e manter a configuração antiga?" - -#. error popup label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:838 -msgid "Enter an LDAP base DN." -msgstr "Informe uma LDAP base DN." - -#. error popup label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:845 -msgid "Enter at least one address of an LDAP server." -msgstr "Informe no mínimo um endereço do servidor LDAP." - -#. error popup label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:853 -msgid "The LDAP server address is invalid." -msgstr "O endereço do servidor LDAP é inválido." - -#. popup question: user enabled LDAP now, but probably has -#. enabled NIS client before -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:871 -msgid "" -"When you configure your machine as an LDAP client,\n" -"you cannot retrieve data with NIS. Really use LDAP instead of NIS?\n" -msgstr "" -"Ao configurar sua máquina como um cliente LDAP,\n" -"você não poderá recuperar dados com o NIS. Realmente usar LDAP em vez do NIS?\n" - -#. popup text -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:941 -msgid "LDAP is now enabled." -msgstr "O LDAP agora está habilitado." - -#. message popup, part 1/2 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:947 -msgid "" -"This change only affects newly created processes and not already\n" -"running services. Restart your services manually or reboot \n" -"the machine to enable it for all services.\n" -msgstr "" -"Esta alteração afeta processos novos criados e serviços que ainda não\n" -"estão executando. Reinicie seus serviços manualmente ou reinicie\n" -"a máquina para habilitar isto para todos os serviços.\n" - -#. message popup, part 1/2 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:958 -msgid "" -"\n" -"To enable remote login for LDAP users, sshd is\n" -"restarted automatically by YaST.\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Para habilitar o login remoto para usuários LDAP, o sshd é\n" -"reiniciado automaticamente pelo YaST.\n" - -#. yes/no question -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:970 -msgid "" -"The security connection is enabled, but server certificate verification is disabled.\n" -"Enable certificate checks now?" -msgstr "" -"A conexão segura foi estabelecida, mas a verificação do certificado do servidor está desabilitada.\n" -"Habilitar a verificação de certificados agora?" - -#. help text caption 1 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1015 -msgid "<p><b>Advanced LDAP Client Settings</b></p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Configurações avançadas do cliente LDAP</b></p>" - -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1017 -msgid "" -"<p>If Kerberos authentication should be used, specify the <b>realm</b> and <b>KDC Address</b>.\n" -"Determine if user credentials should be cached locally by checking <b>SSSD Offline Authentication</b>.\n" -"For more info about SSSD settings, check the man page of <tt>sssd.conf</tt>.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Se a autenticação Kerberos deve ser usada, especifique o <b>realm</b> e o <b>Endereço KDC</b>.\n" -"Determine se as credenciais do usuário devem ser localmente armazenadas em cache marcando <b>Autenticação Offline SSSD</b>.\n" -"Para mais informações sobre as configurações SSSD, consulte a página de manual do <tt>sssd.conf</tt>.</p>\n" - -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1023 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Password Change Protocol</b> refers to the pam_password attribute of the\n" -"<tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for an explanation of its values.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Protocolo de alteração de senha</b> refere-se ao atributo pam_password do arquivo\n" -"<tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt>. Consulte <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> para saber os significados de seus valores.</p>" - -#. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1028 -msgid "" -"<p>Set the type of LDAP groups to use.\n" -"The default value for <b>Group Member Attribute</b> is <i>%1</i>.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Defina o tipo de grupo LDAP a ser usado.\n" -"O valor padrão de <b>Atributo de membro de grupo</b> é <i>%1</i>.</p>\n" - -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1034 -msgid "" -"<p>If secure connection requires certificate checking, specify where your\n" -"certificate file is located. Enter either a directory containing certificates\n" -"or the explicit path to one certificate file.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Se a conexão segura necessitar da verificação do certificado, especifique\n" -"a localização do seu arquivo de certificado. Informe um diretório com certificados\n" -"ou o caminho explícito de um arquivo de certificado.</p>" - -#. help text caption 2 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1042 -msgid "<p><b>Access to Server</b></p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Acesso ao servidor</b></p>" - -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1044 -msgid "" -"<p>First, set <b>Configuration Base DN</b>.\n" -"This is the base for storing your configuration data on the LDAP\n" -"server.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Primeiro, configure <b>Configuração DN base</b>.\n" -"Esta é a base para armazenar seus dados de configuração no servidor LDAP.</p>\n" - -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1050 -msgid "" -"<p>To access the data stored on the server, enter the\n" -"<b>Administrator DN</b>.\n" -"You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) or \n" -"the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Para acessar os dados armazenados no servidor, digite o \n" -"<b>DN do administrador</b>.\n" -"É possível digitar o DN completo (por exemplo cn=Administrador,dc=meudominio,dc=com) ou apenas\n" -"o DN relativo (por exemplo, cn=Administrador). O DN base do LDAP será anexado automaticamente se a opção apropriada for marcada.</p>\n" - -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1057 -msgid "" -"<p>To create the default configuration objects for LDAP users and groups,\n" -"check <b>Create Default Configuration Objects</b>. The objects are only created when they do not already exist.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Para criar os objetos de configuração padrão para usuários e grupos\n" -"LDAP, marque <b>Criar objetos de configuração padrão</b>. Os objetos só são criados quando eles não existem</p>\n" - -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1061 -msgid "" -"<p>Press <b>Configure</b> to configure settings stored on the\n" -"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n" -"have changed your configuration.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Clique em <b>Configurar</b> para configurar informações armazenadas no\n" -"servidor LDAP. Será solicitada senha se você não está conectado ou se\n" -"tiver alterado sua configuração.</p>\n" - -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1068 -msgid "" -"<p>Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users or groups) if they are different from the base DN. These values are\n" -"set to the ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base and ldap_autofs_search_base attributes in /etc/sssd/sssd.conf file.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Especifique as bases de pesquisa a usar para mapas específicos (usuários ou grupos) se eles forem diferentes da base DN.\n" -"Estes valores são configurados nos atributos ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base e ldap_autofs_search_base no arquivo /etc/sssd/sssd.conf.</p>\n" - -#. tab label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1142 -msgid "C&lient Settings" -msgstr "Configurações do &cliente" - -#. tab label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1144 -msgid "Ad&ministration Settings" -msgstr "Configurações de &administração" - -#. tab label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1146 -msgid "Naming Contexts" -msgstr "Nomeando contextos" - -#. textentry label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1180 -msgid "&User Map" -msgstr "Mapa de &usuário" - -#. button label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1186 -msgid "&Browse" -msgstr "&Navegar" - -#. textentry label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1194 -msgid "&Group Map" -msgstr "Mapa de &grupo" - -#. button label -#. button label -#. button label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1200 src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1214 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1332 -msgid "Bro&wse" -msgstr "&Navegar" - -#. textentry label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1208 -msgid "&Autofs Map" -msgstr "Mapa de &Autofs" - -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1240 -msgid "&Use Kerberos" -msgstr "&Usar Kerberos" - -#. textentry label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1248 -msgid "Default Real&m" -msgstr "Real&m padrão" - -#. textentry label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1250 -msgid "&KDC Server Address" -msgstr "Endereço do servidor &KDC" - -#. combobox label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1257 -msgid "LDAP Schema" -msgstr "Esquema LDAP" - -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1269 -msgid "Enable user and group enumeration" -msgstr "Habilitar enumeração de usuário e de grupo" - -#. check box label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1281 -msgid "SSSD O&ffline Authentication" -msgstr "Autenticação SSSD o&ffline" - -#. combobox label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1291 -msgid "Passwor&d Change Protocol" -msgstr "Protocolo de Mudança de &Senha" - -#. combobox label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1298 -msgid "Group Member &Attribute" -msgstr "&Atributo Membro de Grupo" - -#. textentry label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1326 -msgid "Configuration &Base DN" -msgstr "Configuração DN &base" - -#. textentry label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1341 -msgid "Administrator &DN" -msgstr "Administrador &DN" - -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1347 -msgid "A&ppend Base DN" -msgstr "A&dicionar banco DN" - -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1355 -msgid "Crea&te Default Configuration Objects" -msgstr "Criar obje&tos de configuração padrão" - -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1364 -msgid "Configure User Management &Settings..." -msgstr "Configurar informaçõe&s de gerenciamento de usuário..." - -#. dialog label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1384 -msgid "Advanced Configuration" -msgstr "Configuração avançada" - -#. error popup label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1500 -msgid "Enter the DN used for binding to the LDAP server." -msgstr "Informe o DN usado para ligação com o servidor LDAP." - -#. error popup label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1507 -msgid "Enter the configuration base DN." -msgstr "Digite o DN base de configuração." - #. yes/no popup -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1592 +#: src/ui.rb:144 msgid "" "If you reread settings from the server,\n" "all changes will be lost. Really reread?\n" @@ -733,7 +46,7 @@ "todas as alterações serão perdidas. Realmente ler novamente?\n" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1616 +#: src/ui.rb:168 msgid "" "<p>Configure the template used for creating \n" "new objects (like users or groups).</p>\n" @@ -742,7 +55,7 @@ "novos objetos (como usuários ou grupos).</p>\n" #. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1620 +#: src/ui.rb:172 msgid "" "<p>Edit the template attribute values with <b>Edit</b>.\n" "Changing the <b>cn</b> value renames the template.</p>\n" @@ -751,7 +64,7 @@ "Alterando o valor <b>cn</b> altera o nome do modelo.</p>\n" #. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1624 +#: src/ui.rb:176 msgid "" "<p>The second table contains a list of <b>default values</b> used\n" "for new objects. Modify the list by adding new values, editing or\n" @@ -763,54 +76,54 @@ #. table header 1/2 #. table header 1/2 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1693 src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2033 +#: src/ui.rb:245 src/ui.rb:580 msgid "Attribute" msgstr "Atributo" #. table header 2/2 #. table header 2/2 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1695 src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2035 +#: src/ui.rb:247 src/ui.rb:582 msgid "Value" msgstr "Valor" #. label (table folows) -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1701 +#: src/ui.rb:253 msgid "Default Values for New Objects" msgstr "Valores padrão para novos objetos" #. table header 1/2 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1707 +#: src/ui.rb:259 msgid "Attribute of Object" msgstr "Atributo do objeto" #. table header 2/2 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1709 +#: src/ui.rb:261 msgid "Default Value" msgstr "Valor padrão" #. button label (with non-default shortcut) -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1715 +#: src/ui.rb:267 msgid "A&dd" msgstr "A&dicionar" #. button label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1717 +#: src/ui.rb:269 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "&Editar" #. dialog label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1729 +#: src/ui.rb:281 msgid "Object Template Configuration" msgstr "Configuração do modelo de objeto" #. yes/no popup, %1 is name -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1832 +#: src/ui.rb:384 msgid "Really delete default attribute \"%1\"?" msgstr "Realmente remover o atributo padrão \"%1\"?" #. error popup, %1 is attribute name #. error popup, %1 is attribute name -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1865 src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2090 +#: src/ui.rb:417 src/ui.rb:636 msgid "" "The \"%1\" attribute is mandatory.\n" "Enter a value." @@ -819,12 +132,12 @@ "Informe um valor." #. helptext 1/4 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1886 +#: src/ui.rb:438 msgid "<p>Manage the configuration stored in the LDAP directory.</p>" msgstr "<p>Gerencie a configuração armazenada no diretório LDAP.</p>" #. helptext 2/4 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1890 +#: src/ui.rb:442 msgid "" "<p>Each configuration set is called a \"configuration module.\" If there\n" "is no configuration module in the provided location (base configuration),\n" @@ -837,7 +150,7 @@ "use <b>Remover</b>.</p>\n" #. helptext 3/4 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1897 +#: src/ui.rb:449 msgid "" "<p>Edit the values of attributes in the table with <b>Edit</b>.\n" "Some values have special meanings, for example, changing the <b>cn</b> value renames the\n" @@ -848,7 +161,7 @@ "<b>cn</b> é alterado o nome do módulo atual.</p>\n" #. helptext 4/4 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1903 +#: src/ui.rb:455 msgid "" "<p>To configure the default template of the current module,\n" "click <b>Configure Template</b>.\n" @@ -859,39 +172,507 @@ "</p>\n" #. combobox label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1983 +#: src/ui.rb:535 msgid "Configuration &Module" msgstr "&Módulo de configuração" #. button label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2007 +#: src/ui.rb:559 msgid "C&onfigure Template" msgstr "C&onfigurar modelo" #. dialog label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2051 +#: src/ui.rb:598 msgid "Module Configuration" msgstr "Configuração do módulo" -#. yes/no popup, %1 is name -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2118 -msgid "Really delete module \"%1\"?" -msgstr "Realmente remover o módulo \"%1\"?" +#~ msgid "LDAP client configuration module" +#~ msgstr "Módulo de configuração do cliente LDAP" -#. message -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2154 -msgid "" -"You currently have a configuration module of each \n" -"type, therefore you cannot add a new one.\n" -msgstr "" -"Atualmente você tem módulos de configuração de\n" -"cada tipo, assim não pode adicionar um novo.\n" +#~ msgid "Enable or disable authentication with LDAP" +#~ msgstr "Habilitar ou desabilitar autenticação com LDAP" -#. label (init dialog) -#: src/include/ldap/wizards.rb:92 -msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "Inicializando..." +#~ msgid "Configuration summary of the LDAP client" +#~ msgstr "Resumo da configuração do cliente LDAP" +#~ msgid "Change the global settings of the LDAP client" +#~ msgstr "Alterar as configurações globais do cliente LDAP" + +#~ msgid "Enable the service" +#~ msgstr "Habilitar o serviço" + +#~ msgid "Disable the service" +#~ msgstr "Desabilitar o serviço" + +#~ msgid "The LDAP server name" +#~ msgstr "Nome do servidor LDAP" + +#~ msgid "Distinguished name (DN) of the search base" +#~ msgstr "DN (distinguished name - nome exclusivo) da base de pesquisa" + +#~ msgid "Create default configuration objects." +#~ msgstr "Criar objetos de configuração padrão." + +#~ msgid "LDAP Server Password" +#~ msgstr "Senha do servidor LDAP" + +#~ msgid "Start or stop automounter" +#~ msgstr "Iniciar ou parar o automontador" + +#~ msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" +#~ msgstr "Criar diretório pessoal no login" + +#~ msgid "Encrypted connection (StartTLS)" +#~ msgstr "Conexão criptografada (StartTLS)" + +#~ msgid "Use System Security Services Daemon (SSSD)" +#~ msgstr "Usar o daemon de serviços de segurança do sistema (SSSD)" + +#~ msgid "SSSD Offline Authentication" +#~ msgstr "Autenticação SSSD offline" + +#~ msgid "Kerberos Realm" +#~ msgstr "Domínio Kerberos" + +#~ msgid "KDC Server Address" +#~ msgstr "Endereço do servidor KDC" + +#~ msgid "LDAP Server Password:" +#~ msgstr "Senha do servidor LDAP:" + +#~ msgid "Scanning for LDAP servers provided by SLP..." +#~ msgstr "Pesquisando servidores LDAP fornecidos por SLP..." + +#~ msgid "LDAP &Servers Provided by SLP" +#~ msgstr "&Servidores LDAP fornecidos por SLP" + +#~ msgid "The certificate file does not seem to have valid format." +#~ msgstr "O arquivo do certificado não parece ter um formato válido." + +#~ msgid "SSL/TLS Configuration" +#~ msgstr "Configuração SSL/TLS" + +#~ msgid "Use SSL/TLS" +#~ msgstr "Usar SSL/TLS" + +#~ msgid "Protocols" +#~ msgstr "Protocolos" + +#~ msgid "StartTLS" +#~ msgstr "StartTLS" + +#~ msgid "LDAPS" +#~ msgstr "LDAPS" + +#~ msgid "TLS Options" +#~ msgstr "Opções TLS" + +#~ msgid "Request server certificate" +#~ msgstr "Requisitar certificado do servidor" + +#~ msgid "Certificates" +#~ msgstr "Certificados" + +#~ msgid "Cer&tificate Directory" +#~ msgstr "Diretório do certificado" + +#~ msgid "B&rowse" +#~ msgstr "Nave&gar" + +#~ msgid "CA Cert&ificate File" +#~ msgstr "Arquivo de certificado CA" + +#~ msgid "Brows&e" +#~ msgstr "&Navegar" + +#~ msgid "CA Certificate URL for Download" +#~ msgstr "URL para Baixar o Certificado CA" + +#~ msgid "Do&wnload CA Certificate" +#~ msgstr "Baixar certificado CA" + +#~ msgid "Choose the directory with certificates" +#~ msgstr "Escolha o diretório contendo certificados" + +#~ msgid "Choose the certificate file" +#~ msgstr "Escolha o arquivo de certificado" + +#~ msgid "Could not download the certificate file from specified URL." +#~ msgstr "Não foi possível baixar o arquivo do certificado a partir do URL especificado." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The downloaded certificate file\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "'%1'\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "has been copied to '%2' directory.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "O arquivo de certificado baixado\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "'%1'\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "foi copiado para o diretório '%2'.\n" + +#~ msgid "<p>Set up your machine as an LDAP client.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "<p>Configure sua máquina como um cliente LDAP.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "<p>To authenticate your users with an OpenLDAP server, select <b>Use LDAP</b>. NSS and PAM will be configured accordingly.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Para autenticar seus usuários com um servidor OpenLDAP, selecione <b>Usar LDAP</b>. NSS e PAM serão configurados de acordo.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>To deactivate LDAP services, click <b>Do Not Use LDAP</b>.\n" +#~ "If you deactivate LDAP, the current LDAP entry for passwd in /etc/nsswitch.conf\n" +#~ "will be removed. The PAM configuration will be modified and the LDAP entry\n" +#~ "removed.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>Para desativar serviços LDAP, clique em <b>Não Usar LDAP</b>.\n" +#~ "Se desativar o LDAP, a entrada LDAP atual para passwd no /etc/nsswitch.conf\n" +#~ "será removida. A configuração PAM será alterada e a entrada LDAP\n" +#~ "removida.</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p>To activate LDAP but forbid users from logging in to this machine, select <b>Enable LDAP Users but Disable Logins</b>.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Para ativar o LDAP e impedir que os usuários efetuem login nesta máquina, selecione <b>Usar LDAP e desabilitar logins</b>.</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p>Check <b>Use System Security Services Daemon</b> if you want the system to use SSSD instead of nss_ldap.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Selecione <b>Usar o daemon de serviços de segurança do sistema</b> se você quiser que o sistema utilize SSSD ao invés do nss_ldap.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Enter the LDAP server's address (such as ldap.example.com or 10.20.0.2) in <b>Addresses</b> and the distinguished name of the search base (<b>Base DN</b>, such as dc=example,dc=com). Specify multiple servers\n" +#~ "by separating their addresses with spaces. It must be possible to resolve the\n" +#~ "addresses without using LDAP. You can also specify the port on which the server is running using the syntax \"server:port\", for example, <tt>ldap.example.com:379</tt>.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>Digite o endereço do servidor LDAP (como ldap.exemplo.com ou 10.20.0.2) em <b>Endereços</b> e o nome exclusivo da base de pesquisa (<b>DN Base</b>, por exemplo dc=exemplo,dc=com). Para especificar vários servidores,\n" +#~ " separe os endereços por espaços. É possível resolver os\n" +#~ " endereços sem usar LDAP. Também é possível especificar a porta na qual o servidor será executado usando a sintaxe \"servidor:porta\", por exemplo, <tt>ldap.exemplo.com:379</tt>.\n" +#~ " </p>\n" + +#~ msgid "<p>With <b>Find</b>, select the LDAP server from the list provided by the service location protocol (SLP). Using <b>Fetch DN</b>, read the base DN from server.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Com<b>Pesquisar</b>, selecione o servidor LDAP da lista oferecida pelo protocolo de localização de serviço (SLP). Usando <b>Pesquisar DN</b>, leia o DN base do servidor.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Some LDAP servers support StartTLS (RFC2830).\n" +#~ "If your server supports it and it is configured, activate <b>LDAP TLS/SSL</b>\n" +#~ "to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download a CA\n" +#~ "certificate file in PEM format from a given URL.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>Alguns servidores LDAP suportam StartTLS (RFC2830).\n" +#~ "Se o seu servidor oferece suporte a StartTLS e este estiver configurado, ative <b>LDAP TLS/SSL</b>\n" +#~ "para criptografar sua comunicação com o servidor LDAP. Você pode baixar um arquivo de certificado CA no formato PEM a partir do URL dado.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>A TLS session may require special client configuration. One of the config\n" +#~ " options is TLS_REQCERT which specifies what checks to perform on server certificates.\n" +#~ " The value is the <b>level</b> that can be specified with keywords <i>never</i>, <i>allow</i>,\n" +#~ " <i>try</i> and <i>demand</i>. In the <b>SSL/TLS Configuration</b> dialog there is\n" +#~ " the option <b>Request server certificate</b> which will set the TLS_REQCERT\n" +#~ " configuration option to <i>demand</i> if it's enabled or to <i>allow</i> if it's disabled.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>Uma sessão TLS pode necessitar de uma configuração especial do cliente. Uma das \n" +#~ "opções de configurações é TLS_REQCERT, que especifica quais verificações devem ser \n" +#~ "realizadas nos certificados de servidores.\n" +#~ "O valor é o <b>nível</b> que pode ser especificado com as palavras-chave <i>nunca</i>, <i>permitir</i>, <i>tentar</i> e <i>demanda</i>.\n" +#~ "No diálogo de <b>Configuração SSL/TLS</b> existe a opção <b>Solicitar certificado do servidor</b>, \n" +#~ "que configurará a opção TLS_REQCERT para <i>demanda</i> se estiver habilitada \n" +#~ "ou para <i>permitir</i> se estiver desabilitada.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>In addition to LDAP URLs and TLS/SSL encryption, LDAP supports LDAPS URLs.\n" +#~ " LDAPS URLs use SSL connections instead of plain connections. They have a syntax\n" +#~ " similar to LDAP URLs except the schemes are different and the default port for LDAPS URLs\n" +#~ " is 636 instead of 389.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>Além das URLs LDAP e da criptografia TLS/SSL, o LDAP suporta URLs LDAPS.\n" +#~ "URLs LDAPS utilizam conexões SSL ao invés de conexões simples. Elas possuem \n" +#~ "uma sintaxe semelhante às URLs LDAP, exceto por seu esquema e pela porta padrão\n" +#~ "das URLs LDAPS (636 ao invés de 389).</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>To configure advanced LDAP settings, click\n" +#~ "<b>Advanced Configuration</b>.</p>\n" +#~ "<p>To configure security settings, click\n" +#~ "<b>SSL/TLS Configuration</b>.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>Para configurações avançadas do LDAP, clique em\n" +#~ "<b>Configuração avançada</b>.</p>\n" +#~ "<p>Para configurar as opções de segurança, clique em\n" +#~ "<b>Configuração SSL/TLS</b>.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Automounter</b> is a daemon that automatically mounts directories, such\n" +#~ "as users' home directories. Its configuration files (auto.*) should already\n" +#~ "exist locally or over LDAP. If the automounter is not installed yet but you\n" +#~ "want to use it, it will be installed automatically.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>Automontador</b> é um daemon que monta diretórios automaticamente,\n" +#~ "tais como o diretório pessoal do usuário. Seus arquivos de configuração (auto.*) já devem existir\n" +#~ "localmente ou via LDAP. Se o automontador não está instalado e você quer usá-lo, ele será instalado\n" +#~ "automaticamente.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "Start Auto&mounter" +#~ msgstr "Iniciar auto&montador" + +#~ msgid "C&reate Home Directory on Login" +#~ msgstr "C&riar diretório pessoal no login" + +#~ msgid "Disable User &Logins" +#~ msgstr "Desabilitar &Login de Usuário" + +#~ msgid "User Authentication" +#~ msgstr "Autenticação de usuário" + +#~ msgid "Do &Not Use LDAP" +#~ msgstr "Nã&o usar LDAP" + +#~ msgid "&Use LDAP" +#~ msgstr "&Usar LDAP" + +#~ msgid "LDAP Client" +#~ msgstr "Cliente LDAP" + +#~ msgid "Addresses of LDAP &Servers" +#~ msgstr "Endereços dos &servidores LDAP" + +#~ msgid "F&ind" +#~ msgstr "Pro&curar" + +#~ msgid "LDAP Base &DN" +#~ msgstr "&DN base do LDAP" + +#~ msgid "F&etch DN" +#~ msgstr "P&esquisar DN" + +#~ msgid "SSL/TLS Configuration..." +#~ msgstr "Configuração SSL/TLS..." + +#~ msgid "&Advanced Configuration..." +#~ msgstr "Configuração &avançada..." + +#~ msgid "LDAP Client Configuration" +#~ msgstr "Configuração do cliente LDAP" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Previous LDAP client configuration was detected.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Current configuration does not use SSSD but nss_ldap.\n" +#~ "Only SSSD based configurations are supported by YaST.\n" +#~ "Do you want to continue and use SSSD or cancel to keep the old configuration?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Configuração de cliente LDAP anterior detectada.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "A configuração atual não usa SSSD mas sim nss_ldap.\n" +#~ "Somente as configurações baseadas em SSSD são suportadas pelo YaST.\n" +#~ "Deseja continuar e usar SSSD ou cancelar e manter a configuração antiga?" + +#~ msgid "Enter an LDAP base DN." +#~ msgstr "Informe uma LDAP base DN." + +#~ msgid "Enter at least one address of an LDAP server." +#~ msgstr "Informe no mínimo um endereço do servidor LDAP." + +#~ msgid "The LDAP server address is invalid." +#~ msgstr "O endereço do servidor LDAP é inválido." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you configure your machine as an LDAP client,\n" +#~ "you cannot retrieve data with NIS. Really use LDAP instead of NIS?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ao configurar sua máquina como um cliente LDAP,\n" +#~ "você não poderá recuperar dados com o NIS. Realmente usar LDAP em vez do NIS?\n" + +#~ msgid "LDAP is now enabled." +#~ msgstr "O LDAP agora está habilitado." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This change only affects newly created processes and not already\n" +#~ "running services. Restart your services manually or reboot \n" +#~ "the machine to enable it for all services.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Esta alteração afeta processos novos criados e serviços que ainda não\n" +#~ "estão executando. Reinicie seus serviços manualmente ou reinicie\n" +#~ "a máquina para habilitar isto para todos os serviços.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "To enable remote login for LDAP users, sshd is\n" +#~ "restarted automatically by YaST.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Para habilitar o login remoto para usuários LDAP, o sshd é\n" +#~ "reiniciado automaticamente pelo YaST.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The security connection is enabled, but server certificate verification is disabled.\n" +#~ "Enable certificate checks now?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A conexão segura foi estabelecida, mas a verificação do certificado do servidor está desabilitada.\n" +#~ "Habilitar a verificação de certificados agora?" + +#~ msgid "<p><b>Advanced LDAP Client Settings</b></p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>Configurações avançadas do cliente LDAP</b></p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>If Kerberos authentication should be used, specify the <b>realm</b> and <b>KDC Address</b>.\n" +#~ "Determine if user credentials should be cached locally by checking <b>SSSD Offline Authentication</b>.\n" +#~ "For more info about SSSD settings, check the man page of <tt>sssd.conf</tt>.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>Se a autenticação Kerberos deve ser usada, especifique o <b>realm</b> e o <b>Endereço KDC</b>.\n" +#~ "Determine se as credenciais do usuário devem ser localmente armazenadas em cache marcando <b>Autenticação Offline SSSD</b>.\n" +#~ "Para mais informações sobre as configurações SSSD, consulte a página de manual do <tt>sssd.conf</tt>.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Password Change Protocol</b> refers to the pam_password attribute of the\n" +#~ "<tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for an explanation of its values.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>Protocolo de alteração de senha</b> refere-se ao atributo pam_password do arquivo\n" +#~ "<tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt>. Consulte <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> para saber os significados de seus valores.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Set the type of LDAP groups to use.\n" +#~ "The default value for <b>Group Member Attribute</b> is <i>%1</i>.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>Defina o tipo de grupo LDAP a ser usado.\n" +#~ "O valor padrão de <b>Atributo de membro de grupo</b> é <i>%1</i>.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>If secure connection requires certificate checking, specify where your\n" +#~ "certificate file is located. Enter either a directory containing certificates\n" +#~ "or the explicit path to one certificate file.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>Se a conexão segura necessitar da verificação do certificado, especifique\n" +#~ "a localização do seu arquivo de certificado. Informe um diretório com certificados\n" +#~ "ou o caminho explícito de um arquivo de certificado.</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p><b>Access to Server</b></p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>Acesso ao servidor</b></p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>First, set <b>Configuration Base DN</b>.\n" +#~ "This is the base for storing your configuration data on the LDAP\n" +#~ "server.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>Primeiro, configure <b>Configuração DN base</b>.\n" +#~ "Esta é a base para armazenar seus dados de configuração no servidor LDAP.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>To access the data stored on the server, enter the\n" +#~ "<b>Administrator DN</b>.\n" +#~ "You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) or \n" +#~ "the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>Para acessar os dados armazenados no servidor, digite o \n" +#~ "<b>DN do administrador</b>.\n" +#~ "É possível digitar o DN completo (por exemplo cn=Administrador,dc=meudominio,dc=com) ou apenas\n" +#~ "o DN relativo (por exemplo, cn=Administrador). O DN base do LDAP será anexado automaticamente se a opção apropriada for marcada.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>To create the default configuration objects for LDAP users and groups,\n" +#~ "check <b>Create Default Configuration Objects</b>. The objects are only created when they do not already exist.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>Para criar os objetos de configuração padrão para usuários e grupos\n" +#~ "LDAP, marque <b>Criar objetos de configuração padrão</b>. Os objetos só são criados quando eles não existem</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Press <b>Configure</b> to configure settings stored on the\n" +#~ "LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n" +#~ "have changed your configuration.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>Clique em <b>Configurar</b> para configurar informações armazenadas no\n" +#~ "servidor LDAP. Será solicitada senha se você não está conectado ou se\n" +#~ "tiver alterado sua configuração.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users or groups) if they are different from the base DN. These values are\n" +#~ "set to the ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base and ldap_autofs_search_base attributes in /etc/sssd/sssd.conf file.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>Especifique as bases de pesquisa a usar para mapas específicos (usuários ou grupos) se eles forem diferentes da base DN.\n" +#~ "Estes valores são configurados nos atributos ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base e ldap_autofs_search_base no arquivo /etc/sssd/sssd.conf.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "C&lient Settings" +#~ msgstr "Configurações do &cliente" + +#~ msgid "Ad&ministration Settings" +#~ msgstr "Configurações de &administração" + +#~ msgid "Naming Contexts" +#~ msgstr "Nomeando contextos" + +#~ msgid "&User Map" +#~ msgstr "Mapa de &usuário" + +#~ msgid "&Browse" +#~ msgstr "&Navegar" + +#~ msgid "&Group Map" +#~ msgstr "Mapa de &grupo" + +#~ msgid "Bro&wse" +#~ msgstr "&Navegar" + +#~ msgid "&Autofs Map" +#~ msgstr "Mapa de &Autofs" + +#~ msgid "&Use Kerberos" +#~ msgstr "&Usar Kerberos" + +#~ msgid "Default Real&m" +#~ msgstr "Real&m padrão" + +#~ msgid "&KDC Server Address" +#~ msgstr "Endereço do servidor &KDC" + +#~ msgid "LDAP Schema" +#~ msgstr "Esquema LDAP" + +#~ msgid "Enable user and group enumeration" +#~ msgstr "Habilitar enumeração de usuário e de grupo" + +#~ msgid "SSSD O&ffline Authentication" +#~ msgstr "Autenticação SSSD o&ffline" + +#~ msgid "Passwor&d Change Protocol" +#~ msgstr "Protocolo de Mudança de &Senha" + +#~ msgid "Group Member &Attribute" +#~ msgstr "&Atributo Membro de Grupo" + +#~ msgid "Configuration &Base DN" +#~ msgstr "Configuração DN &base" + +#~ msgid "Administrator &DN" +#~ msgstr "Administrador &DN" + +#~ msgid "A&ppend Base DN" +#~ msgstr "A&dicionar banco DN" + +#~ msgid "Crea&te Default Configuration Objects" +#~ msgstr "Criar obje&tos de configuração padrão" + +#~ msgid "Configure User Management &Settings..." +#~ msgstr "Configurar informaçõe&s de gerenciamento de usuário..." + +#~ msgid "Advanced Configuration" +#~ msgstr "Configuração avançada" + +#~ msgid "Enter the DN used for binding to the LDAP server." +#~ msgstr "Informe o DN usado para ligação com o servidor LDAP." + +#~ msgid "Enter the configuration base DN." +#~ msgstr "Digite o DN base de configuração." + +#~ msgid "Really delete module \"%1\"?" +#~ msgstr "Realmente remover o módulo \"%1\"?" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You currently have a configuration module of each \n" +#~ "type, therefore you cannot add a new one.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Atualmente você tem módulos de configuração de\n" +#~ "cada tipo, assim não pode adicionar um novo.\n" + +#~ msgid "Initializing..." +#~ msgstr "Inicializando..." + #~ msgid "<p>Browse the LDAP tree in the left part of the dialog.</p>" #~ msgstr "<p>Navegar na árvore LDAP na parte esquerda deste diálogo.</p>" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/ldap.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/ldap.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/ldap.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-24 19:27-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Willams Costa \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/live-installer.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/live-installer.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/live-installer.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: live-installer\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-26 13:54-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/mail.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/mail.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/mail.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: mail\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 10:49-0200\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/multipath.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/multipath.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/multipath.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: multipath\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-07-07 18:01-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Isis Binder \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" @@ -86,8 +86,8 @@ msgid "alias" msgstr "apelido" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:197 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2285 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2956 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:197 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2284 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2955 msgid "wwid" msgstr "wwid" @@ -124,90 +124,79 @@ #. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information #. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1063 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3259 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1063 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3258 msgid "Illegal parameters:\n" msgstr "Parâmetros ilegais:\n" #. duplicated configuraton checking #. duplicated configuraton checking -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1135 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2002 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2670 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3330 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1135 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2001 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2669 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3329 msgid "Duplicated configuration." msgstr "Configuração duplicada." #. used for store undecided input #. used for store undecided input #: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1180 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1226 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1244 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3393 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3438 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3456 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1244 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3392 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3437 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3455 msgid "Show Details" msgstr "Exibir detalhes" #. do not do with number id -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1444 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1443 msgid "Illegal parameter:" msgstr "Parâmetro ilegal:" #. devices section #. if value is empty, do not write name into configuration file. -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1894 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2562 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1893 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2561 msgid "Illegal parameters:" msgstr "Parâmetros ilegais:" #. do not handle, `ok will do with the value #. do not handle, `ok will do with the value -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2028 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2034 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2273 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2696 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2702 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2944 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2027 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2033 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2272 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2695 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2701 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2943 msgid "item" msgstr "item" #. duplicated configuraton checking -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3344 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3343 msgid "Duplicated configuration" msgstr "Configuração duplicada" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3608 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3607 msgid "Can not find /sbin/multipath" msgstr "Não foi possível encontrar /sbin/multipath" #. "multipath -l" may returns "" to bash -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3648 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3647 msgid "Use multipath failed:" msgstr "Falha ao usar os caminhos múltiplos:" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3654 -msgid "* Cannot enable boot.multipath." -msgstr "* Não foi possível habilitar boot.multipath." - -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3664 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3653 msgid "* Cannot enable multipathd." msgstr "* Não foi possível habilitar o multipathd." -#. do not check result for starting boot.multipath -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3676 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3663 msgid "* Cannot start multipathd." msgstr "* Não foi possível iniciar o multipathd." -#. CallInsserv(true, "boot.multipath"); #. CallInsserv(true, "multipathd"); -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3697 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3683 msgid "Do not use multipath failed:" msgstr "Falha ao não utilizar o multipathd:" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3703 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3689 msgid "* Cannot stop multipath." msgstr "* Não foi possível parar o multipath." -#. do not check result of stopping boot.multipath -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3715 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3699 msgid "* Cannot disable multipathd." msgstr "* Não foi possível desabilitar o multipathd." -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3725 -msgid "* Cannot disable boot.multipath." -msgstr "* Não foi possível desabilitar boot.multipath." - #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:36 msgid "" @@ -346,35 +335,35 @@ #. if the value has quotes pair, do not touch it. #. if more than 1 quote at the head or end, only keep one. #. if there are quote inside the value, ignore. -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:821 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1635 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1699 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1912 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:832 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1662 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1726 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1939 msgid "should be a decimal integer" msgstr "deve ser um inteiro decimal" #. replacewidget_notify = true; -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:829 src/include/multipath/options.rb:846 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:900 src/include/multipath/options.rb:975 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1052 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1129 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1244 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1348 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1410 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1511 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1641 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1654 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1717 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1778 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1917 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1923 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1990 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2144 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2308 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2369 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:840 src/include/multipath/options.rb:857 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:911 src/include/multipath/options.rb:994 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1079 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1156 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1271 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1375 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1437 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1538 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1668 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1681 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1744 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1805 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1944 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1950 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2017 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2171 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2335 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2396 msgid "illegal value" msgstr "valor ilegal" -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:836 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1647 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:847 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1674 msgid "should be greater than 0" msgstr "deve ser maior do que 0" -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1710 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1737 msgid "invalid decimal integer" msgstr "inteiro decimal inválido" -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2036 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2091 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2196 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2251 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2063 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2118 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2223 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2278 msgid "should not be empty" msgstr "não deve estar vazio" @@ -495,6 +484,12 @@ msgid "Ignore your modification?" msgstr "Ignorar suas alterações?" +#~ msgid "* Cannot enable boot.multipath." +#~ msgstr "* Não foi possível habilitar boot.multipath." + +#~ msgid "* Cannot disable boot.multipath." +#~ msgstr "* Não foi possível desabilitar boot.multipath." + #~ msgid "Cannot install required packages" #~ msgstr "Não foi possível instalar os pacotes necessários" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/ncurses-pkg.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/ncurses-pkg.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/ncurses-pkg.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ncurses-pkg\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-06 22:07-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" @@ -29,82 +29,82 @@ "X-Poedit-SourceCharset: utf-8\n" #. headline of package versions popup -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:980 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:990 msgid "Package Versions" msgstr "Versões dos Pacotes" #. text above of list of all package versions -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:982 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:992 msgid "List of all available package versions:" msgstr "Lista de todas as versões de pacotes disponíveis:" -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1095 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1105 msgid "&Packages with Status" msgstr "&Pacotes com status" #. headline - packages with automatic status change #. headline of a popup with packages #. the headline of the popup containing a list with packages with status changes -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1270 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:247 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:582 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1280 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:192 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:289 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:589 msgid "Automatic Changes" msgstr "Alterações automáticas" #. text part1 of popup with automatic changes (it's a label; text continous) -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1272 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:589 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1282 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:596 msgid "In addition to your manual selections, the following" msgstr "Além das suas seleções manuais, os seguintes" #. text part2 of popup with automatic changes #. text part1 of popup with automatic changes continous -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1274 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:596 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1284 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:603 msgid "packages have been changed to resolve dependencies:" msgstr "pacotes foram alterados para resolver as dependências:" -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1297 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1307 msgid "You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." msgstr "Você pode escolher instalar mesmo assim, mas você se arrisca a ter um sistema corrompido." -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1298 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1308 msgid "&Continue anyway" msgstr "C&ontinuar mesmo assim" #. headline of a popup showing the package license -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1492 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1502 msgid "End User License Agreement" msgstr "Contrato de licença do usuário final" #. label text - keep it short -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1681 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1691 msgid "Filter: " msgstr "Filtro: " #. label text - keep it short (use abbreviation if necessary) -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1688 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1698 msgid "Total Download Size: " msgstr "Tamanho total do download: " #. Help button -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1701 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1818 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1711 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1828 #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:107 msgid "&Help" msgstr "&Ajuda" #. add the Cancel button #. begin: the label of the Cancel button -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1707 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1826 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:677 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1717 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1836 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "&Cancelar" #. add the OK button #. the label of an Accept button -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1712 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1831 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1722 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1841 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "&Aceitar" -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1737 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1747 msgid "C&onfiguration" msgstr "C&onfiguração" @@ -126,8 +126,8 @@ msgstr "Desnecessários" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203 -msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by already installed packages the option <b>Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages</b> from <b>Dependencies</b> menu has to be set." -msgstr "Esta é uma lista dos pacotes úteis. Eles serão instalados se recomendados por um novo pacote instalado. Para obter pacotes recomendados por um pacote já instalado, é necessário configurar a opção <b>Instalar pacotes recomendados para pacotes já instalados</b> no menu <b>Dependências</b>." +msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package." +msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207 msgid "It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ msgstr "Traduções, dicionários e outros arquivos relacionados ao idioma <b>%s</b>" #. the label of the selections -#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:319 +#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:326 msgid "Patterns" msgstr "Padrões" @@ -377,40 +377,56 @@ msgstr "Verificar o &Sistema Agora" #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:98 -msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Recommended Packages" +msgid "Install &Recommended Packages" +msgstr "Pacotes recomendados" + +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:102 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages" +msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages Now" msgstr "&Instalar pacotes recomendados para pacotes já instalados" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:102 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:105 msgid "&Cleanup when Deleting Packages (Temporary Change)" msgstr "&Limpar ao remover pacotes (alteração temporária)" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:106 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:109 msgid "&Allow Vendor Change (Temporary Change)" msgstr "Permitir a<erações do fornecedor (alteração temporária)" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:110 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:113 msgid "&Generate Dependency Solver Testcase" msgstr "&Gerar caso de teste do solucionador de dependências" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:143 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:169 msgid "All package dependencies are OK." msgstr "Todas as dependências do pacote estão corretas." -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:180 +#. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:194 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "To fulfill the dependencies of already installed packages following" +msgid "Being recommended by already installed packages, the following" +msgstr "Para atender as dependências de pacotes já instalados, os seguintes" + +#. part 2 of the text +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:196 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:293 +msgid "packages have been automatically selected for installation:" +msgstr "pacotes foram automaticamente selecionados para instalação:" + +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:226 msgid "Dependency resolver test case written to " msgstr "Caso de teste do resolvedor de dependência salvo em " #. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:249 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:291 msgid "To fulfill the dependencies of already installed packages following" msgstr "Para atender as dependências de pacotes já instalados, os seguintes" -#. part 2 of the text -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:251 -msgid "packages have been automatically selected for installation:" -msgstr "pacotes foram automaticamente selecionados para instalação:" - -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:265 +#. dependencies OK, no automatic changes/the user has accepted the changes +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:305 msgid "System dependencies verify OK." msgstr "As dependências do sistema estão corretas." @@ -559,7 +575,7 @@ #. column header package description (keep it short!) #: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:126 src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:64 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:380 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:387 msgid "Summary" msgstr "Resumo" @@ -818,11 +834,13 @@ "Isto despejará os dados das dependências no diretório <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>.\n" "Geralmente é disto que você irá precisar quando for pedido um \"caso de teste do solucionador\" no bugzilla.</p>" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:266 -msgid "<p>Available options for dependency checking are:<br><i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> (see above), <i>Install Recommended for Already Installed Packages</i>: if ON, also recommended packages of already installed package will be installed, <i>System Verification Mode</i>: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with <i>Verify System Now</i> the option <i>System Verification Mode</i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:267 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p>Available options for dependency checking are:<br><i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> (see above), <i>Install Recommended for Already Installed Packages</i>: if ON, also recommended packages of already installed package will be installed, <i>System Verification Mode</i>: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with <i>Verify System Now</i> the option <i>System Verification Mode</i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>" +msgid "<p>Available options for dependency checking are:<br><i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> (see above), <i>Install Recommended Packages</i>: if ON, weak dependencies will be honored, <i>System Verification Mode</i>: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with <i>Verify System Now</i> the option <i>System Verification Mode</i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>" msgstr "<p>As opções disponíveis para verificação de dependências são:<br><i>Verificação automática de dependências</i> (veja acima), <i>Instalar recomendados para pacotes já instalados</i>: se marcado, os pacotes recomendados de pacotes já instalados também serão instalados, <i>Modo de verificação do sistema</i>: reparar dependências de pacotes instalados e resolver imediatamente. Por favor, observe que, após verificar o sistem com <i>Verificar sistema agora</i>, a opção <i>Modo de verificação do sistema</i> estará marcada (desmarque-a se desejar). Estas opções são salvas no arquivo de configuração do YaST <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:272 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:279 msgid "<p>Advanced options:<br> <i>Cleanup when deleting packages</i>: remove dependent unused packages. <i>Allow vendor change</i>: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Opções avançadas:<br> <i>Limpar ao remover pacotes</i>: remove pacotes dependentes não utilizados.\n" @@ -830,14 +848,14 @@ "instalado. Essas opções não serão salvas, podendo ser utilizadas somente no arquivo de configuração da \n" "biblioteca de pacotes <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>.</p>" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:278 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:285 msgid "<p><b>View:</b><br>Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.).</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Exibir:</b><br>Escolha quais informações sobre o pacote selecionado serão exibidas na janela abaixo da tabela de \n" "pacotes. As opções disponíveis são: descrição do pacote, dados técnicos (versão, tamanho, licença, etc.), versões do pacote \n" "(todos os disponíveis), lista de arquivos (todos os arquivos incluídos no pacote) e suas dependências (fornece, requer, etc.).</p>" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:284 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:291 msgid "<p><b>Configuration:</b><br>This menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can <b>Launch Repository Manager</b> and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (<b>Launch Online Update Configuration</b>). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in <b>Action after Package Installation</b> menu.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Configuração:</b><br>Este menu integra o seletor de pacotes com o restante dos utilitários de gerenciamento de \n" @@ -845,7 +863,7 @@ "em um repositório de atualização e configurar o download periódico de atualizações disponíveis (<b>Iniciar configuração de atualização online</b>).\n" "Você também pode escolher entre os três comportamentos possíveis do seletor de pacotes ao sair - no menu <b>Ação após instalação de pacotes</b>.</p>" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:289 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:296 msgid "<p><b>Extras:</b><br>Miscellaneous functions reside here. <i>Export Package List to File</i> will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by <i>Import Package List from File</i> option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. <i>Show Available Disk Space</i> will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Extras:</b><br>Diversas funções residem aqui. <i>Exportar a lista de pacotes para arquivo</i> despejará os dados \n" @@ -855,200 +873,200 @@ "em disco</i> exibirá uma tabela instantânea exibindo o uso do disco e o espaço disponível nas atuais partições montadas.</p>" #. label of a frame with search settings -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:297 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:304 msgid "&Search in " msgstr "&Pesquisar em" #. begin: text/labels for search popups (use unique hotkeys until the end:) #. text for the package search popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:305 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:312 msgid "Search &Phrase" msgstr "&Frase de pesquisa" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:325 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:332 msgid "Code" msgstr "Código" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:331 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:338 msgid "Language" msgstr "Idioma" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:337 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:344 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. column header package name (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:345 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:352 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nome" #. column header installed package version (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:352 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:359 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versão" #. column header - repository of the package (e.g. openSUSE 10.3) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:359 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:366 msgid "Repository" msgstr "Repositório" #. column header available package version (keep it short - use abbreviation!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:366 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:373 msgid "Avail. Vers." msgstr "Vers. disp." #. column header installed package version (keep it short - use abbreviation!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:373 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:380 msgid "Inst. Vers." msgstr "Vers. inst." #. column header package size (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:388 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:395 msgid "Size" msgstr "Tamanho" #. column header package architecture (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:395 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:402 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "Arquitetura" #. column header patch kind (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:402 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:409 msgid "Kind" msgstr "Tipo" #. a text for a small popup which is shown during package dependency checking -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:409 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:416 msgid "Solving..." msgstr "Resolvendo..." #. a text for a small popup which is shown during writing package selection to a file -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:415 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:422 msgid "Saving..." msgstr "Salvando..." #. a text for a samll popup which is shown during loading package selections from a file -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:421 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:428 msgid "Loading..." msgstr "Carregando..." #. the headline of the disk space popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:428 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:435 msgid "Disk Usage Overview" msgstr "Resumo do uso do disco" #. column header name of the partition (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:435 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:442 msgid "Partition" msgstr "Partição" #. column header used disk space (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:442 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:449 msgid "Used" msgstr "Usado" #. column header free disk space (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:449 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:456 msgid "Free" msgstr "Livre" #. column header total disk space (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:456 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:463 msgid "Total" msgstr "Total" #. -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:463 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:470 msgid "<i>Out of disk space!</i>" msgstr "<i>Sem espaço em disco!</i>" #. -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:470 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:477 msgid "<b>Disk space is running out!</b>" msgstr "<b>O espaço em disco está acabando!</b>" #. part of a text -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:477 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:484 msgid "needs" msgstr "necessita" #. part of a text -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:484 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:491 msgid "more disk space." msgstr "mais espaço em disco." #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:491 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:498 msgid "<b>Version: </b>" msgstr "<b>Versão: </b>" #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:498 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:505 msgid "<b>Size: </b>" msgstr "<b>Tamanho: </b>" #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:505 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:512 msgid "<b>Installed: </b>" msgstr "<b>Instalado: </b>" #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:512 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:519 msgid "<b>Authors: </b>" msgstr "<b>Autores: </b>" #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:519 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:526 msgid "<b>License: </b>" msgstr "<b>Licença: </b>" #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:526 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:533 msgid "<b>Media No.: </b>" msgstr "<b>Mídia nº: </b>" #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:533 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:540 msgid "<b>Package Group: </b>" msgstr "<b>Grupo do pacote: </b>" #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:540 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:547 msgid "<b>Provides: </b>" msgstr "<b>Fornece: </b>" #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:547 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:554 msgid "<b>Requires: </b>" msgstr "<b>Requer: </b>" #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:554 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:561 msgid "<b>Prerequires: </b>" msgstr "<b>Pré-requisitos: </b>" #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:562 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:569 msgid "<b>Conflicts with: </b>" msgstr "<b>Conflita com: </b>" #. headline for a list of installed files -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:569 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:576 msgid "<i>List of Installed Files:</i><br>" msgstr "<i>Lista de arquivos instalados:</i><br>" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:575 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:582 msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for " msgstr "Traduções, dicionários e outros arquivos relacionados a idiomas para" #. the headline of the help popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:603 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:610 msgid "Patch Status and Patch Installation" msgstr "Status da correção e instalação da correção" #. help text online udpate #. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text. -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:611 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618 msgid "<p>General information about patches:</p><p>The patches of kind <b>security</b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install <b>recommended</b> patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install <b>feature</b> patches if you are interested in the feature.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Informações gerais sobre correções:</p> <p>As correções de <b>segurança</b> solucionam problemas de\n" @@ -1057,75 +1075,75 @@ "estiver interessado nela.</p>" #. help text online udpate continue -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625 msgid "<p>Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>As correções para o \"libzypp\" (pacote, correção, padrão e gerenciamento de produto)\n" "sempre serão instaladas primeiro. As outras correções devem ser instaladas em uma outra execução.</p>" #. help text online udpate continue -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632 msgid "<p>Meaning of the status flags:</p><p><b>a+ </b>: Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'.</p><p><b> i </b>: All requirements of this patch are satisfied.</p><p><b> + </b>: You have selected this patch for installation.</p>" msgstr "<p>Significa dos marcadores de status:</p><p><b>a+ </b>: Correções relativas à sua instalação são pré-selecionadas. Elas serão baixadas e instaladas no seu sistema. Se você não desejar uma determinada correção, cancele sua seleção com '-'.</p><p><b>i </b>: Todos os requisitos desta correção são satisfeitos.</p><p><b> + </b>: Voce selecionou esta correção para instalação.</p>" #. help text online udpate continue -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639 msgid "<p>More details about the status:<br>If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status <b>a+</b>. If one of these patches is deselected with '-' it might show the status <b>i</b> afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not wanted.</p>" msgstr "<p>Mais detalhes sobre o status:<br>Se existirem várias correções para um pacote (ou conjunto de pacotes) que ainda não foram aplicadas ao sistema, todas serão pré-selecionadas e terão status <b>a+</b>. Se uma dessas correções tiver sua seleção cancelada com '-, ela poderá exibir o status <b>i</b>. Isso acontece porque qualquer uma das demais correções relacionada ao(s) mesmo(s) pacote(s) ainda estará selecionada. A(s) nova(s) versão(ões) do(s) pacote(s) será(ão) instalada(s) e com ela(s) essa correção será satisfeita. O cancelamento de todas as correções é necessários se as correções não forem desejadas.</p>" #. help text online udpate continue -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:646 msgid "<p>The menus:</p><p>The <b>Filter</b> menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches.<br>Use the <b>Actions</b> menu to change the status of a patch.<br>The <b>View</b> menu offers the possibility to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system.<br>The <b>Dependencies</b> menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry.</p>" msgstr "<p>Os menus:</p><p>O menu <b>Filtro</b> permite filtrar as correções, por exemplo, exibe as 'Instaladas' ou as atualizações de 'Segurança'. Também permite pesquisar pelas atualizações.<br>Use o menu <b>Ações</b> para alterar o status de uma correção.<br>O menu <b>Exibir</b> oferece a possibilidade de ver quais pacotes são afetados pela atualização. Note que: se o filtro for 'Todas as atualizações' a lista de pacotes para algumas correções pode estar vazia. Isto significa que nenhum pacote foi afetado porque nenhuma das correções está instalada no sistema.<br>O menu <b>Dependências</b> contém as verificações de dependências e a entrada 'Gerar caso teste do solucionador'.</p>" #. label for a warning popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:648 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:655 msgid "Warning" msgstr "Aviso" #. label for an error popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:655 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:662 msgid "Error" msgstr "Erro" #. label for a notify popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:662 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:669 msgid "Notify" msgstr "Notificar" #. the label of an OK button -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:670 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:677 msgid "&OK" msgstr "&OK" #. the label of the Yes button -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691 msgid "&Yes" msgstr "&Sim" #. the label of the No button -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:705 msgid "&No" msgstr "&Não" #. the label of the Solve button - 'try again' implies that user #. has to make some action (#213602) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:706 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:713 msgid "&OK -- Try Again" msgstr "&OK - Tentar novamente" #. text for a Notify popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:714 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:721 msgid "<p>All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost.<br>Really exit?</p>" msgstr "<p>Todas as alterações nos pacotes, correções ou padrões selecionados serão perdidas.<br>Deseja realmente sair?</p>" #. the label of language table -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:722 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:729 msgid "Available Languages" msgstr "Idiomas disponíveis" #. the label of language table -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:729 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:736 msgid "Available Repositories" msgstr "Repositórios disponíveis" @@ -1133,65 +1151,68 @@ #. (the list shows all patches which are needed) #. static const std::string value = _( "Installable Patches" ); #. static const std::string value = _( "Relevant Patches" ); -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:739 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:746 msgid "Needed Patches" msgstr "Correções necessárias" #. A label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars! #. (the list shows all patches which are already installed) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:747 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:754 msgid "Installed Patches" msgstr "Patches Instalados" #. A common label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars! -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:755 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:762 msgid "Online Update Patches" msgstr "Correções da atualização online" #. the label Filter: Update Problem ( keep it short - max. 25 chars ) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:762 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769 msgid "Update Problem -- see help" msgstr "Problema de atualização - veja a ajuda" #. the label for Filter: Search results -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776 msgid "Search Results" msgstr "Resultados da pesquisa" #. the headline of the dependency popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783 msgid "Package Dependencies" msgstr "Dependências do pacote" #. help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790 msgid "<b>Update Problem List</b><br><p>The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.</p><p>Possible reasons:</p><p>They are obsoleted by other packages.</p><p>There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.</p><p>They are third-party packages</p><p>Manually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them.</p>" msgstr "<b>Lista de problemas de atualização</b><br><p>Os pacotes nesta lista não podem ser atualizados automaticamente.</p><p>Possíveis motivos:</p><p>Eles estão obsoletos por outros pacotes.</p><p>Não existe nenhuma versão mais nova para atualizar nas mídias de instalação.</p><p>Eles são pacotes de terceiros</p><p>Escolha manualmente o que fazer com eles. A ação mais segura é removê-los.</p>" #. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797 msgid "Source" msgstr "Fonte" #. menu entry Update List -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:798 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:805 msgid "&Update List" msgstr "Lista de at&ualização" #. part of the patch description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:805 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812 msgid "<b>Patch: </b>" msgstr "<b>Correção: </b>" #. info line is shown if YOU patch list is empty -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:819 msgid "No patches available" msgstr "Nenhuma correção disponível" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:818 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:825 msgid "Script" msgstr "Script" +#~ msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by already installed packages the option <b>Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages</b> from <b>Dependencies</b> menu has to be set." +#~ msgstr "Esta é uma lista dos pacotes úteis. Eles serão instalados se recomendados por um novo pacote instalado. Para obter pacotes recomendados por um pacote já instalado, é necessário configurar a opção <b>Instalar pacotes recomendados para pacotes já instalados</b> no menu <b>Dependências</b>." + #~ msgid "<p>Available options for dependency checking are:<br><i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> (see above), <i>Install Recommended for Already Installed Packages</i>: if ON, also recommended packages of already installed package will be installed, <i>System Verification Mode</i>: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with <i>Verify System Now</i> the option <i>System Verification Mode</i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These option are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>As opções disponíveis para verificação de dependências são: <i>Verificação automática de dependência</i> \n" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/ncurses.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/ncurses.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/ncurses.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ncurses\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-05-23 13:26-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Isis Binder \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/network.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/network.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/network.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: network\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-07 11:38-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Isis Binder \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" @@ -61,34 +61,34 @@ msgstr "Endereço IP do terceiro servidor de nomes." #. Command line output Headline -#: src/clients/dns.rb:163 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:161 msgid "DNS Configuration Summary:" msgstr "Resumo da configuração do DNS:" #. validator: a reference to boolean( string) is expected #. setter: a reference to void( any) is expected #. fail message: a string is expected -#: src/clients/dns.rb:188 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:186 msgid "InvalidHostname. " msgstr "InvalidHostname. " -#: src/clients/dns.rb:194 src/clients/dns.rb:202 src/clients/dns.rb:210 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:192 src/clients/dns.rb:200 src/clients/dns.rb:208 msgid "Invalid IP. " msgstr "IP inválido." -#: src/clients/dns.rb:225 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:223 msgid "Cannot set " msgstr "Não foi possível definir " -#: src/clients/dns.rb:226 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:224 msgid ". Network is managed by NetworkManager." msgstr ". A rede é gerenciada pelo NetworkManager." -#: src/clients/dns.rb:245 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:243 msgid "Invalid option value." msgstr "Valor de opção inválido." -#: src/clients/dns.rb:254 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:252 msgid "Internal error" msgstr "Erro interno" @@ -98,35 +98,35 @@ msgstr "Salvando a configuração do firewall..." #. Proposal title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:137 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:141 msgid "Firewall and SSH" msgstr "Firewall e SSH" #. Menu entry label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:139 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:143 msgid "&Firewall and SSH" msgstr "&Firewall e SSH" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:152 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:156 msgid "Basic Firewall and SSH Configuration" msgstr "Configuração básica do firewall e SSH" #. frame label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:157 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:161 msgid "Firewall and SSH service" msgstr "Serviço de firewall e SSH" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:168 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:172 msgid "Enable Firewall" msgstr "Habilitar firewall" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:177 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:181 msgid "Enable SSH Service" msgstr "Habilitar o serviço SSH" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:191 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:195 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Firewall and SSH</big></b><br>\n" "Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ "O SSH é um serviço que permite iniciar a sessão neste computador remotamente, através\n" "de um cliente SSH dedicado.</p>" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:197 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:201 msgid "" "<p>Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" "the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled.</p>" @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ "<p>Aqui você pode escolher se o firewall será habilitado ou desabilitado após\n" "a instalação. É recomendável mantê-lo habilitado.</p>" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:200 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:204 msgid "" "<p>With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" "service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ "pode habilitar o serviço SSH (será iniciado durante a inicialização do computador).</p>" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:207 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:211 msgid "" "<p>You can also open VNC ports in firewall. It will not enable\n" "the remote administration service on a running system but it is\n" @@ -169,49 +169,49 @@ #. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog #. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing) -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:278 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:284 msgid "Firewall will be enabled (disable</a>)" msgstr "O firewall será habilitado (desabilitar</a>)" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:282 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:288 msgid "Firewall will be disabled (enable</a>)" msgstr "O firewall será desabilitado (habilitar</a>)" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:287 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:294 msgid "SSH service will be enabled (disable</a>)" msgstr "O serviço SSH será habilitado (desabilitar</a>)" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:291 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:298 msgid "SSH service will be disabled (enable</a>)" msgstr "O serviço SSH será desabilitado (habilitar</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:307 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:315 msgid "Open SSH Port" msgstr "Abrir porta SSH" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:321 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:329 msgid "Open &VNC Ports" msgstr "Abrir portas &VNC" #. Show VNC port only if installing over VNC -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:339 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:347 msgid "VNC ports will be open (close</a>)" msgstr "As portas VNC serão abertas (fechar</a>)" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:341 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:349 msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (open</a>)" msgstr "As portas VNC serão fechadas (abrirblock</a>)" msgstr "A porta SSH será aberta (bloquear</a>)" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:354 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:363 msgid "SSH port will be blocked (open</a>)" msgstr "A porta SSH será bloqueada (abrir</a>)" @@ -224,32 +224,32 @@ #. Command line output Headline #. configuration of hosts -#: src/clients/host.rb:125 +#: src/clients/host.rb:123 msgid "Host Configuration Summary:" msgstr "Resumo da configuração da máquina:" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:110 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:107 msgid "Connecting to Internet..." msgstr "Conectando-se à Internet..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:112 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:109 msgid "Downloading the latest release notes..." msgstr "Baixando as últimas notas de lançamento..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:114 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:111 msgid "Closing connection..." msgstr "Fechando a conexão..." #. Test dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:245 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:239 msgid "Running Internet Connection Test" msgstr "Executando o teste de conexão com a Internet" #. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test" -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:248 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:242 msgid "" "<p>Here, view the progress of the\n" "Internet connection test.</p>\n" @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ "teste de conexão com a Internet.</p>\n" #. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test" -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:252 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:246 msgid "" "<p>The test can be aborted by pressing\n" "<b>Abort Test</b>.</p>\n" @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ " <b>Cancelar teste</b>.</p>\n" #. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test" -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:260 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:254 msgid "" "<p>If the test fails, return to the network configuration\n" "and correct the settings.</p>\n" @@ -276,62 +276,62 @@ "e corrija as configurações.</p>\n" #. Label for result of internet test -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:296 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:288 msgid "Test Result:" msgstr "Resultado do teste:" #. Push Button to abort internet test -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:307 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:299 msgid "&Abort Test" msgstr "&Cancelar teste" #. Frame label: status of internet test -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:312 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:304 msgid "Test Status" msgstr "Status do teste" #. Push Button to see logs of internet test -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:322 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:314 msgid "&View Logs..." msgstr "&Ver logs..." #. result of internet test -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:361 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:351 msgid "Success" msgstr "Sucesso" #. result of internet test -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:365 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:355 msgid "Failure" msgstr "Falha" #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:380 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:365 msgid "Kernel Network Interfaces" msgstr "Interfaces de rede do kernel" #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:402 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:386 msgid "Kernel Routing Table" msgstr "Tabela de roteamento do kernel" #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:422 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:406 msgid "Hostname Lookup" msgstr "Pesquisa de nome de máquina" #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:446 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:426 msgid "Kernel Messages" msgstr "Mensagens do kernel" #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:593 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:576 msgid "Download of Release Notes" msgstr "Baixar as últimas notas de lançamento" #. popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:736 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:719 msgid "" "Cannot install downloaded release notes.\n" "RPM signature check failed." @@ -340,18 +340,18 @@ "Falha na verificação da assinatura RPM." #. popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:763 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:746 msgid "Installation of downloaded release notes failed." msgstr "Falha na instalação de notas de lançamento baixadas." #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:800 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:782 msgid "Opening of Connection" msgstr "Abrindo a conexão" #. popup to inform user about the failure #. popup to inform user about the failure -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:808 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:834 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:789 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:815 msgid "" "Connecting to the Internet failed. View\n" "the logs for details.\n" @@ -360,13 +360,13 @@ "os logs para mais detalhes.\n" #. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:892 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:873 msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." msgstr "Não existe URL para as notas da versão. O teste de Internet não pode ser executado." #. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes #. most likely due to server-side error -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:905 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:886 msgid "" "Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n" "This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n" @@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ "clique em 'Cancelar'.\n" #. popup to inform user about the failure -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:917 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:898 msgid "" "Download of latest release notes failed. View\n" "the logs for details." @@ -392,12 +392,12 @@ "Veja os logs para mais detalhes." #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:965 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:945 msgid "Check for Patches" msgstr "Verificar correções" #. popup to inform user about the failure -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:974 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:954 msgid "" "Check for latest updates failed. View\n" "the logs for details.\n" @@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ "Veja os logs para mais detalhes.\n" #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:1001 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:980 msgid "Closing of Connection" msgstr "Fechando a conexão" @@ -453,61 +453,50 @@ msgid "Config identifier" msgstr "Identificador de configuração" -#: src/clients/lan.rb:136 +#. Commandline option help +#: src/clients/lan.rb:137 msgid "Use static or dynamic configuration" msgstr "Usar configuração estática ou dinâmica" -#: src/clients/lan.rb:140 +#: src/clients/lan.rb:141 msgid "Configuration Name" msgstr "Nome da configuração" #. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:145 -msgid "Device boot protocol" -msgstr "Protocolo do dispositivo de inicialização" - -#. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:150 +#: src/clients/lan.rb:146 msgid "Device IP address" msgstr "Endereço IP do dispositivo" #. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:155 +#: src/clients/lan.rb:151 msgid "Network mask" msgstr "Máscara de rede" #. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:160 +#: src/clients/lan.rb:156 msgid "Prefix length" msgstr "Comprimento do prefixo" #. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:165 +#: src/clients/lan.rb:161 msgid "Bond Slaves" msgstr "Escravos vinculados" #. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:170 +#: src/clients/lan.rb:166 msgid "Ethernet Device for VLAN" msgstr "Dispositivo Ethernet para VLAN" #. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:175 +#: src/clients/lan.rb:171 msgid "Interfaces for Bridging" msgstr "Interfaces para bridging" -#. copy the keys/values that are not existing in the XML -#. so we merge the inst-sys settings with the XML while XML -#. has higher priority -#. -#. bnc#796580 The problem with this is that due to compatibility with -#. older profiles, a missing element may have a different meaning than -#. "use what the filesystem/kernel currently uses". -#. In particular, a missing write_hostname [1] means -#. "use the product default from DVD1/control.xml". -#. Other elements may have similar problems, -#. to be fixed post-PTF for maintenance. -#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:171 +#. see bnc#498993 +#. in case keep_install_network is set to true (in AY) +#. we'll keep values from installation +#. and merge with XML data (bnc#712864) +#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:136 msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface." msgstr "Erro na configuração: interface não inicializada." @@ -527,17 +516,17 @@ "lan\t" #. Selection box item -#: src/clients/network.rb:67 src/clients/network.rb:110 +#: src/clients/network.rb:67 src/clients/network.rb:108 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "Placa de rede" #. Network dialog caption -#: src/clients/network.rb:90 +#: src/clients/network.rb:88 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "Configuração da rede" #. Network dialog help -#: src/clients/network.rb:93 +#: src/clients/network.rb:91 msgid "" "<p>Choose one of the available network modules to configure\n" " the corresponding devices and press <b>Launch</b>.</p>" @@ -546,11 +535,11 @@ "o dispositivo correspondente e clique em <b>Iniciar</b>.</p>" #. Selection box label -#: src/clients/network.rb:107 +#: src/clients/network.rb:105 msgid "&Available Network Modules:" msgstr "Módulos de rede &disponível:" -#: src/clients/network.rb:125 +#: src/clients/network.rb:123 msgid "&Launch" msgstr "&Iniciar" @@ -570,12 +559,12 @@ msgstr "Selecione 'sim' para permitir ou 'não' para não permitir a administração remota" #. Command line output Headline -#: src/clients/remote.rb:128 +#: src/clients/remote.rb:126 msgid "Remote Access Configuration Summary:" msgstr "Resumo da configuração do acesso remoto:" #. Command line error message -#: src/clients/remote.rb:148 +#: src/clients/remote.rb:146 msgid "" "Please set 'yes' to allow the remote administration\n" "or 'no' to disallow it." @@ -596,7 +585,7 @@ #. Commandline help title #. Main routing dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:479 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:468 msgid "Routing Configuration" msgstr "Configuração de roteamento" @@ -667,109 +656,109 @@ #. main ui function #. Frame label -#: src/clients/routing.rb:205 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:77 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:203 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:77 msgid "Routing Table" msgstr "Tabela de roteamento" #. Table header 1/4 -#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:85 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:206 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:85 msgid "Destination" msgstr "Destino" #. Table header 2/4 -#: src/clients/routing.rb:209 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:87 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:207 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:87 msgid "Gateway" msgstr "Gateway" #. Table header label -#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:100 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99 msgid "Netmask" msgstr "Máscara de rede" #. Table header 4/4 -#: src/clients/routing.rb:211 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:209 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:68 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:72 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:91 msgid "Device" msgstr "Dispositivo" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:417 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399 msgid "Options" msgstr "Opções" #. Handler for action "list" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options -#: src/clients/routing.rb:242 src/clients/routing.rb:383 -#: src/clients/routing.rb:427 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:239 src/clients/routing.rb:377 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:423 msgid "No entry for destination '%1' in routing table" msgstr "Não há entrada para o destino '%1' na tabela de roteamento" #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:265 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:261 msgid "%s forwarding is enabled" msgstr "O encaminhamento %s está habilitado" #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:268 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:264 msgid "%s forwarding is disabled" msgstr "O encaminhamento %s está desabilitado" #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:272 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:268 msgid "Enabling %s forwarding..." msgstr "Habilitando o encaminhamento %s..." #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:276 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:272 msgid "Disabling %s forwarding..." msgstr "Desabilitando o encaminhamento %s..." -#: src/clients/routing.rb:282 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:278 msgid "IPv4 Forwarding:" msgstr "Encaminhamento IPv4:" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:292 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:288 msgid "IPv6 Forwarding:" msgstr "Encaminhamento IPv6:" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:302 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:298 msgid "IPv4 and IPv6 Forwarding:" msgstr "Encaminhamento IPv4 e IPv6:" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:324 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:320 msgid "At least destination and gateway IP addresses must be specified." msgstr "Pelo menos o endereço IP do destino e do gateway devem ser especificados." -#: src/clients/routing.rb:333 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:329 msgid "Adding '%1' destination to routing table ..." msgstr "Adicionando o destino '%1' na tabela de roteamento..." -#: src/clients/routing.rb:349 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:343 msgid "Destination IP address must be specified." msgstr "O endereço IP de destino deve ser especificado." -#: src/clients/routing.rb:354 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:348 msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified" msgstr "Pelo menos um dos seguintes parâmetros (gateway, máscara de rede, dispositivo, opções) deve ser especificado" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:376 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:370 msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..." msgstr "Atualizando o destino '%1' na tabela de roteamento..." -#: src/clients/routing.rb:419 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:415 msgid "Deleting '%1' destination from routing table ..." msgstr "Removendo o destino '%1' da tabela de roteamento..." #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1356 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "Aviso: nenhuma criptografia foi usada." #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1358 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1365 msgid "Change." msgstr "Alterar." @@ -791,149 +780,149 @@ msgstr "Nada está configurado" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:204 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:202 msgid "PCMCIA ISDN Card" msgstr "Placa ISDN PCMCIA" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:206 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:204 msgid "USB ISDN Card" msgstr "Placa ISDN USB" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:208 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:206 msgid "PCMCIA Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "Placa de rede Ethernet PCMCIA" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:210 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:208 msgid "USB Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "Placa de rede Ethernet USB" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:212 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:210 msgid "PCMCIA FDDI Network Card" msgstr "Placa de rede FDDI PCMCIA" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:214 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:212 msgid "USB FDDI Network Card" msgstr "Placa de rede FDDI USB" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:216 src/include/network/complex.rb:220 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:214 src/include/network/complex.rb:218 msgid "PCMCIA ISDN Connection" msgstr "Conexão ISDN PCMCIA" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:218 src/include/network/complex.rb:222 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:216 src/include/network/complex.rb:220 msgid "USB ISDN Connection" msgstr "Conexão ISDN USB" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:224 src/include/network/complex.rb:228 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:222 src/include/network/complex.rb:226 msgid "PCMCIA Modem" msgstr "Modem PCMCIA" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:226 src/include/network/complex.rb:230 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:224 src/include/network/complex.rb:228 msgid "USB Modem" msgstr "Modem USB" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:232 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:230 msgid "PCMCIA Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "Placa de rede Token Ring PCMCIA" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:236 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:234 msgid "USB Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "Placa de rede Token Ring USB" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:238 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:236 msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "Dispositivo de rede USB" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:240 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:238 msgid "PCMCIA Wireless Network Card" msgstr "Placa de rede sem fio PCMCIA" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:242 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:240 msgid "USB Wireless Network Card" msgstr "Placa de rede sem fio USB" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:259 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:257 msgid "Unknown Network Device" msgstr "Dispositivo de rede desconhecido" #. Modem status (%1 is device) #. ISDN device status (%1 is device) #. Network card status (%1 is device) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:313 src/include/network/complex.rb:325 -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:384 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:312 src/include/network/complex.rb:324 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383 msgid "Configured as %1" msgstr "Configurado como %1" #. Modem status (%1 is device, %2 is provider) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:317 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:316 msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2" msgstr "Configurado como %1 com o provedor %2" #. ISDN status (%1 is device, %2 is provider, %3 protocol) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:334 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:333 msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2 (protocol %3)" msgstr "Configurado como %1 com o provedor %2 (protocolo %3)" -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:349 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348 msgid "Configured without address (NONE)" msgstr "Configurado sem endereço (NENHUM)" #. Network card status -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:352 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:351 msgid "Configured without an address" msgstr "Configurado sem endereço" #. Network card status (%1 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:356 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:355 msgid "Configured with address %1" msgstr "Configurado com endereço %1" #. Network card status (%1 is address, %2 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:362 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361 msgid "Configured with address %1 (remote %2)" msgstr "Configurado com endereço %1 (remoto %2)" #. Network card status (%1 is protocol) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:370 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:369 msgid "Configured with %1" msgstr "Configurado como %1" #. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:388 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:387 msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2" msgstr "Configurado como %1 com o endereço %2" #. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address, %3 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:395 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:394 msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2 (remote %3)" msgstr "Configurado como %1 com o endereço %2 (remoto %3)" #. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is protocol) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:403 msgid "Configured as %1 with %2" msgstr "Configurado como %1 com %2" #. Abbreviation for "The interface is Managed by NetworkManager" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:420 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:440 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:419 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:438 msgid "Managed" msgstr "Gerenciado" @@ -1017,73 +1006,73 @@ msgstr "- Conectar-se à Internet" #. label text - one step of during network test -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:202 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "- Download latest release notes" msgstr "- Baixar as últimas notas de lançamento" #. label text - one step of during network test -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:209 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:207 msgid "- Check for latest updates" msgstr "- Verificar as últimas atualizações " #. label text - one step of during network test -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:214 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:212 msgid "- Close connection" msgstr "- Fechar a conexão" #. Heading text -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:225 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:223 msgid "The following steps will be performed:" msgstr "Os seguintes passos serão executados:" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:231 msgid "Select:" msgstr "Selecionar:" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:286 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:284 msgid "&Yes, Run Online Update Now" msgstr "&Sim, executar a atualização online agora" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:288 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:286 msgid "N&o, Skip Update" msgstr "Nã&o, ignorar a atualização" #. Heading text -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:298 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:296 msgid "Online Updates Available" msgstr "Atualizações online disponíveis" #. Label text -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:301 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:299 msgid "Download and install them via the YaST Online Update?" msgstr "Baixar e instalá-las através da atualização online YaST?" #. Heading -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:347 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:344 msgid "Internet Connection Test Logs:" msgstr "Logs do teste de conexão com a Internet:" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:355 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:352 msgid "&Select Log:" msgstr "&Selecionar o log:" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:84 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:83 msgid "Additional Addresses" msgstr "Endereços adicionais" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:96 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:95 msgid "IPv4 Address Label" msgstr "Rótulo do endereço IPv4" #. Table header label #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:98 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:128 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "Endereço IP" @@ -1091,7 +1080,7 @@ #. PushButton label #. PushButton label #. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:107 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:106 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:139 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:100 msgid "Ad&d" @@ -1101,7 +1090,7 @@ #. PushButton label #. PushButton label #. Pushbutton label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:109 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:141 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102 #: src/include/network/summary.rb:69 @@ -1112,156 +1101,156 @@ #. PushButton label #. PushButton label #. Pushbutton label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:111 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:143 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104 #: src/include/network/summary.rb:71 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "Remo&ver" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:132 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:131 msgid "&Name of Interface" msgstr "&Nome da interface" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:134 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133 msgid "<p>TODO kind of vague!</p>" msgstr "<p>TODO é relativamente vago!</p>" #. Combo Box label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:139 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:138 msgid "Assign Interface to Firewall &Zone" msgstr "Atribuir interface para &zonas do firewall" #. check box label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:147 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:146 msgid "&Mandatory Interface" msgstr "Interface &obrigatória" #. ComboBox label #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:155 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:369 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:154 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351 msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "Tipo de &dispositivo" #. ComboBox label #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:355 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:172 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:337 msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "Nome da &configuração" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:183 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:181 msgid "Tunnel owner" msgstr "Proprietário do encapsulamento" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:184 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:182 msgid "Tunnel group" msgstr "Grupo de encapsulamento " -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1316 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:191 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1297 msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "Dispositivos bridged" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:213 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:211 msgid "Real Interface for &VLAN" msgstr "Interface &real para VLAN" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:216 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:214 msgid "VLAN ID" msgstr "ID da VLAN" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:233 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:231 msgid "Bond Slaves and Order" msgstr "Escravos vinculados e ordem" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:237 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:235 msgid "Up" msgstr "Para cima" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:238 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:236 msgid "Down" msgstr "Para baixo" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:242 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:240 msgid "Bond &Slaves" msgstr "&Escravos vinculados" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:258 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:256 msgid "&Bond Driver Options" msgstr "&Opções do driver vinculado" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:260 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:258 msgid "<p>Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. </p>" msgstr "<p>Selecione as opções do driver vinculado e edite-as, se necessário. </p>" #. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty()); #. else -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:285 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:811 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:283 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:798 msgid "No Link and IP Setup (Bonding Slaves)" msgstr "Sem configuração de link e IP (escravos associados)" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:288 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:286 msgid "Use iBFT Values" msgstr "Usar valores iBFT" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:294 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:292 msgid "Dynamic Address" msgstr "Endereço dinâmico" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:310 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:308 msgid "DHCP both version 4 and 6" msgstr "Ambos DHCP versão 4 e 6" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:311 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:309 msgid "DHCP version 4 only" msgstr "Apenas DHCP versão 4" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:310 msgid "DHCP version 6 only" msgstr "Apenas DHCP versão 6" #. TODO : Stat ... Assigned -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:323 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:321 msgid "Statically Assigned IP Address" msgstr "Endereço IP atribuído estaticamente" #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:327 -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:218 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:356 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:325 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:213 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:341 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "Endereço &IP" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:329 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:327 msgid "&Subnet Mask" msgstr "Máscara de subrede" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:331 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:329 msgid "&Hostname" msgstr "Nome de &máquina" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:364 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:360 msgid "R&emote IP Address" msgstr "Endereço IP r&emoto" #. validation error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:373 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:369 msgid "The remote IP address is invalid." msgstr "O endereço IP remoto é inválido." #. push button label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:381 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:377 msgid "&S/390" msgstr "&S/390" #. validate device type, misdetection -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1037 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1018 msgid "" "You have changed the interface type from the one\n" "that has been detected. This only makes sense\n" @@ -1272,13 +1261,13 @@ "você souber que a detecção está errada." #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1057 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1038 msgid "Configuration %1 already present." msgstr "A configuração %1 já existe." #. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing #. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1081 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1062 msgid "" "The firewall is active, but this interface is not\n" "in any zone. All its traffic would be blocked.\n" @@ -1292,20 +1281,20 @@ #. @param [String] key the widget being validated #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1101 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1082 msgid "No valid IP address." msgstr "Endereço IP inválido." -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1108 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1089 msgid "No valid netmask or prefix length." msgstr "Máscara de rede ou comprimento do prefixo inválido. " -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1116 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1097 msgid "Invalid hostname." msgstr "Nome de máquina inválido." #. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1105 msgid "" "No hostname has been specified. We recommend to associate \n" "a hostname with a static IP, otherwise the machine name will \n" @@ -1320,7 +1309,7 @@ "Realmente deixar o nome de máquina em branco?\n" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1143 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124 msgid "" "Duplicate IP address detected.\n" "Really continue?\n" @@ -1330,61 +1319,60 @@ #. @param [Array<String>] types network card types #. @return their descriptions for CWM -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1177 msgid "&General" msgstr "&Geral" -#. TODO: -#. "MANDATORY", -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1209 +#. TODO: "MANDATORY", +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1188 msgid "Device Activation" msgstr "Ativação do dispositivo" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1213 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1192 msgid "Firewall Zone" msgstr "Zona do firewall" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1218 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197 msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)" msgstr "Unidade máxima de transferência (MTU)" -#. FIXME we have helps per widget and for the whole +#. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole #. tab set but not for one tab -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1228 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207 msgid "<p>Configure the detailed network card settings here.</p>" msgstr "<p>Defina aqui as configurações detalhadas da placa de rede.</p>" #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1274 msgid "&Address" msgstr "End&ereço" #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1296 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1277 msgid "<p>Configure your IP address.</p>" msgstr "<p>Configure o seu endereço IP.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1302 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1283 msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "&Hardware" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1309 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290 msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "&Escravos vinculados" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1323 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1304 msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "&Sem fio" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1408 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1388 msgid "Ifplugd Priority" msgstr "Prioridade ifplugd" #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1394 msgid "" "<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n" "<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" @@ -1399,7 +1387,7 @@ "definir a prioridade de cada interface.</p>\n" #. Address dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1499 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1476 msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "Configuração da placa de rede" @@ -1588,11 +1576,11 @@ msgstr "Adaptador CI7000" #. list > overview = (list >)LanItems::Overview(); -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:92 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:89 msgid "Use \"id\" option to determine device." msgstr "Use a opção \"id\" para determinar o dispositivo." -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:101 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:98 msgid "Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of \"id\"." msgstr "O valor de \"id\" está fora do intervalo. Use a opção \"list\" para verificar o valor máximo de \"id\"." @@ -1600,23 +1588,23 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options #. Handler for action "edit" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:219 -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:270 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:214 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:265 msgid "Impossible value for bootproto." msgstr "Valor impossível para o protocolo de inicialização." -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:228 -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:294 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:223 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:289 msgid "Impossible value for startmode." msgstr "Valor impossível para o modo de inicialização." -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:276 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:271 msgid "For static configuration, the \"ip\" option is needed." msgstr "Para configuração estática, a opção \"ip\" é necessária." #. Handler for action "delete" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:322 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:316 msgid "The device was deleted." msgstr "O dispositivo foi removido." @@ -1654,17 +1642,17 @@ msgid "Note" msgstr "Nota" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:116 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:115 msgid "Global Options" msgstr "Opções globais" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:126 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:125 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Resumo" #. continue-cancel popup, #178848 #. %1 is a (long) path to a README file -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:154 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:153 msgid "" "A Xen network bridge was detected.\n" "Due to the renaming of network interfaces by the bridge script,\n" @@ -1678,7 +1666,7 @@ #. Write settings dialog #. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:200 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:199 msgid "" "Firmware is needed. Install it from \n" "the add-on CD.\n" @@ -1690,7 +1678,7 @@ "Primeiro, adicione o CD de Complementos aos seus repositórios de software do YaST\n" "e então volte a este diálogo de configuração.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:214 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:213 msgid "" "The device needs a firmware to function properly. Usually, it can be\n" "downloaded from your driver vendor's Web page. \n" @@ -1708,20 +1696,20 @@ #. - kernel modules (InstallKernel): before loaded #. - wlan firmware: here, just because it is copied from modems #. #45960 -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:233 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232 msgid "Installing firmware" msgstr "Instalando o firmware..." -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:234 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:233 msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?" msgstr "Para uma instalação de firmware bem-sucedida, o script 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' deve ser executado. Deseja executá-lo agora?" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:248 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:247 msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation." msgstr "Ocorreu um erro durante a instalação do firmware." #. Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:403 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:402 msgid "" "The interface is currently set to be managed\n" "by the NetworkManager applet.\n" @@ -1736,12 +1724,12 @@ "ela não será mais gerenciada pelo NetworkManager.\n" #. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:457 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:456 msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?" msgstr "O dispositivo selecionado possui STARTMODE=nfsroot. Realmente remover?" #. Network setup method dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:493 src/include/network/widgets.rb:376 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:487 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363 msgid "Network Setup Method" msgstr "Método de configuração da rede" @@ -1750,7 +1738,7 @@ #. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some #. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation #. popup. -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:526 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:519 msgid "Network Settings" msgstr "Configurações da rede" @@ -1777,7 +1765,7 @@ msgstr "Alterar a rota padrão via DHCP" #. Manual network card setup help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:83 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82 msgid "" "<p>Set up hardware-specific options for \n" "your network device here.</p>\n" @@ -1787,7 +1775,7 @@ #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:92 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 msgid "" "<p><b>Device Type</b>. Various device types are available, select \n" "one according your needs.</p>" @@ -1795,7 +1783,7 @@ "<p><b>Tipo de dispositivo</b>. Vários tipos de dispositivos estão disponíveis,\n" "selecione um de acordo com as suas necessidades.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:100 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99 msgid "" "<p><b>Udev Rules</b> are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" "associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" @@ -1805,7 +1793,7 @@ " permitem associar endereço MAC ou BusID da placa de rede ao seu nome (por exemplo:\n" "eth1, wlan0) e garantem a permanência do nome do dispositivo após a reinicialização.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:106 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105 msgid "" "<p><b>Show visible port identification</b> allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" "Set appropriate time, click <b>Blink</b> and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" @@ -1816,7 +1804,7 @@ "</p>" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:119 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118 msgid "" "<p><b>Kernel Module</b>. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" "for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" @@ -1827,7 +1815,7 @@ "já estiver configurado, você pode selecionar mais um driver da lista para o seu dispositivo.</p>\n" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:126 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125 msgid "" "<p>Additionally, specify <b>Options</b> for the kernel module. Use this\n" "format: <i>option</i>=<i>value</i>. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Note:</b> If two cards are \n" @@ -1837,12 +1825,12 @@ "<i>opção</i>=<i>valor</i>. Cada entrada deve ser separada por espaço, por exemplo, <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>.\n" "<b>Observação:</b> se duas placas forem configuradas com o mesmo módulo, as opções serão combinadas durante o salvamento.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:132 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131 msgid "<p>If you specify options via <b>Ethtool options</b>, ifup will call ethtool with these options.</p>\n" msgstr "<p>Se você especificar opções em <b>Opções Ethtool</b>, o ifup invocará o ethtool com essas opções.</p>\n" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:141 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 msgid "" "<p>If you have a <b>PCMCIA</b> network card, select PCMCIA.\n" "If you have a <b>USB</b> network card, select USB.</p>\n" @@ -1852,7 +1840,7 @@ #. overwrite help #. Manual dialog help 5/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:150 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 msgid "" "<p>Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n" "written to <i>/etc/modprobe.conf</i> or <i>/etc/chandev.conf</i>.</p>\n" @@ -1861,7 +1849,7 @@ "salvos em <i>/etc/modprobe.conf</i> ou <i>/etc/chandev.conf</i>.</p>\n" #. Manual dialog help 6/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:154 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153 msgid "" "<p>Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n" "in the <b>IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands</b> manual.</p>" @@ -1869,78 +1857,63 @@ "<p>Opções para o módulo devem ser salvas no formato especificado\n" "pelo manual <b>IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands</b>.</p>" -#. Manual dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:271 -msgid "Manual Network Card Configuration" -msgstr "Configuração manual da placa de rede" - #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:284 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281 msgid "&PCMCIA" msgstr "&PCMCIA" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:293 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:290 msgid "&USB" msgstr "&USB" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:302 -msgid "&Hotplug Type" -msgstr "Tipo do &HotPlug" - -#. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:307 -msgid "P&CI" -msgstr "P&CI" - #. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:319 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:302 msgid "&Kernel Module" msgstr "Módulo do &kernel" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:329 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:312 msgid "&Module Name" msgstr "Nome do &módulo" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:383 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365 msgid "Udev Rules" msgstr "Regras do udev" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:385 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Nome do dispositivo" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:386 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:368 msgid "Change" msgstr "Alterar" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:397 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:379 msgid "Show Visible Port Identification" msgstr "Exibir identificação de porta visível" #. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:402 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "Segundos" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:407 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:389 msgid "Blink" msgstr "Piscar" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:412 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394 msgid "Ethtool Options" msgstr "Opções do Ethtool" #. Manual selection caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:492 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:472 msgid "Manual Network Card Selection" msgstr "Seleção manual da placa de rede" #. Manual selection help -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:495 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:475 msgid "" "<p>Select the network card to configure. Search\n" "for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry.</p>" @@ -1950,18 +1923,18 @@ #. Selection box label #. Selection box title -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:505 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:560 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:485 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:540 msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "Placa de re&de" #. Text entry field -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:509 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:489 msgid "&Search" msgstr "P&esquisar" #. bnc#767946 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:819 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:799 msgid "" "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." @@ -1970,7 +1943,7 @@ "Escolha um nome diferente." #. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:874 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:854 msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "Configuração da placa de rede S/390" @@ -1978,131 +1951,131 @@ #. Frame label #. Frame label #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:894 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:996 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1063 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1100 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:873 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1079 msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "Configurações do dispositivo S/390" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:904 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:883 msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "Nome da &porta" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:909 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888 msgid "Port Number" msgstr "Número da porta" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:923 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:902 msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "Habilitar tak&eover IPA" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:930 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:909 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "Habilitar suporte á &camada 2" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:937 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:916 msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "Endereço &MAC da camada 2" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:945 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1021 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1075 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1000 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1054 msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "Canal de leitura" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1027 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1081 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:930 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1006 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1060 msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "Canal de gravação" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:957 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:936 msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "Canal de controle" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:968 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:947 msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Port Name</b> for this interface (case-sensitive).</p>" msgstr "<p>Informe o <b>Nome da porta</b> para esta interface (diferencia maiúsculas de minúsculas).</p>" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951 msgid "<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by spaces).</p>" msgstr "<p>Digite quaisquer <b>Opções</b> adicionais para esta interface (separadas por espaços).</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954 msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface.</p>" msgstr "<p>Selecione <b>Habilitar takeover IPA</b> se o endereço IP takeover deve estar habilitado para esta interface.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:978 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:957 msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>" msgstr "<p>Selecione <b>Habilitar suporte à camada 2</b> se esta placa tiver sido configurada com suporte à camada 2.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:981 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960 msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>" msgstr "<p>Digite o <b>Endereço MAC da camada 2</b> se esta placa tiver sido configurada com suporte à camada 2.</p>" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1005 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984 msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "Número da &porta" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1013 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:992 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "Tempo de espera &LANCMD" #. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1038 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017 msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Port Number</b> for this interface.</p>" msgstr "<p>Escolha o <b>Número da porta</b> para esta interface.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1039 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1018 msgid "<p>Specify the <b>LANCMD Time-Out</b> for this interface.</p>" msgstr "<p>Especifique o <b>Tempo de espera LANCMD</b> desta interface.</p>" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1044 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1023 msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "Modo de compatibilidade" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1046 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1025 msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "Modo estendido" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1048 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1027 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "tty baseado em CTC (conexões Linux a Linux)" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1050 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1029 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "Modo compatibilidade com OS/390 e z/OS" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1069 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1048 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "&Protocolo" #. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1092 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1071 msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Protocol</b> for this interface.</p>" msgstr "<p>Escolha o <b>Protocolo</b> para esta interface.</p>" #. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1109 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1088 msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "Nome do &par" #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1120 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1099 msgid "" "<p>Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).</p>\n" @@ -2111,7 +2084,7 @@ "por exemplo, o nome de usuário z/VM com o qual conectar (diferencia maiúsculas de minúsculas).</p>\n" #. #176330, must be static -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1244 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1220 msgid "" "An error occurred while creating device.\n" "See YaST log for details." @@ -2121,12 +2094,12 @@ #. Manual network card configuration dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1266 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1242 msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "Diálogo de hardware" #. Network cards read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:32 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:31 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing Network Card\n" "Configuration</big></b><br>Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -2135,7 +2108,7 @@ "placa de rede</big></b><br>Por favor, aguarde...<br></p>\n" #. Network cards read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:36 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:35 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <B>Abort</B> now.</p>\n" @@ -2144,7 +2117,7 @@ "Cancele o utilitário de configuração com segurança pressionando <B>Cancelar</B>.</P>\n" #. Network cards write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:41 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:39 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving Network Card\n" "Configuration</big></b><br>Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -2153,7 +2126,7 @@ "placa de rede</big></b><br>Por favor, aguarde...<br></p>\n" #. Network cards write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:45 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:43 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort saving by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>\n" @@ -2162,8 +2135,8 @@ "Cancele o salvamento clicando em <b>Cancelar</b>.</p>\n" #. Network setup method help -#. NetworkManager and ifup are programs -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:51 +#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:48 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Network Setup Method</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Use the <b>NetworkManager</b> as a desktop applet\n" @@ -2175,9 +2148,7 @@ "trabalho gerenciando as conexões para todas as interfaces. É apropriado\n" "para alterar entre conexões com fio e múltiplas redes sem fio.</p>\n" -#. Network setup method help -#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:54 msgid "" "<p>Use <b>wicked</b> if you do not run a desktop environment\n" "or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.</p>\n" @@ -2185,8 +2156,17 @@ "<p>Use o <b>wicked</b> se você não usar uma área de trabalho\n" "ou caso precise usar várias interfaces ao mesmo tempo.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:63 +#. For systems not including NetworkManager by default (bnc#892678) +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59 msgid "" +"<p><b>NetworkManager</b> is not part of every base\n" +"installation repository. For example, to enable it on SUSE\n" +"Linux Enterprise Server add the Workstation Extension\n" +"repository and install the 'NetworkManager' package.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:66 +msgid "" "<p><b><big>Network Card Overview</big></b><br>\n" "Obtain an overview of installed network cards. Additionally,\n" "edit their configuration.<br></p>\n" @@ -2195,7 +2175,7 @@ "Obtenha um resumo das placas de rede instaladas. \n" "Você também pode editar suas configurações.<br></p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:68 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding a Network Card:</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Add</b> to configure a new network card manually.</p>\n" @@ -2203,7 +2183,7 @@ "<p><b><big>Adicionando uma placa de rede:</big></b><br>\n" "Clique em <b>Adicionar</b> para configurar manualmente uma nova placa de rede.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:74 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuring or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" "Choose a network card to change or remove.\n" @@ -2214,7 +2194,7 @@ "clique em <b>Editar</b> ou <b>Remover</b>, respectivamente.</p>\n" #. IPv6 help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:78 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:81 msgid "" "<p><b><big>IPv6 Protocol Settings</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Check <b>Enable IPv6</b> to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n" @@ -2230,12 +2210,12 @@ "Se o protocolo IPv6 não estiver habilitado em sua rede, o tempo de resposta \n" "pode ser mais rápido.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:86 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89 msgid "<p>All changes will be applied after reboot.</p>" msgstr "<p>Todas as alterações serão aplicadas após a reinicialização.</p>" #. Routing dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:92 msgid "" "<p>The routing can be set up in this dialog.\n" "The <b>Default Gateway</b> matches every possible destination, but poorly. \n" @@ -2249,7 +2229,7 @@ "solicitado, ela será usada ao invés da rota padrão. A ideia da rota padrão\n" "é permitir a você dizer \"e todo o resto não especificado deve ir por aqui\".</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:96 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:99 msgid "" "<p>For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" @@ -2261,7 +2241,7 @@ "para qualquer interface.</p>\n" #. Routing dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:102 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:105 msgid "" "<p>Enable <b>IPv4 Forwarding</b> (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" @@ -2269,7 +2249,7 @@ "<p>Habilite o <b>Encaminhamento IPv4</b> (encaminhamento de pacotes de redes externas\n" "para rede interna) se este sistema for um roteador.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:106 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:109 msgid "" "<p>Enable <b>IPv6 Forwarding</b> (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" @@ -2281,7 +2261,7 @@ "<b>Aviso:</b> O encaminhamento IPv6 desabilita a configuração automática \n" "de endereço stateless do IPv6 (SLAAC)." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:115 msgid "" "<p><b>Important:</b> if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" @@ -2291,7 +2271,7 @@ "Você deve habilitar o mascaramento e/ou definir no mínimo uma regra de redirecionamento no firewall. \n" "Você pode usar o módulo de firewall do YaST para isso.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:121 msgid "" "<p>If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" "also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n" @@ -2305,7 +2285,7 @@ "Em todos os casos, se você se conecta a diferentes redes utilizando diferentes\n" "nomes de máquina, desabilite esta opção.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:129 msgid "" "<p><b>Assign Hostname to Loopback IP</b> associates your hostname with \n" "the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" @@ -2319,7 +2299,7 @@ "sem uma rede ativa. Nos outros casos, use-a com cuidado, especialmente \n" "se este computador fornecer serviços de rede.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:137 msgid "" "<p>Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n" "hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.</p>\n" @@ -2328,7 +2308,7 @@ "os nomes de máquina. Eles normalmente podem ser obtidos por DHCP.</p>\n" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:135 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141 msgid "" "<p>A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\n" "IP addresses. This value must be entered as an <b>IP address</b>\n" @@ -2339,7 +2319,7 @@ "(por exemplo, 192.168.0.42) e não como um nome de máquina.</p>\n" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 msgid "" "<p>Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n" "The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n" @@ -2351,7 +2331,7 @@ "seu computador (por exemplo, suse.de). Podem existir domínios de pesquisa adicionais\n" "(como suse.com). Separe os domínios com uma vírgula ou espaço em branco.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154 msgid "" "<p>Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. <i>mymachine</i>) and the DNS domain\n" "(e.g. <i>example.com</i>) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" @@ -2363,7 +2343,7 @@ "computador for um servidor de e-mail. Você pode verificar o nome de máquina do seu computador usando\n" "o comando <i>hostname</i>.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161 msgid "" "<p>Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" "search list, the content of <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>). Normally, it is handled\n" @@ -2378,7 +2358,7 @@ "cliente DHCP, do NetworkManager, etc.). Este é o padrão. A opção <b>Usar política padrão</b> é o\n" "suficiente para a maioria das configurações.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:169 msgid "" "<p>By choosing <b>Only Manually</b>, <i>netconfig</i> will no longer be\n" "allowed to modify <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>. You can however edit the file\n" @@ -2399,7 +2379,7 @@ #. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred #. Address dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:181 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Address Setup</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Select <b>No Address Setup</b> if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n" @@ -2409,12 +2389,12 @@ "<p>Selecione <b>Sem configuração de endereço</b> se você não quiser configurar nenhum endereço IP\n" "para este dispositivo. Isto é útil para dispositivos de rede virtuais.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:186 msgid "<p>Check <b>iBFT</b> if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.</p>\n" msgstr "<p>Selecione <b>iBFT</b> se você deseja manter a rede configurada em sua BIOS.</p>\n" #. Address dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:190 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Dynamic Address</b> if you do not have a static IP address \n" "assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.</p>\n" @@ -2423,7 +2403,7 @@ "estático atribuído pelo administrador ou pelo provedor de Internet.</p>\n" #. Address dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:187 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:194 msgid "" "<p>Choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select <b>DHCP</b>\n" "if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n" @@ -2434,7 +2414,7 @@ "Os endereços de rede serão obtidos automaticamente do servidor.</p>\n" #. Address dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200 msgid "" "<p>To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" "<b>Zeroconf</b>. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select <b>DHCP + Zeroconf\n" @@ -2445,7 +2425,7 @@ "</b>. Caso contrário, os endereços de rede devem ser atribuídos <b>Estaticamente</b>.</p>\n" #. Address dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:207 msgid "" "<p>Enter the <b>IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" " <b>Remote IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" @@ -2456,7 +2436,7 @@ "do seu par.</p>\n" #. Address dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214 msgid "" "<p>For <b>Static Address Setup</b> enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" "the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" @@ -2467,7 +2447,7 @@ "pode informar o nome de máquina para este endereço. Ele será gravado em <tt>/etc/hosts.</p>\n" #. Address dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:211 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:220 msgid "" "<p>Contact your <b>network administrator</b> for more information about\n" "the network configuration.</p>" @@ -2475,7 +2455,7 @@ "<p>Contate seu <b>administrador de rede</b> \n" "para mais informações sobre a configuração da rede.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:224 msgid "" "<p>DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n" "Components of this product might not work with DHCP.</p>" @@ -2483,7 +2463,7 @@ "<p>A configuração DHCP não é recomendada para este produto.\n" "Os componentes deste produto podem não funcionar com DHCP.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:217 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:228 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Firewall Zone</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Select the firewall zone to put the interface into. If you\n" @@ -2501,11 +2481,11 @@ "não houver outras interfaces associadas a outras zonas,\n" "o firewall permanecerá desabilitado.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238 msgid "<p><b>Mandatory Interface</b> specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>Interface obrigatória</b> especifica se o serviço de rede deve relatar uma falha caso a interface não inicie durante a inicialização.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Maximum transfer unit (<b>MTU</b>) is the maximum size of the packet,\n" @@ -2521,7 +2501,7 @@ "especialmente em conexões discadas lentas. Selecione um dos valores recomendados\n" "ou especifique o seu próprio valor.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:251 msgid "" "<p>Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" "Only devices with the device activation set to <b>Never</b> and with <b>No Address Setup</b> are available.</p>" @@ -2530,12 +2510,12 @@ "Somente os dispositivos cuja ativação de dispositivo for <b>Nunca</b> e que estiverem definidos como <b>Nenhuma configuração de endereço</b> estarão disponíveis.</p>" #. DHCP dialog help 1/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:255 msgid "<p><b><big>DHCP Client Options</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>Opções do cliente DHCP</big></b></p> " #. DHCP dialog help 2/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:257 msgid "" "<p>The <b>DHCP Client Identifier</b>, if left empty, defaults to\n" "the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n" @@ -2550,7 +2530,7 @@ "de rede e, consequentemente, o mesmo endereço de hardware.</p>" #. DHCP dialog help 3/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:252 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265 msgid "" "<p>The <b>Hostname to Send</b> specifies a string used for the\n" "hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" @@ -2563,7 +2543,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:264 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:276 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Additional Addresses</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Configure additional addresses of an interface in this table.</p>\n" @@ -2572,7 +2552,7 @@ "<p>Configure endereços adicionais de uma interface nesta tabela.</p>\n" #. Aliases dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:268 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:280 msgid "" "<p>Enter an <b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, an <b>IP Address</b>, and\n" "the <b>Netmask</b>.</p>" @@ -2581,22 +2561,32 @@ "a <b>Máscara de rede</b>.</p>" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b>Alias Name</b> is optional and legacy.The total\n" +#| " length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" +#| " limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters.</p>" msgid "" "<p><b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n" -" length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" -" limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters.</p>" +"length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" +"limited to 15 characters. The obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters.</p>" msgstr "" +"<p>O <b>Nome de Apelido</b> é opcional e herdado. O tamanho total\n" +" do nome da interface (incluindo o ponto-e-vírgula e o rótulo) é \n" +" limitado a 15 caracteres e o utilitário ifconfig (obsoleto) o trunca após 9 caracteres.</p>" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278 -msgid "<p>Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter <b>foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>" +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:290 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p>Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter <b>foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>Do not include the interface name in the label. For example, enter <b>foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>" msgstr "<p>Não incluir o nome da interface no nome de apelido. Por exemplo, digite <b>foo</b> ao invés de <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>" #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup #. this is suited to the button-switched key typing #. Translators: dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:297 msgid "" "<p>Choose between three <b>Key Input Types</b> for your key.\n" "<br><b>Passphrase</b>: The key is generated from the phrase entered.\n" @@ -2625,7 +2615,7 @@ "</p> \n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:299 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:312 msgid "" "<p>Here, set the most important settings\n" "for wireless networking.</p>" @@ -2633,8 +2623,7 @@ "<p>Configure aqui os dados mais \n" "importantes para a rede sem fio.</p>" -#. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:303 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:315 msgid "" "<p>The <b>Operating Mode</b> depends on the network topology. The mode\n" "can be <b>Ad-Hoc</b> (peer-to-peer network without an access point),\n" @@ -2648,8 +2637,7 @@ "<i>Modo infraestrutura</i>) ou <b>Mestre</b> (a placa de rede funciona\n" "como um ponto de acesso).</p>\n" -#. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:311 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:322 msgid "" "<p>Set the <b>Network Name (ESSID)</b> used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" @@ -2667,8 +2655,7 @@ "caso, sua placa WLAN se associa ao ponto de acesso que tiver a melhor\n" "intensidade de sinal.</p>\n" -#. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:321 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:331 msgid "" "<p>In some networks, you need to set an <b>Authentication Mode</b>.\n" "It depends on the protection technology used, WEP or WPA. <b>WEP</b>\n" @@ -2702,8 +2689,7 @@ "o WPA. Se deseja usar WPA, selecione <b>WPA-PSK</b> ou <b>WPA-EAP</b> como o\n" "modo de autenticação. Isso só é possível no modo de operação <b>Gerenciado</b>.</p>\n" -#. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:340 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:349 msgid "" "<p>To use WEP, enter the\n" "WEP encryption key to use. It can have a key\n" @@ -2718,7 +2704,7 @@ "dinamicamente, assim você só necessita informar 40 a 232 bits.</p>\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:348 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357 msgid "" "<p>To use WPA-PSK (sometimes referred to as WPA Home),\n" "enter the preshared key. This\n" @@ -2734,8 +2720,7 @@ "ataques do tipo dicionário ainda são possíveis. Não use uma palavra\n" "fácil de adivinhar como frase secreta.</p>\n" -#. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:365 msgid "" "<p>To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n" "enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.</p>\n" @@ -2743,8 +2728,7 @@ "<p>Para usar WPA-EAP (algumas vezes chamado de WPA Empresarial),\n" "digite alguns parâmetros adicionais no diálogo a seguir.</p>\n" -#. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:361 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:368 msgid "" "<p>These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" @@ -2757,29 +2741,29 @@ "'wireless' no mesmo diretório para todas as opções disponíveis.</p>" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:214 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:209 msgid "IPv4 &Address Label" msgstr "&Rótulo do endereço IPv4" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:222 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:217 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "&Máscara de rede" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:254 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:247 msgid "Label is too long." msgstr "O rótulo é muito longo." #. Popup::Error text #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:264 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:401 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:257 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:386 msgid "The IP address is invalid." msgstr "O endereço IP é inválido." #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:273 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:266 msgid "The subnet mask is invalid." msgstr "A máscara de subrede é inválida." @@ -2806,26 +2790,26 @@ msgstr "&Hexadecimal" #. combo box label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:76 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:75 msgid "EAP &Mode" msgstr "&Modo EAP" #. combo box item, one of WPA EAP modes -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:80 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:79 msgid "TTLS" msgstr "TTLS" #. combo box item, one of WPA EAP modes -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:82 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:81 msgid "PEAP" msgstr "PEAP" #. combo box item, one of WPA EAP modes -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:84 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:83 msgid "TLS" msgstr "TLS" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:86 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:85 msgid "" "<p>WPA-EAP uses a RADIUS server to authenticate users. There\n" "are different methods in EAP to connect to the server and\n" @@ -2836,11 +2820,11 @@ "executar a autenticação: TLS, TTLS e PEAP.</p>\n" #. text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:99 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:98 msgid "&Identity" msgstr "&Identidade" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:101 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:100 msgid "" "<p>For TTLS and PEAP, enter your <b>Identity</b>\n" "and <b>Password</b> as configured on the server.\n" @@ -2853,22 +2837,22 @@ "<b>Identidade anônima</b>, você poderá defini-lo aqui. Geralmente, isso não é necessário.</p>\n" #. text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:111 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:110 msgid "&Anonymous Identity" msgstr "&Identidade anônima" #. or password? #. text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:119 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:118 msgid "&Password" msgstr "S&enha" #. text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:126 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:125 msgid "&Client Certificate" msgstr "&Certificado do cliente" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:128 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:127 msgid "" "<p>TLS uses a <b>Client Certificate</b> instead of a username and\n" "password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key pair\n" @@ -2883,23 +2867,23 @@ "a <b>Senha da chave do cliente</b> adequada para esse arquivo.</p>\n" #. text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:144 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:143 msgid "Client &Key" msgstr "&Chave do cliente" #. or password? #. text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:157 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:156 msgid "Client Key Pass&word" msgstr "Se&nha da chave do cliente" #. text entry label #. aka certificate of the CA (certification authority) -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:167 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:166 msgid "&Server Certificate" msgstr "Certificado do &servidor" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:171 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:170 msgid "" "<p>To increase security, it is recommended to configure\n" "a <b>Server Certificate</b>. It is used\n" @@ -2910,11 +2894,11 @@ "para validar a autenticidade do servidor.</p>\n" #. push button label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:212 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:211 msgid "&Details" msgstr "&Detalhes" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:221 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:220 msgid "" "If you do not know your ID and password or you do not have\n" "any certificate or key files, contact your system administrator.\n" @@ -2923,11 +2907,11 @@ "ou arquivo de chave, entre em contato com o administrador do sistema.\n" #. combo box label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:239 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:238 msgid "&Authentication Method" msgstr "&Método de autenticação" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:240 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:239 msgid "" "<p>Here you can configure the inner authentication (also known as phase 2)\n" "method. By default, all methods are allowed. If you want to restrict the\n" @@ -2940,11 +2924,11 @@ "escolha seu método de autenticação interna.</p>\n" #. radio button group label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:250 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:249 msgid "&PEAP Version" msgstr "Versão do &PEAP" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:251 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:250 msgid "" "<p>If you are using PEAP, you can also force the use of a specific PEAP\n" "implementation (version 0 or 1). Normally this should not be necessary.</p>\n" @@ -2953,133 +2937,133 @@ "implementação do PEAP específica (versão 0 ou 1). Normalmente, isso não é necessário.</p>\n" #. radio button: any version of PEAP -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:256 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:255 msgid "&Any" msgstr "&Qualquer" #. Wireless authentication modes: #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:359 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:357 msgid "No Encryption" msgstr "Sem criptografia" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:363 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:361 msgid "WEP - Open" msgstr "WEP - aberto" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:365 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:363 msgid "WEP - Shared Key" msgstr "WEP - chave compartilhada" #. ComboBox item #. Ask me what it means, I don't know yet -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:368 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:366 msgid "WPA-PSK (WPA version 1 or 2)" msgstr "WPA-PSK (WPA versão 1 ou 2)" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:372 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:370 msgid "WPA-EAP (WPA version 1 or 2)" msgstr "WPA-EAP (WPA versão 1 ou 2)" #. Wireless dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:396 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:394 msgid "Wireless Network Card Configuration" msgstr "Configuração da placa de rede sem fio" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:426 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:424 msgid "Wireless Device Settings" msgstr "Configurações do dispositivo sem fio" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:435 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:433 msgid "O&perating Mode" msgstr "Modo de o&peração" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:438 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:436 msgid "Ad-Hoc" msgstr "Ad-hoc" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:442 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:440 msgid "Master" msgstr "Mestre" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:451 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:449 msgid "Ne&twork Name (ESSID)" msgstr "Nome da &rede (ESSID)" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:454 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:452 msgid "Scan Network" msgstr "Procurar rede" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:461 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:459 msgid "&Authentication Mode" msgstr "Modo de &autenticação" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:468 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:466 msgid "&Encryption Key" msgstr "Chav&e de criptografia" #. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:477 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:475 msgid "E&xpert Settings" msgstr "Configurações a&vançadas" #. PushButton label, keys for WEP encryption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:480 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:478 msgid "&WEP Keys" msgstr "Chaves &WEP" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:562 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:560 msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode." msgstr "O modo de autenticação WPA só é possível no modo de operação gerenciado." #. Popup text #. modes: combination of operation and authentication -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:573 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:571 msgid "Specify the network name for this mode." msgstr "Especifique o nome da rede para esse modo." #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:580 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:578 msgid "The network name must be shorter than 32 characters." msgstr "O nome de rede deve ter menos que 32 caracteres." #. Error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:600 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:598 msgid "The passphrase must have between 8 and 63 characters (inclusively)." msgstr "A frase secreta deve ter entre 8 e 63 caracteres (inclusive)." #. Error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:611 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:609 msgid "The key must have %1 hexadecimal digits." msgstr "A chave deve ter %1 dígitos hexadecimais." #. Popup text #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:623 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:963 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:621 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:939 msgid "The encryption key is invalid." msgstr "A chave de criptografia é inválida." #. error #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:631 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:629 msgid "The encryption key must be specified for this authentication mode." msgstr "A chave de criptografia deve ser especificada para este modo de autenticação." #. warning only #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:638 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:636 msgid "" "Using no encryption is a security risk.\n" "Really continue?\n" @@ -3089,13 +3073,13 @@ #. Wireless expert dialog caption #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:696 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:799 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:694 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:775 msgid "Wireless Expert Settings" msgstr "Configurações avançadas de rede sem fio" #. Wireless expert dialog help 1/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:699 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:697 msgid "" "<p>Here, set additional configuration parameters\n" "(rarely needed).</p>" @@ -3104,7 +3088,7 @@ "(raramente necessários).</p>" #. Wireless expert dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:703 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:701 msgid "" "<p>To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n" "set the <b>Channel</b> the card should use here. This is not needed\n" @@ -3117,7 +3101,7 @@ "procurando por pontos de acesso.</p>\n" #. Wireless expert dialog help 3/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:710 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:708 msgid "" "<p>In some rare cases, you may want to set a transmission\n" "<b>Bit Rate</b> explicitly. The default is to go as fast as possible.</p>" @@ -3126,7 +3110,7 @@ "da transmissão explicitamente. O padrão é o mais rápido possível.</p>" #. Wireless expert dialog help 4/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:714 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:712 msgid "" "<p>In an environment with multiple <b>Access Points</b>, you may want to\n" "define the one to which to connect by entering its MAC address.</p>" @@ -3135,7 +3119,7 @@ "querer definir a qual deles conectar-se informando o endereço MAC do ponto de acesso.</p>" #. Wireless expert dialog help 5/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:718 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:716 msgid "" "<p><b>Use Power Management</b> enables power saving mechanisms.\n" "This is generally a good idea, especially if you are a laptop user and may\n" @@ -3145,75 +3129,59 @@ "economia de energia. Isto geralmente é uma boa ideia, principalmente se você for\n" "usuário de notebook e pode estar desconectado da tomada.</p>\n" -#. Wireless expert dialog help 2b/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:726 -msgid "" -"<p>To specify the <b>Frequency</b> instead of\n" -"the channel, select the desired value.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Para especificar a <b>Frequência</b> ao invés do\n" -"canal, selecione o valor desejado.</p>\n" - -#. Combobox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:734 -msgid "&Frequency" -msgstr "&Frequência" - #. Combobox item #. Combobox item -#. Combobox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:737 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:768 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:790 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:744 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:766 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "Automático" #. Combobox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:805 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:781 msgid "&Channel" msgstr "&Canal" #. Combobox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:808 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:784 msgid "B&it Rate" msgstr "Taxa de b&its" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:814 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:790 msgid "&Access Point" msgstr "Ponto de &acesso" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:822 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:798 msgid "Use &Power Management" msgstr "Usar &gerenciamento de energia" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:831 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:807 msgid "AP ScanMode" msgstr "&Modo de Pesquisa AP" #. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:921 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:897 msgid "Enter Encryption Key" msgstr "Digite a chave de criptografia" #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:925 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:901 msgid "&Key" msgstr "&Chave" #. Translators: popup title -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:949 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:925 msgid "Help" msgstr "Ajuda" #. Wireless keys dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:998 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:974 msgid "Wireless Keys" msgstr "Chaves de redes sem fio" #. Wireless keys dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1001 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:977 msgid "" "<p>In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n" "to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n" @@ -3228,7 +3196,7 @@ "somente uma chave.</p>" #. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1009 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:985 msgid "" "<p><b>Key Length</b> defines the bit length of your WEP keys.\n" "Possible are 64 and 128 bit, sometimes also referred to as 40 and 104 bit.\n" @@ -3243,43 +3211,43 @@ "configurar este parâmetro com o valor 64.</p>" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1034 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1010 msgid "WEP Keys" msgstr "Chaves WEP" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1040 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1016 msgid "&Key Length" msgstr "Tamanho da c&have" #. Table header label #. Abbreviation of Number -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1048 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1024 msgid "No." msgstr "Nº" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1050 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026 msgid "Key" msgstr "Chave" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1052 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028 msgid "Default" msgstr "Padrão" #. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1062 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1038 msgid "&Set as Default" msgstr "&Definir como padrão" #. file browser dialog headline -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1234 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1210 msgid "Choose a Certificate" msgstr "Escolher um certificado" #. validated in ValidateWpaEap -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1281 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1255 msgid "" "Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n" "to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?" @@ -3288,7 +3256,7 @@ "a redes sem fio inseguras. Continuar sem CA?" #. error popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1310 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1283 msgid "" "Enter either the identity and password\n" "or the client certificate." @@ -3297,47 +3265,47 @@ "ou o certificado do cliente." #. dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1329 msgid "WPA-EAP" msgstr "WPA-EAP" #. combo box item, any of EAP authentication methods -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1380 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1351 msgid "Any" msgstr "Qualquer" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1384 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1355 msgid "MD5" msgstr "MD5" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1386 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357 msgid "GTC" msgstr "GTC" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1388 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359 msgid "CHAP" msgstr "CHAP" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1390 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361 msgid "PAP" msgstr "PAP" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1392 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363 msgid "MSCHAPv1" msgstr "MSCHAPv1" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1396 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1367 msgid "MSCHAPv2" msgstr "MSCHAPv2" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1420 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1390 msgid "WPA-EAP Details" msgstr "Detalhes do WPA-EAP" @@ -3384,12 +3352,12 @@ msgstr "Configurações da administração remota" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:155 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "Estes pacotes necessitam ser instalados:" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:173 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162 msgid "" "The required packages are not installed.\n" "The configuration will be aborted.\n" @@ -3401,75 +3369,68 @@ "\n" "Tentar novamente?\n" -#. Translators: Appended after a network card name to indicate that -#. there is no carrier, no link to the network, the cable is not -#. plugged in. Preferably a short string. -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:265 -msgid "unplugged" -msgstr "desconectado" - #. Table field (Unknown device) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:271 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:255 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Desconhecido" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:299 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:279 msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "A configuração foi salva com sucesso" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:284 msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "A configuração do DNS foi salva com sucesso." #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:306 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:286 msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "A configuração DSL foi salva com sucesso." #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288 msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "A configuração de máquinas foi salva com sucesso." #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292 msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "A configuração ISDN foi salva com sucesso." #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296 msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "A configuração da placa de rede foi salva com sucesso." #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:320 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300 msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "A configuração do modem foi salva com sucesso." #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:324 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304 msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "A configuração do proxy foi salva com sucesso." #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:328 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308 msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "A configuração do provedor foi salva com sucesso." #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:332 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312 msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "A configuração de roteamento foi salva com sucesso." #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:341 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321 msgid "Configure mail now?" msgstr "Configurar o e-mail agora?" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:346 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:326 msgid "Run configuration of %1?" msgstr "Executar a configuração de %1?" @@ -3479,7 +3440,7 @@ #. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup #. #. returns true if items were disabled -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1019 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1004 msgid "" "Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" "or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." @@ -3488,115 +3449,115 @@ "ou está completamente desabilitada. O YaST não consegue configurar algumas opções." #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1078 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1064 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "Placas de rede" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1082 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1068 msgid "Modems" msgstr "Modems" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1086 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1072 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "Placas ISDN" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1090 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1076 msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "Dispositivos DSL" -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1095 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1081 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "Todos os dispositivos de rede" #. validation error popup #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:93 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:413 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:92 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:398 msgid "The hostname is invalid." msgstr "O nome de máquina é inválido." #. textentry label -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:112 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:111 msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "Nome de &domínio" #. validation error popup -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:128 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:127 msgid "The domain name is invalid." msgstr "O nome de domínio é inválido." -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:135 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:134 msgid "&Change Hostname via DHCP" msgstr "&Trocar o nome de máquina via DHCP" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:145 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:144 msgid "&Assign Hostname to Loopback IP" msgstr "&Definir Nome de Máquina a Endereço IP Loopback" #. help -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:152 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:151 msgid "&Modify DNS Configuration" msgstr "&Alterar a configuração do DNS" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:155 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:154 msgid "Only Manually" msgstr "Apenas manualmente" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:156 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:155 msgid "Use Default Policy" msgstr "Usar política padrão " -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:157 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:156 msgid "Use Custom Policy" msgstr "Usar política personalizada" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:168 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:167 msgid "&Custom Policy Rule" msgstr "Regra de política &personalizada" #. textentry label -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:178 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:177 msgid "Name Server &1" msgstr "Servidor de nomes &1" #. validation error popup -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:194 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:193 msgid "The IP address of the name server is invalid." msgstr "O endereço IP do servidor de nome é inválido." #. textentry label -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:202 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:201 msgid "Do&main Search" msgstr "Pesquisa de do&mínio" #. text entry label -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:229 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:228 msgid "Name Server &2" msgstr "Servidor de nomes &2" #. text entry label -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:231 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:230 msgid "Name Server &3" msgstr "Servidor de nomes &3" #. Frame label #. dialog caption -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:235 -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:694 -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:708 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:234 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:684 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:697 msgid "Hostname and Domain Name" msgstr "Nome de máquina e nome de domínio" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:252 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:251 msgid "Name Servers and Domain Search List" msgstr "Servidor de nomes e lista de domínio de pesquisa" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:269 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:268 msgid "Hostname/DNS" msgstr "Nome de máquina/DNS" @@ -3605,7 +3566,7 @@ #. @param [String] key the widget receiving the event #. @param event the event being handled #. @return nil so that the dialog loops on -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:445 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:442 msgid "No interface with dhcp" msgstr "Sem interface com o dhcp" @@ -3613,28 +3574,28 @@ #. @param [String] key the widget being validated #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:502 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:496 msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?" msgstr "Não é recomendado o uso de .local como nome de domínio devido ao DNS multicast. Usá-lo por conta e risco?" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:527 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:520 msgid "The search list can have at most %1 domains." msgstr "A lista de pesquisa pode ter no máximo %1 domínios." #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:533 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:526 msgid "The search list can have at most %1 characters." msgstr "A lista de pesquisa pode ter no máximo %1 caracteres." #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:542 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:535 msgid "The search domain '%1' is invalid." msgstr "O domínio de pesquisa '%1' é inválido." #. Standalone dialog only - embedded one is handled separately #. via CWMTab -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:737 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:725 msgid "Hostname and Name Server Configuration" msgstr "Configuração do nome de máquina e servidor de nome" @@ -3683,12 +3644,12 @@ msgstr "Apelidos de máquina" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:366 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:351 msgid "Hos&t Aliases" msgstr "Apelidos de má&quina" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:429 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:414 msgid "Alias name \"%1\" is invalid." msgstr "O nome de apelido \"%1\" é inválido." @@ -3757,7 +3718,7 @@ #. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used #. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:420 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:414 msgid "The default gateway is invalid." msgstr "O gateway padrão é inválido." @@ -3782,12 +3743,12 @@ msgstr "Remov&er" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:55 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:54 msgid "&Dial Prefix Regular Expression" msgstr "Expressão regular do prefixo de &discagem" #. dial prefix regex help -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:58 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:57 msgid "" "<p>When <b>Dial Prefix Regular Expression</b> is set, users can\n" "change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the expression.\n" @@ -3802,43 +3763,43 @@ "estiver vazia, os usuários não poderão alterar o prefixo.</p>\n" #. radio button group label,method of setup -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:70 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:69 msgid "Setup Method" msgstr "Método de configuração" #. radio button label -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:76 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:75 msgid "A&utomatic Address Setup (via DHCP)" msgstr "Configuração de endereço automático (via &DHCP)" #. radio button label -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:78 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:77 msgid "S&tatic Address Setup" msgstr "Confi&guração de endereço estático" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:81 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:80 msgid "<p>H</p>" msgstr "<p>H</p>" #. Combo box option for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:96 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:95 msgid "At Boot Time" msgstr "Durante a inicialização" #. is a part of the static help text -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:103 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:102 msgid "Never" msgstr "Nunca" #. Combo box option for Device Activation #. DO NOT TRANSLATE NetworkManager, it is a program name -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:107 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:106 msgid "By NetworkManager" msgstr "Pelo NetworkManager" #. help text for Device Activation #. DO NOT TRANSLATE NetworkManager, it is a program name -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:112 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:111 msgid "" "<b>By NetworkManager</b>: a desktop applet\n" "controls the interface. There is no need to set it up in YaST." @@ -3847,12 +3808,12 @@ "controla a interface. Não é preciso configurá-la no YaST." #. Combo box option for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:117 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Manualmente" #. help text for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:120 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:119 msgid "" "<p><b>Manually</b>: You control the interface manually\n" "via 'ifup' or 'qinternet' (see 'User Controlled' below).</p>\n" @@ -3861,12 +3822,12 @@ "via 'ifup' ou 'qinternet' (Veja 'Controlado pelo usuário' abaixo).</p>\n" #. Combo box option for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:126 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:125 msgid "On Cable Connection" msgstr "Ao conectar o cabo" #. help text for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:130 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:129 msgid "" "<b>On Cable Connection</b>:\n" "The interface is watched for whether there is a physical\n" @@ -3879,12 +3840,12 @@ "pode conectar-se com o ponto de acesso.\n" #. Combo box option for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:139 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:138 msgid "On Hotplug" msgstr "Ao plugar" #. help text for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:141 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:140 msgid "" "With <b>On Hotplug</b>,\n" "the interface is set up as soon as it is available. This is\n" @@ -3897,13 +3858,12 @@ "durante a inicialização se a interface não estiver presente.\n" #. Combo box option for Device Activation -#. Combo box option for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:150 src/include/network/widgets.rb:160 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:149 msgid "On NFSroot" msgstr "Em NFSroot" #. help text for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:152 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:151 msgid "" "Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this startmode will never\n" "be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still available.\n" @@ -3913,25 +3873,14 @@ "inicialização jamais serão encerradas pelo <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. O <tt>ifdown <interface></tt>\n" "ainda está disponível. Utilize-o quando tiver um sistema de arquivos nfs ou iscsi.\n" -#. help text for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:162 -msgid "" -"Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this startmode will never\n" -"be shut down via 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <iface>' still works.\n" -"Use this when you have a nfs or iscsi root filesystem.\n" -msgstr "" -"Usar <b>Em NFSroot</b> é semelhante a 'auto'. Mas as interfaces com esse modo de\n" -"inicialização jamais serão encerradas com 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <interface>' ainda funciona.\n" -"Utilize-o quando tiver um sistema de arquivos nfs ou iscsi.\n" - #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:195 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:184 msgid "Activate &Device" msgstr "Ativar &dispositivo" #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:201 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:190 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Device Activation</big></b></p> \n" "<p>Choose when to bring up the network interface. <b>At Boot Time</b> activates it during system boot, \n" @@ -3943,69 +3892,69 @@ "a inicialização do sistema. <b>Nunca</b> não inicia o dispositivo.\n" "%1</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:247 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:235 msgid "IPoIB Device Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:258 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:246 msgid "Firewall is not installed." msgstr "O firewall não está instalado." #. translators: MTU value description (size in bytes, desc) -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:266 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:253 msgid "1500 (Ethernet, DSL broadband)" msgstr "1500 (Ethernet, banda larga DSL)" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:267 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:254 msgid "1492 (PPPoE broadband)" msgstr "1492 (banda larga PPPoE)" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:268 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:255 msgid "576 (dial-up)" msgstr "576 (discada)" #. translators: MTU value description (size in bytes, desc) -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:275 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:262 msgid "65520 (IPoIB in connected mode)" msgstr "65520 (IPoIB no modo conectado)" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:276 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:263 msgid "2044 (IPoIB in datagram mode)" msgstr "2044 (IPoIB no modo datagrama)" #. textentry label, Maximum Transfer Unit -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:284 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:271 msgid "Set &MTU" msgstr "Configurar &MTU" #. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager program -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:300 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:287 msgid "NetworkManager Service" msgstr "Serviço NetworkManager" #. ifup is a program name -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:308 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:295 msgid "Traditional ifup" msgstr "Ifup tradicional" #. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:303 msgid "Wicked Service" msgstr "Serviço wicked" #. used when no network service is active or to disable network service -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:324 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:311 msgid "Network Services Disabled" msgstr "Serviços de rede desabilitados" #. Store the NetworkManager widget #. @param [String] key id of the widget #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:355 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:342 msgid "Applet needed" msgstr "Miniaplicativo necessário!" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:356 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:343 msgid "" "NetworkManager is controlled by desktop applet\n" "(KDE plasma widget and nm-applet for GNOME).\n" @@ -4016,35 +3965,35 @@ "para o GNOME).Tenha certeza de que ele está em execução. Caso contrário,\n" "inicie-o manualmente." -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:371 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:358 msgid "General Network Settings" msgstr "Configurações gerais da rede " -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:417 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:402 msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings" msgstr "Configurações do protocolos IPv6" #. enable ipv6 support -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:418 src/modules/Lan.rb:820 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:810 msgid "Enable IPv6" msgstr "Habilitar o IPv6" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:435 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:420 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "Dispositivo desconhecido" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:447 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:429 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "Endereço DHCP" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:452 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:436 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "Nenhum endereço IP atribuído" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:455 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:439 msgid "" "%1 \n" "%2 - %3" @@ -4053,115 +4002,126 @@ "%2 - %3" #. #186102 -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:510 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:492 msgid "&Change Device" msgstr "&Alterar dispositivo" #. popup dialog title -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:544 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:525 msgid "Network Device Select" msgstr "Selecionar dispositivo de rede" +#. this conditions origin from bridge configuration +#. if enslaving a configured device then its configuration is rewritten +#. to "0.0.0.0/32" +#. +#. translators: a note that listed device is already configured +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:571 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Not configured" +msgid "configured" +msgstr "Não configurado" + #. Shows a confirmation timed dialogue #. #. Returns :ok when user agreed, :cancel otherwise -#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:25 +#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:23 msgid "Confirm Network Restart" msgstr "Confirmar o reinício da rede" -#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:26 +#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:24 msgid "Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply the settings." msgstr "Por causa da rede em ponte, o YaST2 necessita reiniciar a rede para aplicar as configurações." #. Opens dialog for editing NIC name -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:97 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:93 msgid "Device Name:" msgstr "Nome do dispositivo:" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:103 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:99 msgid "Base Udev Rule On" msgstr "" #. make sure there is enough space (#367239) -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:112 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:108 msgid "MAC address: %s" msgstr "Endereço MAC: %s" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:118 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:114 msgid "BusID: %s" msgstr "BusID: %s" #. check if the name is assigned to another device already -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:155 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:151 msgid "Configuration name already exists." msgstr "O nome da configuração já existe." -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:159 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:155 msgid "Invalid configuration name." msgstr "Nome de configuração inválido." #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:390 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:377 msgid "Write hostname" msgstr "Salvar o nome de máquina" #. Progress stage 2 #. Progress stage 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:392 src/modules/Lan.rb:535 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:534 msgid "Update configuration" msgstr "Atualizar a configuração" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:394 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:381 msgid "Update /etc/resolv.conf" msgstr "Atualizar o /etc/resolv.conf" #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:398 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:385 msgid "Saving Hostname and DNS Configuration" msgstr "Salvando as configurações de nome de máquina e DNS" #. Allow to set hostname even if it's modified by DHCP (#13427) #. if(NetworkConfig::DHCP["DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME"]:false != true) { #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:407 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:394 msgid "Writing hostname..." msgstr "Salvando o nome de máquina..." #. Progress step 2/3 #. Progress step 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:424 src/modules/Lan.rb:630 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:622 msgid "Updating configuration..." msgstr "Atualizando a configuração..." #. if(SCR::Read(.target.size, resolv_conf) < 0) #. SCR::Write(.target.string, resolv_conf, ""); #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:435 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:421 msgid "Updating /etc/resolv.conf ..." msgstr "Atualizando o /etc/resolv.conf..." #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:552 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:538 msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP" msgstr "Nome de máquina: definido por DHCP" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:558 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:544 msgid "Hostname: %1" msgstr "Nome de máquina: %1" -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:566 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:552 msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts" msgstr "O nome de máquina não será salvo em /etc/hosts" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:588 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:573 msgid "Name Servers: %1" msgstr "Servidores de nomes: %1" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:598 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:583 msgid "Search List: %1" msgstr "Lista de busca: %1" @@ -4295,7 +4255,7 @@ #. Final progress step #. Final progress step -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:651 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:643 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Concluído" @@ -4306,231 +4266,230 @@ msgstr "Para aplicar esta alteração, uma reinicialização é necessária." #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:507 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:506 msgid "Saving Network Configuration" msgstr "Salvando a configuração da rede" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:513 msgid "Write drivers information" msgstr "Salvar a informação do driver" #. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:515 msgid "Write device configuration" msgstr "Salvar a configuração do dispositivo" #. Progress stage 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517 msgid "Write network configuration" msgstr "Salvar a configuração da rede" #. Progress stage 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519 msgid "Write routing configuration" msgstr "Salvar a configuração de roteamento" #. Progress stage 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521 msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "Salvar a configuração de nome de máquina e DNS" #. Progress stage 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523 msgid "Set up network services" msgstr "Configurar os serviços de rede" #. Progress stage 8 #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:528 src/modules/Remote.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 src/modules/Remote.rb:293 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Salvar as configurações do firewall" #. Progress stage 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:532 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531 msgid "Activate network services" msgstr "Ativar os serviços de rede" #. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:549 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:547 msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgstr "Salvando o /etc/modprobe.conf..." #. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:554 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552 msgid "Writing device configuration..." msgstr "Salvando a configuração do dispositivo..." #. Progress step 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:560 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:558 msgid "Writing network configuration..." msgstr "Salvando a configuração da rede..." #. Progress step 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:566 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:564 msgid "Writing routing configuration..." msgstr "Salvando a configuração de roteamento..." #. Progress step 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:574 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:572 msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "Salvando a configuração de nome de máquina e DNS..." #. Progress step 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:585 msgid "Setting up network services..." msgstr "Configurando os serviços de rede..." #. Progress step 8 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:595 src/modules/Remote.rb:307 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:593 src/modules/Remote.rb:307 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Salvando as configurações do firewall..." #. Progress step 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:605 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:603 msgid "Activating network services..." msgstr "Ativando os serviços de rede..." -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:647 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:639 msgid "No network running" msgstr "Nenhuma rede em execução" #. Import data #. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported #. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:706 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:698 msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." msgstr "" #. Create a textual summary for the general network settings #. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6) #. @return [rich text, links] -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:792 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:782 msgid "Network Mode" msgstr "Modo de rede" #. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:787 msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager" msgstr "Interfaces controladas pelo NetworkManager" #. disable NetworkManager applet -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:799 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:789 msgid "Disable NetworkManager" msgstr "Desabilitar o NetworkManager" #. network mode -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:803 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:793 msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup" msgstr "Configuração tradicional de rede com NetControl - ifup" #. enable NetworkManager applet #. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:806 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:796 msgid "Enable NetworkManager" msgstr "Habilitar o NetworkManager" #. ipv6 support is enabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:812 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled" msgstr "O suporte para o protocolo IPv6 está habilitado" #. disable ipv6 support -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:814 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804 msgid "Disable IPv6" msgstr "Desabilitar o IPv6" #. ipv6 support is disabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:818 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled" msgstr "O suporte para o protocolo IPv6 está desabilitado" #. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:194 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:193 msgid "connected" msgstr "conectado" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:195 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:194 msgid "datagram" msgstr "datagrama" #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1246 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1250 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1254 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1260 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "Iniciado automaticamente na inicialização" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1258 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "Iniciado automaticamente ao conectar o cabo" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1262 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "Gerenciado pelo NetworkManager" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1266 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "Não será iniciado" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1271 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1286 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "Iniciado manualmente" #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1283 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1298 msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "Endereço IP atribuído usando" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1287 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302 msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "Endereço IP: %s/%s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1290 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1305 msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" msgstr "Endereço IP: %s, máscara de subrede %s" -#. FIXME: -#. - side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item +#. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1321 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1329 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "Não configurado" #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1344 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1410 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1351 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1411 msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "Nome do dispositivo: %s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1364 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1372 msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "Escravos vinculados" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1378 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1386 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "escravizado em %s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1379 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1387 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "Vinculando mestre" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1393 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "Não conectado" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1396 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "Não há informações de hardware (hwinfo)" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1416 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1417 msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgstr "Não foi possível configurar a placa de rede porque o módulo do kernel (eth0, wlan0) não está presente. Isto normalmente ocorre quando está faltando o firmware (para dispositivos sem fio). Veja a saída do comando dmesg para obter mais detalhes." -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1422 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1423 msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b>\n" "to configure.\n" @@ -4538,11 +4497,11 @@ "O dispositivo não está configurado. Clique em <b>Editar</b>\n" "para configurar.\n" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1429 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430 msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "Firmware necessário" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1429 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430 msgid "unknown" msgstr "desconhecido" @@ -4580,12 +4539,12 @@ #. Enable xinetd #. Enable XDM -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:343 src/modules/Remote.rb:351 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:342 src/modules/Remote.rb:350 msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed" msgstr "Falha ao habilitar o serviço %{service}" #. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385) -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:378 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:377 msgid "" "Your display manager must be restarted.\n" "To take the changes in remote administration into account, \n" @@ -4593,59 +4552,59 @@ msgstr "" #. description in proposal -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:409 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408 msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "A administração remota está habilitada." -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:409 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "A administração remota está desabilitada." #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:244 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:261 msgid "Write IP forwarding settings" msgstr "Salvar as configurações de encaminhamento IP" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:246 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:263 msgid "Write routing settings" msgstr "Salvar as configurações de roteamento" -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:249 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266 msgid "Saving Routing Configuration" msgstr "Salvando a configuração de roteamento" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:254 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:271 msgid "Writing IP forwarding settings..." msgstr "Salvando as configurações de encaminhamento IP..." #. at first stop the running routes -#. FIXME SCR::Execute(.target.bash, "/etc/init.d/route stop"); +#. FIXME: SCR::Execute(.target.bash, "/etc/init.d/route stop"); #. sysconfig does not support restarting routes only, #. so we let our caller do it together with other things #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:264 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:281 msgid "Writing routing settings..." msgstr "Salvando as configurações do roteamento..." #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:413 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:434 msgid "Gateway: %s" msgstr "Gateway: %s" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:417 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:438 msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv4: %s" msgstr "Encaminhamento IP para o IPv4: %s" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:421 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:442 msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv6: %s" msgstr "Encaminhamento IP para o IPv6: %s" #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:125 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:124 msgid "Automatically Assigned Zone" msgstr "Atribuir zona automaticamente" @@ -4659,7 +4618,41 @@ msgid "(Unprotected)" msgstr "(Não protegido)" +#~ msgid "Device boot protocol" +#~ msgstr "Protocolo do dispositivo de inicialização" + +#~ msgid "Manual Network Card Configuration" +#~ msgstr "Configuração manual da placa de rede" + +#~ msgid "&Hotplug Type" +#~ msgstr "Tipo do &HotPlug" + +#~ msgid "P&CI" +#~ msgstr "P&CI" + #~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>To specify the <b>Frequency</b> instead of\n" +#~ "the channel, select the desired value.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>Para especificar a <b>Frequência</b> ao invés do\n" +#~ "canal, selecione o valor desejado.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "&Frequency" +#~ msgstr "&Frequência" + +#~ msgid "unplugged" +#~ msgstr "desconectado" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this startmode will never\n" +#~ "be shut down via 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <iface>' still works.\n" +#~ "Use this when you have a nfs or iscsi root filesystem.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Usar <b>Em NFSroot</b> é semelhante a 'auto'. Mas as interfaces com esse modo de\n" +#~ "inicialização jamais serão encerradas com 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <interface>' ainda funciona.\n" +#~ "Utilize-o quando tiver um sistema de arquivos nfs ou iscsi.\n" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "At least one selected device is already configured.\n" #~ "Adapt the configuration for bridge (IP address 0.0.0.0/32)?\n" #~ msgstr "" @@ -4801,15 +4794,6 @@ #~ "<p>Digite um <b>Nome de Apelido</b>, <b>Endereço IP</b> e\n" #~ "a <b>Máscara de rede</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Alias Name</b> is optional and legacy.The total\n" -#~ " length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" -#~ " limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>O <b>Nome de Apelido</b> é opcional e herdado. O tamanho total\n" -#~ " do nome da interface (incluindo o ponto-e-vírgula e o rótulo) é \n" -#~ " limitado a 15 caracteres e o utilitário ifconfig (obsoleto) o trunca após 9 caracteres.</p>" - #~ msgid "Alias &Name" #~ msgstr "&Nome de apelido" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/nfs.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/nfs.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/nfs.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nfs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-30 23:16-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" @@ -27,55 +27,55 @@ "X-Poedit-SourceCharset: utf-8\n" #. Command line help text for the nfs module -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:42 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:29 msgid "Configuration of NFS client" msgstr "Configuração do cliente NFS" #. command line action help -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:56 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:43 msgid "List configured NFS mounts" msgstr "Listar os pontos de montagem NFS configurados" #. command line action help -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:63 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:50 msgid "Add an NFS mount" msgstr "Adicionar um ponto de montagem NFS" #. command line action help -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:68 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:55 msgid "Edit an NFS mount" msgstr "Editar um ponto de montagem NFS" #. command line action help -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:73 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:60 msgid "Delete an NFS mount" msgstr "Remover um ponto de montagem NFS" #. host:path #. command line option help #. fstab(5): fs_spec -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:83 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:70 msgid "Remote file system (in the form 'host:path')" msgstr "Sistema de arquivos remoto (na forma de 'máquina:caminho')" #. path #. command line option help #. fstab(5): fs_file -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:92 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:79 msgid "Local mount point" msgstr "Ponto de montagem local" #. a list? #. command line option help #. fstab(5): fs_mntops -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:102 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:89 msgid "Mount options" msgstr "Opções de montagem" #. nfs or nfs4 #. command line option help #. fstab(5): fs_type -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:111 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:98 msgid "File system ID, supported nfs and nfs4. Default value is nfs." msgstr "ID do sistema de arquivos, suporta nfs e nfs4. O valor padrão é nfs." @@ -84,49 +84,49 @@ #. @param [Hash] options command options #. @return false so that Write is not called in non-interactive mode #. table header -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:173 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:495 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:159 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:481 msgid "Server" msgstr "Servidor" -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:174 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:160 msgid "Remote File System" msgstr "Sistema de arquivos remoto" #. table header -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:175 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:498 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:161 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:484 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "Ponto de montagem" #. table header -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:176 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:502 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:162 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:488 msgid "Options" msgstr "Opções" #. CLI action handler. #. @param [Hash] options command options #. @return whether successful -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:219 src/clients/nfs.rb:250 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:205 src/clients/nfs.rb:236 msgid "Unknown value for option \"type\"." msgstr "Valor desconhecido para a opção \"tipo\"." #. error #. error -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:244 src/clients/nfs.rb:348 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:230 src/clients/nfs.rb:334 msgid "No NFS mount specified." msgstr "Nenhum ponto de montagem NFS especificado." #. error message -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:267 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:253 msgid "No NFS mount matching the criteria found." msgstr "Não foi encontrado nenhum ponto de montagem combinando com o critério. " #. error message -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:285 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:271 msgid "Multiple NFS mounts match the criteria:" msgstr "Múltiplos pontos de montagem combinando com o critério:" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:99 +#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:83 msgid "" "The hostname entered is invalid. It must be\n" "shorter than 50 characters and only use\n" @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ "Domínio válido: %3" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:132 +#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:116 msgid "" "fstab already contains an entry\n" "with mount point '%1'." @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ "com o ponto de montagem '%1'." #. error popup message (spaces are now allowed) -#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:155 +#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:139 msgid "" "The path entered is invalid.\n" "It must be shorter than 70 characters\n" @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ "e deve começar com uma barra (/)." #. Help, part 1 of 3 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:57 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:41 msgid "" "<p>The table contains all directories \n" "exported from remote servers and mounted locally via NFS (NFS shares).</p>" @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ "exportados dos servidores remotos e montados localmente via NFS (compartilhamentos NFS).</p>" #. Help, part 2 of 3 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:61 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:46 msgid "" "<p>Each NFS share is identified by remote NFS server address and\n" "exported directory, local directory where the remote directory is mounted, \n" @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ "sobre como montar NFS e opções de pontos de montagem, veja <tt>man nfs</tt>.</p>" #. Help, part 3 of 3 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:68 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:53 msgid "" "<p>To mount a new NFS share, click <B>Add</B>. To change the configuration of\n" "a currently mounted share, click <B>Edit</B>. Remove and unmount a selected\n" @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ "do compartilhamento atualmente montado, clique em <b>Editar</b>. Remova e desmonte o compartilhamento selecionado\n" "com <b>Remover</b>.</p>\n" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:76 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:60 msgid "" "<p>If you need to access NFSv4 shares (NFSv4 is a newer version of the NFS\n" "protocol), check the <b>Enable NFSv4</b> option. In that case, you might need\n" @@ -210,29 +210,29 @@ #. selection box label #. changed from "Remote hosts" because now it shows #. NFS servers only -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:180 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:164 msgid "&NFS Servers" msgstr "Servidores &NFS" #. selection box label -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:192 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:176 msgid "&Exported Directories" msgstr "Diretórios &exportados" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:264 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:249 msgid "&NFS Server Hostname" msgstr "&Nome de máquina do servidor NFS" #. pushbutton label #. choose a host from a list #. appears in help text too -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:270 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:255 msgid "Choo&se" msgstr "E&scolher" #. textentry label -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:278 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:263 msgid "&Remote Directory" msgstr "Diretório &remoto" @@ -240,48 +240,48 @@ #. select from a list of remote filesystems #. make it short #. appears in help text too -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:285 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:270 msgid "&Select" msgstr "&Selecionar" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:290 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:275 msgid "NFS&v4 Share" msgstr "Compartilhamento NFS&v4" #. parallel NFS, protocol version 4.1 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:293 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:278 msgid "pNFS (v4.1)" msgstr "pNFS (v4.1)" #. textentry label -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:302 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:287 msgid "&Mount Point (local)" msgstr "Ponto de &montagem (local)" #. button label #. browse directories to select a mount point #. appears in help text too -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:308 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:293 msgid "&Browse" msgstr "&Navegar" #. textentry label -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:313 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:298 msgid "O&ptions" msgstr "O&pções" #. label message -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:335 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:319 msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..." msgstr "Pesquisando por máquinas nesta rede local..." #. Translators: 1st part of error message -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:341 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:325 msgid "No NFS server has been found on your network." msgstr "Nenhum servidor NFS foi encontrado na sua rede." #. Translators: 2nd part of error message (1st one is 'No nfs servers have been found ...) -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:347 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:331 msgid "" "\n" "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -292,18 +292,18 @@ "e provavelmente está bloqueando a pesquisa pela rede." #. Popup dialog, %1 is a host name -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:372 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:356 msgid "Getting directory list for \"%1\"..." msgstr "Obtendo a lista de diretórios para \"%1\"..." #. heading for a directory selection dialog -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:387 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:371 msgid "Select the Mount Point" msgstr "Selecionar o ponto de montagem" #. help text 1/4 #. change: locally defined -> servers on LAN -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:436 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:420 msgid "" "<p>Enter the <b>NFS Server Hostname</b>. With\n" "<b>Choose</b>, browse through a list of\n" @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ #. help text 2/4 #. added "Select" button -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:445 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:429 msgid "" "<p>In <b>Remote File System</b>,\n" "enter the path to the directory on the NFS server. Use\n" @@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ "</p>" #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:455 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:439 msgid "" "<p>\t\t\n" "For <b>Mount Point</b>, enter the path in the local file system where the directory should be mounted. With\n" @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ "de forma interativa.</p>" #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:465 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:450 msgid "" "<p>For a list of <b>Options</b>,\n" "read the man page mount(8).</p>" @@ -350,57 +350,57 @@ "leia a página de manual do mount(8).</p>" #. popup heading -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:470 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:455 msgid "Help" msgstr "Ajuda" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:496 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:482 msgid "Remote Directory" msgstr "Diretório remoto" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:500 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:486 msgid "NFS Type" msgstr "Tipo de NFS" -#. `VSpacing (1), -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:522 +#. #211570 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:507 msgid "Enable NFSv4" msgstr "Habilitar NFSv4" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:523 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:508 msgid "NFSv4 Domain Name" msgstr "Nome de domínio NFSv4" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:528 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:513 msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgstr "Habilitar segurança &GSS" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:542 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:527 msgid "&NFS Shares" msgstr "Compartilhamentos &NFS" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:543 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:528 msgid "NFS &Settings" msgstr "Configurações NF&S" #. Default values -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:656 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:640 msgid "Really delete %1?" msgstr "Realmente remover %1?" #. dialog heading -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:695 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:681 msgid "NFS Client Configuration" msgstr "Configuração do cliente do NFS" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:432 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:387 msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'." msgstr "Não foi possível criar o diretório '%1'." #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:449 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:405 msgid "" "Unable to write to /etc/fstab.\n" "No changes will be made to the\n" @@ -411,76 +411,78 @@ "configuração do cliente NFS.\n" #. dialog label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:494 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:447 msgid "Writing NFS Configuration" msgstr "Salvando a configuração NFS" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:499 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:452 msgid "Stop services" msgstr "Parar os serviços" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:501 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:454 msgid "Start services" msgstr "Iniciar os serviços" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:505 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:458 msgid "Stopping services..." msgstr "Parando os serviços..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:507 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:460 msgid "Starting services..." msgstr "Iniciando os serviços..." #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:509 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:462 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Concluído" #. help text -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:515 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:468 msgid "Writing NFS client settings. Please wait..." msgstr "Salvando as configurações do cliente NFS. Por favor, aguarde..." #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:535 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:488 msgid "Unable to mount the NFS entries from /etc/fstab." msgstr "Não foi possível montar as entradas NFS do /etc/fstab." #. summary header -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510 msgid "NFS Entries" msgstr "Entradas do NFS" #. summary item, %1 is a number -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:561 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:514 msgid "%1 entries configured" msgstr "%1 entradas configuradas" #. To translators: error popup -#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:137 +#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:140 msgid "Empty option strings are not allowed." msgstr "Strings de opção vazias não são permitidas." #. To translators: error popup -#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:149 -msgid "\"Unexpected value '#{value}' for option '#{key}'\"" +#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:151 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "\"Unexpected value '#{value}' for option '#{key}'\"" +msgid "Unexpected value '%{value}' for option '%{key}'" msgstr "\"Valor não experado '#{value}' para a opção '#{key}'\"" #. To translators: error popup -#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:153 +#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:155 msgid "Unknown option: '%{key}'" msgstr "Opção desconhecida: '%{key}'" #. To translators: error popup -#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:157 +#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:159 msgid "Invalid option: '%{opt}'" msgstr "Opção inválida: '%{opt}'" #. To translators: error popup -#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:161 +#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:163 msgid "Empty value for option: '%{key}'" msgstr "Valor para opção vazio: '%{key}'" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/nfs_server.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/nfs_server.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/nfs_server.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nfs_server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-10 16:02-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Isis Binder \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/nis.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/nis.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/nis.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nis\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-18 12:17-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Isis Binder \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ msgid "&NIS Servers in Domain %1" msgstr "Servidores &NIS no domínio %1" -#. firewall openning help +#. firewall opening help #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:228 msgid "" "<p><b>Firewall Settings</b><br>\n" @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ #. frame label #. frame label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:342 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1026 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:342 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1028 msgid "NIS client" msgstr "Cliente NIS" @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ #. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960) #. pushbutton label, find nis servers #. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960) -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:417 src/include/nis/ui.rb:862 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:417 src/include/nis/ui.rb:864 msgid "Fin&d" msgstr "Pro&curar" @@ -292,11 +292,6 @@ msgid "&Use NIS" msgstr "&Usar NIS" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:482 -msgid "Start Auto&mounter" -msgstr "Iniciar auto&mounter" - #. button label (short for Expert settings) #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:489 msgid "E&xpert..." @@ -307,9 +302,14 @@ msgid "NFS Configuration..." msgstr "Configuração do NFS..." +#. check box label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:499 +msgid "Start Auto&mounter" +msgstr "Iniciar auto&mounter" + #. dialog title #. dialog title -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:506 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1034 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:508 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1036 msgid "Configuration of NIS client" msgstr "Configuração do cliente NIS" @@ -317,12 +317,12 @@ #. but the domain is unknown. #. Message popup. The user wants to Find servers #. but the domain is unknown. -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:573 src/include/nis/ui.rb:902 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:575 src/include/nis/ui.rb:904 msgid "Finding servers works only when the domain is known." msgstr "A pesquisa de servidores funciona somente quando o domínio é conhecido." #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:591 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:593 msgid "" "When you configure your machine as a NIS client,\n" "you cannot retrieve the user data from LDAP.\n" @@ -333,81 +333,81 @@ "Você tem certeza?" #. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:674 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:676 msgid "<p>Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is using. Disabling <b>Answer Remote Hosts</b> restricts this only to the local host.</p>" msgstr "<p>Normalmente, é possível que qualquer máquina consulte o servidor utilizado pelo cliente. Desabilitar <b>Responder às máquinas remotas</b> restringirá isto à máquina local.</p>" #. help text 2/4 #. Check, ie. turn on a check box -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:682 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:684 msgid "<p>Check <b>Broken server</b> if answers from servers running on an unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better to replace such a server.</p>" msgstr "<p>Marque <b>Servidor com problemas</b> se as respostas dos servidores em execução em portas sem privilégios devem ser aceitas. É um risco de segurança e é melhor substituir tal servidor.</p>" #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:690 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:692 msgid "<p>See <b>man ypbind</b> for details on other options.</p>" msgstr "<p>Veja <b>man ypbind</b> para detalhes de outras opções.</p>" #. frame label #. dialog title -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:701 src/include/nis/ui.rb:729 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:703 src/include/nis/ui.rb:731 msgid "Expert settings" msgstr "Configurações avançadas" #. check box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:706 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:708 msgid "Ans&wer Remote Hosts" msgstr "Responder às &máquinas remotas" #. check box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:710 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:712 msgid "Br&oken server" msgstr "Servidor com pr&oblemas" #. text entry label (do not translate 'ypbind') -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:717 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:719 msgid "Other &ypbind options" msgstr "Outras opções &ypbind" #. Translators: multilineedit label #. comma: "," -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:844 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:846 msgid "&Servers (separated by spaces or commas)" msgstr "&Servidores (separados por espaços ou vírgulas)" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:851 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:853 msgid "&Broadcast" msgstr "&Broadcast" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:857 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:859 msgid "&SLP" msgstr "&SLP" #. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:872 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:874 msgid "Domain Settings" msgstr "Configurações de domínio" #. Add a domain, Adding a domain? Edit... #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:875 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:877 msgid "&Domain name" msgstr "Nome de &domínio" #. Translators: error message -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:930 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:932 msgid "This domain is already defined." msgstr "O domínio já está definido." #. Translators: error message -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:935 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:937 msgid "The format of server address '%1' is not correct." msgstr "O formato do endereço do servidor '%1' não está correto." #. error message, 'Broadcast' and 'SLP' are checkboxes -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:944 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:946 msgid "" "Enabling both Broadcast and SLP options\n" "does not make any sense. Select just one option." @@ -416,56 +416,56 @@ "não tem sentido. Selecione somente uma opção." #. help text -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:977 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:979 msgid "<p>Specify the servers for additional domains.</p>" msgstr "<p>Especifique os servidores para domínios adicionais.</p>" #. help text -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:985 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:987 msgid "<p>The Service Location Protocol (<b>SLP</b>) can be used to find NIS server.</p>" msgstr "<p>O protocolo de localização de serviço (<b>SLP</b>) pode ser usado para encontrar o servidor NIS.</p>" #. dialog label #. dialog subtitle -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:997 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1036 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:999 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1038 msgid "Additional Domains" msgstr "Domínios adicionais" #. table header #. summary item -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1003 src/modules/Nis.rb:889 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1005 src/modules/Nis.rb:889 msgid "Domain" msgstr "Domínio" #. table header #. summary header -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1005 src/modules/Nis.rb:842 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1007 src/modules/Nis.rb:842 msgid "Broadcast" msgstr "Broadcast" #. table header - Service Location Protocol -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1007 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1009 msgid "SLP" msgstr "SLP" #. table header #. summary item -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1009 src/modules/Nis.rb:887 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1011 src/modules/Nis.rb:887 msgid "Servers" msgstr "Servidores" #. button label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1015 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1017 msgid "A&dd" msgstr "A&dicionar" #. Translators: a yes-no popup -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1121 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1123 msgid "Really delete this domain?" msgstr "Realmente remover este domínio?" #. popup text FIXME better... -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1251 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1253 msgid "NIS is now enabled." msgstr "Agora o NIS está habilitado." @@ -545,46 +545,46 @@ msgstr "Cliente habilitado" #. dialog label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1208 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1206 msgid "Writing NIS Configuration..." msgstr "Salvando a configuração NIS..." #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1213 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1211 msgid "Stop services" msgstr "Parar os serviços" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1215 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1213 msgid "Start services" msgstr "Iniciar os serviços" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1219 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1217 msgid "Stopping services..." msgstr "Parando os serviços..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1221 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1219 msgid "Starting services..." msgstr "Iniciando os serviços..." #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1223 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1221 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Concluído" #. help text -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1229 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1227 msgid "Writing NIS client settings" msgstr "Salvando as configurações de cliente NIS" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1254 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1252 msgid "Error while running ypclient." msgstr "Erro durante a execução do ypclient." #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1262 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1260 msgid "NIS server not found." msgstr "Servidor NIS não encontrado." Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/nis_server.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/nis_server.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/nis_server.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nis_server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-10 16:04-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Isis Binder \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/ntp-client.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/ntp-client.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/ntp-client.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ntp-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:51+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-02 17:11-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "&Configurar..." #. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:386 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:380 msgid "" "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" "without package %1 installed." @@ -91,18 +91,18 @@ "sem ter o pacote %1 instalado." #. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:398 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:392 msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..." msgstr "Sincronizando com o servidor NTP..." #. update time widgets -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:443 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:438 msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed." msgstr "Falha ao conectar ao servidor NTP selecionado." #. Translators: yes-no popup, #. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:474 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:469 msgid "" "Test query to server '%1' failed.\n" "If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n" @@ -1335,27 +1335,27 @@ msgstr "Inicializando..." #. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:477 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:486 msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "Inicializando a configuração do cliente NTP" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:492 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:501 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "Ler a configuração da rede" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:494 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:503 msgid "Read NTP settings" msgstr "Ler as configurações do NTP" #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:498 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:507 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "Lendo a configuração da rede..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:500 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:509 msgid "Reading NTP settings..." msgstr "Lendo as configurações do NTP..." @@ -1365,115 +1365,115 @@ #. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) #. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:597 -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:758 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:909 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:511 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:606 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:767 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:918 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Concluído" #. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp; #. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:731 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:740 msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "Salvando a configuração do cliente NTP" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:757 msgid "Write NTP settings" msgstr "Salvar as configurações do NTP" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:750 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:759 msgid "Restart NTP daemon" msgstr "Reiniciar o daemon do NTP" #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:754 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:763 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Salvando as configurações..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:756 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:765 msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." msgstr "Reiniciando o daemon do NTP..." #. error message -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:841 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:850 msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." msgstr "Não foi possível atualizar a política dinâmica de configuração." #. error report -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:879 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:888 msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." msgstr "Não foi possível reiniciar o daemon do NTP." #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:973 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998 msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system." msgstr "O daemon do NTP inicia quando o sistema é iniciado." #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:979 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1004 msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically." msgstr "O daemon do NTP não inicia automaticamente." #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:985 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1010 msgid "Servers: %1" msgstr "Servidores: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:989 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014 msgid "Radio Clocks: %1" msgstr "Relógios controlados por rádio: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:993 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018 msgid "Peers: %1" msgstr "Pares: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:997 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1022 msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1" msgstr "Enviar informações horário para: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1001 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1026 msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1" msgstr "Aceitar informações de horário de: %1" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1017 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1042 msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration." msgstr "Combinar as configurações estática e de DHCP." #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1046 msgid "Static configuration only." msgstr "Configuração estática somente." #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1024 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1049 msgid "Custom configuration policy." msgstr "Política de configuração personalizada." #. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1057 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1082 msgid "Testing the NTP server..." msgstr "Testando o servidor NTP..." #. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1087 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103 msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly." msgstr "O servidor está acessível e responde adequadamente." #. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server #. report error instead of simple message (#306018) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1091 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1107 msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly." msgstr "O servidor não está acessível ou não responde adequadamente." #. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1109 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1125 msgid "" "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n" "without package %1 installed.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/oneclickinstall.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/oneclickinstall.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/oneclickinstall.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-17 17:40-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ #. Remove any removals #. initialize slideshow data (package counters) #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:139 -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:292 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:291 msgid "Removing Packages..." msgstr "Removendo os pacotes..." @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ #. if that was successful now try and install the patterns #. initialize slideshow data (package counters) #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:152 -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:265 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:264 msgid "Installing Patterns..." msgstr "Instalando os padrões..." @@ -96,8 +96,8 @@ #. initialize slideshow data (package counters) #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:165 #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:71 -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:224 -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:232 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:223 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:231 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "Instalando os pacotes..." @@ -363,36 +363,36 @@ msgid "Adding repository %1" msgstr "Adicionando o repositório %1" -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:124 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:123 msgid "An error occurred while initializing the software repository." msgstr "Ocorreu um erro durante a inicialização do repositório de software." -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:127 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:126 msgid "Details:" msgstr "Detalhes:" -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:132 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:131 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "Tentar novamente?" #. * Install all the specified packages #. * return true if all installations were successful, false otherwise -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:186 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:185 msgid "Marking package %1 for installation" msgstr "Marcando o pacote %1 para instalação" #. If we didn't find it in the repos specified in the YMP try any repo. -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:212 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:211 msgid "Warning: package %1 could not be installed." msgstr "Aviso: o pacote %1 não pôde ser instalado." -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:226 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:225 msgid "Performing Installation..." msgstr "Executando a instalação..." #. * Install all the specified patterns #. * return true if all installations were successful, false otherwise -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:253 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:252 msgid "Warning: pattern %1 could not be installed." msgstr "Aviso: o padrão %1 não pôde ser instalado." Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/online-update-configuration.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/online-update-configuration.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/online-update-configuration.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-17 17:42-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/online-update.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/online-update.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/online-update.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: online-update\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-17 17:42-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" @@ -245,9 +245,13 @@ #. popup message #: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Packages for package management were updated.\n" +#| "Finishing and restarting now." msgid "" "Packages for package management were updated.\n" -"Finishing and restarting now." +"Finishing and restarting YaST now." msgstr "" "Pacotes para o gerenciamento de pacotes foram atualizados.\n" "Concluindo e reiniciando agora." @@ -325,63 +329,48 @@ msgstr "OK" #. Progress log. Leave the space at the end, some other text may follow -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:233 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:230 msgid "Downloading delta RPM %1 " msgstr "Baixando o RPM delta %1 " #. progress bar label -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:239 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:236 msgid "Delta RPM Download Progress" msgstr "Progresso do download do RPM delta" #. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:265 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:262 msgid "Failed to download delta RPM: %1" msgstr "Falha ao baixar o RPM delta: %1" #. Progress log item (%1 is name of delta RPM). #. Leave the space at the end, some other text may follow. -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:280 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:277 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1 " msgstr "Aplicando o RPM delta: %1" #. progress bar label -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:287 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:284 msgid "Delta RPM Application Progress" msgstr "Progresso da aplicação do RPM delta" #. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:316 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:313 msgid "Failed to apply delta RPM: %1" msgstr "Falha ao aplicar o RPM delta: %1" -#. Progress log; lave the space at the end, some other text may follow. -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:331 -msgid "Downloading patch RPM %1 " -msgstr "Baixando o RPM de correção %1 " - #. progress bar label -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:337 -msgid "Patch RPM Download Progress" -msgstr "Progresso do download do RPM de correção" - -#. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:364 -msgid "Failed to download patch RPM: %1" -msgstr "Falha ao baixar o RPM de correção: %1" - -#. progress bar label -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:405 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:354 msgid "Script Execution Progress" msgstr "Progresso da execução do script" #. log entry, %1 is name of the patch which contains the script -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:411 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:360 msgid "Starting script %1" msgstr "Iniciando o script %1" #. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:481 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:430 msgid "" "Patch %1\n" "\n" @@ -390,7 +379,7 @@ "\n" #. error popoup (detailed info follows) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:614 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:549 msgid "There was an error in the repository initialization." msgstr "Houve um erro na inicialização do repositório." @@ -557,6 +546,15 @@ "\n" "Contate-nos se precisar assistência." +#~ msgid "Downloading patch RPM %1 " +#~ msgstr "Baixando o RPM de correção %1 " + +#~ msgid "Patch RPM Download Progress" +#~ msgstr "Progresso do download do RPM de correção" + +#~ msgid "Failed to download patch RPM: %1" +#~ msgstr "Falha ao baixar o RPM de correção: %1" + #~ msgid "These patches will need rebooting after instalation" #~ msgstr "Estas correções precisarão de uma reinicialização após a instalação" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/opensuse_mirror.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/opensuse_mirror.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/opensuse_mirror.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-29 11:43-0200\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/packager.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/packager.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/packager.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: packager\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-17 17:43-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" @@ -227,14 +227,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup header #. TRANSLATORS: popup header #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:268 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1343 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1346 msgid "Aborting Configuration of Online Repository" msgstr "Cancelando a configuração do repositório online" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question #. TRANSLATORS: popup question #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:270 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1345 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1348 msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the configuration?" msgstr "Você tem certeza de que deseja cancelar a configuração?" @@ -255,42 +255,42 @@ "Deseja configurá-la?" #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:643 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:646 msgid "Check network configuration" msgstr "Verificar a configuração da rede" #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:645 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:648 msgid "Download list of online repositories" msgstr "Baixar lista de repositórios online" #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:650 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:653 msgid "Checking network configuration..." msgstr "Verificando a configuração da rede..." #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:652 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:655 msgid "Downloading list of online repositories..." msgstr "Baixando a lista de repositórios online..." #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:661 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:664 msgid "Initialize the repository manager" msgstr "Inicializar o gerenciador de repositórios" #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:666 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:669 msgid "Initializing the repository manager..." msgstr "Inicializando o gerenciador de repositórios..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:676 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:679 msgid "Reading List of Online Repositories" msgstr "Lendo a lista de repositórios online" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:682 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:685 msgid "" "<p>The packager is being initialized and \n" "the list of servers downloaded from the Web.</p>\n" @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ "e a lista de servidores está sendo baixada da Internet.</p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:714 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:717 msgid "" "Cannot download list of repositories,\n" "no network configured." @@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ "nenhuma rede configurada." #. TRANSLATORS: light-warning message -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:792 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:795 msgid "" "No product URL defined from which to download\n" "list of repositories.\n" @@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ "a lista de repositórios.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: warning message -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:806 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:809 msgid "" "Unable to download list of repositories\n" "or no repositories defined." @@ -328,12 +328,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: HTML-formatted summary text #. %1 is replaced with "Yes" (currently only "Yes") #. see *4 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:912 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:915 msgid "<b>Recommended:</b> %1<br>" msgstr "<b>Recomendado:</b> %1<br>" #. TRANSLATORS: used for "Recommended: Yes" (see *4) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:914 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:917 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Sim" @@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ #. %3 is replaced with a summary text for the selected repository #. %4 is replaced with a description text for the selected repository #. %5 is replaced with an emty string or "Recommended: Yes" (*4) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:926 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:929 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>URL:</b> %1<br>\n" @@ -363,28 +363,28 @@ "</p>" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1234 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1237 msgid "List of Online Repositories" msgstr "Lista de repositórios online" #. TRANSLATORS: push button #. push button -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1241 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:111 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1244 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:111 msgid "&Filter" msgstr "&Filtro" #. TRANSLATORS: multi-selection box -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1251 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1254 msgid "&List of Repositories" msgstr "&Lista de repositórios" #. TRANSLATORS: Rich-text widget (HTML) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1257 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1260 msgid "Repository Description" msgstr "Descrição do repositório" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1261 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1264 msgid "" "<p>List of default online repositories.\n" "Click on a repository for details.</p>\n" @@ -393,28 +393,28 @@ "Clique em um repositório para ver seus detalhes.</p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1266 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1269 msgid "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Next</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "<p>Selecione os repositórios online desejados e clique <b>Próximo</b>.</p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1270 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1273 msgid "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Finish</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "<p>Selecione os repositórios online desejados e clique em <b>Concluir</b>.</p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1275 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1278 msgid "<p>To remove a used repository, simply deselect it.</p>" msgstr "<p>Para remover um repositório utilizado, apenas desmarque-o.</p>" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1371 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1374 msgid "Writing List of Online Repositories" msgstr "Salvando a lista de repositórios online" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1377 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380 #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91 msgid "<p>The repository manager is downloading repository details...</p>" msgstr "<p>O gerenciador de repositórios está baixando os detalhes do repositório...</p>" @@ -425,46 +425,46 @@ #. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message #. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1469 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1493 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1511 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1472 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1496 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1514 msgid "Adding repository %1 failed." msgstr "Falha ao adicionar o repositório %1." #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1588 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1591 msgid "Delete deselected online repositories" msgstr "Remover os repositórios online não selecionados?" #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1590 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1593 msgid "Deleting deselected online repositories..." msgstr "Removendo os repositórios online não selecionados..." #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1598 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1601 msgid "Add all selected online repositories" msgstr "Adicionar todos os repositórios online selecionados" #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1603 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1606 msgid "Adding all selected online repositories..." msgstr "Adicionando todos os repositórios online selecionados..." #. TRANSLATORS: progress step #. %1 is replaced with repository name or URL -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1612 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1615 msgid "Add repository: %1" msgstr "Adicionar o repositório: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: progress step, #. %1 is replaced with repository name or URL -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1621 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1624 msgid "Adding repository: %1 ..." msgstr "Adicionando o repositório: %1..." #. less than LOW_MEMORY_MIB RAM -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1733 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1736 msgid "" "Low memory detected.\n" "\n" @@ -495,7 +495,7 @@ #. re-initialize package information #. force reinitialization -#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:744 +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:739 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "Instalando os pacotes..." @@ -535,8 +535,8 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1809 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:683 +#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1810 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:682 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inicializando..." @@ -599,7 +599,7 @@ #. label to be used instead of URL if not found #: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1325 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1334 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "URL: %1" @@ -849,7 +849,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "Detalhes:" @@ -857,7 +857,7 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1331 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "Tentar novamente?" @@ -877,7 +877,7 @@ "Todas as alterações serão perdidas." #. refresh also the combobox widget -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1328 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1329 msgid "" "There is no service at URL:\n" "%1" @@ -886,40 +886,40 @@ "%1" #. TODO: add help text -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1439 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1440 msgid "Refreshing Repositories" msgstr "Atualizando repositórios" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1440 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1441 msgid "Refreshing Services" msgstr "Atualizando os serviços" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1445 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1446 msgid "Refresh Repositories" msgstr "Atualizar repositórios" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1446 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1447 msgid "Refresh Services" msgstr "Atualizar os serviços" #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1478 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1479 msgid "Refreshing Repository %1..." msgstr "Atualizando o repositório %1..." #. refreshing services #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1504 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1505 msgid "Refreshing Service %1..." msgstr "Atualizando o serviço %1..." #. yes-no popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1523 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1524 msgid "Delete the selected repository from the list?" msgstr "Remover o repositório selecionado da lista?" #. yes-no popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1537 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1538 msgid "" "Delete service %1\n" "and its repositories?" @@ -928,7 +928,7 @@ "e seus repositórios?" #. popup message -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1605 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1606 msgid "" "For the selected repository, refresh\n" "cannot be set." @@ -937,7 +937,7 @@ "para o repositório selecionado." #. popup question, %1 is repository URL -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1767 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1768 msgid "" "Repository %1\n" "has been already added. Each repository should be added only once.\n" @@ -950,7 +950,7 @@ "Realmente adicionar o repositório novamente?" #. Error popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1835 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1836 msgid "<p>Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "<p>Ocorreram erros ao restaurar a configuração do repositório.</p>\n" @@ -1063,7 +1063,7 @@ "Instalá-los agora?\n" #. start the repository manager -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:619 +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:614 msgid "" "Cannot configure online update repository \n" "without having package %1 installed" @@ -1071,7 +1071,7 @@ "Não é possível configurar o repositório de atualização\n" "online sem ter o pacote %1 instalado" -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:645 +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:640 msgid "" "Cannot search packages in online repositories\n" "without having package %1 installed" @@ -1080,7 +1080,7 @@ "sem ter o pacote %1 instalado" #. error report, %1 is a list of packages -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:673 +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:668 msgid "" "The following packages have not been found on the medium:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1226,7 +1226,7 @@ msgid "&Start Check" msgstr "Iniciar &verificação" -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:684 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:685 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "&Ejetar" @@ -1473,7 +1473,7 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1318 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" "from URL '%1'." @@ -1511,38 +1511,48 @@ #. error report #. popup error #. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:517 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:619 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:534 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:725 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:516 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:618 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "Ocorreu um erro durante a preparação do sistema de instalação." #. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:654 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:653 msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "O arquivo de controle %1 não foi encontrado na mídia." +#. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration +#. or check the content file +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:894 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Package %1 was not installed. The service cannot be edited." +msgid "" +"Package '%s' is not installed.\n" +"The add-on product cannot be registered." +msgstr "O pacote %1 não foi instalado. O serviço não pode ser editado." + #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1252 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1416 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1261 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1425 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "Não foi possível usar os produtos adicionais." #. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1303 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1309 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1312 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1318 msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "%1, URL: %2" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1319 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1328 msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "URL: %1, caminho: %2" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1359 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "Produtos adicionais" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1356 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1365 msgid "" "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" @@ -1550,34 +1560,34 @@ "O repositório de instalação contém também os repositórios adicionais listados.\n" "Selecione aqueles que deseja usar.\n" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "Produtos adicionais para selecionar" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1383 msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "Adicionar &produtos selecionados" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1505 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1515 msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "Insira a mídia de %1 complementar" #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1510 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1520 msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "Insira a mídia de %2 do %1" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1562 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1572 msgid "Unable to add product %1." msgstr "Não foi possível adicionar o produto %1." #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1760 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:469 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1764 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1770 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:471 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Produto desconhecido" @@ -1663,7 +1673,7 @@ #. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items #. #. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:924 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:918 msgid "Total" msgstr "Total" @@ -1672,62 +1682,62 @@ #. #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1051 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1303 -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1355 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1045 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1297 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1349 msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "Baixando %1 (tamanho do download %2)" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1081 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1075 msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)" msgstr " (restando: %1%2 pacotes)" #. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode #. translations: progress message (part1) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1114 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1108 msgid "Downloading Packages..." msgstr "Baixando pacotes..." #. progress message (part2) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1117 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1111 msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)" msgstr " (baixados %1 de %2 pacotes)" #. Heading for the progress bar for the current package #. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1253 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1247 msgid "Deleting %1" msgstr "Removendo %1" #. package installation - summary text #. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1260 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1254 msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)" msgstr "Instalando %1 (tamanho instalado %2)" #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1338 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1332 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1" msgstr "Aplicando o RPM delta: %1" #. warning text -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:309 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:311 msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." msgstr "Seu computador é um sistema x86-64 de 64 bits. Entretanto, você está tentando instalar uma distribuição de 32 bits." #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:325 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327 msgid "<P>The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system.</P>" msgstr "<P>A lista de padrão informa qual funcionalidade estará disponível após a instalação do sistema.</P>" #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:337 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:339 msgid "<P>The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation.</P>" msgstr "<P>A proposta relata o tamanho total dos arquivos que serão instalados no sistema. No entanto, o sistema conterá alguns outros arquivos (temporários e arquivos de trabalho), então o espaço utilizado será ligeiramente maior que o valor proposto. Consequentemente, é uma boa ideia ter pelo menos 25% (ou algo em torno de 300MB) de espaço livre antes de iniciar a instalação.</P>" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:342 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:344 msgid "" "<P>The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" "downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>\n" @@ -1736,107 +1746,107 @@ "dos repositórios remotos (rede). Este valor é importante quando a conexão for lenta ou existir um limite de dados para baixar.</P>\n" #. help text for software proposal - header -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:351 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:353 msgid "<P><B>Software Proposal</B></P>" msgstr "<P><B>Proposta de software</B></P>" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product #. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:368 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:370 msgid "Product: %1" msgstr "Produto: %1" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:382 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:384 msgid "System Type: %1" msgstr "Tipo de sistema: %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:393 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:395 msgid "Patterns:<br>" msgstr "Padrões:<br>" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:403 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:405 msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "Tamanho dos pacotes a instalar: %1" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages #. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:416 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:418 msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1" msgstr "Baixando dos repositórios remotos: %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:478 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:480 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" msgstr "Estes produtos complementares foram marcados para remoção automática: %1" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:502 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:504 msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." msgstr "Entre em contato com os fabricantes destes complementos para obter a nova mídia de instalação." #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:508 msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." msgstr "Entre em contato com os fabricantes destes complementos para obter a nova mídia de instalação." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:547 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:549 msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." msgstr "Erro: não foi possível verificar o espaço livre no diretório básico %1 (dispositivo %2), não foi possível iniciar a instalação." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:567 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:569 msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)." msgstr "Aviso: não foi possível verificar o espaço livre no diretório %1 (dispositivo %2)." #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:610 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:612 msgid "Not enough disk space." msgstr "Espaço em disco insuficiente." #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:612 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:614 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." msgstr "Espaço em disco insuficiente. Remova alguns pacotes na seleção simples." #. add a backslash if it's missing -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:633 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:635 msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3.<BR>" msgstr "Somente %1 (%2%%) de espaço livre disponível na partição %3.<BR>" #. newly installed products -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:702 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:704 msgid "New product <b>%s</b> will be installed" msgstr "O novo produto <b>%s</b> será instalado" #. product update: %s is a product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:712 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:714 msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will be updated" msgstr "O produto <b>%s</b> será atualizado" #. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:714 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:716 msgid "Product <b>%{old_product}</b> will be updated to <b>%{new_product}</b>" msgstr "O produto <b>%{old_product}</b> será atualizado para <b>%{new_product}</b>" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:721 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:723 msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will stay installed" msgstr "O produto <b>%s</b> continuará instalado" #. Removing another product might be an issue #. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:731 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:733 msgid "<b>Warning:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be removed." msgstr "<b>Aviso:</b> O produto <b>%s</b> será removido." -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:732 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:734 msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed.</font>" msgstr "<b>Erro:</b> O produto <b>%s</b> será automaticamente removido.</font>" #. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", #. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:758 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:760 msgid "" "<ul><li><b>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</b></li>\n" "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" @@ -1853,12 +1863,12 @@ "</li></ul></li></ul>" #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1339 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1345 msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "Nenhum repositório encontrado em '%1'." #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1618 msgid "" "<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" @@ -1870,31 +1880,31 @@ "no servidor de Internet do openSUSE.</b></p>\n" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1639 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "Integrando a mídia inicializada..." #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1661 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1667 msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "Falha ao integrar o repositório do pacote de serviços." #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1694 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1700 msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "Inicializando os repositórios..." #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1926 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1932 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "Insira o CD 1 do %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1928 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1934 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "CD 1 do %1 não encontrado" #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2038 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2044 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." @@ -1903,7 +1913,7 @@ "Verifique o arquivo de log %1 para mais detalhes." #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2299 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2305 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." @@ -1912,12 +1922,12 @@ "A proposta de software será chamada novamente." #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2317 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2323 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "Avaliando a seleção de pacotes..." #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2615 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2621 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -1927,7 +1937,7 @@ #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. -#. @param string filename +#. @param [String] license_ident file name #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:150 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157 msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "Não foi possível ler o arquivo de licença %1" @@ -1968,18 +1978,21 @@ "a configuração será cancelada.</p>\n" #. dialog title +#. #459391 +#. If a progress is running open another dialog #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:410 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1211 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:410 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1149 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1227 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Contrato de licença" #. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1016 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1021 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "Realmente cancelar a instalação do produto complementar?" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1040 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1045 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" "Really refuse the agreement?" @@ -1988,7 +2001,7 @@ "Realmente recusar o contrato?" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1043 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1048 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" @@ -1997,12 +2010,19 @@ "complementar. Realmente recusar o contrato?" #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1053 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1058 msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "O sistema está sendo desligado..." +#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1153 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " License Agreement" +msgid "%s License Agreement" +msgstr " Contrato de licença" + #. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1577 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1593 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" "%{license_url}" @@ -2061,109 +2081,103 @@ msgid "Downloading delta RPM %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "Baixando o RPM delta %1 (tamanho do download %2)" -#. remote -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:461 -msgid "Downloading patch RPM %1 (download size %2)" -msgstr "Baixando o RPM de correção %1 (tamanho do download %2)" - #. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:483 +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:472 msgid "Failed to download delta RPM: %1" msgstr "Falha ao baixar o RPM delta: %1" #. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:492 +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:481 msgid "Failed to apply delta RPM: %1" msgstr "Falha ao aplicar o RPM delta: %1" -#. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:501 -msgid "Failed to download patch RPM: %1" -msgstr "Falha ao baixar o RPM de correção: %1" - #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:31 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:33 msgid "&Scan Using SLP..." msgstr "&Explorar usando SLP..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:33 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:35 msgid "Commun&ity Repositories" msgstr "Repositórios da comun&idade" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:35 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:37 msgid "&Extensions and Modules from Registration Server..." msgstr "&Extensões e módulos do servidor de registro..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:37 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:39 msgid "Specify &URL..." msgstr "Especificar a &URL..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:39 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:41 msgid "&FTP..." msgstr "&FTP..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:41 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:43 msgid "&HTTP..." msgstr "&HTTP..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:43 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:45 msgid "HTT&PS..." msgstr "HTT&PS..." #. radio button #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:45 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1720 -msgid "&SMB/CIFS" +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1757 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&SMB/CIFS" +msgid "S&MB/CIFS" msgstr "&SMB/CIFS" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 -msgid "&NFS..." +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&NFS..." +msgid "NF&S..." msgstr "&NFS..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:49 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:51 msgid "&CD..." msgstr "&CD..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:51 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:53 msgid "&DVD..." msgstr "&DVD..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:53 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:55 msgid "&Hard Disk..." msgstr "Disco &rígido..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:55 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:57 msgid "&USB Mass Storage (USB Stick, Disk)..." msgstr "Armazenamento em massa &USB (pendrive USB, disco)..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:57 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:59 msgid "&Local Directory..." msgstr "Diretório &local..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:59 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:61 msgid "&Local ISO Image..." msgstr "Imagem ISO &local..." #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:61 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:63 msgid "&Download repository description files" msgstr "Bai&xar os arquivos de descrição do repositório" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:110 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:116 msgid "" "<p>If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>" @@ -2172,7 +2186,7 @@ "da mídia, defina a <b>Imagem ISO</b>.</p>" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:115 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:121 msgid "" "<p>If the repository is on multiple media,\n" "set the location of the first media of the set.</p>\n" @@ -2181,86 +2195,86 @@ "defina a localização da primeira mídia do conjunto.</p>\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:129 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:135 msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "Nome do &servidor" #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:137 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1584 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621 msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" msgstr "&Caminho para o diretório ou imagem ISO" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:145 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:151 msgid "&ISO Image" msgstr "Imagem &ISO" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:147 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:153 msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol" msgstr "Protocolo N&FS v4" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:153 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "Opções de montagem" #. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp #. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:157 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:163 msgid "(default)" msgstr "(padrão)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:168 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:174 msgid "URL of the Repository" msgstr "URL do repositório" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:177 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:183 msgid "P&rotocol" msgstr "P&rotocolo" #. input field label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:187 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193 msgid "&URL of the Repository" msgstr "&URL do repositório" #. label / dialog caption #. bugzilla #219759 #. service label can be empty (not defined) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:202 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:208 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 msgid "Repository URL" msgstr "URL do repositório" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:204 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:210 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "Servidor NFS" #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:206 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:208 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:212 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:214 msgid "CD or DVD Media" msgstr "Mídia de CD ou DVD" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:210 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:216 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "Disco rígido" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:212 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:218 msgid "USB Stick or Disk" msgstr "Pendrive USB ou disco" #. label / dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:214 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:889 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "Diretório local" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:216 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:222 msgid "Local ISO Image" msgstr "Imagem ISO local" @@ -2269,24 +2283,24 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:218 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:222 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:224 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:226 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:224 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:226 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:228 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:230 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:232 msgid "Server and Directory" msgstr "Servidor e diretório" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:441 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468 msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty." msgstr "O nome do repositório não pode estar vazio." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:453 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:480 msgid "&Repository Name" msgstr "&Nome do repositório" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:495 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.</p>\n" @@ -2295,12 +2309,12 @@ "Utilize <b>Nome do repositório</b> para especificar o nome do repositório. Se o campo estiver vazio, o YaST usará o nome do produto (se disponível) ou o URL como nome.</p>\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:482 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:509 msgid "&Service Name" msgstr "Nome do &serviço" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:490 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:517 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n" @@ -2309,17 +2323,17 @@ "Use <b>Nome do serviço</b> para especificar o nome do serviço. Se o campo estiver vazio, o YaST usará parte da URL do serviço como nome.</p>\n" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:525 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552 msgid "URL cannot be empty." msgstr "A URL não pode estar vazia." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:538 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:566 msgid "&URL" msgstr "&URL" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:580 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Repository URL</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>URL</b> to specify the URL of the repository.</p>" @@ -2331,16 +2345,16 @@ #. @return widget description map #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:725 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1852 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893 msgid "Edit Parts of the URL" msgstr "Editar partes da URL" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:732 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1859 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:760 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1900 msgid "Edit Complete URL" msgstr "Editar a URL completa" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:744 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772 msgid "" "<p><big><b>NFS Server</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n" @@ -2350,7 +2364,7 @@ "Use <b>Nome do servidor</b> e <b>Caminho para diretório ou imagem ISO</b>\n" "para especificar o nome de máquina do servidor NFS e o caminho no servidor.<p>" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:751 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:779 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" @@ -2363,16 +2377,16 @@ "para detalhes e a lista de opções suportadas." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:806 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834 msgid "&CD-ROM" msgstr "&CD-ROM" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:808 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836 msgid "&DVD-ROM" msgstr "&DVD-ROM" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:813 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:841 msgid "" "<p><big><b>CD or DVD Media</b></big><br>\n" "Set <b>CD-ROM</b> or <b>DVD-ROM</b> to specify the type of media.</p>" @@ -2381,12 +2395,12 @@ "Defina <b>CD-ROM</b> ou <b>DVD-ROM</b> para especificar o tipo de mídia.</p>" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:904 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:941 msgid "ISO Image File" msgstr "Arquivo de imagem ISO" #. error popup - the entered path is not a directory -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:927 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:964 msgid "" "The entered path is not a directory\n" "or the directory does not exist.\n" @@ -2395,7 +2409,7 @@ "ou o diretório não existe.\n" #. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:957 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:994 msgid "" "The entered path is not a file\n" "or the file does not exist.\n" @@ -2404,7 +2418,7 @@ "ou o arquivo não existe.\n" #. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:981 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1018 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not seem to be an ISO image.\n" @@ -2415,17 +2429,17 @@ "Usá-lo mesmo assim?\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1002 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1039 msgid "&Path to Directory" msgstr "&Caminho do diretório" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1010 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1268 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1335 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1047 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372 msgid "&Plain RPM Directory" msgstr "Diretório R&PM" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1025 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1062 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Local Directory</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Path to Directory</b> to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2440,20 +2454,20 @@ "<b>Diretório RPM</b>.</p>\n" #. `opt(`hstretch), -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1261 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298 msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device" msgstr "Dispositivo de armazenamento em massa &USB" #. the spacing is added to make the widget wider -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1266 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1303 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1370 msgid "&File System" msgstr "Sis&tema de arquivos" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1267 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1334 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1304 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371 msgid "Dire&ctory" msgstr "Dire&tório" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1272 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1309 msgid "" "<p><big><b>USB Stick or Disk</b></big><br>\n" "Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2473,7 +2487,7 @@ #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1282 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1349 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1319 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1386 msgid "" "<p>The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n" "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" @@ -2484,11 +2498,11 @@ "quiser utilizar um sistema de arquivos específico, selecione-o da lista.</p>\n" #. combobox title -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1332 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369 msgid "&Disk Device" msgstr "Dispositivo de &disco" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1339 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>\n" "Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2507,12 +2521,12 @@ "<b>Diretório RPM</b>.</p>\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1365 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1402 msgid "&Path to ISO Image" msgstr "&Caminho para a imagem ISO" #. push button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1385 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1422 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Local ISO Image</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Path to ISO Image</b> to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2523,71 +2537,71 @@ "arquivo de imagem ISO.</p>" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1566 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603 msgid "Server &Name" msgstr "&Nome do servidor" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1570 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1607 msgid "&Port" msgstr "&Porta" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1575 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612 msgid "&Share" msgstr "Compar&tilhamento" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1588 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1625 msgid "ISO &Image" msgstr "&Imagem ISO" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1591 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1628 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "&Diretório no servidor" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1596 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633 msgid "Au&thentication" msgstr "Au&tenticação" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1640 msgid "&Anonymous" msgstr "&Anônimo" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1649 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain" msgstr "&Grupo de trabalho ou domínio" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "Nome de &usuário" #. password entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1628 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1665 msgid "&Password" msgstr "Sen&ha" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1703 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1740 msgid "&FTP" msgstr "&FTP" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1706 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743 msgid "H&TTP" msgstr "H&TTP" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1713 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750 msgid "HTT&PS" msgstr "HTT&PS" #. help text - server dialog -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1883 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1924 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Server and Directory</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n" @@ -2612,7 +2626,7 @@ "da mídia, configure a <b>Imagem ISO</b>.</p>\n" #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1896 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1937 msgid "" "<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n" @@ -2623,12 +2637,12 @@ #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. #. #. @return [Boolean] whether defined -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1958 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1999 msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product" msgstr "Eu gostaria de instalar um produto complementar adicional" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2085 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2126 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Media Type</b></big><br>\n" "The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n" @@ -2639,7 +2653,7 @@ "ou no disco rígido.</p>" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2094 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2135 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To add <b>CD</b> or <b>DVD</b>,\n" @@ -2650,7 +2664,7 @@ "tenha o conjunto de CDs ou o DVD em mãos.</p>" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2104 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n" @@ -2666,7 +2680,7 @@ "em um só diretório.</p>\n" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2116 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2157 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Network installation requires a working network connection.\n" @@ -2679,25 +2693,25 @@ "primeiro CD, como em /data1/CD1.</p>\n" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2131 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172 msgid "Select the media type" msgstr "Selecione o tipo de mídia" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2137 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2178 msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgstr "Insira o CD do produto complementar" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2179 msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" msgstr "Insira o DVD do produto complementar" #. ask for a medium -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2156 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2197 msgid "No USB disk was detected." msgstr "Nenhum disco USB foi detectado." -#. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2359 +#. use three slashes as third slash means path +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2403 msgid "" "<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" @@ -2712,15 +2726,24 @@ "baixar os arquivos automaticamente quando precisar deles mais tarde.</p>\n" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2578 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2623 msgid "Media Type" msgstr "Tipo de mídia" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2602 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2647 msgid "Add On Product" msgstr "Produto complementar" +#. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration +#. +#. @return [Boolean] whether to abort +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2678 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "URL entered is not valid" +msgid "URL scheme '%s' is not valid." +msgstr "O URL informado não é válido." + #. SourceManager read dialog caption #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100 msgid "Initializing Available Repositories" @@ -2814,7 +2837,7 @@ #. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label #. (and add some extra space for the frame) -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:670 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:671 msgid "&Drive to eject" msgstr "&Unidade a ser ejetada" @@ -2927,6 +2950,12 @@ msgid "Deselect some packages." msgstr "Cancele a seleção de alguns pacotes." +#~ msgid "Downloading patch RPM %1 (download size %2)" +#~ msgstr "Baixando o RPM de correção %1 (tamanho do download %2)" + +#~ msgid "Failed to download patch RPM: %1" +#~ msgstr "Falha ao baixar o RPM de correção: %1" + #~ msgid "" #~ "<ul><li><b>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</b></li>\n" #~ "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/pam.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/pam.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/pam.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: pam\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-05-12 20:32-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Isis Binder \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/pkg-bindings.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/pkg-bindings.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/pkg-bindings.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: pkg-bindings\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-17 17:44-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" @@ -51,18 +51,18 @@ msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Atualizando o repositório</B></BIG></P><P>O gerenciador de pacotes está atualizando o conteúdo do repositório...</P>" #. error message -#: src/Package.cc:651 +#: src/Package.cc:655 msgid "The package cannot be selected to install." msgstr "O pacote não pode ser selecionado para instalação." #. error message -#: src/Package.cc:657 +#: src/Package.cc:661 msgid "The package is not available." msgstr "O pacote não está disponível." #. still not initialized, throw an exception #. translators: this is an error message -#: src/PkgFunctions.cc:128 +#: src/PkgFunctions.cc:129 msgid "Cannot connect to the package manager" msgstr "Não foi possível conectar-se ao gerenciador de pacotes" @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ msgid "Download Descriptions" msgstr "Descrição do download" -#: src/Source_Create.cc:590 src/Source_Download.cc:402 src/Source_Load.cc:155 +#: src/Source_Create.cc:590 src/Source_Download.cc:407 src/Source_Load.cc:155 #: src/Source_Load.cc:479 msgid "Rebuild Cache" msgstr "Reconstruir cache" @@ -104,17 +104,17 @@ msgid "Adding the Repository..." msgstr "Adicionando o repositório..." -#: src/Source_Download.cc:56 src/Source_Download.cc:320 +#: src/Source_Download.cc:56 src/Source_Download.cc:325 msgid "Downloading " msgstr "Baixando " #. stages: "download", "build cache" -#: src/Source_Download.cc:401 +#: src/Source_Download.cc:406 msgid "Refresh Metadata" msgstr "Atualizar metadados" #. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables) -#: src/Source_Download.cc:409 +#: src/Source_Download.cc:414 msgid "Refreshing Repository..." msgstr "Atualizando repositórios..." Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/printer.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/printer.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/printer.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: printer\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-17 18:05-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101 +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1098 #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135 #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463 #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639 @@ -219,8 +219,8 @@ #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153 +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:217 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1115 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153 #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478 #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657 msgid "Failed to remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf" @@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ #. the currently used driver is then the very first entry in the SelectionBox. #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:187 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:356 #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:588 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:1082 -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1960 src/modules/Printer.rb:1986 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1954 src/modules/Printer.rb:1980 msgid "Select a driver." msgstr "Selecione um driver." @@ -449,8 +449,8 @@ #. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog #. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected #. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:590 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:676 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1150 msgid "Nothing Selected" msgstr "Nada selecionado" @@ -628,8 +628,8 @@ #. Exit this dialog in any case: #. Return at least a list with only a fallback string so that the user is informed: #. Have the PageSize option topmost: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:853 src/modules/Printer.rb:2211 -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2341 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:853 src/modules/Printer.rb:2205 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2335 msgid "No driver options available" msgstr "Nenhuma opção de driver disponível" @@ -954,7 +954,11 @@ #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it #. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason #. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: +#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it +#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason +#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2002 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2061 msgid "The RPM package cups-backends is not installed." msgstr "O pacote RPM cups-backends não está instalado." @@ -963,130 +967,125 @@ msgid "Program (/path/to/command?option=value) [percent-encoded]" msgstr "Programa (/caminho/para/comando?opção=valor) [codificado com sinal de porcentagem]" +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2044 +msgid "To use 'beh', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed." +msgstr "Para usar o 'beh', o pacote RPM cups-backends deve estar instalado." + #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for device URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2139 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2163 msgid "Device URI (for which 'beh' should be applied) [percent-encoded]" msgstr "URI do dispositivo (para o qual 'beh' deve ser aplicado) [codificado com sinal de porcentagem]" #. TRANSLATORS: Check box -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2149 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2173 msgid "Never Disable the Queue" msgstr "Nunca desabilitar a fila" #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2157 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2181 msgid "Number of Retries ('0' means infinite retries)" msgstr "Número de tentativas ('0' significa infinitas)" #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2165 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2189 msgid "Delay in Seconds Between Two Retries" msgstr "Atraso em segundos entre duas tentativas" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2172 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2265 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2197 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2293 msgid "Select a specific connection type." msgstr "Selecione um tipo de conexão específico." #. TRANSLATORS: Label for tree widget description -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2190 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2215 msgid "&Connection Type" msgstr "Tipo de &conexão" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2195 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2220 msgid "Directly Connected Device" msgstr "Dispositivo conectado diretamente" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2198 -msgid "Parallel Port" -msgstr "Porta paralela" - +#. Disabled legacy "Parallel Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog: +#. Item(Id(:parallel), _("Parallel Port")), #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2200 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2226 msgid "USB Port" msgstr "Porta USB" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2202 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2228 msgid "HP Devices (HPLIP)" msgstr "Dispositivos HP (HPLIP)" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2204 -msgid "Serial Port" -msgstr "Porta serial" - +#. Disabled legacy "Serial Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog: +#. Item(Id(:serial), _("Serial Port")), #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2206 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2233 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "Bluetooth" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2212 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2239 msgid "Access Network Printer or Printserver Box via" msgstr "Acessar impressora na rede ou a caixa do servidor de impressão via" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2215 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2242 msgid "TCP Port (AppSocket/JetDirect)" msgstr "Porta TCP (AppSocket/JetDirect)" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2217 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2244 msgid "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol" msgstr "Daemon do protocolo de impressão de linhas (LPD)" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2219 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2246 msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)" msgstr "Protocolo de impressão da Internet (IPP)" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2225 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2252 msgid "Print via Print Server Machine" msgstr "Imprimir servidor de impressão via" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2228 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2255 msgid "Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS)" msgstr "Windows (R) ou Samba (SMB/CIFS)" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2230 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2257 msgid "Traditional UNIX Server (LPR/LPD)" msgstr "Servidor UNIX tradicional (LPR;LPD)" #. `item( `id(`iprint), _("iPrint (Novell OES)") ), #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2233 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2260 msgid "CUPS Server (IPP)" msgstr "Servidor CUPS (IPP)" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2235 -msgid "Novell Netware Print Server (IPX)" -msgstr "Servidor de impressão Novell Netware (IPX)" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2241 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2269 msgid "Special" msgstr "Especial" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2244 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2272 msgid "Specify Arbitrary Device URI" msgstr "Especifique um dispositivo URI arbitrário" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2248 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2276 msgid "Send Print Data to Other Program (pipe)" msgstr "Enviar dados de impressão para outro programa (pipe)" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2251 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2279 msgid "Daisy-chain Backend Error Handler (beh)" msgstr "Manejador de erros da infraestrutura Daisy-chain (beh)" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2262 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2290 msgid "Connection Settings" msgstr "Configurações da conexão" @@ -1101,7 +1100,7 @@ #. and the button with the "back" functionality is named "Cancel". #. According to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008) #. the "finish" button in a single (step) configuration dialog must now be named "OK". -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2285 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2313 msgid "Connection Wizard" msgstr "Assistente de conexão" @@ -1110,12 +1109,12 @@ #. i.e. the scsi backend will be dropped. #. Therefore in yast2-printer SCSI printer support is also dropped. #. Because of the dropped scsi backend there must be a user notification: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2338 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2366 msgid "In CUPS version 1.5 SCSI printer support is dropped." msgstr "O suporte a impressoras SCSI foi retirado na versão 1.5 do CUPS." #. Popup::ErrorDetails details (for experts only): -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2340 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2368 msgid "" "An untested and insecure workaround might be\n" "to set 'FileDevice Yes' in cupsd.conf\n" @@ -1128,13 +1127,13 @@ #. while a Device URI to access a network printer via IPP #. does probably not contain "/printers/" so that this is used here #. as a best effort attempt to distinguish both cases: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2415 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2443 msgid "Select a connection" msgstr "Selecione uma conexão" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected #. because there is no connection available to be selected: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2418 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2446 msgid "" "If no connection is shown here, it is not possible\n" "to access the device via this type of connection.\n" @@ -1144,13 +1143,13 @@ "acessar o dispositivo através desse tipo de conexão.\n" "A impressora esteve conectada e ligada por todo esse tempo?" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2426 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2454 msgid "Select a valid connection" msgstr "Selecione uma conexão válida" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an invalid connection was selected #. because the current connection is no longer valid: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2429 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2457 msgid "" "When the current connection is no longer valid,\n" "it does no longer work to access the device via this connection.\n" @@ -1160,41 +1159,45 @@ "não é mais possível o acesso ao dispositivo através dessa conexão.\n" "A impressora ainda está conectada e ligada?" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2469 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2497 msgid "Serial device and baud rate could not be empty." msgstr "O dispositivo serial e a taxa de transferência de símbolos não podem estar vazios." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2473 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2501 msgid "The 'space' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits." msgstr "A checagem de paridade 'espaço' suporta somente 7 bits de dados." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2481 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2509 msgid "The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit." msgstr "A checagem de paridade 'marca' suporta somente 7 bits de dados e 1 bit de parada." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2523 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2551 msgid "Bluetooth device ID could not be empty." msgstr "O ID de dispositivo Bluetooth não pode estar vazio." #. because special URI characters like ':' or '/' in connection_uri #. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because only the values #. of the URI parts must be percent encoded but not the whole URI. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2536 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2564 msgid "URI could not be empty." msgstr "O URI não pode estar vazio." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2546 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2574 msgid "Servername and printer could not be empty." msgstr "Os nomes do servidor e da impressora não podem estar vazios." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2552 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2580 msgid "Both user and password must be specified." msgstr "Ambos usuário e senha devem ser especificados." #. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in tcp_uri_options #. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because tcp_uri_options #. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2616 +#. Test whether or not a "client-only" server is accessible. +#. @param [String] server_name string of the "client-only" server name +#. +#. @return false if the "client-only" server is not accessible. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2644 src/modules/Printer.rb:2348 msgid "Servername could not be empty." msgstr "O nome do servidor não pode estar vazio." @@ -1204,30 +1207,30 @@ #. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in cups_uri_options #. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because cups_uri_options #. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2654 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2693 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2720 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2682 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2721 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2748 msgid "Servername and queue name could not be empty." msgstr "Os nomes do servidor e da fila não podem estar vazios." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2747 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2775 msgid "Device URI, number of retries, and delay could not be empty." msgstr "O URI do dispositivo, número de tentativas e o atraso não podem estar vazios." #. because special URI characters like '/ ? = &' in pipe #. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because pipe #. contains all like 'path/to/command?option1=value1&option2=value2' -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2761 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2789 msgid "Could not be empty." msgstr "Não pode estar vazio." #. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term #. when no driver is used for a print queue. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2784 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2812 msgid "Select a manufacturer or 'raw queue'." msgstr "Selecione um fabricante ou uma 'fila bruta'." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2802 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2830 msgid "Look up all hosts in the local network" msgstr "Pesquisa todas máquinas na rede local" @@ -1236,11 +1239,11 @@ #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2804 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2831 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2846 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2861 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2876 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2832 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2859 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2874 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2889 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2904 msgid "" "Please wait...\n" "This could take more than a minute." @@ -1249,25 +1252,25 @@ "Isto pode levar mais de um minuto." #. where %1 will be replaced by the port number: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2827 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2855 msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via TCP port %1" msgstr "Pesquisar máquinas acessíveis através da porta TCP %1" #. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case #. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2844 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2872 msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via Samba (SMB)" msgstr "Pesquisar máquinas acessíveis através do Samba (SMB)" #. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case #. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2859 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2887 msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via port 515 (LPD/LPR)" msgstr "Pesquisar máquinas acessíveis através da porta 515 (LDP/LPR)" #. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case #. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2874 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2902 msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via port 631 (CUPS/IPP)" msgstr "Pesquisar máquinas acessíveis através da porta 631 (IPP/CUPS)" @@ -1277,7 +1280,7 @@ #. }); #. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case #. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2901 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2929 msgid "" "Scanning in the network did not find any host.\n" "(Network issue or firewall active?)" @@ -1287,7 +1290,7 @@ #. where %1 will be replaced by the port number #. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2941 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2969 msgid "Access test failed for port '%1' on host '%2'." msgstr "Falha no teste de acesso para a porta '%1' na máquina '%2'." @@ -1297,14 +1300,14 @@ #. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name #. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2968 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2994 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3093 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2996 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3022 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3121 msgid "Access test failed for queue '%1' on host '%2'." msgstr "Falha no teste de acesso para a fila '%1' na máquina '%2'." #. because there is authentication via Active Directory (R) required: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3012 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3040 msgid "" "This is only a generic test which may untruly report failures\n" "if authentication via Active Directory (R) is required.\n" @@ -1318,29 +1321,29 @@ #. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name #. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3043 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3071 msgid "The generic test reports failures for share '%1' on host '%2'." msgstr "O teste genérico relatou falhas para o compartilhamento '%1' na máquina '%2'." #. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name #. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3063 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3091 msgid "Access test failed for share '%1' on host '%2'." msgstr "Falha no teste de acesso ao compartilhamento '%1' na máquina '%2'." #. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3105 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3133 msgid "Test OK" msgstr "Teste OK" #. Without a link name /usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/smb (which is provided by samba-client) #. the rest makes no sense (in particular the ln commands would create nonsense links in $PWD): -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3245 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3273 msgid "To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be installed." msgstr "Para suportar Active Directory (R), o pacote RPM samba-krb-printing deve estar instalado." #. Show a user notification before it gets disabled: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3285 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3313 msgid "Active Directory (R) support will be disabled for all SMB print queues." msgstr "O suporte ao Active Directory (R) será desabilitado para todas as filas de impressão SMB." @@ -1481,67 +1484,60 @@ msgid "SpliX Driver for SPL Printers without JBIG" msgstr "Driver SpliX para impressoras SPL sem JBIG" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package m2300w. -#. There is no need to have the package name "m2300w" in this text -#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:190 -msgid "Driver for Konica Minolta 2300W and 2400W (unmaintained)" -msgstr "Driver para Konica Minolta 2300W e 2400W (não mantido)" - #. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package epson-inkjet-printer-escpr. #. There is no need to have the package name "epson-inkjet-printer-escpr" in this text #. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:201 +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:202 msgid "Epson ESC/P-R Inkjet Printer Driver" msgstr "Driver da impressora Epson ESC/P-R Inkjet" #. Header for a dialog section where the user can #. make a printer description file (PPD file) available #. so that it can be used to set up a print queue with it: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:214 +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:215 msgid "Make a Printer Description File Available" msgstr "Fazer um arquivo de descrição de impressora disponível" #. TextEntry to specify the full path of a PPD file: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:224 +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:225 msgid "Printer description &file name with full path where it is located" msgstr "&Nome do arquivo de descrição de impressora com o caminho completo de onde está localizado" #. Label of a PushButton to open a file selection box #. to browse the file system to select a PPD file: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:234 +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:235 msgid "&Browse" msgstr "&Navegar" #. Header for a AskForExistingFile popup dialog #. to browse the file system to select a PPD file: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:273 +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:274 msgid "Select a printer description file" msgstr "Selecionar um arquivo de descrição de impressora" #. where %1 will be replaced by the file name: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:660 +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:666 msgid "Cannot access '%1'" msgstr "Não foi possível acessar '%1'" #. Simply exit this dialog because it does not make sense to proceed here #. and there is nothing else to be done after this: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:679 +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:685 msgid "The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification." msgstr "O arquivo de descrição da impressora não está em concordância com a especificação." #. when a PPD file is not in compliance: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:694 +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:700 msgid "Use the printer description file regardless of its errors?" msgstr "Usar o arquivo de descrição de impressora apesar do seus erros?" #. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline #. when PPD file is not in compliance: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:699 +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:705 msgid "A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures." msgstr "Um arquivo de descrição de impressora em não conformidade, pode levar a falhas arbitrárias." -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:716 +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:722 msgid "Failed to make the printer description file available" msgstr "Falha ao tornar o arquivo de descrição da impressora disponível" @@ -2342,12 +2338,42 @@ #. ConnectionWizardDialog help 2/7: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:450 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p>\n" +#| "<b><big>Printer Device URI</big></b><br>\n" +#| "A connection is specified as so called <b>device URI</b>.<br>\n" +#| "Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-transfer,\n" +#| "for example 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'.<br>\n" +#| "After the scheme there are more or less additional components\n" +#| "which specify the details for this kind of data-transfer.<br>\n" +#| "Space characters are not allowed in an URI.\n" +#| "Therefore a space character in a value of an URI component\n" +#| "is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character).<br>\n" +#| "The components of an URI are separated by special reserved characters like\n" +#| "colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign '='.<br>\n" +#| "Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark '?')\n" +#| "of the form 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3' so that\n" +#| "a full device URI could be for example:<br>\n" +#| "ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false<br>\n" +#| "Some examples:<br>\n" +#| "A USB printer model 'Fun Printer 1000+' made by 'ACME'\n" +#| "with serial number 'A1B2C3' may have a device URI like:<br>\n" +#| "usb://ACME/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B?serial=A1B2C3<br>\n" +#| "A network printer with IP 192.168.100.1 which is accessible\n" +#| "via port 9100 may have a device URI like:<br>\n" +#| "socket://192.168.100.1:9100<br>\n" +#| "A network printer with IP 192.168.100.2 which is accessible\n" +#| "via LPD protocol with a remote LPD queue name 'LPT1'\n" +#| "may have a device URI like:<br>\n" +#| "lpd://192.168.100.2/LPT1\n" +#| "</p>" msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Printer Device URI</big></b><br>\n" "A connection is specified as so called <b>device URI</b>.<br>\n" "Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-transfer,\n" -"for example 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'.<br>\n" +"for example 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'.<br>\n" "After the scheme there are more or less additional components\n" "which specify the details for this kind of data-transfer.<br>\n" "Space characters are not allowed in an URI.\n" @@ -2558,61 +2584,13 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Device URIs for Directly Connected Devices</big></b><br>\n" -"Devices which are connected via the parallel port or via USB\n" +"Devices which are connected via USB\n" "are autodetected and the appropriate device URI is autogenerated.\n" "For example:<br>\n" -"parallel:/dev/lp0<br>\n" -"usb://ACME/Fun%20Printer?serial=A1B2C3<br>\n" -"hp:/usb/HP_LaserJet?serial=1234<br>\n" -"Usually only the autogenerated device URIs work.\n" -"When the device is not autodetected, there is usually no communication\n" -"with the device possible and no data can be sent to the device.<br>\n" -"To access a HP printer or all-in-one device via the backend 'hp',\n" -"the RPM package hplip must be installed.\n" -"The package provides HP's printing and scanning software HPLIP.<br>\n" -"In contrast devices which are connected via serial port or bluetooth\n" -"are not autodetected so that the device URI must be manually specified.\n" -"The serial device URI parameters must comply with\n" -"what the serial port in the printer requires,\n" -"see the manual of your serial printer.\n" -"Example device URIs:<br>\n" -"serial:/dev/ttyS9?baud=9600+bits=8+parity=none+flow=soft+stop=1<br>\n" -"bluetooth://1A2B3C4D5E6F<br>\n" -"To access a device via bluetooth, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed.\n" -"The package provides the CUPS backend 'bluetooth' which actually sends the data\n" -"to a bluetooth printer.\n" -"</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>\n" -"<b><big>URIs de dispositivo para dispositivos conectados diretamente</big></b><br>\n" -"Dispositivos que são conectados através da porta paralela ou via USB\n" -"são detectados automaticamente e o URI apropriado para o dispositivo é gerado automaticamente.\n" -"Por exemplo:<br>\n" -"parallel:/dev/lp0<br>\n" -"usb://ACME/Fun%20Printer?serial=A1B2C3<br>\n" -"hp:/usb/HP_LaserJet?serial=1234<br>\n" -"Normalmente somente os URIs geradas automaticamente para o dispositivo funcionam.\n" -"Quando o dispositivo não for detectado automaticamente, normalmente não existe nenhuma comunicação\n" -"com o dispositivo e nenhum dado pode ser enviado a ele.<br>\n" -"Para acessar uma impressora HP ou um dispositivo multifuncional pelo backend 'hp',\n" -"o pacote RPM hplip deve estar instalado.\n" -"O pacote fornece o software HPLIP para impressão e digitalização.<br>\n" -"Em comparação, dispositivos conectados na porta serial ou bluetooth\n" -"não são detectados automaticamente, então um URI deve\n" -"ser especificado manualmente.\n" -"Os parâmetros do URI do dispositivo serial devem estar de acordo com\n" -"o que a porta serial na impressora requer,\n" -"veja o manual da sua impressora serial.\n" -"Exemplos de URIs de dispositivos:<br>\n" -"serial:/dev/ttyS9?baud=9600+bits=8+parity=none+flow=soft+stop=1<br>\n" -"bluetooth://1A2B3C4D5E6F<br>\n" -"Para acessar um dispositivo via bluetooth, o pacote RPM bluez-cups deve estar instalado.\n" -"O pacote fornece o backend 'bluetooth' para o CUPS, que envia os dados\n" -"para uma impressora bluetooth.\n" -"</p>" #. ConnectionWizardDialog help 5/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:586 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:588 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big></b><br>\n" @@ -2687,7 +2665,92 @@ "</p>\n" #. ConnectionWizardDialog help 6/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:625 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:627 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p>\n" +#| "<b><big>Device URIs to Print Via a Print Server Machine</big></b><br>\n" +#| "In contrast to a printserver box a print server machine\n" +#| "means a real computer which offers a print service.<br>\n" +#| "Access happens via various different network protocols.\n" +#| "Ask your network administrator what which print server machine\n" +#| "provides in your particular network:<br>\n" +#| "<b>Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS)</b><br>\n" +#| "To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed.\n" +#| "The package provides the CUPS backend 'smb' which is a link to\n" +#| "the <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt> program which actually sends the data\n" +#| "to a SMB printer share.<br>\n" +#| "A server name and a printer share name and optionally a workgroup name\n" +#| "is needed to access it.\n" +#| "Furthermore a user name and a password may be required to get access.\n" +#| "Have in mind that spaces and special characters in those values\n" +#| "must be percent-encoded (see above).<br>\n" +#| "By default CUPS runs backends (here smbspool) as user 'lp'.\n" +#| "When printing in an Active Directory (R) environment (AD)\n" +#| "the user 'lp' is not allowed to print in this environment\n" +#| "so that the traditional way to print via smbspool as user 'lp'\n" +#| "would not work.<br>\n" +#| "For printing in an AD environment additionally\n" +#| "the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be installed.\n" +#| "In this case the CUPS backend 'smb' link\n" +#| "is changed to <tt>/usr/bin/get_printing_ticket</tt>\n" +#| "which is a wrapper to run smbspool as the original user\n" +#| "who submitted a particular print job.\n" +#| "When the Kerberos protocol is used for authentication\n" +#| "in an AD environment, a user gets a ticket granting ticket (TGT)\n" +#| "via the display manager during login at the Gnome or KDE desktop.\n" +#| "When smbspool is run as the original user who submitted\n" +#| "a particular print job, it can access the TGT of this user\n" +#| "and use it to pass the printing data to the SMB printer share\n" +#| "even in an AD environment with Kerberos authentication.\n" +#| "In this case neither a fixed user name nor a fixed password\n" +#| "has to be specified for authentication.\n" +#| "A precondition is that get_printing_ticket runs on the same host\n" +#| "where the user who submitted a particular print job is logged in.\n" +#| "This means that it must be set up on the workstation\n" +#| "for the particular user who will submit such print jobs\n" +#| "and the user's workstation must send its printing data\n" +#| "directly to the SMB printer share in the AD environment.\n" +#| "In particular it does not work on a separated CUPS server machine\n" +#| "where users who submit print jobs are not logged in.<br>\n" +#| "For the traditional way a matching full device URI is:<br>\n" +#| "smb://username:password@workgroup/server/printer<br>\n" +#| "For example 'John Doe' with password '@home!' may use something like\n" +#| "the following device URI to access a 'Fun Printer 1000+' share:<br>\n" +#| "smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B<br>\n" +#| "For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>man smbspool</tt> and<br>\n" +#| "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share<br>\n" +#| "'Windows' and 'Active Directory' are registered trademarks\n" +#| "of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.<br>\n" +#| "<b>Traditional UNIX Server (LPR)</b><br>\n" +#| "A Line Printer Daemon (LPD) runs on a traditional UNIX server\n" +#| "and provides one or more LPD queues.\n" +#| "The IP address and a LPD queue name is needed to access it.\n" +#| "The matching device URI is:<br>\n" +#| "lpd://ip-address/queue<br>\n" +#| "<b>CUPS Server</b><br>\n" +#| "Usually you should not set up a local print queue to access\n" +#| "a remote queue on a CUPS server. Instead do the setup\n" +#| "in the <b>Print Via Network</b> dialog.\n" +#| "Only if you really know that you must set up a local print queue\n" +#| "to access a remote queue on a CUPS server proceed here.<br>\n" +#| "IPP is the native protocol for CUPS which runs on a server.\n" +#| "The official IANA port for IPP is 631.\n" +#| "The matching device URI is:<br>\n" +#| "ipp://ip-address:631/printers/queue<br>\n" +#| "<b>Novell Netware Print Server (IPX)</b><br>\n" +#| "To access print queues on a Novell Netware print server,\n" +#| "the RPM package ncpfs must be installed.\n" +#| "The package provides the CUPS backend 'novell' which runs\n" +#| "the <tt>nprint</tt> program which actually sends the data\n" +#| "to a Novell Netware print queue.\n" +#| "A server name and a printer queue name is needed to access it.\n" +#| "Furthermore a user name and a password may be required to get access.\n" +#| "The matching device URI is:<br>\n" +#| "novell://username:password@server/queue<br>\n" +#| "For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>man nprint</tt> and\n" +#| "the other documentation in the RPM package ncpfs.\n" +#| "</p>" msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Device URIs to Print Via a Print Server Machine</big></b><br>\n" @@ -2759,19 +2822,6 @@ "The official IANA port for IPP is 631.\n" "The matching device URI is:<br>\n" "ipp://ip-address:631/printers/queue<br>\n" -"<b>Novell Netware Print Server (IPX)</b><br>\n" -"To access print queues on a Novell Netware print server,\n" -"the RPM package ncpfs must be installed.\n" -"The package provides the CUPS backend 'novell' which runs\n" -"the <tt>nprint</tt> program which actually sends the data\n" -"to a Novell Netware print queue.\n" -"A server name and a printer queue name is needed to access it.\n" -"Furthermore a user name and a password may be required to get access.\n" -"The matching device URI is:<br>\n" -"novell://username:password@server/queue<br>\n" -"For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>man nprint</tt> and\n" -"the other documentation in the RPM package ncpfs.\n" -"</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>URIs de dispositivos para imprimir através de um computador servidor de impressão</big></b><br>\n" @@ -2858,7 +2908,46 @@ "</p>" #. ConnectionWizardDialog help 7/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:711 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:714 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p>\n" +#| "<b><big>Special Device URIs</big></b><br>\n" +#| "<b>Specify an Arbitrary Device URI</b>\n" +#| "if you know the exact right device URI for your particular case\n" +#| "or to modify an existing device URI in a special way.<br>\n" +#| "<b>Send Print Data to Other Program (pipe)</b><br>\n" +#| "To do this, the RPM package cups-backends must be installed.\n" +#| "The package provides the CUPS backend 'pipe' which runs\n" +#| "the program that you specified here.\n" +#| "The matching device URI is:<br>\n" +#| "pipe:/path/to/targetcommand<br>\n" +#| "<b>Daisy-chain Backend Error Handler (beh)</b><br>\n" +#| "To do this, the RPM package cups-backends must be installed.\n" +#| "The package provides the CUPS backend 'beh'.<br>\n" +#| "The backend 'beh' is a wrapper for the usual backend,\n" +#| "which is then called by beh.\n" +#| "This way beh can, depending on its configuration,\n" +#| "repeat the call of the backend or simply hide the error status\n" +#| "of the backend from being seen by the CUPS daemon.\n" +#| "The matching device URI is:<br>\n" +#| "beh:/nodisable/attempts/delay/originalDeviceURI<br>\n" +#| "If nodisable is '1' beh always exits successfully\n" +#| "so that the queue gets never disabled but on the other hand\n" +#| "print jobs are lost if there is an error.<br>\n" +#| "Attempts is the number of attempts to recall the backend\n" +#| "in case of an error. '0' means infinite retries.<br>\n" +#| "Delay is the number of seconds between two attempts\n" +#| "to call the backend.<br>\n" +#| "The last parameter is the original URI, which the queue had before.<br>\n" +#| "Example:<br>\n" +#| "beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-address:port-number<br>\n" +#| "The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second delay\n" +#| "between the attempts. If access still fails, the queue is not disabled\n" +#| "and the print job is lost.<br>\n" +#| "For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> and<br>\n" +#| "http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler<br>\n" +#| "</p>" msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Special Device URIs</big></b><br>\n" @@ -2872,7 +2961,7 @@ "The matching device URI is:<br>\n" "pipe:/path/to/targetcommand<br>\n" "<b>Daisy-chain Backend Error Handler (beh)</b><br>\n" -"To do this, the RPM package foomatic-filters must be installed.\n" +"To do this, the RPM package cups-backends must be installed.\n" "The package provides the CUPS backend 'beh'.<br>\n" "The backend 'beh' is a wrapper for the usual backend,\n" "which is then called by beh.\n" @@ -2899,45 +2988,45 @@ "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>URIs de dispositivos especiais</big></b><br>\n" -"<b>Especifique um URI de um dispositivo arbitrário</b>\n" -"se você conhecer o URI de dispositivo exato para o seu caso em particular\n" -"ou para modificar um URI de dispositivo em um modo especial.<br>\n" +"<b><big>Dispositivos especiais URI</big></b><br>\n" +"<b>Especifique um dispositivo arbitrário URI</b>\n" +"se você conhecer o dispositivo URI exato para o seu caso em particular\n" +"ou para modificar um dispositivo URI em um modo especial.<br>\n" "<b>Enviar dados de impressão para outro programa (pipe)</b><br>\n" "Para fazer isto, o pacote RPM cups-backends deve estar instalado.\n" -"O pacote fornece a interface CUPS 'pipe', que executa o\n" +"O pacote fornece o interfaces do CUPS 'pipe', que executam o\n" "programa que você especificou aqui.\n" -"O URI do dispositivo correspondente é:<br>\n" +"A correspondencia do dispositivo URI é:<br>\n" "pipe:/caminho/para/comandodestino<br>\n" -"<b>Manipulador de erros da infraestrutura Daisy-chain (beh)</b><br>\n" -"Para fazer isto, o pacote RPM foomatic_filters deve estar instalado.\n" -"O pacote fornece a interface CUPS 'beh'.<br>\n" +"<b>Manejador de errors da infraestrutura Daisy-chain (beh)</b><br>\n" +"Para fazer isto, o pacote RPM cups-backends deve estar instalado.\n" +"O pacote fornece a inteface para o CUPS 'beh'.<br>\n" "A interface 'beh' é um wrapper para a interface habitual,\n" "que é chamada pelo beh.\n" -"Deste modo, o beh pode, dependendo de sua configuração,\n" +"No modo beh pode, dependendo desta configuração,\n" "repetir a chamada da interface ou simplesmente esconder o status de erro\n" -"da interface que é vista pelo daemon do CUPS.\n" -"O URI do dispositivo correspondente é:<br>\n" -"beh:/não desabilitar/tentativas/intervalo/DispositivoOriginalURI<br>\n" -"Se 'não desabilitar' for '1', beh sempre termina com sucesso\n" -"de modo que a fila nunca é desabilitada mas por outro lado\n" -"trabalhos de impressão são perdidos se houver um erro.<br>\n" -"Tentativas é o número de tentativas de chamar a interface\n" +"da inteface que é vista pelo daemon do CUPS.\n" +"A correspondência do dispositivo URI é:<br>\n" +"beh:/não desabilita/tentativas/intevalo/DispositivoOriginalURI<br>\n" +"Se desabilitado é beh '1' sempre termina com sucesso\n" +"tanto que a fila nonca é desabilitada mas de outra outra forma\n" +"trabalhos impressos são perdidos se houver um erro.<br>\n" +"Tentativas é o número de tentativa de chamar a interface\n" "no caso de um erro. '0' significa tentativas infinitas.<br>\n" -"Intervalo é o número de segundos entre duas tentativas\n" +"Intevalo é o número de secundos entre duas tentativas\n" "para chamar a interface.<br>\n" -"O último parâmetro é o URI original, que a fila possuía anteriormente.<br>\n" -"Exemplo:<br>\n" +"O último parâmetro é o URI original, que a fila tinha antes.<br>\n" +"Examplo:<br>\n" "beh:/1/3/5/socket://endereço_ip:número_da_porta<br>\n" -"A interface beh tenta acessar a impressora na rede 3 vezes com 5 segundos de intervalo\n" -"entre cada tentativa. Se o acesso ainda falhar, a fila não é desabilitada\n" -"e o trabalho de impressão é perdido.<br>\n" +"A itneface beh tenta acessar a impressora na rede 3 vezes com 5 segundos de intervalo\n" +"entre cada tentativa. Se o acesso ainda falhar, a fila náo é desabilitada\n" +"e o trabalho de impressão é predido.<br>\n" "<b>Para mais informações </b> dê uma olhada em <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> e<br>\n" -"http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler\n" +"http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler<br>\n" "</p>" #. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 1/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:752 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:755 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Printing Via Network</big></b><br>\n" @@ -3010,7 +3099,7 @@ "</p>" #. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 2/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:789 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:792 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If you can access remote CUPS servers for printing\n" @@ -3039,7 +3128,7 @@ "</p>" #. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 3/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:804 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:807 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS server,\n" @@ -3066,7 +3155,7 @@ "</p>" #. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 4/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:818 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:821 msgid "" "<p>\n" "You have to set up an appropriate print queue on your host\n" @@ -3091,7 +3180,7 @@ "</p>" #. SharingDialog help 1/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:832 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:835 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Sharing Print Queues and Publish Them Via Network</big></b><br>\n" @@ -3114,7 +3203,7 @@ "</p>" #. SharingDialog help 2/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:844 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:847 msgid "" "<p>\n" "First of all CUPS client systems must be allowed to access the CUPS server.\n" @@ -3141,7 +3230,7 @@ "</p>" #. SharingDialog help 3/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:858 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:861 msgid "" "<p>\n" "There are various ways which can coexist how to specify\n" @@ -3175,7 +3264,7 @@ "</p>" #. SharingDialog help 4/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:876 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:879 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Regarding firewall:<br>\n" @@ -3242,7 +3331,7 @@ "</p>" #. Policies help 1/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:911 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:914 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>CUPS Operation Policy</big></b><br>\n" @@ -3261,14 +3350,37 @@ "</p>" #. Policies help 2/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:921 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:924 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p>\n" +#| "<b><big>CUPS Error Policy</big></b><br>\n" +#| "The error policy defines the default policy that is used when\n" +#| "CUPS fails to send a print job to the printer device.<br>\n" +#| "Depending on the particular way how the printer is connected\n" +#| "(for example 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'),\n" +#| "and depending on the actual kind of failure,\n" +#| "the CUPS backend which actually sends the data to the printer\n" +#| "can overwrite the default error policy\n" +#| "and enforce another error policy (see <tt>man backend</tt>).\n" +#| "For example it can stop any further printing attempt\n" +#| "even when the default error policy is to retry the job.\n" +#| "This could happen when any attempt to establish\n" +#| "the communication with the printer is useless\n" +#| "so that it does no make sense to retry the job.\n" +#| "<br>\n" +#| "The following error policies exist:<br>\n" +#| "Stop the printer and keep the job for future printing.<br>\n" +#| "Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by default).<br>\n" +#| "Abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job.\n" +#| "</p>" msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>CUPS Error Policy</big></b><br>\n" "The error policy defines the default policy that is used when\n" "CUPS fails to send a print job to the printer device.<br>\n" "Depending on the particular way how the printer is connected\n" -"(for example 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'),\n" +"(for example 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'),\n" "and depending on the actual kind of failure,\n" "the CUPS backend which actually sends the data to the printer\n" "can overwrite the default error policy\n" @@ -3308,7 +3420,7 @@ "</p>" #. Autoconfig help 1/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:946 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:949 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Automatic Configuration for Local Connected Printers</big></b><br>\n" @@ -3341,7 +3453,7 @@ "</p>" #. Autoconfig help 2/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:963 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:966 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Automatic Configuration for USB Printers</big></b><br>\n" @@ -3512,67 +3624,67 @@ "(isto pode demorar algum tempo)" #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:201 msgid "Do no longer use the inaccessible CUPS server '%1'?" msgstr "Não utilizar mais o servidor CUPS inacessível '%1'?" #. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:207 msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used." msgstr "Para prosseguir, você deve concordar que '%1' não será mais usado." #. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed #. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and #. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:223 src/include/printer/overview.rb:234 msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." msgstr "Um servidor inacessível acarreta em uma sequência interminável de atrasos e falhas." #. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:253 msgid "CUPS Server %1" msgstr "Servidor CUPS %1" #. Busy message: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:277 msgid "Testing if CUPS server is accessible..." msgstr "Testando a acessibilidade do servidor CUPS..." #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:592 src/include/printer/overview.rb:678 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1152 msgid "Select an entry." msgstr "Selecione uma entrada." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:605 msgid "Cannot Delete" msgstr "Não foi possível remover" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:607 msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." msgstr "Esta é uma configuração remota. Somente configurações locais podem ser removidas." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:614 msgid "Confirm Deletion" msgstr "Confirmar remoção" #. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:616 msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored." msgstr "A configuração selecionada seria removida imediatamente e não pode ser restaurada." #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:620 msgid "Delete configuration %1" msgstr "Remover a configuração %1" #. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:622 msgid "Do not delete it" msgstr "Não remover" @@ -3583,33 +3695,33 @@ #. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module #. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident #. with whatever other setup tool: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:637 msgid "Confirm Deletion of a Class" msgstr "Confirmar remoção de uma classe" #. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:639 msgid "A deleted class cannot be re-created with this tool." msgstr "Uma classe removida não pode ser recriada com essa ferramenta." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:685 msgid "Rejecting Print Jobs" msgstr "Rejeitando trabalhos de impressão" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:687 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected." msgstr "A página de teste não pode ser impressa porque trabalhos estão sendo rejeitados." #. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side. #. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting". #. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:697 msgid "Printout Disabled" msgstr "Impressão desabilitada" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:699 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled." msgstr "A página de teste não pode ser impressa porque a impressão está desabilitada." @@ -3618,25 +3730,25 @@ #. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled. #. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback #. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:728 msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed." msgstr "Existem trabalhos de impressão pendentes que podem ser removidos antes que a página de teste seja impressa." #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:748 src/include/printer/overview.rb:917 msgid "Delete Pending Print Jobs For %1" msgstr "Remover trabalhos de impressão pendentes para %1" #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:756 msgid "Delete them before printing testpage" msgstr "Removê-los antes de imprimir a página de teste" #. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759 msgid "Print testpage after the other jobs" msgstr "Imprimir a página de teste depois dos outros trabalhos" @@ -3644,7 +3756,7 @@ #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:772 src/include/printer/overview.rb:941 msgid "Failed to delete all pending jobs for %1." msgstr "Falha ao remover todos os trabalhos pendentes para %1." @@ -3663,28 +3775,28 @@ #. + (Printed with CUPS) show #. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage #. and it is now independent of the CUPS version. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:799 msgid "Test printout" msgstr "Testar impressão" #. Popup::AnyQuestion message: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:801 msgid "Print one or two pages e.g. to test duplex printing" msgstr "Imprima uma ou duas páginas, por exemplo, para testar a impressão dupla face" #. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:803 msgid "Single test page" msgstr "Página de teste única" #. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:805 msgid "Two test pages" msgstr "Duas páginas de teste" #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:835 msgid "Failed to print testpage for %1." msgstr "Falha ao imprimir página de teste para %1." @@ -3692,25 +3804,25 @@ #. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime) #. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side. #. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:852 msgid "Wait Until Testpage Printing Finished" msgstr "Aguarde até que a impressão da página de teste seja concluída" #. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:856 msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon." msgstr "Enviando página de teste para %1. A impressão deve começar logo." #. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label #. regarding a positive testpage printout result: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:861 msgid "Testpage printout was successful" msgstr "A impressão da página de teste foi bem sucedida" #. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label #. regarding a negative testpage printout result: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864 msgid "Testpage printing failed" msgstr "Falha na impressão da página de teste" @@ -3730,53 +3842,53 @@ #. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters. #. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback #. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:897 msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted now." msgstr "Existem trabalhos de impressão pendentes que podem ser removidos agora." #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:925 msgid "Delete all pending jobs" msgstr "Remover todos os trabalhos pendentes" #. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928 msgid "Do not delete them" msgstr "Não remova-os" #. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1043 msgid "For the full log, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file." msgstr "Para o log completo, veja o arquivo /var/log/cups/error_log." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1048 msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" msgstr "Informação de log do CUPS enquanto processava a página de testes para %1 (apenas em inglês)" #. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty, #. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1065 msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file." msgstr "Para informações do log do CUPS, veja o arquivo /var/log/cups/error_log." #. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1075 msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system." msgstr "Quando a impressão através de um sistema remoto falha, você deve perguntar ao administrador do sistema remoto." #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1102 msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration." msgstr "Um servidor CUPS remoto possui configurações que conflitam com a adição de configurações." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1159 msgid "Cannot Modify" msgstr "Não foi possível alterar" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1161 msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." msgstr "Esta é uma configuração remota.Somente configurações locais podem ser modificadas." @@ -4478,125 +4590,54 @@ msgstr "Determinando os drivers correspondentes..." #. show a meaningful text as fallback entry ('Find More' is a button label). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1594 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1588 msgid "No matching driver found. Change the search string or try 'Find More'." msgstr "Nenhum driver correspondente foi encontrado. Altere a string de pesquisa ou tente 'Localizar mais'." #. Busy message: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1619 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1613 msgid "Processing many printer drivers. Please wait..." msgstr "Processando muitos drivers de impressora. Por favor, aguarde..." #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2065 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2059 msgid "Failed to add queue %1." msgstr "Falha ao adicionar fila %1." #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2185 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2179 msgid "Failed to delete configuration %1." msgstr "Falha ao remover a configuração %1." #. Only a simple message because this is only a fallback case #. which should not happen at all: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2208 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2202 msgid "Failed to determine the driver options." msgstr "Falha ao determinar as opções do driver." #. Info for a currently selected item which is to be set as new value in the system: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2215 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2209 msgid "new value" msgstr "novo valor" #. Info for a current setting which is the currently still saved value in the system: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2217 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2211 msgid "saved value" msgstr "valor salvo" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2366 -msgid "The server '%1' is not accessible via port 631 (IPP/CUPS)." -msgstr "O servidor '%1' não está acessível via porta 631 (IPP/CUPS)." +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2358 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The server use &TLS" +msgid "The server '" +msgstr "O servidor utiliza &TLS" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2371 -msgid "The server '%1' responds to a 'ping' in the network." -msgstr "O servidor '%1' responde a um 'ping' na rede." - -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2376 -msgid "The server '%1' does not respond to a 'ping' in the network." -msgstr "O servidor '%1' não responde ao 'ping' na rede." - -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2381 -msgid "The server name '%1' is known in the network." -msgstr "O nome do servidor '%1' é conhecido na rede." - -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2386 -msgid "The server name '%1' is not known in the network." -msgstr "O nome do servidor '%1' não é conhecido na rede." - -#. but in most cases TestClientOnlyServer is called -#. indirectly without a button click by the user -#. so that even the netcat test is silently skipped -#. and no negative feedback is shown when netcat is not executable: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2404 -msgid "Cannot execute the program 'netcat'." -msgstr "Não foi possível executar o programa 'netcat'." - -#. Popup::ErrorDetails details: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2409 -msgid "The RPM package 'netcat' is required for a meaningful test." -msgstr "O pacote RPM 'netcat' é necessário para um teste significativo." - -#. but it the less meaningful test is not really important -#. so that the less meaningful test is silently skipped -#. and no negative feedback is shown when ping is not executable: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2445 -msgid "Cannot execute the program 'ping'." -msgstr "Não foi possível executar o programa 'ping'." - -#. Popup::ErrorDetails details: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2454 -msgid "The RPM package 'iputils' is required for a meaningful test." -msgstr "O pacote RPM 'iputils' é necessário para um teste significativo." - -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2483 -msgid "The server '%1' is not accessible." -msgstr "O servidor '%1' não está acessível." - -#. but it the last test is not really important -#. so that the last test is silently skipped -#. and no negative feedback is shown when host is not executable: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2546 -msgid "Cannot execute the program 'host'." -msgstr "Não foi possível executar o programa 'host'." - -#. Popup::ErrorDetails details: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2555 -msgid "The RPM package 'bind-utils' is required for a meaningful test." -msgstr "O pacote RPM 'bind-utils' é necessário para um teste significativo." - -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2582 -msgid "The server '%1' does not respond in the network." -msgstr "O servidor '%1' não responde na rede." - -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2644 -msgid "The server '%1' is unknown." -msgstr "O servidor '%1' é desconhecido." - #. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. #. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. #. Do not change or translate "DISPLAY", it is an environment variable name. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2673 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2371 msgid "" "Cannot run hp-setup because no graphical display can be opened.\n" "This happens in particular when YaST runs in text-only mode,\n" @@ -4612,7 +4653,7 @@ #. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. #. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2683 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2381 msgid "" "Cannot run hp-setup because\n" "/usr/bin/hp-setup is not executable\n" @@ -4624,7 +4665,7 @@ #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback. #. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2691 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2389 msgid "" "Launched hp-setup.\n" "You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer configuration.\n" @@ -4636,7 +4677,7 @@ #. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. #. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a package name. #. Translate 'Driver Packages' the same as the PushButton name to go to the "Add Driver" dialog: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2725 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2423 msgid "" "To run hp-setup, the RPM package hplip must be installed.\n" "Use 'Driver Packages' to install it." @@ -4786,6 +4827,193 @@ msgid "&Skip waiting" msgstr "&Ignorar espera" +#~ msgid "Parallel Port" +#~ msgstr "Porta paralela" + +#~ msgid "Serial Port" +#~ msgstr "Porta serial" + +#~ msgid "Novell Netware Print Server (IPX)" +#~ msgstr "Servidor de impressão Novell Netware (IPX)" + +#~ msgid "Driver for Konica Minolta 2300W and 2400W (unmaintained)" +#~ msgstr "Driver para Konica Minolta 2300W e 2400W (não mantido)" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "<b><big>Device URIs for Directly Connected Devices</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "Devices which are connected via the parallel port or via USB\n" +#~ "are autodetected and the appropriate device URI is autogenerated.\n" +#~ "For example:<br>\n" +#~ "parallel:/dev/lp0<br>\n" +#~ "usb://ACME/Fun%20Printer?serial=A1B2C3<br>\n" +#~ "hp:/usb/HP_LaserJet?serial=1234<br>\n" +#~ "Usually only the autogenerated device URIs work.\n" +#~ "When the device is not autodetected, there is usually no communication\n" +#~ "with the device possible and no data can be sent to the device.<br>\n" +#~ "To access a HP printer or all-in-one device via the backend 'hp',\n" +#~ "the RPM package hplip must be installed.\n" +#~ "The package provides HP's printing and scanning software HPLIP.<br>\n" +#~ "In contrast devices which are connected via serial port or bluetooth\n" +#~ "are not autodetected so that the device URI must be manually specified.\n" +#~ "The serial device URI parameters must comply with\n" +#~ "what the serial port in the printer requires,\n" +#~ "see the manual of your serial printer.\n" +#~ "Example device URIs:<br>\n" +#~ "serial:/dev/ttyS9?baud=9600+bits=8+parity=none+flow=soft+stop=1<br>\n" +#~ "bluetooth://1A2B3C4D5E6F<br>\n" +#~ "To access a device via bluetooth, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed.\n" +#~ "The package provides the CUPS backend 'bluetooth' which actually sends the data\n" +#~ "to a bluetooth printer.\n" +#~ "</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "<b><big>URIs de dispositivo para dispositivos conectados diretamente</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "Dispositivos que são conectados através da porta paralela ou via USB\n" +#~ "são detectados automaticamente e o URI apropriado para o dispositivo é gerado automaticamente.\n" +#~ "Por exemplo:<br>\n" +#~ "parallel:/dev/lp0<br>\n" +#~ "usb://ACME/Fun%20Printer?serial=A1B2C3<br>\n" +#~ "hp:/usb/HP_LaserJet?serial=1234<br>\n" +#~ "Normalmente somente os URIs geradas automaticamente para o dispositivo funcionam.\n" +#~ "Quando o dispositivo não for detectado automaticamente, normalmente não existe nenhuma comunicação\n" +#~ "com o dispositivo e nenhum dado pode ser enviado a ele.<br>\n" +#~ "Para acessar uma impressora HP ou um dispositivo multifuncional pelo backend 'hp',\n" +#~ "o pacote RPM hplip deve estar instalado.\n" +#~ "O pacote fornece o software HPLIP para impressão e digitalização.<br>\n" +#~ "Em comparação, dispositivos conectados na porta serial ou bluetooth\n" +#~ "não são detectados automaticamente, então um URI deve\n" +#~ "ser especificado manualmente.\n" +#~ "Os parâmetros do URI do dispositivo serial devem estar de acordo com\n" +#~ "o que a porta serial na impressora requer,\n" +#~ "veja o manual da sua impressora serial.\n" +#~ "Exemplos de URIs de dispositivos:<br>\n" +#~ "serial:/dev/ttyS9?baud=9600+bits=8+parity=none+flow=soft+stop=1<br>\n" +#~ "bluetooth://1A2B3C4D5E6F<br>\n" +#~ "Para acessar um dispositivo via bluetooth, o pacote RPM bluez-cups deve estar instalado.\n" +#~ "O pacote fornece o backend 'bluetooth' para o CUPS, que envia os dados\n" +#~ "para uma impressora bluetooth.\n" +#~ "</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "<b><big>Special Device URIs</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "<b>Specify an Arbitrary Device URI</b>\n" +#~ "if you know the exact right device URI for your particular case\n" +#~ "or to modify an existing device URI in a special way.<br>\n" +#~ "<b>Send Print Data to Other Program (pipe)</b><br>\n" +#~ "To do this, the RPM package cups-backends must be installed.\n" +#~ "The package provides the CUPS backend 'pipe' which runs\n" +#~ "the program that you specified here.\n" +#~ "The matching device URI is:<br>\n" +#~ "pipe:/path/to/targetcommand<br>\n" +#~ "<b>Daisy-chain Backend Error Handler (beh)</b><br>\n" +#~ "To do this, the RPM package foomatic-filters must be installed.\n" +#~ "The package provides the CUPS backend 'beh'.<br>\n" +#~ "The backend 'beh' is a wrapper for the usual backend,\n" +#~ "which is then called by beh.\n" +#~ "This way beh can, depending on its configuration,\n" +#~ "repeat the call of the backend or simply hide the error status\n" +#~ "of the backend from being seen by the CUPS daemon.\n" +#~ "The matching device URI is:<br>\n" +#~ "beh:/nodisable/attempts/delay/originalDeviceURI<br>\n" +#~ "If nodisable is '1' beh always exits successfully\n" +#~ "so that the queue gets never disabled but on the other hand\n" +#~ "print jobs are lost if there is an error.<br>\n" +#~ "Attempts is the number of attempts to recall the backend\n" +#~ "in case of an error. '0' means infinite retries.<br>\n" +#~ "Delay is the number of seconds between two attempts\n" +#~ "to call the backend.<br>\n" +#~ "The last parameter is the original URI, which the queue had before.<br>\n" +#~ "Example:<br>\n" +#~ "beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-address:port-number<br>\n" +#~ "The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second delay\n" +#~ "between the attempts. If access still fails, the queue is not disabled\n" +#~ "and the print job is lost.<br>\n" +#~ "For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> and<br>\n" +#~ "http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler\n" +#~ "</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "<b><big>URIs de dispositivos especiais</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "<b>Especifique um URI de um dispositivo arbitrário</b>\n" +#~ "se você conhecer o URI de dispositivo exato para o seu caso em particular\n" +#~ "ou para modificar um URI de dispositivo em um modo especial.<br>\n" +#~ "<b>Enviar dados de impressão para outro programa (pipe)</b><br>\n" +#~ "Para fazer isto, o pacote RPM cups-backends deve estar instalado.\n" +#~ "O pacote fornece a interface CUPS 'pipe', que executa o\n" +#~ "programa que você especificou aqui.\n" +#~ "O URI do dispositivo correspondente é:<br>\n" +#~ "pipe:/caminho/para/comandodestino<br>\n" +#~ "<b>Manipulador de erros da infraestrutura Daisy-chain (beh)</b><br>\n" +#~ "Para fazer isto, o pacote RPM foomatic_filters deve estar instalado.\n" +#~ "O pacote fornece a interface CUPS 'beh'.<br>\n" +#~ "A interface 'beh' é um wrapper para a interface habitual,\n" +#~ "que é chamada pelo beh.\n" +#~ "Deste modo, o beh pode, dependendo de sua configuração,\n" +#~ "repetir a chamada da interface ou simplesmente esconder o status de erro\n" +#~ "da interface que é vista pelo daemon do CUPS.\n" +#~ "O URI do dispositivo correspondente é:<br>\n" +#~ "beh:/não desabilitar/tentativas/intervalo/DispositivoOriginalURI<br>\n" +#~ "Se 'não desabilitar' for '1', beh sempre termina com sucesso\n" +#~ "de modo que a fila nunca é desabilitada mas por outro lado\n" +#~ "trabalhos de impressão são perdidos se houver um erro.<br>\n" +#~ "Tentativas é o número de tentativas de chamar a interface\n" +#~ "no caso de um erro. '0' significa tentativas infinitas.<br>\n" +#~ "Intervalo é o número de segundos entre duas tentativas\n" +#~ "para chamar a interface.<br>\n" +#~ "O último parâmetro é o URI original, que a fila possuía anteriormente.<br>\n" +#~ "Exemplo:<br>\n" +#~ "beh:/1/3/5/socket://endereço_ip:número_da_porta<br>\n" +#~ "A interface beh tenta acessar a impressora na rede 3 vezes com 5 segundos de intervalo\n" +#~ "entre cada tentativa. Se o acesso ainda falhar, a fila não é desabilitada\n" +#~ "e o trabalho de impressão é perdido.<br>\n" +#~ "<b>Para mais informações </b> dê uma olhada em <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> e<br>\n" +#~ "http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler\n" +#~ "</p>" + +#~ msgid "The server '%1' is not accessible via port 631 (IPP/CUPS)." +#~ msgstr "O servidor '%1' não está acessível via porta 631 (IPP/CUPS)." + +#~ msgid "The server '%1' responds to a 'ping' in the network." +#~ msgstr "O servidor '%1' responde a um 'ping' na rede." + +#~ msgid "The server '%1' does not respond to a 'ping' in the network." +#~ msgstr "O servidor '%1' não responde ao 'ping' na rede." + +#~ msgid "The server name '%1' is known in the network." +#~ msgstr "O nome do servidor '%1' é conhecido na rede." + +#~ msgid "The server name '%1' is not known in the network." +#~ msgstr "O nome do servidor '%1' não é conhecido na rede." + +#~ msgid "Cannot execute the program 'netcat'." +#~ msgstr "Não foi possível executar o programa 'netcat'." + +#~ msgid "The RPM package 'netcat' is required for a meaningful test." +#~ msgstr "O pacote RPM 'netcat' é necessário para um teste significativo." + +#~ msgid "Cannot execute the program 'ping'." +#~ msgstr "Não foi possível executar o programa 'ping'." + +#~ msgid "The RPM package 'iputils' is required for a meaningful test." +#~ msgstr "O pacote RPM 'iputils' é necessário para um teste significativo." + +#~ msgid "The server '%1' is not accessible." +#~ msgstr "O servidor '%1' não está acessível." + +#~ msgid "Cannot execute the program 'host'." +#~ msgstr "Não foi possível executar o programa 'host'." + +#~ msgid "The RPM package 'bind-utils' is required for a meaningful test." +#~ msgstr "O pacote RPM 'bind-utils' é necessário para um teste significativo." + +#~ msgid "The server '%1' does not respond in the network." +#~ msgstr "O servidor '%1' não responde na rede." + +#~ msgid "The server '%1' is unknown." +#~ msgstr "O servidor '%1' é desconhecido." + #~ msgid "Look Up" #~ msgstr "Pesquisar" @@ -5177,9 +5405,6 @@ #~ msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with receiving printer information." #~ msgstr "Um servidor remoto CUPS possui configurações que conflitam com a informação da impressora receptora." -#~ msgid "To use 'beh', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed." -#~ msgstr "Para usar o 'beh', o pacote RPM cups-backends deve estar instalado." - #~ msgid "Couldn't be empty!" #~ msgstr "Não pode estar vazio!" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/product-creator.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/product-creator.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/product-creator.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: product-creator\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-05 09:15-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/proxy.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/proxy.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/proxy.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-10-26 00:45-0200\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" @@ -21,100 +21,6 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n>1;\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.4\n" -#. Commandline help title -#. Proxy dialog caption -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:32 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:399 -msgid "Proxy Configuration" -msgstr "Configuração do proxy" - -#. command-line help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:40 -msgid "Enable proxy settings" -msgstr "Habilitar as configurações do proxy" - -#. command-line help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:48 -msgid "Disable proxy settings" -msgstr "Desabilitar as configurações do proxy" - -#. command-line help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:56 -msgid "Change the current proxy settings" -msgstr "Alterar as configurações atuais do proxy" - -#. command-line help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:66 -msgid "Set the authentication for proxy" -msgstr "Configurar a autenticação do proxy" - -#. command-line help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:76 -msgid "Show the summary of the current settings" -msgstr "Exibir o resumo das configurações atuais" - -#. command-line option help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:88 -msgid "Set HTTP proxy" -msgstr "Configurar o proxy HTTP" - -#. command-line option help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:93 -msgid "Set HTTPS proxy" -msgstr "Configurar o proxy HTTPS" - -#. command-line option help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:98 -msgid "Set FTP proxy" -msgstr "Configurar o proxy FTP" - -#. command-line option help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:103 -msgid "Clear all options listed" -msgstr "Limpar todas as opções listadas" - -#. command-line option help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:107 -msgid "Set domains for not using the proxy settings" -msgstr "Configurar os domínios para não usar as configurações do proxy" - -#. command-line option help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:114 -msgid "The username to be used for proxy authentication" -msgstr "Nome de usuário a ser usado para a autenticação do proxy" - -#. command-line option help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:121 -msgid "The password to be used for proxy authentication" -msgstr "Senha a ser usada para a autenticação do proxy" - -#. ask the user -#. translators: command line prompt for entering a password -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:238 -msgid "Password:" -msgstr "Senha:" - -#. Return a modification status -#. @return true if data was modified -#: src/clients/proxy_auto.rb:109 -msgid "Status of Proxy Configuration" -msgstr "Status da configuração do proxy" - -#: src/clients/proxy_auto.rb:110 -msgid "Enabled" -msgstr "Habilitado" - -#: src/clients/proxy_auto.rb:112 -msgid "HTTP" -msgstr "HTTP" - -#: src/clients/proxy_auto.rb:116 -msgid "HTTPS" -msgstr "HTTPS" - -#: src/clients/proxy_auto.rb:120 -msgid "FTP" -msgstr "FTP" - #. Informative label #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "No details available." @@ -183,6 +89,12 @@ msgid "Proxy settings work correctly." msgstr "As configurações de proxy funcionam corretamente." +#. Proxy dialog caption +#. Commandline help title +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:399 src/lib/proxy/client.rb:27 +msgid "Proxy Configuration" +msgstr "Configuração do proxy" + #. Proxy dialog help 1/8 #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:405 msgid "" @@ -324,7 +236,7 @@ msgstr "Testar as configurações do pr&oxy" #. Popup error text - http, https and ftp proxy URLs are blank -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:619 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:615 msgid "" "Proxy is enabled, but no proxy URL has been specified.\n" "Really use these settings?" @@ -332,7 +244,7 @@ "O proxy está habilitado, mas não foi especificado um URL do proxy.\n" "Realmente usar essas configurações?" -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:632 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:628 msgid "" "Security warning:\n" "Username and password will be stored unencrypted\n" @@ -345,42 +257,42 @@ "Usar realmente estas configurações?" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:647 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:643 msgid "You cannot enter a password and leave the user name empty." msgstr "Você não pode informar uma senha e deixar o nome de usuário vazio." #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:655 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:651 msgid "HTTP proxy URL is invalid." msgstr "O URL do proxy HTTP é inválido." #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:663 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:659 msgid "HTTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." msgstr "O URL do proxy HTTP deve conter uma especificação de esquema (http)." #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:672 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:668 msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL is invalid." msgstr "O URL do proxy HTTPS é inválido." #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:680 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:676 msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." msgstr "O URL do proxy HTTPS deve conter uma especificação de esquema (https)." #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:691 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:687 msgid "FTP proxy URL is invalid." msgstr "O URL do proxy FTP é inválido." #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:699 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:695 msgid "FTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." msgstr "O URL do proxy FTP deve conter uma especificação de esquema (ftp)." #. Translators: no proxy domain is a domain that can be accessed without proxy -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:709 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:705 msgid "" "One or more no proxy domains are invalid. \n" "Check if all domains match one of the following:\n" @@ -396,53 +308,141 @@ "* nome de máquina absoluto\n" "* nome de domínio prefixado por '.'" +#. Return a modification status +#. @return true if data was modified +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:104 +msgid "Status of Proxy Configuration" +msgstr "Status da configuração do proxy" + +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:105 +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "Habilitado" + +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:107 +msgid "HTTP" +msgstr "HTTP" + +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:111 +msgid "HTTPS" +msgstr "HTTPS" + +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:115 +msgid "FTP" +msgstr "FTP" + +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:35 +msgid "Enable proxy settings" +msgstr "Habilitar as configurações do proxy" + +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:43 +msgid "Disable proxy settings" +msgstr "Desabilitar as configurações do proxy" + +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:51 +msgid "Change the current proxy settings" +msgstr "Alterar as configurações atuais do proxy" + +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:61 +msgid "Set the authentication for proxy" +msgstr "Configurar a autenticação do proxy" + +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:71 +msgid "Show the summary of the current settings" +msgstr "Exibir o resumo das configurações atuais" + +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:83 +msgid "Set HTTP proxy" +msgstr "Configurar o proxy HTTP" + +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:88 +msgid "Set HTTPS proxy" +msgstr "Configurar o proxy HTTPS" + +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:93 +msgid "Set FTP proxy" +msgstr "Configurar o proxy FTP" + +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:98 +msgid "Clear all options listed" +msgstr "Limpar todas as opções listadas" + +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:102 +msgid "Set domains for not using the proxy settings" +msgstr "Configurar os domínios para não usar as configurações do proxy" + +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:109 +msgid "The username to be used for proxy authentication" +msgstr "Nome de usuário a ser usado para a autenticação do proxy" + +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:116 +msgid "The password to be used for proxy authentication" +msgstr "Senha a ser usada para a autenticação do proxy" + +#. ask the user +#. translators: command line prompt for entering a password +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:233 +msgid "Password:" +msgstr "Senha:" + #. Popup headline -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:45 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:38 msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "A configuração do proxy foi salva com sucesso." -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:46 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:39 msgid "It is recommended to relogin to make new proxy settings effective." msgstr "É recomendado reiniciar a sessão para ativar as novas configurações de proxy." -#. Write routing settings and apply changes +#. Write proxy settings and apply changes #. @return true if success -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:131 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:174 msgid "Update proxy configuration" msgstr "Atualizar a configuração de proxy" -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:133 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:176 msgid "Saving Proxy Configuration" msgstr "Salvando a configuração de proxy" #. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards #. but only when Progress is visible -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:141 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:184 msgid "Updating proxy configuration..." msgstr "Atualizando a configuração de proxy..." #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:437 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:418 msgid "Proxy is disabled." msgstr "O proxy está desabilitado." #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:442 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:423 msgid "Proxy is enabled." msgstr "O proxy está habilitado." #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:451 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:432 msgid "HTTP Proxy: %1" msgstr "Proxy HTTP: %1" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:459 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:440 msgid "HTTPS Proxy: %1" msgstr "Proxy HTTPS: %1" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:466 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:447 msgid "FTP Proxy: %1" msgstr "Proxy FTP: %1" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/qt-pkg.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/qt-pkg.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/qt-pkg.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: qt-pkg\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-29 22:45-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" @@ -27,249 +27,258 @@ "X-Poedit-Country: BRAZIL\n" "X-Poedit-SourceCharset: utf-8\n" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:315 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:318 msgid "&Update Problems" msgstr "Pro&blemas de atualização" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:342 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:345 msgid "Patter&ns" msgstr "&Padrões" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:364 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:367 msgid "Package &Groups" msgstr "&Grupos de pacotes" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:376 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:379 msgid "&RPM Groups" msgstr "Grupos &RPM" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:389 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:392 msgid "&Languages" msgstr "&Idiomas" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:405 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:408 msgid "&Repositories" msgstr "&Repositórios" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:419 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:422 msgid "S&earch" msgstr "P&esquisar" #. DEBUG -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:426 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:429 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 msgid "&Keywords" msgstr "Pa&lavras chave" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:435 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:438 msgid "&Installation Summary" msgstr "Resumo da &instalação" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:520 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:526 msgid "D&escription" msgstr "D&escrição" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:533 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:539 msgid "&Technical Data" msgstr "Dados &Técnicos" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:546 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:552 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 msgid "Dependencies" msgstr "Dependências" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:562 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:567 msgid "&Versions" msgstr "&Versões" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:580 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:585 msgid "File List" msgstr "Lista de Arquivos" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:597 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:602 msgid "Change Log" msgstr "Log de Alterações" #. "Cancel" button #. button #0 #. text -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:624 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 +#. button #0 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:629 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398 #: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:245 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 -#: src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:219 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:429 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:219 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "&Cancelar" #. Translators: "Accept" here refers to licenses or similar -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:634 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:639 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:228 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "&Aceitar" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:677 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:682 msgid "&File" msgstr "&Arquivo" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 msgid "&Import..." msgstr "&Importar..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:680 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685 msgid "&Export..." msgstr "E&xportar..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:689 msgid "E&xit -- Discard Changes" msgstr "S&air -- descartar alterações" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:690 msgid "&Quit -- Save Changes" msgstr "&Sair -- salvar alterações" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:697 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:702 msgid "&Package" msgstr "&Pacote" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:737 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 #: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:149 msgid "All Packages" msgstr "Todos os Pacotes" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:739 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:744 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 msgid "Update if newer version available" msgstr "Atualizar se uma versão mais nova estiver disponível" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:747 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 #: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436 msgid "Update unconditionally" msgstr "Atualizar sempre" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:756 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:761 msgid "&Patch" msgstr "&Correção" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:788 msgid "Confi&guration" msgstr "Confi&guração" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:789 msgid "&Repositories..." msgstr "&Repositórios" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:785 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:790 msgid "&Online Update..." msgstr "Atualização &online..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:795 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:800 msgid "&Dependencies" msgstr "&Dependências" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:802 msgid "&Check Now" msgstr "Verifi&car agora" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:798 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:804 msgid "&Autocheck" msgstr "Verificar A&utomaticamente" +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:809 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Recommended Packages" +msgid "Install &Recommended Packages" +msgstr "Pacotes recomendados" + #. Translators: Menu for view options (Use a noun, not a verb!) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:811 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:822 msgid "&Options" msgstr "&Opções" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:814 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:825 msgid "Show -de&vel Packages" msgstr "Exibir Pacotes -de&vel" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:823 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:834 msgid "Show -&debuginfo/-debugsource Packages" msgstr "Exibir pacotes -&debuginfo/-debugsource" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:831 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842 msgid "&System Verification Mode" msgstr "Modo de verificação do &sistema" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:836 -msgid "&Ignore Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages" -msgstr "&Ignorar pacotes recomendados para pacotes já instalados" - -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:847 msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages" msgstr "&Limpar ao remover pacotes" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:846 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:851 msgid "&Allow vendor change" msgstr "&Permitir alterações do fornecedor" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:859 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:864 msgid "E&xtras" msgstr "E&xtras" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:866 msgid "Show &Products" msgstr "Exibir &produtos" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:867 msgid "Show P&ackage Changes" msgstr "Exibir alterações de &pacotes" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:863 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:868 msgid "Show &History" msgstr "Exibir &histórico" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:871 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:876 msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages" msgstr "Instalar Todos os Pacotes -&devel Correspondentes" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:875 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:880 msgid "Install All Matching -de&buginfo Packages" msgstr "Instalar Todos os Pacotes -de&buginfo Correspondentes" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debugsource", so don't translate that "-debugsource"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:878 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883 msgid "Install All Matching -debug&source Packages" msgstr "Instalar todos os pacotes -debug&source correspondentes" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:885 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages" +msgid "Install All Matching &Recommended Packages" +msgstr "Instalar Todos os Pacotes -&devel Correspondentes" + +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:891 msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case" msgstr "&Gerar caso de teste do solucionador de dependências" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:903 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:911 msgid "&Help" msgstr "&Ajuda" #. Note: The help functions and their texts are moved out #. to a separate source file YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc #. Menu entry for help overview -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:909 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:917 msgid "&Overview" msgstr "Re&sumo" #. Menu entry for help about used symbols ( icons ) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:912 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:920 msgid "&Symbols" msgstr "&Símbolos" #. Menu entry for keyboard help -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:915 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:923 msgid "&Keys" msgstr "&Teclas" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1101 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1109 msgid "All package dependencies are OK." msgstr "Todas as dependências do pacote estão OK." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1117 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1125 msgid "P&atches" msgstr "&Correções" #. startsWith #. filter -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1179 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1187 msgid "Save Package List" msgstr "Salvar Lista de Pacotes" @@ -277,59 +286,59 @@ #. parent #. Post error popup. #. parent -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1226 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1320 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:425 src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:201 #: src/YQPkgList.cc:605 msgid "Error" msgstr "Erro" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1219 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1227 msgid "Error exporting package list to %1" msgstr "Erro ao exportar a lista de pacotes para %1" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1231 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1239 msgid "Load Package List" msgstr "Carregar Lista de Pacotes" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1313 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1321 msgid "Error loading package list from %1" msgstr "Erro ao carregar lista de pacotes de %1" #. caption #. Translators: %1 is the number of affected packages -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1423 msgid "%1 packages will be updated" msgstr "%1 pacotes serão atualizados" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1424 msgid "&Continue" msgstr "&Continuar" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1424 msgid "C&ancel" msgstr "C&ancelar" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1455 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1463 msgid "<p><small>Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2</small></p>" msgstr "<p><small>Cancelar a alteração</a> dos pacotes do sistema para versões neste repositório %2</small></p>" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1474 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1482 msgid "<p>Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)</p>" msgstr "<p>Alterar pacotes do sistema</a> para as versões neste repositório (%2)</p>" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1697 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1571 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1726 msgid "Added Subpackages:" msgstr "Subpacotes Adicionados:" #. "OK" button #. addHStretch( hbox ); #. "OK" button -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1699 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 -#: src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156 -#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135 -#: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1572 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1728 +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120 +#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165 +#: src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71 msgid "&OK" msgstr "&OK" @@ -376,7 +385,7 @@ msgstr "Além das seleções manuais, os seguintes pacotes foram alterados para resolver dependências:" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 -#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397 +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:428 msgid "C&ontinue" msgstr "C&ontinuar" @@ -1524,10 +1533,43 @@ "A ação mais segura é removê-los.\n" "</p>" -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:211 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:207 msgid "%1-%2 from vendor %3 (installed)" msgstr "%1-%2 do fornecedor %3 (instalado)" +#. Translators: Popup dialog text. Try to keep the lines about the same length. +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:398 +msgid "" +"You are trying to install multiversion-capable\n" +"and non-multiversion-capable versions of this\n" +"package at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:406 +msgid "" +"This version is multiversion-capable.\n" +"\n" +"Press \"Continue\" to install this version\n" +"and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version,\n" +"\"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other one." +msgstr "" + +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:415 +msgid "" +"This version is not multiversion-capable.\n" +"\n" +"Press \"Continue\" to install only this version\n" +"and unselect all other versions,\n" +"\"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other ones." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog heading +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:423 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Package Versions" +msgid "Incompatible Package Versions" +msgstr "Versões dos Pacotes" + #. Translators: %1 is a package version, %2 the package architecture, #. %3 describes the repository where it comes from, #. %4 is the repository's priority @@ -1535,13 +1577,13 @@ #. Examples: #. 2.5.23-i568 from Packman with priority 100 and vendor openSUSE #. 3.17.4-i386 from openSUSE-11.1 update repository with priority 20 and vendor openSUSE -#. ^^^^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ ^^ ^^^^^^^^ -#. %1 %2 %3 %4 %5 -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:365 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:402 +#. ^^^^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ ^^ ^^^^^^^^ +#. %1 %2 %3 %4 %5 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:549 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:586 msgid "%1-%2 from %3 with priority %4 and vendor %5" msgstr "%1-%2 do %3 com prioridade %4 e fornecedor %5" -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:386 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:570 msgid "This version is installed in your system." msgstr "Esta versão está instalada em seu sistema." @@ -1553,6 +1595,9 @@ msgid "Package libqdialogsolver is required for this feature." msgstr "O pacote libqdialogsolver é necessário para este recurso." +#~ msgid "&Ignore Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages" +#~ msgstr "&Ignorar pacotes recomendados para pacotes já instalados" + #~ msgid "Close the current page" #~ msgstr "Fecha a página atual" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/qt.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/qt.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/qt.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: qt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-16 08:52-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" @@ -53,18 +53,21 @@ msgstr "Usado %1" #. Window title for help wizard window -#. Help button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut -#. "Help" button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut -#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:63 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:112 src/YQWizard.cc:853 -#: src/YQWizard.cc:1320 +#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:63 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:112 msgid "Help" msgstr "Ajuda" #. Close button for wizard help window #: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:66 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:113 +#: src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:86 src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:132 msgid "&Close" msgstr "Fe&char" +#. Window title for help wizard window +#: src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:83 src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:131 +msgid "Release Notes" +msgstr "Notas de lançamento" + #: src/QY2StyleEditor.cc:46 msgid "Stylesheet Editor" msgstr "Editor de folhas de estilo" @@ -83,12 +86,12 @@ msgstr "Clique inesperado" #. parent -#: src/YQDialog.cc:623 +#: src/YQDialog.cc:629 msgid "Color switching" msgstr "Alteração de cor" #. caption -#: src/YQDialog.cc:624 +#: src/YQDialog.cc:630 msgid "" "Switching to color palette for vision impaired users -\n" "press Shift-F4 again to switch back to normal colors." @@ -121,22 +124,41 @@ msgid "Configure YaST Logging:" msgstr "Configurar o log do YaST:" +#. Help button +#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) +#. "Help" button +#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) +#: src/YQWizard.cc:857 src/YQWizard.cc:1340 +msgid "&Help" +msgstr "&Ajuda" + #. #. "Release Notes" button #. -#. Help button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut -#: src/YQWizard.cc:869 -msgid "Release Notes" +#. Release Notes button +#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) +#. "Release Notes" button +#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) +#: src/YQWizard.cc:874 src/YQWizard.cc:1355 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Release Notes" +msgid "&Release Notes" msgstr "Notas de lançamento" -#. "Steps" button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut -#: src/YQWizard.cc:1324 -msgid "Steps" +#. "Steps" button +#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) +#: src/YQWizard.cc:1345 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Steps" +msgid "&Steps" msgstr "Etapas" -#. "Tree" button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut -#: src/YQWizard.cc:1328 -msgid "Tree" +#. "Tree" button +#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) +#: src/YQWizard.cc:1350 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Tree" +msgid "&Tree" msgstr "Árvore" #~ msgid "Release Notes..." Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/rdp.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/rdp.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/rdp.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-10-09 13:28-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Isis Binder \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/rear.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/rear.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/rear.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-10-21 21:11-0200\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" @@ -234,13 +234,13 @@ msgstr "Lendo as configurações do rear" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698 +msgid "Analyzing system" +msgstr "Analisando o sistema" + +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698 msgid "Reading rear settings" msgstr "Lendo configurações do rear" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698 -msgid "Analyzing system" -msgstr "Analisando o sistema" - #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699 msgid "Analyzing system..." msgstr "Analisando o sistema..." Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/registration.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/registration.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/registration.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: registration\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 10:50-0200\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" @@ -28,240 +28,89 @@ "X-Poedit-SourceCharset: utf-8\n" #. popup heading (in bold) -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:40 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:42 msgid "Local Registration Servers" msgstr "Servidores locais de registro" -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:42 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:44 msgid "" "Select a detected registration server from the list\n" "or the default SUSE registration server." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:66 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:68 msgid "No registration server selected." msgstr "Nenhum servidor de registro selecionado." #. %s is the default SCC URL -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:112 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:114 msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" msgstr "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" #. popup message #. popup message #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:53 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:49 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:39 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:54 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:49 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:40 msgid "Contacting the Registration Server" msgstr "Contatando o servidor de registro" -#. display the registration update dialog +#. check the base product at start to avoid problems later +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized #. dialog title +#. just set an empty Wizard dialog to replace the current one after +#. pressing "Next" #. dialog title -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:215 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:310 -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:467 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:515 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:92 +#. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration +#. @return [Symbol] user input +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:186 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:270 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Registration" msgstr "Registro" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:216 -msgid "Registration is being updated..." -msgstr "O registro está sendo atualizado..." - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:217 -msgid "The previous registration is being updated." -msgstr "" - -#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:233 -msgid "" -"Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n" -"You can manually register the system from scratch." -msgstr "" - -#. label text describing the registration (1/2) -#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:247 -msgid "" -"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n" -"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" -"Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" -"a registered system." -msgstr "" - -#. label text describing the registration (2/2), -#. not displayed in installed system -#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:259 -msgid "" -"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" -"installation has completed." -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:267 -msgid "Network Configuration..." -msgstr "Configuração da rede..." - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:276 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:452 -msgid "The system is already registered." -msgstr "O sistema já está registrado." - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:283 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:94 -msgid "&E-mail Address" -msgstr "&Endereço de e-mail" - -#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:285 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:167 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:96 -msgid "Registration &Code" -msgstr "&Código de registro" - -#. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:290 -#, fuzzy -msgid "&Local Registration Server..." -msgstr "Servidor local de registro" - -#. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:293 -msgid "&Skip Registration" -msgstr "&Ignorar registro" - -#. help text -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:301 -msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." -msgstr "" - -#. not set yet? -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:334 -msgid "" -"Registration added some update repositories.\n" -"\n" -"Do you want to install the latest available\n" -"on-line updates during installation?" -msgstr "" -"O registro adicionou alguns repositórios de atualização.\n" -"\n" -"Você deseja instalar as últimas atualizações online\n" -"disponíveis durante a instalação?" - -#. %s is name of given product -#. %s is name of given product -#. then register the product(s) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:385 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:284 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:71 -msgid "Registering %s ..." -msgstr "Registrando %s ..." - -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:419 -msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" -msgstr "Registrar extensões e módulos" - -#. help text -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:423 -msgid "<p>Extensions and Modules are being registered.</p>" -msgstr "" - -#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:441 -msgid "" -"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" -"to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" -"\n" -"You can register after the installation or visit our\n" -"Customer Center for online registration.\n" -"\n" -"Really skip the registration now?" -msgstr "" -"Se você não registrar o sistema não poderemos lhe conceder acesso\n" -"aos repositórios de atualização.\n" -"\n" -"Você pode realizar o registro após a instalação ou visitar nossa\n" -"Central do Cliente para registro online.\n" -"\n" -"Deseja realmente ignorar o registro agora?" - -#. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:455 -msgid "Register Again" -msgstr "Registrar novamente" - -#. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:458 -msgid "Select Extensions" -msgstr "Selecionar extensões" - -#. help text -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:470 -#, fuzzy -msgid "<p>The system is already registered.</p>" -msgstr "O sistema já está registrado." - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:471 -msgid "<p>You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system.</p>" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:473 -msgid "<p>If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there.</p>" -msgstr "" - -#. error message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:497 -msgid "" -"The base product was not found,\n" -"check your system." -msgstr "" -"O produto base não foi encontrado.\n" -"Verifique seu sistema." - -#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:501 -msgid "" -"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" -"Report a bug at %s." -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:504 -msgid "" -"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" -"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." -msgstr "" - #. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" -#: src/clients/scc.rb:44 +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" +#: src/clients/registration.rb:43 src/clients/scc.rb:43 msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." msgstr "Utilize '%s' ao invés deste módulo YaST." #. popup message: registration finished properly -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:184 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:201 msgid "Registration was successfull." msgstr "Registro realizado com sucesso." #. remove possible duplicates -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:212 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:229 msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" msgstr "Falha na descoberta SLP. Nenhum servidor encontrado" -#. more than one server found: let the user select, we cannot automatically -#. decide which one to use, asking user in AutoYast mode is not nice -#. but better than aborting the installation... -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:228 +#. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system +#. @param url [String] URL of the certificate +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:247 msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:251 msgid "Importing SSL Certificate" msgstr "" +#. %s is name of given product +#. then register the product(s) +#. %s is name of given product +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:247 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:277 +msgid "Registering %s ..." +msgstr "Registrando %s ..." + #. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click #. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel) #: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:49 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:55 msgid "Product Registration" msgstr "Registro de produto" @@ -327,33 +176,33 @@ msgstr "" #: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34 msgid "Issued To" msgstr "Emitido para" #. label followed by the SSL certificate identification #: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7 #: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:61 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:60 msgid "Common Name (CN): " msgstr "Nome comum (CN): " #. label followed by the SSL certificate identification #: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8 #: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:63 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:62 msgid "Organization (O): " msgstr "Organização (O): " #. label followed by the SSL certificate identification #: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9 #: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:65 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:64 msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " msgstr "Unidade da organização (OU): " #: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 msgid "Issued By" msgstr "Emitido por" @@ -382,17 +231,17 @@ msgstr "Número de série: " #: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " msgstr "Impressão digital SHA1: " #: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:38 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:37 msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " msgstr "Impressão digital SHA256: " #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:72 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:74 msgid "" "Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" "Do you want to configure the network now?" @@ -400,22 +249,22 @@ "A rede não está configurada. O servidor de registro não pode ser alcançado.\n" "Deseja configurar a rede agora?" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:78 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80 msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." msgstr "Erro de rede. Verifique a configuração de rede." #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:83 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85 msgid "Connection time out." msgstr "Tempo de conexão esgotado." #. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:91 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:93 msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:97 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:99 msgid "" "If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" "knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" @@ -431,20 +280,20 @@ #. update the message when an old SMT server is found #. Error popup #. update the message when an old SMT server is found -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:111 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:175 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:178 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:128 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:179 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:182 msgid "Registration failed." msgstr "Falha no registro." -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123 msgid "Registration client error." msgstr "Erro no cliente de registro." -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125 msgid "" "Registration server error.\n" "Retry registration later." @@ -453,33 +302,33 @@ "Tente novamente mais tarde." #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:164 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167 msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." msgstr "" #. %s are error details -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:195 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:197 msgid "Details: %s" msgstr "Detalhes: %s" #. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:220 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:222 msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" msgstr "Importando o certificado SSL" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:221 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:223 msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "Importando o certificado '%s'..." #. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use #. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:241 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:244 msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "Erro de conexão segura: %s" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, #. e.g. https://smt.example.com -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:263 msgid "" "An old registration server was detected at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -492,21 +341,39 @@ msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..." msgstr "" -#. register the system and the base product -#. @return [Array] array with two -#. items: boolean (true on success), remote service (or nil) -#. TODO FIXME: split to two separate parts -#. TODO FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:231 +msgid "" +"The base product was not found,\n" +"check your system." +msgstr "" +"O produto base não foi encontrado.\n" +"Verifique seu sistema." + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:235 +msgid "" +"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" +"Report a bug at %s." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238 +msgid "" +"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" +"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." +msgstr "" + +#. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze #. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...) -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:62 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:95 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:233 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "Registrando o sistema..." #. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name #. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:121 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:146 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:312 msgid "Updating to %s ..." msgstr "" @@ -514,68 +381,129 @@ #. the result is cached to avoid reloading when going back and forth in the #. installation workflow #. @return [ArrayRegistration::Addon] available addons -#. create a new dialog for accepting and importing a SSL certificate and run it -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:174 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:101 +#. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install +#. @return [Symbol] the user input +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:143 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:109 msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." msgstr "" +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:157 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Loading configuration %1..." +msgid "Loading Migration Products..." +msgstr "Carregando a configuração %1..." + +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:174 +msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" +msgstr "Registrar extensões e módulos" + +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:178 +msgid "<p>Extensions and Modules are being registered.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:203 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No registration server selected." +msgid "" +"The registration server offers update repositories.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "Nenhum servidor de registro selecionado." + +#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:207 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Would you like to use these mount points\n" +#| "for your new installation?" +msgid "Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n" +msgstr "" +"Você gostaria de usar estes pontos de montagem\n" +"para sua nova instalação?" + +#. Yast::Mode.update +#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:211 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Would you like to enable access to the profile repository?" +msgid "Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n" +msgstr "Você deseja habilitar o acesso ao repositório de perfil?" + #. indent size used in summary text -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34 msgid "Certificate:" msgstr "Certificado:" #. create UI label for a base product -#. @param [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) +#. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) #. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:120 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:147 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Produto desconhecido" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:153 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:174 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:248 msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "Falha ao salvar configurações do repositório." #. # error message #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:191 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:202 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:212 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:223 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "Falha ao atualizar o serviço '%s'." #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:197 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:218 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "Falha ao adicionar serviço '%s'." #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:209 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:230 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "Falha ao salvar serviço '%s'." #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:214 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:235 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "Falha ao atualizar serviço '%s'." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:438 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No products found to be registered." +msgid "" +"Cannot find remote product %s.\n" +"The product cannot be registered." +msgstr "Não foi encontrado nenhum produto a ser registrado." + +#. Use .AnyQuestion instead of .YesNo or .ReallyAbort to have full control +#. on :focus_no and be consistent with the .ConfirmAbort behavior +#: src/lib/registration/ui/abort_confirmation.rb:35 +msgid "Really abort?" +msgstr "Realmente cancelar?" + #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:40 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:43 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Contrato de licença" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:41 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:44 msgid "Downloading Licenses..." msgstr "Baixando as licenças..." #. download the addon EULAs to a temp dir -#. @param [SUSE::Connect::Product] addon the addon +#. @param [Addon] addon the addon #. @param [String] tmpdir target where to download the files -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:72 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Downloading License Agreement..." msgstr "Baixando o contrato de licença..." #. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:85 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:88 msgid "" "Downloading the license for\n" "%s\n" @@ -586,136 +514,172 @@ " " #. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:100 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:102 msgid "%s License Agreement" msgstr "Contrato de licença para %s" #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:46 msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" msgstr "Códigos de registro de extensões e módulos" #. help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:50 msgid "" "<p>Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.</p>\n" "<p>Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module.</p>" msgstr "" -#. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:87 +#. part of the UI - labels in the dialog +#. @return [ArrayYast::Term] UI definition +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:102 msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code." msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes." msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:92 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:111 msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below." msgid_plural "Enter the registration codes into the fields below." msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" -#. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:44 -msgid "Extension and Module Selection" +#. create the main dialog definition +#. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:77 +msgid "Details" +msgstr "Detalhes" + +#. addon description widget +#. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:88 +msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" +msgstr "Selecione uma extensão ou módulo para exibir seus detalhes aqui" + +#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension +#. (%s is an extension name) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:164 +msgid "%s (not available)" msgstr "" -#. help text (1/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:47 -msgid "<p>Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem.</p>" +#. check if the count of addons requiring a reg. code fits two columns +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:246 +msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." msgstr "" #. help text (2/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:50 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:257 msgid "<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text (3/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:53 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:260 msgid "<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>" msgstr "" -#. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:72 +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:31 +msgid "Extension and Module Selection" +msgstr "" + +#. help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:34 +msgid "<p>Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. @return [String] the main dialog label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:52 msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" msgstr "Extensões e módulos disponíveis" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:74 -msgid "Details" -msgstr "Detalhes" +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:37 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" +msgid "Extension and Module Re-registration" +msgstr "Códigos de registro de extensões e módulos" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:77 -msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" -msgstr "Selecione uma extensão ou módulo para exibir seus detalhes aqui" +#. help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:40 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p>Here you can see all of the add-on products which are installed on your system.</p>" +msgid "<p>Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Aqui você pode ver todos os produtos complementares que estão instalados em seu sistema.</p>" -#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension -#. (%s is an extension name) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:136 -msgid "%s (not available)" -msgstr "" +#. @return [String] the main dialog label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" +msgid "Registered Extensions and Modules" +msgstr "Registrar extensões e módulos" -#. check the addons requiring a reg. code -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:217 -msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." -msgstr "" - #. help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:38 msgid "<p>Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:50 +#. create the main dialog content +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI definition +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:57 msgid "Identifier" msgstr "Identificador" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:51 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:58 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versão" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:52 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:59 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "Arquitetura" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:53 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:60 msgid "Release Type" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:54 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:61 msgid "Registration Code" msgstr "Código de registro" #. button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:65 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:72 msgid "Download Available Extensions..." msgstr "" -#. disable download on a non-registered system -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:119 +#. remove the selected addon after user confirms the removal +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:137 msgid "Really delete '%s'?" msgstr "" -#. replace the content -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:161 +#. dialog definition for adding/editing an addon +#. @return [Yast::Term] popup definition +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185 msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:162 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186 msgid "&Version" msgstr "&Versão" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:163 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187 msgid "&Architecture" msgstr "&Arquitetura" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:164 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:188 msgid "&Release Type" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51 +#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:191 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:133 +msgid "Registration &Code" +msgstr "&Código de registro" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:57 msgid "" "<p>Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" "enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" @@ -725,7 +689,7 @@ " habilitando-o a receber atualizações onlines e suporte técnico.\n" "Para registrar durante a instalação automática, selecione <b>Realizar o registro do produto</b>.</p>" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:63 msgid "" "<p>If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" "and the location of the SMT certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. Refer\n" @@ -735,116 +699,448 @@ "correto do servidor e a localização do certificado SMT em <b>Configurações do servidor SMT</b>.\n" "Consulte o seu manual do SMT para detalhes.</p>" -#. FIXME the dialog should be created by external code before calling this -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:83 +#. the UI defition for the global registration status +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:93 msgid "Register the Product" msgstr "Registrar o produto" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:100 +#. part of the main dialog definition - the input fields +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:131 +msgid "&E-mail Address" +msgstr "&Endereço de e-mail" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:112 msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories" msgstr "" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:114 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:128 msgid "Server Settings" msgstr "Configurações do servidor" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:132 msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" msgstr "Localizar um servidor de registro utilizando o descobrimento SLP" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:123 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:137 msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" msgstr "Utilizar um URL de um servidor específico ao invés do padrão" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:130 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:144 msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL" msgstr "" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:139 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:153 msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:155 msgid "none" msgstr "nenhum" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:166 msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:173 +#. the UI defition for the main dialog +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:189 msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..." msgstr "" +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Local Registration Server..." +msgstr "Servidor local de registro" + +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:97 +msgid "&Skip Registration" +msgstr "&Ignorar registro" + +#. display the addon re-registration button only in registered installed system +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:106 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" +msgid "&Register Extensions or Modules Again" +msgstr "Registrar extensões e módulos" + +#. part of the main dialog definition - the base product details +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#. the main dialog content +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "The system is already registered." +msgstr "O sistema já está registrado." + +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." +msgstr "" + +#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:177 +msgid "" +"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" +"to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" +"\n" +"You can register after the installation or visit our\n" +"Customer Center for online registration.\n" +"\n" +"Really skip the registration now?" +msgstr "" +"Se você não registrar o sistema não poderemos lhe conceder acesso\n" +"aos repositórios de atualização.\n" +"\n" +"Você pode realizar o registro após a instalação ou visitar nossa\n" +"Central do Cliente para registro online.\n" +"\n" +"Deseja realmente ignorar o registro agora?" + +#. label text describing the registration (1/2) +#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:194 +msgid "" +"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n" +"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" +"Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" +"a registered system." +msgstr "" + +#. label text describing the registration (2/2), +#. not displayed in installed system +#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:206 +msgid "" +"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" +"installation has completed." +msgstr "" + +#. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed) +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:218 +msgid "Network Configuration..." +msgstr "Configuração da rede..." + #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:23 msgid "Certificate has expired" msgstr "O certificado expirou" #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25 msgid "Self signed certificate" msgstr "Certificado auto-assinado" #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:29 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27 msgid "Self signed certificate in certificate chain" msgstr "Certificado auto-assinado na cadeia de certificados" #. push button -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:73 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:74 msgid "&Trust and Import" msgstr "Confiar e impor&tar" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:119 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 msgid "<p>Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data.</p>" msgstr "<p>Uma conexão segura (HTTPS) utiliza certificados SSL para verificar a autenticidade do servidor e para criptografar os dados transferidos.</p>" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:123 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:126 msgid "<p>You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>" msgstr "<p>Você pode escolher importar o certificado na lista de autoridades certificadores (CA) conhecidas. Isso significa que você confia no elemento e o emissor do certificado desconhecido.</p>" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:128 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 msgid "<p>Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate.</p>" msgstr "<p>A importação de um certificação lhe permitirá utilizar, por exemplo, um certificado auto-assinado.</p>" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:135 msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>Importante:</b> você deve verificar a impressão digital do certificado para garantir que o certificado genuíno seja importado do servidor.</p>" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:137 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:140 msgid "<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk.</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>A importação de um certificado desconhecido sem realizar a verificação é um risco de segurança.</b></p>" #. error message, the entered URL is not valid -#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:60 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67 msgid "Invalid URL." msgstr "URL inválida." #. input field label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:97 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:106 msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" msgstr "" +#. register the base system if not already registered +#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:130 +msgid "" +"The base system has to be registered in order to register the '%s' add-on.\n" +"Skip the base system and the add-on registration?" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Edit Repositories" +msgid "Migration Repositories" +msgstr "Editar repositórios" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:50 +msgid "<p>In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found in the selected repositories.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Multiselection widget label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Di&rectory to Contain Repositories:" +msgid "Select the Migration Repositories" +msgstr "Di&retório para conter repositórios:" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:89 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving Repositories..." +msgid "Manage Repositories..." +msgstr "Salvando repositórios..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository URL +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:114 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "URL: %1" +msgid "URL: %s" +msgstr "URL: %1" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository priority (1-99) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:116 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Priority" +msgid "Priority: %s" +msgstr "Prioridade" + +#. a dummy message which will be used later, just make sure we have it +#. before the translation deadline... +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available +#. updates now +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:50 +msgid "" +"Online updates are available for installation.\n" +"It is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to install the updates now?" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:86 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Internal error" +msgid "Internal error: %s" +msgstr "Erro interno" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:170 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot update installed product %1." +msgid "No installed product found." +msgstr "Não foi possível atualizar o produto instalado %1." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:199 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of Product creator" +msgid "No migration product found." +msgstr "Configuração do criador do produto" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:246 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registering Product..." +#| msgid_plural "Registering Products..." +msgid "Registering Migration Products..." +msgstr "Registrando o produto..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: progress message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:272 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving Repositories..." +msgid "Preparing Migration Repositories..." +msgstr "Salvando repositórios..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:61 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select the Synchronization Peer Type" +msgid "Select the Migration Target" +msgstr "Selecione o tipo de par de sincronização" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:64 +msgid "<p>Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver may offer several possible migration to new products.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text (2/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "<p>Only one migration target from the list can be selected.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text (3/3), %s is replaced by the (translated) check box label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:69 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p>Use <b>Edit</b> to change selected image configuration or create the image.</p>" +msgid "<p>Use the <b>%s</b> check box to manually select the migration repositories later.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Use <b>Editar</b> para alterar a configuração da imagem selecionada ou criar a imagem.</p>" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:70 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:139 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add all selected online repositories" +msgid "Manually Select Migration Repositories" +msgstr "Adicionar todos os repositórios online selecionados" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, no target migration is selected +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:96 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select the new target architecture." +msgid "Select the target migration." +msgstr "Selecionar nova arquitetura base." + +#. TRANSLATORS: selection box label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:151 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Possible &Solutions" +msgid "Possible Migration Targets" +msgstr "Possíveis &soluções" + +#. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:189 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgid "Migration Summary" +msgstr "Resumo da Configuração" + +#. TRANSLATORS: An error message displayed in the migration details. +#. The product has not been mirrored to the SMT server and cannot be used +#. for migration. The SMT admin has to mirror the product to allow +#. using the selected migration. +#. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT) +#. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212 +msgid "ERROR: Product <b>%{product}</b> is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." +msgstr "" + +#. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway.... +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format +#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:223 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Package %1 will be installed." +msgid "%s <b>will be installed.</b>" +msgstr "Pacote %1 será instalado." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format +#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:240 +msgid "%s <b>stays unchanged.</b>" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format +#. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" +#. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:250 +msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be upgraded to</b> %{new_product}." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format +#. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:255 +msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be downgraded to</b> %{new_product}." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:285 +msgid "" +"The selected migration contains a product\n" +"which is not available at the registration server.\n" +"\n" +"Select a different migration target or make the missing products\n" +"available at the registration server." +msgstr "" + +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:40 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>The system is already registered.</p>" +msgstr "O sistema já está registrado." + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:41 +msgid "<p>You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:43 +msgid "<p>If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:70 +msgid "Select Extensions" +msgstr "Selecionar extensões" + +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:73 +msgid "Register Again" +msgstr "Registrar novamente" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:42 +msgid "Registration is being updated..." +msgstr "O registro está sendo atualizado..." + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:43 +msgid "The previous registration is being updated." +msgstr "" + +#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "" +"Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n" +"You can manually register the system from scratch." +msgstr "" + #. ignore SUSE manager registration servers (bnc#894470) -#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:213 +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "Pesquisando..." -#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:213 +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203 msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." msgstr "Pesquisando servidores de registro locais..." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Registration added some update repositories.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Do you want to install the latest available\n" +#~ "on-line updates during installation?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "O registro adicionou alguns repositórios de atualização.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Você deseja instalar as últimas atualizações online\n" +#~ "disponíveis durante a instalação?" + #~ msgid "If you skip the registration now be sure to do so in the installed system." #~ msgstr "Se você ignorar o registro agora, faça-o no sistema instalado." @@ -854,11 +1150,6 @@ #~ msgid "Contacting the SUSE Customer Center server" #~ msgstr "Contatando o servidor da Central do Cliente SUSE" -#~ msgid "Registering Product..." -#~ msgid_plural "Registering Products..." -#~ msgstr[0] "Registrando o produto..." -#~ msgstr[1] "Registrando os produtos..." - #~ msgid "" #~ "The email address is not known or\n" #~ "the registration code is not valid." @@ -1381,9 +1672,6 @@ #~ msgid "Registration failed partially." #~ msgstr "Falha parcial no registro." -#~ msgid "No products found to be registered." -#~ msgstr "Não foi encontrado nenhum produto a ser registrado." - #~ msgid "unknown status" #~ msgstr "status desconhecido" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/reipl.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/reipl.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/reipl.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: reipl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-11 15:02-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Isis Binder \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/relocation-server.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/relocation-server.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/relocation-server.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-24 19:31-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" @@ -274,120 +274,120 @@ msgstr "Configuração do servidor de relocação" #. RelocationServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:303 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:307 msgid "Initializing relocation-server Configuration" msgstr "Inicializando a configuração do relocation-server" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:313 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:317 msgid "Read the current xend configuration" msgstr "Ler as configuraçôes atuais do xend" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:315 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:319 msgid "Read the current xend state" msgstr "Ler o status atual do xend" #. Progress stage 3/3 #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:317 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:333 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:321 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:337 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "Ler as configurações do firewall" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:322 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:326 msgid "Reading the current xend configuration..." msgstr "Lendo as configurações atuais do xend..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:324 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:328 msgid "Reading the current xend state..." msgstr "Lendo o status atual do xend..." #. Progress step 3/3 #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:326 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:340 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:330 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:344 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "Lendo as configurações do firewall..." #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:335 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:339 msgid "Read the current libvirtd/sshd state" msgstr "Ler o status atual do libvirtd/sshd" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:342 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:346 msgid "Reading the current libvirtd/sshd state..." msgstr "Lendo o status atual do libvirtd/sshd..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:364 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:368 msgid "Cannot read the current Xend state." msgstr "Não foi possível ler o status atual do Xend." #. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:373 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:377 msgid "Cannot read firewall settings." msgstr "Não foi possível ler as configurações do firewall." #. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:382 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:386 msgid "Cannot read the current libvirtd/sshd state." msgstr "Não foi possível ler o status atual do libvirtd/sshd." #. RelocationServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:401 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:407 msgid "Saving relocation-server Configuration" msgstr "Gravando a configuração do relocation-server" #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:411 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:417 msgid "Write the Xend settings" msgstr "Salvar as configurações do Xend" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:413 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:419 msgid "Adjust the Xend service" msgstr "Ajustar serviço Xend" #. Progress stage 3 #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:415 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:432 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:421 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:438 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Salvar as configurações do firewall" #. Progress step 1 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:420 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:426 msgid "Writing the Xend settings..." msgstr "Salvando as configurações do Xend..." #. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:422 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:428 msgid "Adjusting the Xend service..." msgstr "Ajustando o serviço Xend..." #. Progress step 3 #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:424 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:439 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:430 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:445 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Salvando as configurações do firewall..." #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:430 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:436 msgid "Adjust the libvirtd/sshd service" msgstr "Ajustar o serviço libvirtd/sshd" #. Progress step 1 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:437 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:443 msgid "Adjusting the libvirtd/sshd service" msgstr "Ajustando o serviço libvirtd/sshd..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:454 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:460 msgid "Cannot write the xend settings." msgstr "Não foi possível salvar as configurações do xend." #. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:475 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:481 msgid "Cannot write firewall settings." msgstr "Não foi possível salvar as configurações do firewall." Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/samba-client.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/samba-client.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/samba-client.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-29 11:44-0200\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ "X-Poedit-SourceCharset: utf-8\n" #. translators: command line help text for Samba client module -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:61 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:62 msgid "" "Samba client configuration module.\n" "See Samba documentation for details." @@ -37,42 +37,42 @@ "Veja a documentação do Samba para detalhes." #. translators: command line help text for winbind action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:74 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:75 msgid "Enable or disable the Winbind services (winbindd)" msgstr "Habilitar ou desabilitar serviços de Winbind (winbindd)" #. translators: command line help text for isdomainmember action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:84 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:85 msgid "Check if this machine is a member of a domain" msgstr "Verifique se esta máquina é um membro de um domínio" #. translators: command line help text for joindomain action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:94 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:95 msgid "Join this machine to a domain" msgstr "Integre esta máquina a um domínio" #. translators: command line help text for configure action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:104 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:105 msgid "Change the global settings of Samba" msgstr "Alterar as configurações globais do Samba" #. translators: command line help text for winbind enable option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:112 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:113 msgid "Enable the service" msgstr "Habilitar o serviço" #. translators: command line help text for winbind disable option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:118 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:119 msgid "Disable the service" msgstr "Desabilitar o serviço" #. translators: command line help text for domain to be checked/joined -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:124 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:125 msgid "The name of a domain to join" msgstr "Nome do domínio ao qual se integrar" #. translators: command line help text for joindomain user option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:131 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:132 msgid "" "The user used for joining the domain. If omitted, YaST will\n" "try to join the domain without specifying user and password.\n" @@ -81,17 +81,17 @@ "YaST2 tentará participar do domínio sem informar usuário e senha.\n" #. translators: command line help text for joindomain password option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:138 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:139 msgid "The password used for the user when joining the domain" msgstr "A senha usada para o usuário ao entrar no domínio" #. command line help text for machine optioa -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:145 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:146 msgid "The machine account" msgstr "A conta da máquina" #. translators: command line help text for the workgroup name option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:152 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:153 msgid "The name of a workgroup" msgstr "O nome de um grupo de trabalho" @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ #. translators: result message for joindomain command line action #. Translators: Information popup, %1 is the name of the domain -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:275 src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:274 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:278 src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:280 msgid "Domain %1 joined successfully." msgstr "Ingressou no domínio %1 com sucesso." @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ #. text entry label #. text entry label #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:516 -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:88 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:90 msgid "&Username" msgstr "Nome de &usuário" @@ -601,21 +601,21 @@ "</p>\n" #. default value of Machine Account -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:60 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:62 msgid "(default)" msgstr "(padrão)" #. combo box label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:71 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:73 msgid "&Machine Account OU" msgstr "Conta da &Máquina OU" -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:76 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:78 msgid "O&btain list" msgstr "O&bter lista" #. error popup -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:119 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:121 msgid "" "User name and password are required\n" "for listing the machine accounts." @@ -623,36 +623,36 @@ "O usuário e senha são requeridos\n" "para listar as contas da máquina." -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:137 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:139 msgid "&Machine Account" msgstr "Conta da &Máquina" #. translators: text for busy pop-up -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:175 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:177 msgid "Verifying workgroup membership..." msgstr "Verificando se é membro do grupo de trabalho..." #. popup to fill in the domain leaving info; %1 is the domain name -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:201 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:203 msgid "Enter the username and the password for leaving the domain %1." msgstr "Digite o nome do usuário e a senha para sair do domínio %1." #. additional information for cluster environment -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:229 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:231 msgid "The configuration will be propagated across cluster nodes." msgstr "A configuração será propagada através dos nós dos clusters." #. popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:240 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:242 msgid "Enter the username and the password for joining the domain %1." msgstr "Digite o nome do usuário e a senha para entrar no domínio %1." -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:247 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:249 msgid "To join the domain anonymously, leave the text entries empty.\n" msgstr "Para participar do domínio de modo anônimo, deixe as entradas de texto vazias.\n" #. popup question, the domain status cannot be found out, ask user what to do -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:298 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:304 msgid "" "Cannot automatically determine if this host\n" "is a member of the domain %1." @@ -661,7 +661,7 @@ "máquina é membro do domínio %1." #. popup question, first part -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:302 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:308 msgid "" "This host is not a member\n" "of the domain %1." @@ -670,11 +670,11 @@ "do domínio %1." #. last part of popup question -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:306 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:312 msgid "Join the domain %1?" msgstr "Entrar no domínio %1?" -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:310 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:316 msgid "" "Cannot automatically determine if this cluster\n" "is a member of the domain %1." @@ -682,7 +682,7 @@ "Não foi possível determinar automaticamente se este\n" "cluster é membro do domínio %1." -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:313 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:319 msgid "" "This cluster is not a member\n" "of the domain %1." @@ -691,92 +691,92 @@ "do domínio %1." #. popup question -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:355 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:361 msgid "User shares already exist. Keep or delete these shares?" msgstr "Já existem compartilhamentos de usuário. Manter ou remover esses compartilhamentos?" #. button label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:357 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:363 msgid "&Keep" msgstr "&Manter" #. button label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:359 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:365 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "&Remover" #. yes/no popup -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:375 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:381 msgid "Other Windows sharing services are available. Stop them as well?" msgstr "Há outros serviços de compartilhamento do Windows disponíveis. Pará-los também?" #. check box label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:386 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:392 msgid "&Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" msgstr "&Usar WINS para resolução de nomes de máquina" #. help text for "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" check box label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:395 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:401 msgid "<p>If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for name resolution, check <b>Use WINS for Hostname Resolution</b>.</p>" msgstr "<p>Se você quiser usar o Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) para resolução de nomes, selecione <b>Usar WINS para resolução de nomes de máquina</b>.</p>" #. check box label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:405 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:411 msgid "Retrieve WINS server via &DHCP" msgstr "Recuperar o servidor WINS via &DHCP" #. help text ("Retrieve WINS server via DHCP" is a checkbox label) -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:412 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:418 msgid "<p>Check <b>Retrieve WINS server via DHCP</b> to use a WINS server provided by DHCP.</p>" msgstr "<p>Marque <b>Recuperar o servidor WINS via DHCP</b> para usar um servidor WINS provido pelo DHCP.</p>" #. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:432 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:438 msgid "Sharing by Users" msgstr "Compartilhamento por Usuários" #. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:434 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:440 msgid "Sharing" msgstr "Compartilhamento" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:447 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:453 msgid "&Allow Users to Share Their Directories" msgstr "&Permitir aos Usuários Compartilhar seus Diretórios" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:457 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:463 msgid "Allow &Guest Access" msgstr "Permitir Acesso de &Convidado" #. texty entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:469 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:475 msgid "&Permitted Group" msgstr "&Grupo Permitido" #. infield label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:475 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:481 msgid "&Maximum Number of Shares" msgstr "&Número Máximo de Compartilhamentos" #. membership dialog help (common part 3/4), %1 is separator (e.g. '\') -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:505 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:511 msgid "<p><b>Allow Users to Share Their Directories</b> enables members of the group in <b>Permitted Group</b> to share directories they own with other users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system permissions allow access.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>Permitir aos Usuários Compartilhar seus Diretórios</b> permite que os membros do <b>Grupo Permitido</b> compartilhem com outros usuários os diretórios que possuem. Por exemplo, <tt>usuários</tt> de âmbito local ou <tt>Usuários do DOMÍNIO do %1</tt> em âmbito de domínio. O usuário deve verificar se as permissões do sistema de arquivos permitem acesso.</p>" #. membership dialog help (common part 3/4) -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:511 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:517 msgid "<p>With <b>Maximum Number of Shares</b>, limit the total amount of shares that may be created.</p>" msgstr "<p>Com <b>Número Máximo de Compartilhamentos</b>, limite o total de compartilhamentos que podem ser criados.</p>" #. membership dialog help common part -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:516 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:522 msgid "<p>To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable <b>Allow Guest Access</b>.</p>" msgstr "<p>Para permitir acesso aos compartilhamentos de usuário sem precisar de autenticação, habilite <b>Permitir Acesso de Convidado</b>.</p>" #. help text for PAM Mount table -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:525 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:531 msgid "" "<p>In the table <b>Mount Server Directories</b>, you can specify server\n" "directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when the\n" @@ -789,12 +789,12 @@ "Do contrário, o diretório é montado para cada usuário. Para maiores informações veja o manual de pam_mount.conf.</p>" #. help text for PAM Mount table: example -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:532 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:538 msgid "<p>For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for <b>Remote Path</b>, <tt>~/</tt> value for <b>Local Mount Point</b> to mount the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a part of <b>Options</b>.</p>" msgstr "<p>Por exemplo, você pode utilizar o valor <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> para <b>Caminho Remoto</b>, valor <tt>~/</tt> para <b>Ponto de Montagem Local</b> para montar o diretório home, juntamente com um valor <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> como parte de <b>Opções</b>.</p>" #. help text for kerberos method option -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:540 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:546 msgid "<p>The value of <b>Kerberos Method</b> defines how kerberos tickets are verified. When <b>Single Sing-on for SSH</b> is used, the default Kerberos Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page for details.</p>" msgstr "<p>O valor do <b>Método Kerberos</b> define como os tickets kerberos são verificados. Quando <b>Assinatura simples para SSH</b> for usado, o método Kerberos padrão configurado pelo YaST será <tt>segredos e keytab</tt>. Veja a página do manual de smb.conf para detalhes.</p>" @@ -846,8 +846,8 @@ #. final progress step label #. translators: progress finished #. translators: write progress finished -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:642 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:643 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:765 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Concluído" @@ -918,13 +918,13 @@ #. summary value #. translators: winbind status in summary -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1104 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Sim" #. summary value #. translators: winbind status in summary -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1106 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114 msgid "No" msgstr "Não" @@ -952,142 +952,142 @@ "Tente novamente." #. Samba-client read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:621 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:622 msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration" msgstr "Inicializando a configuração do cliente Samba" #. translators: progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:632 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:633 msgid "Read the global Samba settings" msgstr "Ler as configurações globais do Samba" #. translators: progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:634 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:635 msgid "Read the winbind status" msgstr "Ler status do winbind" #. translators: progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:638 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:639 msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..." msgstr "Lendo as configurações globais do Samba..." #. translators: progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:640 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:641 msgid "Reading the winbind status..." msgstr "Lendo status do winbind..." #. Samba-client read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:741 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745 msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration" msgstr "Salvando a configuração do cliente Samba" #. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:749 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Salvar as configurações" #. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:748 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:752 msgid "Disable Samba services" msgstr "Desabilitar serviços Samba" #. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:750 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754 msgid "Enable Samba services" msgstr "Habilitar serviços Samba" #. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:758 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Salvando as configurações..." #. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:757 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761 msgid "Disabling Samba services..." msgstr "Desabilitando serviços Samba..." #. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:759 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:763 msgid "Enabling Samba services..." msgstr "Habilitando serviços Samba..." #. write progress stage -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:769 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:773 msgid "Write Kerberos configuration" msgstr "Salvar as configuração do Kerberos" #. write progress step -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:771 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:775 msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..." msgstr "Salvando as configuração do Kerberos..." #. translators: error message, %1 is filename #. translators: error message, %1 is filename #. translators: error message, %1 is filename -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:825 src/modules/Samba.rb:862 src/modules/Samba.rb:879 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:833 src/modules/Samba.rb:870 src/modules/Samba.rb:887 msgid "Cannot write settings to %1." msgstr "Não foi possível salvar as configurações em %1." #. translators: error message, do not change winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:838 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:846 msgid "Cannot start winbind service." msgstr "Não foi possível iniciar o serviço winbind." #. translators: error message, do not change winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:843 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:851 msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon." msgstr "Não foi possível iniciar o daemon winbind." #. translators: error message, do not change winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:849 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:857 msgid "Cannot stop winbind service." msgstr "Não foi possível parar o serviço winbind." #. translators: error message, do not change winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:854 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:862 msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon." msgstr "Não foi possível parar o daemon winbind." #. translators: error message -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:870 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:878 msgid "Cannot write PAM settings." msgstr "Não foi possível salvar as configurações PAM." #. summary header -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1044 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1052 msgid "Global Configuration" msgstr "Configuração Global" #. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1051 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1059 msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" msgstr "Grupo de Trabalho ou Domínio: %1" #. autoyast summary item -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1060 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1068 msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" msgstr "Criar Diretório Pessoal no Login" #. autoyast summary item -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1067 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075 msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled" msgstr "Autenticação Offline Habilitada" #. autoyast summary item -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1083 msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1" msgstr "Número Máximo de Compartilhamentos: %1" #. summary item: configured workgroup -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1096 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1104 msgid "<p><b>Workgroup or Domain</b>: %1</p>" msgstr "<p><b>Grupo de Trabalho ou Domínio</b>: %1</p>" #. summary item: authentication using winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1101 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1109 msgid "<p><b>Authentication with SMB</b>: %1</p>" msgstr "<p><b>Autenticação com SMB</b>: %1</p>" -#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328 +#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:322 msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" msgstr "Não foi possível proceder com a entrada: Estado do cluster inconsistente" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/samba-server.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/samba-server.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/samba-server.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-29 14:45-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Isis Binder \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ #. translators: error message for "add share" command line action, %1 is share name #. translators: popup error message for "add share", %1 is share name -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:400 src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1070 +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:400 src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1071 msgid "Share %1 already exists." msgstr "O compartilhamento %1 já existe." @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ #. translators: share status #. translators: share status #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:463 src/clients/samba-server.rb:481 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:145 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:146 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Desabilitado" @@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ #. translators: share status #. check if given path has a corresponding snapper configuration #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:465 src/clients/samba-server.rb:483 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:145 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:146 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Habilitado" @@ -394,23 +394,23 @@ #. Lukas Ocilka #. #. $Id$ -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:69 msgid "&Primary Domain Controller (PDC)" msgstr "Controlador de Domínio &Primário (PDC)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:69 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:70 msgid "B&ackup Domain Controller (BDC)" msgstr "Controlador Reserv&a de Domínio (BDC)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:70 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "Not a Domain &Controller" msgstr "Não é um &Controlador de Domínio" #. Samba LDAP Settings Misc Widget #. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// #. translators: combo box value -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:152 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:156 #: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:76 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Sim" @@ -419,19 +419,19 @@ #. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// #. translators: combo box value #. translators: combo box value -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:152 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:156 #: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:65 #: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:78 msgid "No" msgstr "Não" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:170 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:235 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:171 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:236 msgid "Samba Installation" msgstr "Instalação do Samba" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:170 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:171 msgid "Step 1 of 2" msgstr "Passo 1 de 2" @@ -439,46 +439,46 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. `ComboBox(`id("workgroup_domainname"), `opt(`editable, `hstretch), _("&Workgroup or Domain Name"), #. SambaNmbLookup::GetAvailableNeighbours(nil)), -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:190 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1187 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1188 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain Name" msgstr "Nome de &Grupo de Trabalho ou Domínio" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:235 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:236 msgid "Step 2 of 2" msgstr "Passo 2 de 2" #. header of status-like information. followed by domain name -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:245 msgid "Current Domain Name:" msgstr "Nome de Domínio Atual:" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:250 msgid "Samba Server Type" msgstr "Tipo do servidor Samba" #. appears on new line after Primary Domain Controller radio button -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:262 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:263 msgid "Not available because a PDC is present." msgstr "Indisponível porque um PDC está presente." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:583 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:584 msgid "Rename Share" msgstr "Renomear Compartilhamento" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:592 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:593 msgid "New Share &Name" msgstr "Novo &Nome para o Compartilhamento" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:621 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:622 msgid "Enter a new share name." msgstr "Digite um novo nome de compartilhamento." #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a variable share name -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:630 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:631 msgid "" "Share '%1' already exists.\n" "Choose another share name.\n" @@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ "Escolha outro nome de compartilhamento.\n" #. confirmation dialog before deleting a share -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:726 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:727 msgid "" "If you delete share %1,\n" "all its settings will be lost.\n" @@ -498,26 +498,26 @@ "Realmente removê-lo?" #. rwalter I couldn't make this one show up. Please make sure my deletions didn't make it too confusing. -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:756 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:757 msgid "Trusted &Domain" msgstr "&Domínio Confiável" #. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:757 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1721 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:758 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1722 msgid "&Password" msgstr "S&enha" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:778 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:779 msgid "Domain name cannot be empty." msgstr "O nome do domínio não pode estar vazio." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:784 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:785 msgid "Cannot establish trusted domain relationship." msgstr "Não foi possível estabelecer o relacionamento de domínio de confiança." #. issue a warning, if not already done so -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:800 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:801 msgid "" "The password for trusted domains\n" "is stored in the autoinstallation control file. The password\n" @@ -530,14 +530,14 @@ "um risco de segurança." #. SambaTrustDom::List() might return 'nil' -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:822 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1219 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1335 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:823 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1220 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1336 msgid "&Trusted Domains" msgstr "Do&mínios de Confiança" #. confirmation -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:843 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:844 msgid "" "Really abandon trust relationship\n" "to trusted domain %1?" @@ -546,232 +546,232 @@ "com o domínio de confiança %1?" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:863 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:864 msgid "Share %1" msgstr "Compartilhar %1" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:887 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:888 msgid "Expert Global Settings Configuration" msgstr "Configurações Globais Avançadas" #. frame label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:919 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:920 msgid "Identification" msgstr "Identificação" #. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:921 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:922 msgid "Share &Name" msgstr "&Nome do Compartilhamento" #. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:923 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:924 msgid "Share &Description" msgstr "&Descrição do Compartilhamento" #. frame label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:927 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:928 msgid "Share Type" msgstr "Tipo do Compartilhamento" #. radio button label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:932 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:933 msgid "&Printer" msgstr "&Impressora" #. radio button label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:934 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:935 msgid "&Directory" msgstr "&Diretório" #. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:938 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:939 msgid "Share &Path" msgstr "&Caminho do Compartilhamento" #. translators: checkbox label, setting for share -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:945 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:946 msgid "&Read-Only" msgstr "&Apenas Leitura" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:947 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:948 msgid "&Inherit ACLs" msgstr "&Herdar ACLs" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:949 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:950 msgid "Expose Snapshots" msgstr "Expor snapshots" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:951 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:952 msgid "Utilize Btrfs Features" msgstr "Utilizar recursos Btrfs" #. translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:960 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:961 msgid "New Share" msgstr "Novo Compartilhamento" #. translators: file selection dialog title -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1006 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1007 msgid "Path for a Share" msgstr "Caminho para Compartilhamento" #. translators: error message -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1030 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1031 msgid "Share name cannot be empty." msgstr "O nome do compartilhamento não pode estar vazio." #. translators: error message -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1035 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Share path cannot be empty." msgstr "O caminho do compartilhamento não pode estar vazio." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1088 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1089 msgid "Available Shares" msgstr "Compartilhamentos Disponíveis" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1092 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1093 msgid "&Filter" msgstr "&Filtro" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1094 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1095 msgid "Show &All Shares" msgstr "Exibir &Todos os Compartilhamentos" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1097 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1098 msgid "Do Not Show &System Shares" msgstr "Não Exibir Compartilhamentos do &Sistema" #. translators: table header texts -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1108 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1109 msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1109 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1110 msgid "Read-Only" msgstr "Apenas Leitura" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1110 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1111 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nome" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1111 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "Path" msgstr "Caminho" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1112 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1123 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1113 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1124 msgid "Guest Access" msgstr "Acesso de convidado" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1113 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1114 msgid "Comment" msgstr "Comentário" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1122 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1123 msgid "&Rename..." msgstr "&Renomear..." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1124 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1125 msgid "&Toggle Status" msgstr "&Alternar Status" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1142 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1143 msgid "WINS Server Support" msgstr "Suporte do servidor WINS" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1149 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1150 msgid "Remote WINS Server" msgstr "Servidor WINS Remoto" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1154 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1155 msgid "Na&me" msgstr "No&me" #. TRANSLATORS: check box -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1164 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1165 msgid "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" msgstr "Usar WINS para resolução de nomes de máquina" #. translators: combobox item -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1169 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1170 msgid "Not a DC" msgstr "Não é um DC" #. translators: combobox item -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1171 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1172 msgid "Primary (PDC)" msgstr "Primário (PDC)" #. translators: combobox item -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1175 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Backup (BDC)" msgstr "Reserva (BDC)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1178 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1179 msgid "Base Settings" msgstr "Configurações Base" #. translators: combobox label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1193 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1194 msgid "Domain &Controller" msgstr "&Controlador de Domínio" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1203 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1204 msgid "Advanced Settings..." msgstr "Configurações Avançadas..." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1205 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1206 msgid "&Expert Global Settings" msgstr "Configurações Globais A&vançadas" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1206 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1207 msgid "&User Authentication Sources" msgstr "Fontes de Autenticação do &Usuário" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1236 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1237 msgid "Samba Configuration" msgstr "Configuração Samba" #. tab label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1241 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1242 msgid "Start-&Up" msgstr "&Inicialização" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1259 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1260 msgid "&Shares" msgstr "Compartilhamento&s" #. BNC #579993, Allow guest access -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1282 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1283 msgid "I&dentity" msgstr "I&dentidade" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1297 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1298 msgid "WINS" msgstr "WINS" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1340 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1341 msgid "&LDAP Settings" msgstr "Configurações &LDAP" #. BNC #247344, BNC #541958 (comment #18) -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1463 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1464 msgid "NetBIOS &Hostname" msgstr "Nome de &máquina NetBIOS" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1564 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1565 msgid "User Information Sources" msgstr "Fontes de Informaçôes de Usuário" #. try to create it #. first, ask for password -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1618 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1619 msgid "" "For a proper function, Samba server needs an\n" "administrative account (root).\n" @@ -781,16 +781,16 @@ "de uma conta administrativa (root).\n" "Ela será criada agora." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1624 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1625 msgid "Samba root &Password" msgstr "Senha de &Root do Samba" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1625 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1626 msgid "&Verify Password" msgstr "&Verificar Senha" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1645 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1646 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match." @@ -799,12 +799,12 @@ "senha não são iguais." #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a username -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1662 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1663 msgid "Cannot create account for user %1." msgstr "Não foi possível criar conta para o usuário %1." #. translators: popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1704 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1705 msgid "" "Enter the username and the password\n" "for joining the domain %1." @@ -812,7 +812,7 @@ "Digite o nome do usuário e a senha\n" "para ingressar no domínio %1." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1711 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1712 msgid "" "To join the domain anonymously, leave the\n" "text entries empty." @@ -821,17 +821,17 @@ "deixe as entradas de texto vazias." #. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1719 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1720 msgid "&Username" msgstr "Nome de &usuário" #. translators: button label to skip joining to domain -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1724 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1725 msgid "Do &Not Join" msgstr "&Não Participar" #. Translators: Information popup, %1 is the name of the domain -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1756 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1761 msgid "Domain %1 joined successfully." msgstr "Ingressou no domínio %1 com sucesso." Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/samba-users.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/samba-users.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/samba-users.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-users\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-26 13:40-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/scanner.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/scanner.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/scanner.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: scanner\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-10-26 01:04-0200\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:438 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:971 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2267 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2261 msgid "Failed to deactivate %1." msgstr "Falha ao desativar %1." @@ -1083,7 +1083,7 @@ #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:533 src/modules/Scanner.rb:591 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:650 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2506 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:650 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2500 msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "O arquivo %1 não existe." @@ -1096,7 +1096,7 @@ #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:553 src/modules/Scanner.rb:611 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:670 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2526 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:670 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2520 msgid "Failed to read %1." msgstr "Falha ao ler %1." @@ -1139,7 +1139,7 @@ #. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New: #. 5. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:774 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1994 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:774 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1988 msgid "Determine active scanners" msgstr "Determinar scanners ativos" @@ -1165,7 +1165,7 @@ #. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: #. 5. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:785 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2007 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:785 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2001 msgid "Determining active scanners..." msgstr "Determinando scanners ativos..." @@ -1188,7 +1188,7 @@ #. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: #. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:791 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1030 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2009 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2003 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Concluído" @@ -1304,19 +1304,19 @@ #. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing: #. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1326 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2248 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1326 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2242 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "Dispositivo desconhecido" #. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing: #. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1332 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2236 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1332 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2230 msgid "Unknown manufacturer" msgstr "Fabricante desconhecido" #. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing: #. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1335 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2242 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1335 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2236 msgid "Unknown model" msgstr "Modelo desconhecido" @@ -1327,7 +1327,7 @@ #. %1 will be replaced by the manufacturer name #. %2 will be replaced by the model name #. %3 will be replaced by the device name where the scanner is connected to: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1360 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2231 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1360 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2225 msgid "%1 %2 at %3" msgstr "%1 %2 em %3" @@ -1438,7 +1438,7 @@ #. stored on the manufacturer's CD but often it is buried in a weird Windows-only #. driver archive format. The text must indicate this. #. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1892 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1886 msgid "" "A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's memory.\n" "Without firmware, the scanner cannot work.\n" @@ -1471,7 +1471,7 @@ #. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpaio driver. #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. #. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a subsystem name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1911 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1905 msgid "" "There is at least one printer configuration that uses the ptal service.\n" "It is possible to proceed but then the ptal service would be stopped\n" @@ -1488,7 +1488,7 @@ #. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name. #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. #. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1923 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1917 msgid "" "The hpoj driver requires the PTAL system to be set up and running.\n" "In particular, the ptal service must be up and running.\n" @@ -1528,7 +1528,7 @@ #. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name. #. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name. #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1946 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1940 msgid "" "There is at least one printer configuration that uses the hplip service.\n" "It is possible to proceed but then the hplip service would be stopped\n" @@ -1545,51 +1545,51 @@ "Alternativamente, prossiga e altere a configuração da impressora para usar o serviço ptal.\n" #. %1 will be replaced by the backend name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1982 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1976 msgid "Setting Up Driver %1" msgstr "Configurando o driver %1" -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1986 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1980 msgid "Check whether additional packages must be installed" msgstr "Verificar se pacotes adicionais devem ser instalados" #. 2. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1988 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1982 msgid "Check whether firmware upload is required" msgstr "Verificar se é necessário realizar o upload de firmware" #. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1990 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1984 msgid "Test and set up special requirements for particular drivers" msgstr "Testar e configurar requisitos para drivers específicos" #. 4. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1992 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1986 msgid "Activate the driver" msgstr "Ativar o driver" #. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1997 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1991 msgid "Checking whether additional packages must be installed..." msgstr "Verificando se pacotes adicionais devem ser instalados..." #. 2. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1999 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1993 msgid "Checking whether firmware upload is required..." msgstr "Verificando se é necessário realizar o upload de firmware..." #. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2001 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1995 msgid "Testing and setting up special requirements for particular drivers..." msgstr "Testando e configurando requisitos para drivers específicos..." #. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2005 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1999 msgid "Activating the driver..." msgstr "Ativando o driver..." #. the third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2026 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2020 msgid "Required Package Not Installed" msgstr "Pacotes requeridos não instalados" @@ -1599,7 +1599,7 @@ #. Only a simple message because before there was a dialog #. which let the user install the package so that this message is shown #. if the user has explicitly rejected to install it. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2034 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2028 msgid "The driver %1 requires the package %2." msgstr "O dispositivo %1 requer o pacote %2." @@ -1607,9 +1607,9 @@ #. It may happen that the conflicting service hplip is in use by the printing system. #. The hplip service is associated with the hpaoi backend. #. Activate the backend via bash script: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2040 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2081 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2125 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2139 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2149 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2034 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2075 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2119 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2133 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2143 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "Cancelado" @@ -1621,7 +1621,7 @@ #. because which scanner requires firmware upload is stored in the database #. and additionally user confirmation must be requested. #. Otherwise skip this section. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2060 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2054 msgid "Firmware Upload Required" msgstr "É necessário realizar o upload de firmware" @@ -1630,19 +1630,19 @@ #. which asked the user whether he wants to let YaST activate the ptal service #. so that this message is shown if the user has explicitly rejected to do it. #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2115 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2109 msgid "If the ptal service is not running, the scanner cannot work." msgstr "Se o serviço ptal não estiver rodando, o scanner não poderá funcionar." #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2136 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2130 msgid "Failed to set up the PTAL system." msgstr "Falha ao configurar o sistema PTAL." #. Header message for a list of scanners which will be deactivated: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2223 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2217 msgid "" "The following scanners use the same driver.\n" "Therefore all those scanners will be deactivated:" @@ -1657,49 +1657,49 @@ #. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. #. Do not change or translate "CUPS", it is a subsystem name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2291 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2285 msgid "The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system." msgstr "O driver hpoj está desativado, mas o serviço ptal associado não está desativado porque é necessário para o sistema de impressão CUPS." #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2306 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2300 msgid "Failed to stop the ptal service." msgstr "Falha ao parar o serviço ptal." #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2317 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2311 msgid "Failed to disable the ptal service." msgstr "Falha ao desabilitar o serviço ptal." #. If there is no active scanner for the backend #. then show a message but exit successfully because #. it is no error when there is no active scanner for the backend: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2376 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2370 msgid "No Scanner for %1" msgstr "Nenhum scanner para %1" #. Header of a Popup::AnyMessage where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2378 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2372 msgid "It is not possible to test without a matching active scanner." msgstr "Não foi possível testar sem um scanner ativo correspondente." #. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of scanners: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2393 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2387 msgid "&Scanner to Test" msgstr "&Scanner para testar" #. Test the device: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2415 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2409 msgid "Testing %1" msgstr "Testando %1" #. Header of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier. #. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2418 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2412 msgid "Testing with 'scanimage -d %1 -v'..." msgstr "Testando com 'scanimage -d %1 -v'..." @@ -1707,7 +1707,7 @@ #. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results #. which are usually only available in English. #. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2430 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2424 msgid "" "Test with 'scanimage -d %1 -v' failed.\n" "The results are:\n" @@ -1721,7 +1721,7 @@ #. Fallback message if the real results are missing: #. Fallback message if the real results are missing: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2441 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2473 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2435 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2467 msgid "(no results available)" msgstr "(nenhum resultado disponível)" @@ -1731,7 +1731,7 @@ #. the scanner had fallen into coma or the USB or SCSI system had crashed #. and then the scanner would be no longer an active scanner nor could it be autodetected. #. To simulate such an event, simply unplug an USB scanner while it is being tested. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2456 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2450 msgid "Successfully Tested %1" msgstr "Testado com sucesso %1" @@ -1739,7 +1739,7 @@ #. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results #. which are usually only available in English. #. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2462 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2456 msgid "" "Test with 'scanimage -d %1 -v' succeeded.\n" "The results are:\n" @@ -1755,7 +1755,7 @@ #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network was configured. #. The latter results no error. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2492 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2486 msgid "Failed to determine the configuration for scanning via network." msgstr "Falha na determinação da configuração para digitalização via rede." @@ -1763,7 +1763,7 @@ #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network is to be set up. #. The latter results no error. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2568 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2562 msgid "Failed to set up scanning via network." msgstr "Falha ao configurar a digitalização via rede." @@ -1778,12 +1778,12 @@ #. If any kind of firewall seems to be active, show a popup message #. regarding scanning via network and firewall. #. @return true if any kind of firewall seems to be active -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2596 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2590 msgid "Check that your firewall allows scanning via network." msgstr "Verifique se seu firewall permite digitalização via rede." #. Popup::MessageDetails information regarding details: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2598 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2592 msgid "For details regarding firewall see the help text of this dialog." msgstr "Para detalhes sobre o firewall, veja o texto de ajuda deste diálogo." Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/security.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/security.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/security.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: security\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-10-26 01:04-0200\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ "X-Poedit-Country: BRAZIL\n" "X-Poedit-SourceCharset: utf-8\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module +#. translators: command line help text for Security module #: src/clients/security.rb:59 msgid "Security configuration module" msgstr "Módulo de configuração de segurança" @@ -47,15 +47,17 @@ msgid "Set the value of the specific option" msgstr "Definir o valor da opção específica" -#. command line help text for 'level home' option +#. command line help text for 'level workstation' option #: src/clients/security.rb:94 -msgid "Home Workstation security level (without network)" -msgstr "Nível de segurança de estação de trabalho doméstica (sem rede)" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Networked Workstation security level" +msgid "Workstation security level" +msgstr "Nível de segurança de estação de trabalho em Rede" -#. command line help text for 'level network' option +#. command line help text for 'level roaming' option #: src/clients/security.rb:100 -msgid "Networked Workstation security level" -msgstr "Nível de segurança de estação de trabalho em Rede" +msgid "Roaming Device (e.g. laptop or tablet) security level" +msgstr "" #. command line help text for 'level server' option #: src/clients/security.rb:106 @@ -127,206 +129,204 @@ #. Authors: Michal Svec #. #. $Id$ -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:62 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Desconhecido" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:66 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "Use magic SysRq keys" msgstr "Habilitar teclas mágicas SysRq " -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:66 msgid "Use secure file permissions" msgstr "Usar permissões de arquivo seguras" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:70 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Remote access to the display manager" msgstr "Acesso remoto ao gerenciador de exibição" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:73 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "Write back system time to the hardware clock" msgstr "Salvar novamente a hora do sistema no relógio do hardware" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:76 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:75 msgid "Always generate syslog message for cron scripts" msgstr "Sempre gerar mensagens do syslog para os scripts cron" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:78 msgid "Run the DHCP daemon in a chroot" msgstr "Executar o daemon do DHCP em um chroot" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:82 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:81 msgid "Run the DHCP daemon as dhcp user" msgstr "Executar o daemon do DHCP como usuário dhcp" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:85 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:84 msgid "Remote root login in the display manager" msgstr "Login remoto como root no gerenciador de exibição" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:88 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:87 msgid "Remote access to the X server" msgstr "Acesso remoto ao servidor X" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:91 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:90 msgid "Remote access to the email delivery subsystem" msgstr "Acesso remoto ao subsistema de entrega de e-mail" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:94 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:93 msgid "Restart services on update" msgstr "Reiniciar os serviços ao atualizar" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:97 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:96 msgid "Stop services on removal" msgstr "Parar os serviços ao remover" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:100 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:99 msgid "Enable TCP syncookies" msgstr "Habilitar TCP syncookies" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:102 msgid "IPv4 forwarding" msgstr "Encaminhamento IPv4" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103 msgid "IPv6 forwarding" msgstr "Encaminhamento IPv6" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105 -msgid "" -"Enable basic system services in runlevel 3\n" -" (multiuser with network)" -msgstr "" -"Habilitar os serviços básicos do sistema no nível de execução 3\n" -" (multiusuário com rede)" +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable the service" +msgid "Enable basic system services" +msgstr "Habilitar o serviço" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:108 -msgid "" -"Enable basic system services in runlevel 5\n" -" (multiuser with network and graphical login)" -msgstr "" -"Habilitar os serviços básicos do sistema no nível de execução 5\n" -" (multiusuário com rede e login no ambiente gráfico)" +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:107 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Disable the service" +msgid "Disable extra services" +msgstr "Desabilitar o serviço" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:111 -msgid "Enable extra services in runlevel 3" -msgstr "Habilitar os serviços extras no nível de execução 3" - -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:114 -msgid "Enable extra services in runlevel 5" -msgstr "Habilitar os serviços extras no nível de execução 5" - #. handle the special cases at first -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:150 msgid "Configure" msgstr "Configurar" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:158 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Habilitado" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Desabilitado" #. table header #. table header -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:186 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:470 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:180 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:409 msgid "Security Setting" msgstr "Configurações de Segurança" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:187 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:471 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:181 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:410 msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:188 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:472 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411 msgid "Security Status" msgstr "Status da Segurança" #. add one line for each security setting -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:348 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:318 msgid "Help" msgstr "Ajuda" #. this is a separator between service names #. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:395 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:361 msgid " or " msgstr " ou " #. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:404 -msgid "<P>These basic system services are not enabled in runlevel %1:<BR><B>%2</B></P>" -msgstr "<P>Estes serviços básicos do sistema não estão habilitados no nível de execução %1:<BR><B>%2</B></P>" +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:368 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<P>These basic system services are not running:<BR><B>%1</B></P>" +msgid "<P>These basic system services are not enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>" +msgstr "<P>Este serviço básico do sistema não está sendo executado:<BR><B>%1</B></P>" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "<P>All basic services are enabled.</P>" msgstr "<P>Todos os serviços básicos estão habilitados.</P>" -#. TODO: runlevel is not longer needed (read above) -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:425 -msgid "<P>These extra services are enabled in runlevel %1:<BR><B>%2</B></P>" -msgstr "<P>Estes serviços extras estão habilitados no nível de execução %1:<BR><B>%2</B></P>" +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:378 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<P>These extra services are running:<BR><B>%1</B></P>" +msgid "<P>These extra services are enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>" +msgstr "<P>Este(s) servço(s) extra estão sendo executados:<BR><B>%1</B></P>" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:434 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:379 msgid "<P>Check the list of services and disable all unused services.</P>" msgstr "<P>Verifique a lista de serviços e desabilite todos os serviços não utilizados.</P>" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:441 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381 msgid "<P>Only basic system services are enabled.</P>" msgstr "<P>Apenas serviços básicos do sistema estão habilitados.</P>" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:448 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:387 msgid "Description" msgstr "Descrição" #. Overview dialog caption #. params: input tree, parent, label, id -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:399 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49 msgid "Security Overview" msgstr "Resumo sobre a segurança" #. push button label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:485 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:424 msgid "Change &Status" msgstr "Alterar o &status" #. push button label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:427 msgid "&Description" msgstr "&Descrição" +#. update the current value +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:521 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Analyzing the system..." +msgid "Analyzing system" +msgstr "Analisando o sistema..." + #. Boot dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:634 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:575 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57 msgid "Boot Settings" msgstr "Configurações de Inicialização" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:646 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:587 msgid "Boot Permissions" msgstr "Permissões de Inicialização" #. Misc dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:723 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:664 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60 msgid "Miscellaneous Settings" msgstr "Configurações gerais" #. Password dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:803 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:744 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56 msgid "Password Settings" msgstr "Configurações de Senha" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:812 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:753 msgid "Checks" msgstr "Verificações" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:827 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:768 msgid "Password Age" msgstr "Idade da Senha" #. Popup text -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:905 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:846 msgid "" "The minimum number of days cannot be larger\n" "than the maximum." @@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ "que o máximo." #. Popup text, %1 is number -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:922 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:863 msgid "" "The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n" "The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1." @@ -344,12 +344,12 @@ "O comprimento máximo de senha para a criptografia selecionada é %1." #. Login dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:954 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:895 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58 msgid "Login Settings" msgstr "Configurações do login" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:963 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:904 msgid "Login" msgstr "Iniciar sessão" @@ -452,21 +452,23 @@ #. Main dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:86 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b>Networked Workstation</b>: For a computer connected\n" +#| "to any type of network including the Internet.</p>" msgid "" -"<p><b>Home Workstation</b>: For a home computer not connected to\n" -"any type of a network.</p>" +"<p><b>Workstation</b>: For a computer connected\n" +"to any type of network including the Internet.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Estação de Trabalho Doméstica</b>: Para um computador doméstico não conectado a\n" -"nenhum tipo de rede.</p>" +"<p><b>Estação de Trabalho em Rede</b>: Para um computador conectado\n" +"a qualquer tipo de rede, incluindo a Internet.</p>" #. Main dialog help 6/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:90 msgid "" -"<p><b>Networked Workstation</b>: For a computer connected\n" -"to any type of network including the Internet.</p>" +"<p><b>Roaming Device</b>: For a laptop, tablet or similar device\n" +"that connects to different networks.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Estação de Trabalho em Rede</b>: Para um computador conectado\n" -"a qualquer tipo de rede, incluindo a Internet.</p>" #. Main dialog help 7/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:94 @@ -911,41 +913,49 @@ msgid "<P>There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</P>" msgstr "<P> Há pré-definições de segurança nos arquivos /etc/permissions.*. A permissão de arquivo mais restritiva é definida como 'secure' ou 'paranoid'.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349 src/include/security/helps.rb:352 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349 msgid "<P>Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services.</P>" msgstr "<P>Serviços básicos do sistema devem ser habilitados para prover consistência ao sistema e executar os serviços relacionados à segurança.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355 src/include/security/helps.rb:358 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:352 msgid "<P>Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system.</P>" msgstr "<P>Todo serviço em execução é um alvo em potencial de um ataque de segurança. Portanto, é recomendado desabilitar todos os serviços que não estão sendo usados pelo sistema.</P>" #. level name -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:51 -msgid "Home Workstation" +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Home Workstation" +msgid "Workstation" msgstr "Estação de Trabalho Doméstica" #. level name -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:53 -msgid "Networked Workstation" -msgstr "Estação de Trabalho em Rede" +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:56 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Raid Device" +msgid "Roaming Device" +msgstr "Dispositivo Raid" #. level name -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:55 +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:58 msgid "Network Server" msgstr "Servidor de Rede" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:60 -msgid "&Home Workstation" +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Home Workstation" +msgid "&Workstation" msgstr "Estação de Trabalho &Doméstica" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:62 -msgid "N&etworked Workstation" -msgstr "Estação de Trabalho em R&ede" +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Raid Device" +msgid "&Roaming Device" +msgstr "Dispositivo Raid" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:64 +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:67 msgid "Network &Server" msgstr "&Servidor de Rede" @@ -1025,13 +1035,13 @@ #. IntField label #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:209 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:205 msgid "Maxim&um" msgstr "Máxim&o" #. IntField label #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:222 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:218 msgid "M&inimum" msgstr "&Mínimo" @@ -1055,90 +1065,83 @@ msgid "Nobody" msgstr "Ninguém" -#. ComboBox value -#. ["local",_("Local Users")], -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167 -msgid "Automatic" -msgstr "Automático" - #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:174 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:170 msgid "System Hybernation" msgstr "Hibernação do sistema" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:173 msgid "User on the active console" msgstr "Usuário no console ativo" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:179 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:175 msgid "Anyone can hibernate" msgstr "Qualquer um pode hibernar" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:181 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177 msgid "Authentication always required" msgstr "Autenticação sempre necessária" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:188 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:184 msgid "P&assword Encryption Method" msgstr "Método de Criptografia de Senh&a" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:202 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:198 msgid "&Check New Passwords" msgstr "&Verificar Novas Senhas" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:215 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:211 msgid "Numb&er of Passwords to Remember" msgstr "Núm&ero de Senhas a Memorizar" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:228 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:224 msgid "&Minimum Acceptable Password Length" msgstr "Tamanho &Mínimo Aceitável de Senha" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:236 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:232 msgid "&Days before Password Expires Warning" msgstr "&Dias Antes do Aviso de Vencimento de Senha" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:244 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:240 msgid "&File Permissions" msgstr "Per&missões de Arquivo" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:243 msgid "Easy" msgstr "Fácil" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:249 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:245 msgid "Secure" msgstr "Seguro" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:251 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247 msgid "Paranoid" msgstr "Paranoico" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:258 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:254 msgid "&User Launching updatedb" msgstr "&Usuário Iniciando o updatedb" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:265 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261 msgid "Ma&ximum" msgstr "Má&ximo" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:271 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:267 msgid "&Minimum" msgstr "&Mínimo" @@ -1157,65 +1160,110 @@ msgstr "Inicializando..." #. Security read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Security.rb:608 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:654 msgid "Saving Security Configuration" msgstr "Salvando a configuração de segurança" #. Progress stage 1/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:617 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:663 msgid "Write security settings" msgstr "Salvar as configurações de segurança" #. Progress stage 2/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:619 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:665 msgid "Write inittab settings" msgstr "Salvar as configurações do inittab" #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:621 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:667 msgid "Write PAM settings" msgstr "Salvar as configurações PAM" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:623 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:669 msgid "Update system settings" msgstr "Atualizar as configurações do sistema" #. Progress step 1/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:627 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:673 msgid "Writing security settings..." msgstr "Salvando as configurações de segurança..." #. Progress step 2/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:629 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:675 msgid "Writing inittab settings..." msgstr "Salvando as configurações do inittab..." #. Progress step 3/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:631 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:677 msgid "Writing PAM settings..." msgstr "Salvando as configurações PAM..." #. Progress step 4/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:633 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:679 msgid "Updating system settings..." msgstr "Atualizando as configurações do sistema..." #. Progress step 5/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:635 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:681 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Concluído" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Security.rb:869 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:791 msgid "Current Security Level: Custom settings" msgstr "Nível de segurança atual: configurações personalizadas" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Security.rb:873 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:795 msgid "Current Security Level: %1" msgstr "Nível de segurança atual: %1" +#~ msgid "Home Workstation security level (without network)" +#~ msgstr "Nível de segurança de estação de trabalho doméstica (sem rede)" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Enable basic system services in runlevel 3\n" +#~ " (multiuser with network)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Habilitar os serviços básicos do sistema no nível de execução 3\n" +#~ " (multiusuário com rede)" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Enable basic system services in runlevel 5\n" +#~ " (multiuser with network and graphical login)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Habilitar os serviços básicos do sistema no nível de execução 5\n" +#~ " (multiusuário com rede e login no ambiente gráfico)" + +#~ msgid "Enable extra services in runlevel 3" +#~ msgstr "Habilitar os serviços extras no nível de execução 3" + +#~ msgid "Enable extra services in runlevel 5" +#~ msgstr "Habilitar os serviços extras no nível de execução 5" + +#~ msgid "<P>These basic system services are not enabled in runlevel %1:<BR><B>%2</B></P>" +#~ msgstr "<P>Estes serviços básicos do sistema não estão habilitados no nível de execução %1:<BR><B>%2</B></P>" + +#~ msgid "<P>These extra services are enabled in runlevel %1:<BR><B>%2</B></P>" +#~ msgstr "<P>Estes serviços extras estão habilitados no nível de execução %1:<BR><B>%2</B></P>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Home Workstation</b>: For a home computer not connected to\n" +#~ "any type of a network.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>Estação de Trabalho Doméstica</b>: Para um computador doméstico não conectado a\n" +#~ "nenhum tipo de rede.</p>" + +#~ msgid "Networked Workstation" +#~ msgstr "Estação de Trabalho em Rede" + +#~ msgid "N&etworked Workstation" +#~ msgstr "Estação de Trabalho em R&ede" + +#~ msgid "Automatic" +#~ msgstr "Automático" + #~ msgid "&Current Directory in root's Path" #~ msgstr "Diretório &Atual no Caminho do root" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/services-manager.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/services-manager.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/services-manager.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-02 17:23-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" @@ -20,7 +20,218 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" +#: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:30 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the default system settings..." +msgid "Saving default systemd target..." +msgstr "Lendo as configurações padrões de sistema..." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:26 +msgid "VNC needs graphical system to be available" +msgstr "" + #. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default system settings" +msgid "&Default systemd target" +msgstr "Configurações padrão do sistema" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:52 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default system settings" +msgid "Default systemd target" +msgstr "Configurações padrão do sistema" + +#. create the proposal dialog and get the sequence symbol from block +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:116 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default Target" +msgid "Set Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "Destino padrão" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:134 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the default system settings..." +msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "Lendo as configurações padrões de sistema..." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136 +msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139 +msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143 +msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146 +msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149 +msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Available Shares" +msgid "Available Targets" +msgstr "Compartilhamentos Disponíveis" + +#. Check if the user forced a particular target before; if he did and the +#. autodetection recommends a different one now, warn the user about this +#. and keep the default target unchanged. +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:220 +msgid "The installer is recommending you the default target '%s' " +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:232 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No package has been selected for installation." +msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation" +msgstr "Nenhum pacote foi selecionado para instalação." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:235 +msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:238 +msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:242 +msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:245 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:249 +msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:252 +msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:255 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No package has been selected for installation." +msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation" +msgstr "Nenhum pacote foi selecionado para instalação." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:258 +msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: command line help text for services-manager module +#. translators: command line help text for services-manager module +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:29 src/clients/services.rb:29 +msgid "" +"Systemd target and services configuration module.\n" +"Use systemctl for commandline services configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. Default for double-click in the table +#. Default for double-click in the table +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:89 src/clients/services.rb:89 +msgid "Writing configuration..." +msgstr "Salvando a configuração..." + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:94 src/clients/services.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the system configuration" +msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n" +msgstr "Salvando a configuração do sistema" + +#. Additional space for UI features +#. Additional space for UI features +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:131 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default Target" +msgid "Default System &Target" +msgstr "Destino padrão" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:142 src/clients/services.rb:142 +msgid "Service" +msgstr "Serviço" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:143 src/clients/services-manager.rb:172 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:188 src/clients/services.rb:143 +#: src/clients/services.rb:172 src/clients/services.rb:188 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16 +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "Habilitado" + +#. The current state matches the futural state +#. The current state matches the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:144 src/clients/services-manager.rb:173 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:198 src/clients/services.rb:144 +#: src/clients/services.rb:173 src/clients/services.rb:198 +msgid "Active" +msgstr "Ativo" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:145 src/clients/services.rb:145 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Descrição" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:150 src/clients/services.rb:150 +msgid "&Start/Stop" +msgstr "&Iniciar/parar" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:152 src/clients/services.rb:152 +msgid "&Enable/Disable" +msgstr "&Habilitar/desabilitar" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:154 src/clients/services.rb:154 +msgid "Show &Details" +msgstr "Exibir &detalhes" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:157 src/clients/services.rb:157 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +msgid "Services Manager" +msgstr "Gerenciador de serviços" + +#. Redraws the services dialog +#. Redraws the services dialog +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:168 src/clients/services.rb:168 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading service status ..." +msgid "Reading services status..." +msgstr "Lendo status do serviço..." + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:172 src/clients/services-manager.rb:188 +#: src/clients/services.rb:172 src/clients/services.rb:188 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "Desabilitado" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:173 src/clients/services-manager.rb:198 +#: src/clients/services.rb:173 src/clients/services.rb:198 +msgid "Inactive" +msgstr "Inativo" + +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:205 src/clients/services.rb:205 +msgid "Active (will start)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:205 src/clients/services.rb:205 +msgid "Inactive (will stop)" +msgstr "" + +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:226 src/clients/services.rb:226 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Service %service will be %toggled %link" +msgid "Service %{service} Full Info" +msgstr "O serviço %service será %toggled %link" + +#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52 msgid "&Services" msgstr "&Serviços" @@ -76,66 +287,75 @@ msgid "Cannot enable service %1" msgstr "Não foi possível habilitar o serviço %1" -#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5 -msgid "Services Manager" -msgstr "Gerenciador de serviços" - #: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6 msgid "Default Target" msgstr "Destino padrão" -#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16 -msgid "Enabled" -msgstr "Habilitado" - -#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23 -msgid "Disabled" -msgstr "Desabilitado" - #. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional. #. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil. -#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:104 +#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:103 msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'" msgstr "Esquema de perfil de serviços do autoyast desconhecido para 'services-manager'" -#~ msgid "Writing configuration..." -#~ msgstr "Salvando a configuração..." +#. AutoYast summary +#: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29 +msgid "Not configured yet." +msgstr "Ainda não configurado." -#~ msgid "Service" -#~ msgstr "Serviço" +#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state. +#. They might be coming from AutoYast import and thus marked as :modified. +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407 +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. " +msgstr "" -#~ msgid "Active" -#~ msgstr "Ativo" +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device" +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. " +msgstr "%1: não foi possível alterar o estado do dispositivo" -#~ msgid "Description" -#~ msgstr "Descrição" +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 5) option #1 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:20 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Dial mode" +msgid "Graphical mode" +msgstr "Modo de discagem" -#~ msgid "&Start/Stop" -#~ msgstr "&Iniciar/parar" +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 3) option #2 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:22 +msgid "Text mode" +msgstr "Modo texto" -#~ msgid "&Enable/Disable" -#~ msgstr "&Habilitar/desabilitar" +#. Systemd targets, bnc#892366 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:25 +msgid "Emergency Mode" +msgstr "Modo de emergência" -#~ msgid "Show &Details" -#~ msgstr "Exibir &detalhes" +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:26 +msgid "Graphical Interface" +msgstr "Interface gráfica" -#~ msgid "Inactive" -#~ msgstr "Inativo" +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default Target" +msgid "Initrd Default Target" +msgstr "Destino padrão" -#~ msgid "Not configured yet." -#~ msgstr "Ainda não configurado." +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:28 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Switch Mode" +msgid "Switch Root" +msgstr "Modo de Troca" -#~ msgid "Text mode" -#~ msgstr "Modo texto" +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:29 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Other System" +msgid "Multi-User System" +msgstr "Outro Sistema" -#~ msgid "Graphical Interface" -#~ msgstr "Interface gráfica" +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30 +msgid "Rescue Mode" +msgstr "Modo de recuperação" -#~ msgid "Emergency Mode" -#~ msgstr "Modo de emergência" - -#~ msgid "Rescue Mode" -#~ msgstr "Modo de recuperação" - #~ msgid "Enabled Services" #~ msgstr "Serviços habilitados" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/slp-server.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/slp-server.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/slp-server.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: slp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-10-25 17:29-0200\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/snapper.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/snapper.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/snapper.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-10 16:08-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Isis Binder \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" @@ -22,134 +22,175 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n>1;\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" -#. The main () -#: src/clients/snapper.rb:53 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: clients/snapper.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of snapper +#. Summary: Main file +#. Authors: Jiri Suchomel +#. +#. Main file for snapper configuration. Uses all other files. +#: src/clients/snapper.rb:49 msgid "Configuration of system snapshots" msgstr "Configuração dos snapshots do sistema" #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:123 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496 msgid "Description" msgstr "Descrição" #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:290 msgid "User data" msgstr "Dados do usuário" #. combo box label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:295 msgid "Cleanup algorithm" msgstr "Algoritmo de limpeza" -#. popup label, %1 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158 -msgid "Modify Snapshot %1" +#. popup label, %{num} is number +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:153 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Modify Snapshot %1" +msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}" msgstr "Modificar snapshot %1" -#. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range) -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166 -msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2" +#. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2" +msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}" msgstr "Modificar snapshots %1 - %2" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 -msgid "Pre (%1)" +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Pre (%1)" +msgid "Pre (%{pre})" msgstr "Pre (%1)" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 -msgid "Post (%1)" +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:165 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Post (%1)" +msgid "Post (%{post})" msgstr "Post (%1)" #. popup label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:242 msgid "Create New Snapshot" msgstr "Criar novo snapshot" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:255 msgid "Single snapshot" msgstr "Snapshot single" #. radio button label #. 0 means there's no post -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:264 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "Pre" msgstr "Pre" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:274 msgid "Post, paired with:" msgstr "Post, pareado com:" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352 -msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?" +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:350 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?" +msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?" msgstr "Realmente remover o snapshot '%1'?" +#. yes/no popup question +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:357 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?" +msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?" +msgstr "Realmente remover o snapshot '%1'?" + #. summary dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:372 msgid "Snapshots" msgstr "Snapshots" #. generate list of snapshot table items -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:401 msgid "Single" msgstr "Single" #. pre canot be 0 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:426 msgid "Pre & Post" msgstr "Pre & Post" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:461 msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." msgstr "Lendo a lista de snapshots..." #. combo box label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:481 msgid "Current Configuration" msgstr "Configuração atual" #. table header -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492 msgid "ID" msgstr "ID" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493 msgid "Type" msgstr "Tipo" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Start Date" msgstr "Data de Início" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "End Date" msgstr "Data de Término" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 msgid "User Data" msgstr "Dado de Usuário" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:503 msgid "Show Changes" msgstr "Mostrar Mofificações" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:506 msgid "Modify" msgstr "Modificar" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:549 msgid "" "This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n" "Showing differences is not possible." @@ -158,131 +199,131 @@ "A exibição das diferenças não é possível." #. dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:634 msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview" msgstr "Visão geral do snapshot" #. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:666 msgid "%1: %2" msgstr "%1: %2" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:685 msgid "Calculating changed files..." msgstr "Calculando os arquivos alterados..." #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:695 msgid "Calculating file modifications..." msgstr "Calculando alterações do arquivo..." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:703 msgid "New file was created." msgstr "O novo arquivo foi criado." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707 msgid "File was removed." msgstr "O arquivo foi removido." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:712 msgid "File content was not changed." msgstr "O conteúdo do arquivo não foi alterado." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:718 msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot." msgstr "O arquivo não existe em nenhum snapshot." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:724 msgid "File content was modified." msgstr "O conteúdo do arquivo foi alterado." #. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:734 msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "O modo de arquivo foi alterado de '%1' para '%2'." #. text label, %1, %2 are user names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:749 msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "O proprietário do arquivo foi alterado de '%1' para '%2'." #. text label, %1, %2 are group names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765 msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "O grupo do arquivo foi alterado de '%1' para '%2'." #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:782 msgid "R&estore from First" msgstr "R&estaurar a partir do primeiro" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:784 msgid "Restore" msgstr "Restaurar" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:807 msgid "Res&tore from Second" msgstr "Res&taurar a partir do segundo" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:844 msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system" msgstr "Exibir a diferença entre o snapshot e o sistema atual" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:856 msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:" msgstr "Exibir a diferença entre o snapshot atual e o selecionado:" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:903 msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot" msgstr "Exibir a diferença entre o primeiro e o segundo snapshot" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:914 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" msgstr "Exibir a diferença entre o primeiro snapshot e o sistema atual" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:925 msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system" msgstr "Exibir a diferença entre o segundo snapshot e o sistema atual" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:954 +msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" +msgstr "Horário de tomada do snapshot:" + +#. label, date string will follow at the end of line +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:962 msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:" msgstr "Horário de tomada do primeiro snapshot:" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:967 msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:" msgstr "Horário de tomada do segundo snapshot:" -#. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044 -msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" -msgstr "Horário de tomada do snapshot:" - #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 msgid "&Open" msgstr "&Abrir" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Restore Selected" msgstr "Restaurar os selecionados" #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1121 msgid "" "Do you want to delete the file\n" "\n" @@ -298,7 +339,7 @@ #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1142 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1161 msgid "" "Do you want to copy the file\n" "\n" @@ -313,17 +354,19 @@ "do snapshot '%2' para o sistema atual?" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259 -msgid "No file was selected for restoring" +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1187 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No file was selected for restoring" +msgid "No file was selected for restoring." msgstr "Nenhum arquivo foi selecionado para restauração." #. popup headline -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1197 msgid "Restoring files" msgstr "Restaurando arquivos" #. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1200 msgid "" "<p>These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':</p>\n" "<p>\n" @@ -340,7 +383,7 @@ "<p>Arquivos que não existirem no snapshot serão removidos.</p>Você tem certeza?" #. Read dialog help -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:36 +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:35 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Reading the list of snapshots</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -349,13 +392,21 @@ "</p>\n" #. Summary dialog help: -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:40 +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:39 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b><big>Snapshots Configuration</big></b><p>\n" +#| "<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n" +#| "of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots are\n" +#| "used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in the table.</p>\n" +#| "<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\n" +#| "new file system changes in the specified snapshot.</p>\n" msgid "" "<p><b><big>Snapshots Configuration</big></b><p>\n" "<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n" "of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots are\n" -"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in the table.</p>\n" -"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\n" +"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in the table.</p>\n" +"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\n" "new file system changes in the specified snapshot.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Configuração dos snapshots</big></b></p>\n" @@ -366,14 +417,23 @@ "visualizar as novas alterações no sistema de arquivo no snapshot especificado.</p>\n" #. Show snapshot dialog help -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:49 +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n" +#| "<p>\n" +#| "The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n" +#| "</p>\n" +#| "<p>\n" +#| "When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" +#| "</p>\n" msgid "" "<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n" "<p>\n" "The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n" "</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Visão geral do snapshot</big></b><p>\n" @@ -385,7 +445,7 @@ "</p>\n" #. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:59 +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n" "<p>\n" @@ -403,106 +463,106 @@ "Quando um arquivo estiver selecionado na árvore, você pode visualizar as diferenças entre a versão do snapshot e o sistema atual.\n" "</p>\n" -#. popup error -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:91 -msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found." -msgstr "O snapshot '%1' não foi encontrado." +#. Return Tree of files modified between given snapshots +#. Map is recursively describing the filesystem structure; helps to build Tree widget contents +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:108 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to save ipsec.conf:" +msgid "Failed to get config:\n" +msgstr "Falha ao salvar ipsec.conf:" -#. Initialize snapper agent -#. Return true on success -#. Delete existing snapshot -#. Return true on success -#. Modify existing snapshot -#. Return true on success -#. Create new snapshot -#. Return true on success -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:236 src/modules/Snapper.rb:264 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:284 src/modules/Snapper.rb:303 -msgid "Reason not known." -msgstr "Motivo desconhecido." - -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:238 -msgid "Configuration not found." -msgstr "Configuração não encontrada" - -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:240 -msgid "Configuration is not valid." -msgstr "A configuração não é válida." - -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:247 -msgid "" -"Failed to initialize snapper library:\n" -"%1" +#. Return the path to given snapshot +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:129 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Failed to delete snapshot:\n" +#| "%1" +msgid "Failed to get snapshot mount point:\n" msgstr "" -"Falha ao inicializar a biblioteca do Snapper:\n" +"Falha ao remover o snapshot:\n" "%1" -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:266 -msgid "Snapshot was not found." -msgstr "O snapshot não foi encontrado." - -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:271 -msgid "" -"Failed to delete snapshot:\n" -"%1" +#. Create new snapshot +#. Return true on success +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:276 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Failed to create new snapshot:\n" +#| "%1" +msgid "Failed to create new snapshot:\n" msgstr "" -"Falha ao remover o snapshot:\n" +"Falha ao criar o novo snapshot:\n" "%1" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:289 -msgid "" -"Failed to modify snapshot:\n" -"%1" +#. Modify existing snapshot +#. Return true on success +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:291 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Failed to modify snapshot:\n" +#| "%1" +msgid "Failed to modify snapshot:\n" msgstr "" "Falha ao modificar o snapshot:\n" "%1" +#. Delete existing snapshot +#. Return true on success #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306 -msgid "Wrong snapshot type given." -msgstr "Fornecido o tipo de snapshot errado." - -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:308 -msgid "'Pre' snapshot was not given." -msgstr "O 'pre' snapshot não foi fornecido." - -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:310 -msgid "Given 'Pre' snapshot was not found." -msgstr "O snapshot 'pre' fornecido não foi encontrado." - -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:316 -msgid "" -"Failed to create new snapshot:\n" -"%1" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Failed to delete snapshot:\n" +#| "%1" +msgid "Failed to delete snapshot:\n" msgstr "" -"Falha ao criar o novo snapshot:\n" +"Falha ao remover o snapshot:\n" "%1" #. Snapper read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:319 msgid "Initializing Snapper" msgstr "Inicializando o Snapper" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:337 -msgid "Read the list of snapshots" +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read configurations" +msgid "Read list of configurations" +msgstr "Ler as configurações" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read the list of snapshots" +msgid "Read list of snapshots" msgstr "Ler a lista de snapshots" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:341 -msgid "Reading the database..." -msgstr "Lendo o banco de dados..." +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:330 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the configurations..." +msgid "Reading list of configurations" +msgstr "Lendo as configurações..." +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:332 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." +msgid "Reading list of snapshots" +msgstr "Lendo a lista de snapshots..." + #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:343 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:334 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Concluído" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:352 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:344 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Boot loader configuration failed." +msgid "Querying snapper configurations failed:" +msgstr "Falha na configuração do carregador de inicialização." + +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:349 msgid "" "No snapper configurations exist. You have to create one or more\n" "configurations to use yast2-snapper. The snapper command line\n" @@ -512,21 +572,59 @@ "mais configurações para utilizar o yast2-snapper. A ferramenta de linha de \n" "comando do snapper pode ser utilizada para criar configurações." +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:359 +msgid "Querying snapper snapshots failed:" +msgstr "" + #. label for log window -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:395 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:399 msgid "Restoring Files..." msgstr "Restaurando Arquivos..." #. log entry (%1 is file name) -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:424 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:428 msgid "Deleted %1\n" msgstr "Removido %1\n" #. log entry (%1 is file name) -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:477 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:481 msgid "%1 skipped\n" msgstr "%1 foi pulado\n" +#~ msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found." +#~ msgstr "O snapshot '%1' não foi encontrado." + +#~ msgid "Reason not known." +#~ msgstr "Motivo desconhecido." + +#~ msgid "Configuration not found." +#~ msgstr "Configuração não encontrada" + +#~ msgid "Configuration is not valid." +#~ msgstr "A configuração não é válida." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Failed to initialize snapper library:\n" +#~ "%1" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Falha ao inicializar a biblioteca do Snapper:\n" +#~ "%1" + +#~ msgid "Snapshot was not found." +#~ msgstr "O snapshot não foi encontrado." + +#~ msgid "Wrong snapshot type given." +#~ msgstr "Fornecido o tipo de snapshot errado." + +#~ msgid "'Pre' snapshot was not given." +#~ msgstr "O 'pre' snapshot não foi fornecido." + +#~ msgid "Given 'Pre' snapshot was not found." +#~ msgstr "O snapshot 'pre' fornecido não foi encontrado." + +#~ msgid "Reading the database..." +#~ msgstr "Lendo o banco de dados..." + #~ msgid "File /etc/sysconfig/snapper is not available." #~ msgstr "O arquivo /etc/sysconfig/snapper não está disponível." Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/sound.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/sound.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/sound.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sound\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-07-08 11:06-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Isis Binder \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/squid.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/squid.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/squid.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: squid\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-11 15:00-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Isis Binder \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ msgid "When Booting" msgstr "Ao Inicializar" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:69 src/modules/Squid.rb:1591 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:69 src/modules/Squid.rb:1590 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Manualmente" @@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ msgid "Logging and Timeouts" msgstr "Log e Tempos de Espera" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:339 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:370 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:339 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:369 msgid "Miscellaneous Setting" msgstr "Outras Configurações" @@ -444,31 +444,27 @@ msgid "Cache &Store Log" msgstr "Cache do &log de armazenamento" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:339 -msgid "&Emulate httpd Log?" -msgstr "&Emular log Httpd?" - -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:346 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:345 msgid "Timeouts" msgstr "Tempos de espera" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:351 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:350 msgid "Connection &Timeout" msgstr "&Tempos de Espera de Conexão" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:358 msgid "Client &Lifetime" msgstr "Tempo de Vida do C&liente" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:372 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:371 msgid "&Language of error messages" msgstr "&Idioma das mensagens de erro" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:374 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "&Administrator's email" msgstr "E-mail do &administrador" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:376 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:375 msgid "&Use FTP Passive Mode" msgstr "&Usar FTP no modo passivo" @@ -1012,28 +1008,28 @@ #. ************* ACL END ************************ #. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG ********** -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:581 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:578 msgid "Access Log must not be empty." msgstr "O Log de Acesso não pode estar vazio." -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:591 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:588 msgid "Cache Log must not be empty." msgstr "O Log de Cache não pode estar vazio." -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:602 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:599 msgid "Incorrect pathname in Access Log field." msgstr "Parâmetro Incorreto no campo Log de Acesso." -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:613 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:610 msgid "Incorrect pathname in Cache Log field." msgstr "Parâmetro Incorreto no campo Log de Cache." -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:624 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:621 msgid "Incorrect pathname in Cache Store Log field." msgstr "Parâmetro incorreto no campo Log de Armazenamento de Cache." #. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG END ****** -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:691 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:684 msgid "Administrator's email must not contain any white spaces." msgstr "O E-mail do Administrador não pode conter espaços em branco." @@ -1049,149 +1045,149 @@ #. Read all squid settings #. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1089 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1088 msgid "Initializing Squid Configuration" msgstr "Inicializando a configuração do Squid" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1093 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1092 msgid "Read HTTP Ports from Config File." msgstr "Ler portas HTTP do arquivo de configuração." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1094 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1093 msgid "Read Refresh Patterns from Config File." msgstr "Ler os padrões de atualização do arquivo de configuração." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1095 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1094 msgid "Read ACL Groups from Config File." msgstr "Ler grupos ACL do arquivo de configuração." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1096 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1095 msgid "Read Access Control Table from Config File." msgstr "Ler tabela de controle de acesso do arquivo de configuração." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1097 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1096 msgid "Read Other Settings." msgstr "Ler outras configurações." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1098 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1097 msgid "Read Service Status." msgstr "Ler o status do serviço." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1099 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1098 msgid "Read Firewall Settings." msgstr "Ler as configurações do firewall" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1102 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1101 msgid "Reading HTTP Ports ..." msgstr "Lendo portas HTTP..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1103 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1102 msgid "Reading Refresh Patterns ..." msgstr "Lendo os padrões de atualização..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1104 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1103 msgid "Reading ACL Groups ..." msgstr "Lendo grupos ACL..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1105 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1104 msgid "Reading Access Control Table ..." msgstr "Lendo tabela de controle de acesso..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1106 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1105 msgid "Reading Other Settings ..." msgstr "Lendo outras configurações..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1107 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1106 msgid "Reading Service Status ..." msgstr "Lendo o status do serviço..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1108 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1107 msgid "Reading Firewall Settings ..." msgstr "Lendo as configurações do firewall..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1118 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1117 msgid "Cannot read configuration file." msgstr "Não foi possível ler o arquivo de configuração." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1123 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1122 msgid "Cannot read service status." msgstr "Não foi possível ler o status do serviço." #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1466 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1465 msgid "Saving Squid Configuration" msgstr "Salvando a configuração do Squid" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1471 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1470 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Salvar as configurações" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1473 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1472 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Salvar as configurações do firewall" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1475 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1474 msgid "Start Service" msgstr "Iniciar serviço" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1479 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1478 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Salvando as configurações..." #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1481 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1480 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Salvando as configurações do firewall..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1482 msgid "Starting Service..." msgstr "Iniciando serviço..." #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1485 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1484 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Concluído" #. write settings -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1495 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1494 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Não foi possível salvar as configurações." #. firewall -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1501 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1500 msgid "Cannot write firewall settings." msgstr "Não foi possível salvar as configurações do firewall." #. Header -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1585 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1584 msgid "Squid Cache Proxy" msgstr "Proxy de Cache do Squid" #. Start daemon -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1590 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1589 msgid "Start daemon: " msgstr "Iniciar o daemon:" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1591 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1590 msgid "When booting" msgstr "Ao Inicializar" #. Http Ports -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1595 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1594 msgid "Configured ports:" msgstr "Portas configuradas:" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1611 msgid " (transparent)" msgstr " (transparente)" #. Cache directory -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1626 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1625 msgid "Cache directory: " msgstr "Diretório de Cache:" @@ -1626,6 +1622,9 @@ msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "Chinês tradicional" +#~ msgid "&Emulate httpd Log?" +#~ msgstr "&Emular log Httpd?" + #~ msgid "Serbian" #~ msgstr "Sérvio" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/sshd.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/sshd.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/sshd.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sshd\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-03 12:45-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Isis Binder \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/storage.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/storage.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/storage.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: storage\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 10:50-0200\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ #. dialog heading #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:67 +#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68 msgid "Expert Partitioner" msgstr "Particionador avançado" @@ -969,7 +969,7 @@ #. Label text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6230 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6245 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "Propor Partição &Home Separada" @@ -1087,10 +1087,17 @@ #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" +#| "To boot from a GPT disk using grub2 such a partition is needed.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Really use this setup?\n" msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" -"To boot from a GPT disk using grub2 such a partition is needed.\n" -"\n" +"Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" +"installed in the MBR of a GPT disk. It must be unformatted and\n" +"approximately 1MB large.\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Aviso: não há uma partição do tipo bios_grub presente.\n" @@ -1101,7 +1108,7 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:358 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:360 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" @@ -1120,7 +1127,7 @@ "Realmente usar a configuração sem a partição /boot?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:378 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:380 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -1140,7 +1147,7 @@ "\n" "Realmente usar esta configuração?\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:398 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:400 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -1153,7 +1160,7 @@ "Deseja realmente utilizar esta configuração?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:417 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -1170,7 +1177,7 @@ "Realmente usar esta configuração?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:435 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" @@ -1195,7 +1202,7 @@ "Realmente usar esta configuração?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:455 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:457 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -1220,12 +1227,12 @@ "Realmente usar esta configuração?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:478 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:480 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "Realmente usar esta configuração?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:488 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" @@ -1247,7 +1254,7 @@ "Realmente usar a configuração sem partição de troca?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:502 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -1260,7 +1267,7 @@ "terá sucesso, particularmente nos seguintes casos:\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:511 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -1273,7 +1280,7 @@ "- se esta partição ainda não contiver um sistema de arquivos\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:518 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" "formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" @@ -1284,7 +1291,7 @@ "montagem padrão, como /, /boot, /opt ou /var.\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:524 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" @@ -1295,7 +1302,7 @@ "Realmente manter a partição não formatada?\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:577 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:579 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" @@ -1304,7 +1311,7 @@ "Remova-o do RAID antes de editá-lo.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:588 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:590 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" @@ -1313,7 +1320,7 @@ "Remova-o do grupo de volume antes de editá-lo.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:598 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:600 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" @@ -1322,7 +1329,7 @@ "Remova o volume antes de editá-lo.\n" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:631 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:633 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" @@ -1331,7 +1338,7 @@ "Remova-o do RAID antes de removê-lo.\n" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:642 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:644 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" @@ -1339,12 +1346,12 @@ "O dispositivo (%2) é usado por %1.\n" "Remova %1 antes de removê-lo.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:654 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:656 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "O disco não pode ser removido enquanto estiver montado." #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:690 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:692 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" @@ -1353,7 +1360,7 @@ "e uma outra partição lógica com um número maior está sendo usada.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:768 msgid "" "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1366,7 +1373,7 @@ "Escolha Cancelar, a menos que você saiba exatamente o que está fazendo.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:786 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1381,7 +1388,7 @@ "antes de remover a partição estendida.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:795 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:797 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1396,7 +1403,7 @@ "a partição estendida.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:806 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1416,7 +1423,7 @@ #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:75 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6372 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "Não se esqueça do que digitou aqui!" @@ -1461,7 +1468,7 @@ #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:3998 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4001 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "Digite novamente a senha para &verificação:" @@ -1484,7 +1491,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3954 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3957 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1495,7 +1502,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3965 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1853,7 +1860,7 @@ #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1596 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6211 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6226 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "Habilitar snapshots" @@ -3027,7 +3034,7 @@ msgstr "Dispositivo DM: %1" #. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc. #. #. All Rights Reserved. #. @@ -3045,16 +3052,16 @@ #. #. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may #. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. File: ep-graph.rb #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39 msgid "Add RAID" msgstr "Adicionar RAID" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:43 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475 msgid "Add Volume Group" msgstr "Adicionar Grupo de Volume" @@ -3062,43 +3069,43 @@ #. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for #. a set of notes connected with edges #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:69 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:457 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453 msgid "Device Graph" msgstr "Gráfico do dispositivo" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:79 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74 msgid "Save Device Graph..." msgstr "Salvar gráfico de dispositivos..." #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:89 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84 msgid "<p>This view shows a graph of devices.</p>" msgstr "<p>Esta visão exibe um gráfico dos dispositivos.</p>" #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:145 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:225 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214 msgid "Saving graph file failed." msgstr "Falha ao salvar o gráfico." #. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for #. a set of notes connected with edges #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:164 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:467 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:459 msgid "Mount Graph" msgstr "Gráfico de montagem" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:174 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163 msgid "Save Mount Graph..." msgstr "Salvar gráfico de montagem..." #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:184 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173 msgid "<p>This view shows a graph of mount points.</p>" msgstr "<p>Esta visão exibe um gráfico dos pontos de montagem.</p>" @@ -3220,7 +3227,7 @@ #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5165 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5211 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "Este disco está em uso e não pode ser modificado." @@ -3470,7 +3477,7 @@ #. heading #. tree node label #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:382 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:380 msgid "Hard Disks" msgstr "Discos rígidos" @@ -3739,7 +3746,7 @@ #. heading #. tree node label #: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:43 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:503 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:493 msgid "Log" msgstr "Log" @@ -3901,7 +3908,7 @@ #. heading #. tree node label #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:406 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:404 msgid "Crypt Files" msgstr "Arquivos Crypt" @@ -4290,7 +4297,7 @@ #. heading #. tree node label #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:398 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:396 msgid "Volume Management" msgstr "Gerenciamento de Volume" @@ -4361,54 +4368,54 @@ #. tree node label #. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:390 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:388 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123 msgid "RAID" msgstr "RAID" #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:414 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:412 msgid "Device Mapper" msgstr "Mapeador de Dispositivos" #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:422 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:420 msgid "NFS" msgstr "NFS" #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:429 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:427 msgid "Btrfs" msgstr "Btrfs" #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:436 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:434 msgid "tmpfs" msgstr "tmpfs" #. tree node label #. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:443 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:441 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87 msgid "Unused Devices" msgstr "Dispositivos Não Utilizados" #. tree node label #. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:480 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:470 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41 msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "Resumo da instalação" #. tree node label #. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:491 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:481 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 msgid "Settings" msgstr "Configurações" #. popup text, %1 will be replaces with button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:576 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:566 msgid "" "You have changed the partitioning or storage settings. These changes\n" "will be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\n" @@ -4419,17 +4426,17 @@ "Realmente sair?" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:590 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:580 msgid "<p>Here you can see the partitioning summary.</p>" msgstr "<p>Aqui você poderá ver o resumo do particionamento.</p>" #. Fullscreen summary of changes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:602 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:592 msgid ": Summary" msgstr ": Resumo" #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:677 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:667 msgid "System View" msgstr "Visão do Sistema" @@ -5875,7 +5882,7 @@ #. @param integer testsize #. @param [Symbol] used_fs #. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:976 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:991 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "Não é Possível Redimensionar:" @@ -5888,7 +5895,7 @@ #. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2706 src/modules/Storage.rb:3911 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2691 src/modules/Storage.rb:3914 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -5901,7 +5908,7 @@ "Talvez a senha de criptografia fornecida esteja incorreta.\n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3942 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3945 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -5912,7 +5919,7 @@ "Tente novamente." #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3973 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3976 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" @@ -5924,24 +5931,24 @@ #. Label: get password for encrypted volume #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4027 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4030 msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "Digite a chave de cripto&grafia:" #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4086 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4089 msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "Informe a senha" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4105 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4108 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "Os seguintes volumes criptografados já estão disponíveis." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4120 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4123 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "Ativação do Volume Criptografado" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4127 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -5953,12 +5960,12 @@ "As senhas devem ser conhecidas se os volumes são necessários em \n" "uma atualização ou se eles contiverem um volume físico LVM." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4136 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4139 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "Você deseja fornecer senhas de criptografia?" #. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4193 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4196 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -5969,58 +5976,58 @@ "A senha será utilizada em todos os dispositivos." #. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "Digite a chave de criptografia" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4205 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "Não existem volumes criptografados para desbloquear." #. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "Forneça a senha para qualquer um dos seguintes dispositivos:" #. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4221 msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "Forneça a senha para o seguinte dispositivo:" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4231 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4234 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "Tentando desbloquear volumes criptografados..." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4255 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4258 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "A senha não desbloqueou nenhum volume." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4341 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4344 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "Disco IDE" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4347 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "Disco SCSI" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4353 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4356 msgid "Disk" msgstr "Disco" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4381 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4384 msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "DM RAID" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4394 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4397 msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "MD RAID" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5177 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5223 msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "Não é possível criar partições, pois outras partições do disco estão em uso." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5203 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5249 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6030,7 +6037,7 @@ "O dispositivo %1 não pode ser alterado pois contém troca ativada\n" "necessária para executar a instalação.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5217 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5263 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6040,7 +6047,7 @@ "O dispositivo %1 não pode ser alterado pois contém os dados\n" "da instalação necessários para executar a instalação.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5246 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6050,7 +6057,7 @@ "O dispositivo %1 não pode ser removido pois contém troca ativada\n" "necessária para executar a instalação.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5255 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5301 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6060,7 +6067,7 @@ "O dispositivo %1 não pode ser removido pois contém os dados\n" "da instalação para executar a instalação.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5284 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6072,7 +6079,7 @@ "o dispositivo %2, que contém troca ativada necessária para executar \n" "a instalação.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5295 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5341 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6084,7 +6091,7 @@ "a instalação.\n" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5317 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5363 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -6095,18 +6102,18 @@ "disco %2 estão usadas.\n" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5406 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5452 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "Nada atribuído como sistema de arquivos raiz!" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5407 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5453 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "A instalação muito provavelmente irá falhar fatalmente!" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6009 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6003 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "Falha ao adicionar os seguintes resolvíveis: %1" @@ -6764,48 +6771,48 @@ #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683 msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." msgstr "Não foi possível redimensionar devido a inconsistências no sistema de arquivos. Tente verificar o sistema de arquivos no Windows." #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "Criar proposta baseada em &LVM" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6194 msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group" msgstr "&Criptografar grupo de volume " #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6197 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6212 msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "Sistema de arquivos para a partição raiz" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6244 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6259 msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "Sistema de arquivos para a partição home" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6277 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "Aumentar &swap para suspensão" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287 msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "Configurações recomendadas" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6302 msgid "" "<p>To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n" "LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.</p>\n" msgstr "<p>Para criar uma proposta baseada em LVM, escolha o botão correspondente.A proposta baseada em LVM pode ser criptografada.</p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6294 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309 msgid "" "<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -6818,7 +6825,7 @@ "tamanho da partição raiz.</p>" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6303 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6318 msgid "" "<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>" @@ -6827,7 +6834,7 @@ "a partição home pode ser selecionado na caixa de seleção correspondente.</p>" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6310 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6325 msgid "" "<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases.</p>" @@ -6835,19 +6842,19 @@ "<p>A partição swap pode ter o tamanho suficiente para ser utilizada na\n" "suspensão do sistema para o disco na maioria dos casos.</p>" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6335 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6350 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "Digite sua senha para a criptografia proposta." #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6342 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357 msgid "Password:" msgstr "Senha:" #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6368 msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "Digite novamente a senha para verificação:" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/sudo.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/sudo.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/sudo.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sudo\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-07-28 15:01-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Isis Binder \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/support.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/support.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/support.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-02 17:18-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" @@ -36,52 +36,52 @@ msgstr "&Suporte" #. Command line parameters dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:46 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:50 msgid "Supportconfig Overview Dialog" msgstr "Diálogo de visualização do Supportconfig" #. Support configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Open SUSE Support Center" msgstr "Abrir Centro de Suporte do SUSE" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:62 msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal." msgstr "Isso iniciará um navegador conectando ao portal do Centro de Suporte do SUSE." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "Open" msgstr "Aberto" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Collect Data" msgstr "Coletar Dados" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:84 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:88 msgid "This will create a tarball containing the collected log files." msgstr "isso criará um tarball contendo os arquivos de log coletados." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:96 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:100 msgid "Create report tarball" msgstr "Criar tarball de reporte" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:108 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112 msgid "Upload Data" msgstr "Enviar Dados" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:116 msgid "This will upload the collected logs to the specified URL." msgstr "Isso enviará os dados coletados para a URL especificada." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:119 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:123 msgid "Upload" msgstr "Enviar" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:149 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:153 msgid "Could not find any installed browser." msgstr "Não foi possível encontrar nenhum navegador instalado." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:159 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:163 msgid "" "YaST will run a Web browser as superuser. Consider\n" "running it as a non-provileged user and entering the URL\n" @@ -93,183 +93,184 @@ "%1.\n" "Iniciar navegador Web?\n" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:201 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:205 msgid "Supportconfig Upload Dialog" msgstr "Diálogo de envio do Supportconfig" #. Support configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:226 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:230 msgid "Save as" msgstr "Salvar como" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:229 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:233 msgid "Directory to Save" msgstr "Diretório para Salvar" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:239 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:243 msgid "Package with log files" msgstr "Pacote com os arquivos de log" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:253 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:257 msgid "Upload log files tarball to URL" msgstr "Enviar tarball de arquivos de log para a URL" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:255 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:756 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:259 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:760 msgid "Upload Target" msgstr "Enviar alvo" #. } -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:327 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Cannot write settings" msgstr "Não foi possível gravar as conrfigurações" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:343 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:347 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Não foi possível gravar as configurações." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:389 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:393 msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball" msgstr "Escolher Diretório Onde Salvar o Tarball" #. Support::log_files["tmp_dir"]=save_dir; -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:401 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:405 msgid "Choose Log Files Tarball File" msgstr "Escolher Tarball de Arquivos de Log" #. Command line parameters dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:425 msgid "Supportconfig Parameters Configuration" msgstr "Configuração de Parâmetros do Supportconfig" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:426 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:430 msgid "Create a full file listing from '/'" msgstr "Criar um arquivo cheio listando de '/'" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:431 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:435 msgid "Exclude detailed disk info and scans" msgstr "Excluir informação e scans detalhados do disco" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:440 msgid "Search root filesystem for eDirectory instances" msgstr "Procurar no sistema de arquivos root por instâncias eDirectory" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:441 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:445 msgid "Include full SLP service lists" msgstr "Incluir listas de serviços SLP completas" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:446 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "Performs an rpm -V for each installed rpm" msgstr "Realiza um rpm -V para cada rpm instalado" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:451 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:455 msgid "Include all log file lines, gather additional rotated logs" msgstr "Inclui todas as linhas de arquivos de log, reúne logs rotacionados adicionais" #. Support configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:465 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Use Defaults (ignore /etc/supportconfig.conf)" msgstr "Usar Padrões (ignorar /etc/supportconfig.conf)" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:472 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:476 msgid "Activates all support functions" msgstr "Ativa todas as funções de suporte" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:479 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:483 msgid "Only gather a minimum amount of info" msgstr "Somente reúne uma quantidade mínima de informações" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:487 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:491 msgid "Use Custom (Expert) Settings" msgstr "Usar Configurações Personalizadas (Avançado)" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:493 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "Configurações Avançadas" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:495 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:499 msgid "Options" msgstr "Opções" #. Support overview dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:584 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:588 msgid "Supportconfig Expert Configuration" msgstr "Configurações Avançadas do Supportconfig" #. FIXME table header -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:614 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:618 msgid "Default Options" msgstr "Configurações Padrões" #. Support configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:680 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:684 msgid "Supportconfig Contact Configuration" msgstr "Configuração de Contato do Supportconfig" #. Support configure2 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:685 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:689 msgid "Contact Information" msgstr "Informação de Contato" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:690 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "Company" msgstr "Companhia" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:701 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:705 msgid "Email Address" msgstr "Endereço de e-mail" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:708 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:712 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nome" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:715 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:719 msgid "Phone Number" msgstr "Número de Telefone" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:722 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:726 msgid "Store ID" msgstr "ID da Loja" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:733 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:737 msgid "Terminal ID" msgstr "ID do Terminal" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:744 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:748 msgid "GPG UID" msgstr "GPG UID" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:751 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:755 msgid "Upload Information" msgstr "Informação de Envio" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:774 msgid "11-digit service request number" msgstr "Número de 11 dígitos do pedido de serviço" #. abort? -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:847 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:851 msgid "The SR number must be 11 digits" msgstr "O número de PS deve ter 11 dígitos" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:869 msgid "Collecting Data" msgstr "Coletando dados" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:870 msgid "Progress" msgstr "Progresso" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931 +#. Remove ANSI escape codes for cursor movement (bnc#921233) +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:939 msgid "Collected Data Review" msgstr "Revisão de Dados Coletados" #. FIXME use list of generated files, as well as directory prefix #. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents")) -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:978 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1026 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:986 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1034 msgid "File Name" msgstr "Nome do Arquivo" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:984 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:992 msgid "Remove from Data" msgstr "Remover dos Dados" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/sysconfig.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/sysconfig.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/sysconfig.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sysconfig\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-26 13:44-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" @@ -496,101 +496,125 @@ "\n" #. Translation: Progress bar label -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:159 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:162 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "Procurando..." -#. Display confirmation dialog -#. @param [String] message Confirmation message -#. @param [String] command Command to confirm -#. @return [Symbol] `cont - start command, `skip - skip this command, `abort - skip all remaining commands -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:883 -msgid "Command: " -msgstr "Comando: " - #. button label -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:889 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:881 msgid "S&kip" msgstr "Ig&norar" -#. get activation map for variable -#. start generic commands -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:967 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1171 -msgid "A command will be executed" -msgstr "Um comando será executado" - -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:968 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1172 -msgid "Starting command: %1..." -msgstr "Iniciando comando: %1..." - -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:969 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1173 -msgid "Command %1 failed" -msgstr "Falha no comando %1" - #. write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1009 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:909 msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" msgstr "Salvando a configuração do sysconfig" #. progress bar item -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1036 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:923 msgid "Write the new settings" msgstr "Salvar as novas configurações" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1037 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:924 msgid "Activate the changes" msgstr "Ativar as alterações" -#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager) -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1060 -msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." -msgstr "Falha ao salvar a variável %1 no arquivo %2." - -#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER) -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1068 -msgid "Saving variable %1..." -msgstr "Salvando a variável %1..." - -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1073 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:934 msgid "Saving changes to the files..." msgstr "Salvando as alterações nos arquivos..." -#. service is running, reload it -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1100 -msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded" -msgstr "O serviço %1 será recarregado" +#. start generic commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:965 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Concluído" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1103 -msgid "Reloading service %1..." +#. configuration summary headline +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1048 +msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgstr "Resumo da Configuração" + +#. Executes a bash command using #exec_action +#. @see #exec_action +#. @param cmd [String] command to execute +#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1132 +msgid "Starting command: %1..." +msgstr "Iniciando comando: %1..." + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1133 +msgid "Command %1 failed" +msgstr "Falha no comando %1" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134 +msgid "A command will be executed" +msgstr "Um comando será executado" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134 +msgid "Command: " +msgstr "Comando: " + +#. Restarts or reloads a service using #exec_action +#. @see #exec_action +#. @param name [String] service name +#. @param action [Symbol] :reload or :restart +#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1156 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reloading service %1..." +msgid "Reloading service %s..." msgstr "Recarregando o serviço %1..." -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1105 -msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1157 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed" +msgid "Reload of the service %s failed" msgstr "Falha ao recarregar o serviço %1" -#. service is running, restart it -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1143 -msgid "Service %1 will be restarted" -msgstr "O serviço %1 será reiniciado" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1158 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded" +msgid "Service %s will be reloaded" +msgstr "O serviço %1 será recarregado" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1146 -msgid "Restarting service %1..." +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1160 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Restarting service %1..." +msgid "Restarting service %s..." msgstr "Reiniciando o serviço %1..." -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1148 -msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1161 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed" +msgid "Restart of the service %s failed" msgstr "Falha ao reiniciar o serviço %1" -#. set 100% in progress bar -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1186 -msgid "Finished" -msgstr "Concluído" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1162 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Service %1 will be restarted" +msgid "Service %s will be restarted" +msgstr "O serviço %1 será reiniciado" -#. configuration summary headline -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1269 -msgid "Configuration Summary" -msgstr "Resumo da Configuração" +#. Returns whether given service is active (info from systemd) +#. If service is not found, reports error in UI and returns nil +#. +#. @param service name +#. @return [Boolean] active? +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1187 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot delete the service. It is not installed." +msgid "Cannot determine service state, systemd service does not exist:" +msgstr "Não foi possível remover o serviço. Ele não está instalado." +#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1266 +msgid "Saving variable %1..." +msgstr "Salvando a variável %1..." + +#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1273 +msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." +msgstr "Falha ao salvar a variável %1 no arquivo %2." + #~ msgid "" #~ "<p> SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can detect if\n" #~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a configuration file manually,\n" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/tftp-server.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/tftp-server.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/tftp-server.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: tftp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-10 16:15-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Isis Binder \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/timezone_db.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/timezone_db.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/timezone_db.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: timezone_db\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-05-27 18:16-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" @@ -1409,8 +1409,8 @@ #. time zone #: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:587 -msgid "Saigon" -msgstr "Saigon" +msgid "Ho Chi Minh City" +msgstr "" #. time zone #: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:591 @@ -2504,3 +2504,6 @@ #: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1035 msgid "GMT-9" msgstr "GMT-9" + +#~ msgid "Saigon" +#~ msgstr "Saigon" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/tune.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/tune.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/tune.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: tune\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-04 16:02+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-16 13:13-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/update.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/update.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/update.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: update\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-11 14:30-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Isis Binder \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ #. screen title for update options #. this is a heading -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:278 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:284 msgid "Update Options" msgstr "Opções de Atualização" @@ -179,9 +179,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74 #: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:155 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1434 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1440 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1981 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1447 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1994 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Desconhecido" @@ -298,28 +298,30 @@ msgstr "Uma possível instalação incompleta foi detectada." #. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages -#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:115 +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Packages to Update: %1" msgstr "Pacotes para Atualização: %1" #. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages -#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:123 +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:127 msgid "New Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "Novos Pacotes para instalar: %1" #. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages -#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:131 +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:135 msgid "Packages to Remove: %1" msgstr "Pacotes para Remoção: %1" #. part of summary, %1 is size of packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:139 +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:143 msgid "Total Size of Packages to Update: %1" msgstr "Tamanho Total dos Pacotes para Atualização: %1" -#. warning text -#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:149 -msgid "Cannot solve all conflicts. Manual intervention is required." +#. TRANSLATORS: warning text, keep the HTML tags (<a href...>) untouched +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:154 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot solve all conflicts. Manual intervention is required." +msgid "Cannot solve all conflicts. Manual intervention is required.</a>" msgstr "Não foi possível solucionar todos os conflitos. Intervenção manual necessária." #. this is a heading @@ -364,27 +366,29 @@ #. error message in proposal #. part of error popup message -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:85 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:384 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:87 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:390 msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database." msgstr "Não foi possível ler o banco de dados RPM atual." -#. error message in proposal -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 -msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media." -msgstr "O produto instalado não é compatível com o produto na mídia de instalação." - #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:110 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:128 -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:171 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:177 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:119 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:174 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:180 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Produto desconhecido" +#. error message in proposal +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:129 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media." +msgid "The installed product (%{update_from}) is not compatible with the product on the installation media (%{update_to})." +msgstr "O produto instalado não é compatível com o produto na mídia de instalação." + #. TRANSLATORS: proposal error, %1 is the version of installed system #. %2 is the version being installed -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:146 msgid "" "Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system.<br>\n" "Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n" @@ -395,22 +399,22 @@ "ou desabilite os repositórios de softwares de produtos com versões diferentes.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:164 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:167 msgid "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match." msgstr "Aviso: atualizando de '%1' para '%2'. Os produtos não combinam exatamente." #. Proposal for backup during update -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:191 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:194 msgid "Only update installed packages" msgstr "Atualizar somente pacotes instalados" #. proposal string -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:206 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:209 msgid "Update based on patterns" msgstr "Atualizar baseado em padrões" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal dialog help -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:232 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:238 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Update Options</big></b> Select how your system will be updated.\n" "Choose if only installed packages should be updated or new ones should be\n" @@ -422,17 +426,17 @@ "instalados (a seleção padrão) e se pacotes não mantidos deverão ser removidos.</p>\n" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:280 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:286 msgid "&Update Options" msgstr "Opções de At&ualização" #. part of error popup message, %1 stands for newline-separated list of files -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:387 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:393 msgid "None of these files exist:%1" msgstr "Nenhum desses arquivos existe: %1" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:517 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:529 msgid "" "The installed product is not compatible with the product\n" "on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n" @@ -595,7 +599,7 @@ msgstr "&Sim, continuar" #. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices. -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:108 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109 msgid "" "See the SDB article at %1 for details\n" "about how to solve this problem." @@ -604,17 +608,17 @@ "sobre como resolver este problema." #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:146 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147 msgid "Unknown Linux System" msgstr "Sistema Linux Desconhecido" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:151 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152 msgid "Non-Linux System" msgstr "Sistema Não-Linux" #. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:307 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308 msgid "" "Cannot unmount partition %1.\n" "\n" @@ -629,7 +633,7 @@ "manualmente ou reinicie seu computador.\n" #. label, %1 is partition -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:378 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379 msgid "Checking partition %1" msgstr "Verificando partição %1" @@ -638,23 +642,23 @@ #. @param string button (true) #. @param string button (false) #. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "") -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:415 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416 msgid "Show &Details" msgstr "Exibir &Detalhes" #. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:497 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498 msgid "Checking file system on %1..." msgstr "Verificando o sistema de arquivos em %1..." #. popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:529 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530 msgid "File System Check Failed" msgstr "Falha na Verificação do Sistema de Arquivos" #. popup question (continue/cancel dialog) #. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:533 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534 msgid "" "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n" "\n" @@ -665,24 +669,24 @@ "Deseja continuar a montagem do dispositivo?\n" #. button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:542 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543 msgid "&Skip Mounting" msgstr "&Ignorar Montagem" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1058 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1065 msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?" msgstr "Senha incorreta. Tentar novamente?" #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1161 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1168 msgid "Warning" msgstr "Aviso" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, #. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size #. %2 with the recommended size -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1166 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1173 msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" "We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" @@ -698,7 +702,7 @@ "Você gostaria de continuar a atualização do sistema atual?\n" #. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1258 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1265 msgid "" "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -719,27 +723,27 @@ "Para cancelar, clique em 'Cancelar'.\n" #. push button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1276 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1283 msgid "&Specify Mount Options" msgstr "E&specificar Opções de Montagem" #. popup heading -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1292 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "Opções de montagem" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1295 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1302 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "Ponto de &Montagem" #. tex entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1298 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1305 msgid "&Device" msgstr "&Dispositivo" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1310 msgid "" "&File System\n" "(empty for autodetection)" @@ -748,12 +752,12 @@ "(vazio para detecção automática)" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1380 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1387 msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" msgstr "A partição /var %1 não pôde ser montada.\n" #. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1421 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1428 msgid "" "<b>File system:</b> %1, <b>Type:</b> %2,<br>\n" "<b>Label:</b> %3, <b>Size:</b> %4,<br>\n" @@ -765,17 +769,17 @@ "<b>IDs udev:</b> %5,<br>\n" "<b>Caminho udev:</b> %6" -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1442 msgid "None" msgstr "Nenhum" #. a popup caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1458 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1465 msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically" msgstr "Não foi possível encontrar a partição /var automaticamente" #. a popup message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1463 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1470 msgid "" "Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" "process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" @@ -786,22 +790,22 @@ "manualmente para continuar o processo de atualização." #. a combo-box label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1476 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483 msgid "&Select /var Partition Device" msgstr "&Selecione o dispositivo da partição /var" #. an informational rich-text widget label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1482 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1489 msgid "Device Info" msgstr "Informações do dispositivo" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1623 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1630 msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n" msgstr "Não foi possível montar a partição /var com esta configuração de disco.\n" #. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1654 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1661 msgid "" "Partitions could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -814,7 +818,7 @@ #. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when #. typing passwords for encrypted partitions #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1698 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1705 msgid "" "Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" @@ -827,32 +831,32 @@ "o método de montagem para qualquer outro para todas as partições." #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1716 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1723 msgid "No fstab found." msgstr "Nenhuma fstab foi encontrada." #. message part 1 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1741 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1748 msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n" msgstr "A partição raiz em /etc/fstab tem um dispositivo raiz inválido.\n" #. message part 2 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1746 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1753 msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n" msgstr "Está atualmente montado como %1 mas listado como %2.\n" #. prepare progress-bar -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2102 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2115 msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "Avaliando partição raiz. Um momento, por favor..." #. intermediate popup while mounting partitions -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2184 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2197 msgid "Mounting partitions. One moment please..." msgstr "Montando partições. Um momento, por favor..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2199 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2212 msgid "Searching for Available Systems" msgstr "Pesquisando por sistemas disponíveis" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/users.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/users.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/users.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: users\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-10 15:33-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Isis Binder \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ #. helptext 2/3 #. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2 -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162 +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:164 msgid "<p>Select <b>Local</b> to authenticate users only by using the local files <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>" msgstr "<p>Selecione <b>Local</b> para autenticar usuários somente usando os arquivos locais <i>/etc/passwd</i> e <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>" @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ #. radiobutton to select local user auth. #. radiobutton label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:83 +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:85 msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)" msgstr "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)" @@ -247,18 +247,18 @@ #. check box label #. check box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:100 +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:102 msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation" msgstr "&Ler Dados do Usuário de uma Instalação Anterior" #. button label #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:105 +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:107 msgid "&Choose" msgstr "E&scolher" #. frame title for authentication methods -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:134 +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:136 msgid "Authentication Method" msgstr "Método de Autenticação" @@ -269,13 +269,13 @@ #. selection box label #. selection box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:498 +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:507 msgid "&Select Users to Read" msgstr "&Selecionar Usuários para Ler" #. check box label #. check box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:506 +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:515 msgid "Select or Deselect &All" msgstr "Selecionar ou anular a seleção de &todos" @@ -404,8 +404,8 @@ #. The two group password information do not match #. error popup #: src/clients/inst_root.rb:233 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:185 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:679 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1246 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2363 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:688 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364 msgid "" "The passwords do not match.\n" "Try again." @@ -441,8 +441,8 @@ #. last part of message popup #. last part of message popup #: src/clients/inst_root.rb:285 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:239 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:705 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1268 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2390 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:714 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391 msgid "Really use this password?" msgstr "Realmente usar esta senha?" @@ -478,7 +478,7 @@ #. encryption type #. encryption type #. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:87 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54 msgid "DES" msgstr "DES" @@ -486,99 +486,99 @@ #. encryption type #. encryption type #. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 msgid "MD5" msgstr "MD5" #. encryption type #. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57 msgid "SHA-256" msgstr "SHA-256" #. encryption type #. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:95 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59 msgid "SHA-512" msgstr "SHA-512" #. frame label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:141 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:143 msgid "Password Encryption Type" msgstr "Tipo da Criptografia de Senha" #. Radio button label: password encryption type #. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:147 src/include/users/widgets.rb:513 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 src/include/users/widgets.rb:513 msgid "&DES" msgstr "&DES" #. Radio button label: password encryption type #. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 src/include/users/widgets.rb:515 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 src/include/users/widgets.rb:515 msgid "&MD5" msgstr "&MD5" #. Radio button label: password encryption type #. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 src/include/users/widgets.rb:520 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 src/include/users/widgets.rb:520 msgid "SHA-&256" msgstr "SHA-&256" #. Radio button label: password encryption type #. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 src/include/users/widgets.rb:528 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:155 src/include/users/widgets.rb:528 msgid "SHA-&512" msgstr "SHA-&512" #. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/2 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:160 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162 msgid "<p><b>Authentication</b><br></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Autenticação</b></p>" #. Help text for password expert dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:166 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168 msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>" msgstr "<p>Escolha o método de criptografia de senha para os usuários local e do sistema.</p>" #. Help text for password expert dialog #. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:170 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>SHA-512</b> é o método de hashing padrão atual. A utilização de outros algoritmos não é recomendada, exceto por compatibilidade.</p>" #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:221 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:223 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 msgid "User's &Full Name" msgstr "Nome &Completo do Usuário" #. input field for login name #. input field for login name -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:228 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:230 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 msgid "&Username" msgstr "Nome de &usuário" #. checkbox label #. checkbox label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:250 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:252 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 msgid "U&se this password for system administrator" msgstr "U&sar esta senha para o administrador do sistema" #. checkbox label #. checkbox label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:256 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:258 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446 msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail" msgstr "Receber e-mail do &sistema" #. checkbox label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:259 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:261 msgid "&Automatic Login" msgstr "Login a&utomático" #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:281 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:283 msgid "Create New User" msgstr "Criar Novo Usuário" @@ -586,13 +586,13 @@ #. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the #. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management. #. yes-no popup headline -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:350 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:342 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "Empty User Login" msgstr "Login de Usuário Vazio" #. yes-no popup contents #. yes-no popup contents -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:352 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:344 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114 msgid "" "Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n" "in a network environment with an authentication server.\n" @@ -604,7 +604,7 @@ #. help text for main add user dialog #. alternative help text 1/7 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:441 src/include/users/helps.rb:212 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:450 src/include/users/helps.rb:212 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n" @@ -617,7 +617,7 @@ "</p>\n" #. help text for main add user dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:444 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:453 msgid "" "<p>\n" "When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" @@ -631,7 +631,7 @@ #. help text %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers #. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:448 src/include/users/helps.rb:73 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:457 src/include/users/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "<p>\n" "With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n" @@ -644,7 +644,7 @@ "</p>" #. additional help text about password -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:458 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467 msgid "" "<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" "it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>" @@ -654,7 +654,7 @@ #. help text for main add user dialog #. help text 4/4 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:463 src/include/users/helps.rb:90 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:472 src/include/users/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" @@ -667,7 +667,7 @@ "</p>\n" #. help text for main add user dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476 msgid "" "<p>\n" "For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" @@ -684,14 +684,14 @@ "</p>\n" #. help text for main add user dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:473 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:482 msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>" msgstr "<p>Selecione <b>Usar esta senha para o administrador do sistema</b> se a mesma senha fornecida para o primeiro usuário deve ser utilizada para o root.</p>" #. help text for main add user dialog #. these are used only during installation time #. help text 4/7 (only during installation) -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476 src/include/users/helps.rb:259 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:485 src/include/users/helps.rb:259 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n" @@ -701,7 +701,7 @@ #. help text for main add user dialog #. help text 5/7 (only during installation) -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:480 src/include/users/helps.rb:264 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:489 src/include/users/helps.rb:264 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n" @@ -712,39 +712,39 @@ #. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well #. as password encryption (see fate 302980) #. @return true if user accepted expert settings -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:564 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:573 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "Configurações Avançadas" #. summary label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:616 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:625 msgid "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd." msgstr "O método de autenticação local é o /etc/passwd" #. summary label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:619 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:628 msgid "The password encryption method is %s." msgstr "O método de criptografia de senha é %s." #. summary label, %s is a single user name or multiple usernames (comma separated) -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:626 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:635 msgid "User %s will be imported." msgid_plural "Users %s will be imported." msgstr[0] "O usuário %s será importado." msgstr[1] "Os usuários %s serão importados." #. pushbutton label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:641 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:650 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "A<erar..." #. frame label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:648 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:657 msgid "Summary" msgstr "Resumo" #. yes/no popup question, %s is a number -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:700 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:709 msgid "" "If you intend to create certificates,\n" "the password should have at least %s characters." @@ -874,7 +874,7 @@ msgstr "Novo UID do usuário" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/users_finish.rb:66 +#: src/clients/users_finish.rb:63 msgid "Writing Users Configuration..." msgstr "Salvando as Configurações dos Usuários..." @@ -1021,7 +1021,7 @@ #. popup label - don't reorder the letters YYYY-MM-DD #. The date must stay in this format #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:235 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1675 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1665 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1676 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1665 msgid "The expiration date must be in the format YYYY-MM-DD." msgstr "A data de vencimento deve possuir o formato AAAA-MM-DD." @@ -1527,19 +1527,19 @@ #. table header #. table header -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:935 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2216 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:935 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2217 msgid "Plug-In Description" msgstr "Descrição de Plug-in" #. pushbutton label #. pushbutton label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:944 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2225 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:944 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2226 msgid "Add &or Remove Plug-In" msgstr "Adici&onar ou Remover Plug-in" #. pushbutton label #. pushbutton label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:947 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2228 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:947 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2229 msgid "&Launch" msgstr "&Iniciar" @@ -1595,17 +1595,17 @@ #. tab label #. tab label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1019 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2272 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1019 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2273 msgid "Plu&g-Ins" msgstr "Plu&g-ins" #. popup question -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1307 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1308 msgid "Change home directory to %1?" msgstr "Alterar o diretório pessoal para %1?" #. error popup -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1429 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1430 msgid "" "The home directory for this user cannot be decrypted,\n" "because the user is currently logged in.\n" @@ -1616,12 +1616,12 @@ "Deslogue o usuário antes de tentar novamente." #. error popup -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1576 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1577 msgid "Enter the size for the home directory." msgstr "Digite o tamanho do diretório pessoal." #. error popup -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1582 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1583 msgid "" "\n" "Directory cannot be encrypted." @@ -1631,64 +1631,64 @@ #. popup message #. popup message -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1749 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2484 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1750 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2485 msgid "This plug-in cannot be removed." msgstr "Este plug-in não pode ser removido." #. popup text -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2004 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2005 msgid "Now you have added a new user." msgstr "Agora você adicionou um novo usuário." #. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2070 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2071 msgid "New Local Group" msgstr "Novo Grupo Local " #. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2072 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2073 msgid "New System Group" msgstr "Novo Grupo do Sistema " #. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2074 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2075 msgid "New LDAP Group" msgstr "Novo Grupo do LDAP" #. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2078 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2079 msgid "Existing Local Group" msgstr "Grupo Local Existente" #. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2080 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2081 msgid "Existing System Group" msgstr "Grupo do Sistema Existente" #. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2082 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2083 msgid "Existing LDAP Group" msgstr "Grupo do LDAP Existente" #. textentry label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2144 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2145 msgid "Group &Name" msgstr "Nome do &grupo" #. textentry label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2153 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2154 msgid "Group &ID (gid)" msgstr "&ID de Grupo (gid)" #. selection box label #. add items later (when there is a huge amount of them, it takes #. long time to display, so display at least the rest of the dialog) -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2173 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2592 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2174 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2593 msgid "Group &Members" msgstr "&Membros do grupo" #. tab label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2270 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2271 msgid "Group &Data" msgstr "&Dados do Grupo" @@ -3538,13 +3538,13 @@ #. init dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:263 src/include/users/wizards.rb:286 +#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:261 src/include/users/wizards.rb:284 msgid "User and Group Configuration" msgstr "Configuração de Usuário e Grupo" #. label (during init dialog) #. label (during init dialog) -#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:265 src/include/users/wizards.rb:289 +#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:263 src/include/users/wizards.rb:287 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inicializando..." @@ -4507,13 +4507,13 @@ "informado e um grupo já existente.\n" "Tente outro nome." -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5529 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5531 #, perl-format msgid "User %s does not exist." msgstr "O usuário %s não existe." #. error message: group cannot be deleted -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5583 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5585 msgid "" "You cannot delete this group because\n" "there are users that use this group\n" @@ -4524,7 +4524,7 @@ "como seu grupo padrão." #. error message: group cannot be deleted -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5590 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5592 msgid "" "You cannot delete this group because\n" "there are users in the group.\n" @@ -4535,22 +4535,22 @@ "Remova os usuários deste grupo primeiro. " #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6601 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6603 msgid "<h3>Users</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Usuários</h3>" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6611 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6613 msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Grupos</h3>" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6622 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624 msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Configurações de login</h3>" #. summary item, %1 is user name -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6626 msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login" msgstr "O usuário %1 foi configurado para o login automático" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/vm.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/vm.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/vm.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: vm\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:22+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-11 15:35-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Isis Binder \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" Added: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/vpn.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/vpn.pt_BR.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/vpn.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -0,0 +1,649 @@ +# Portugese (Brasilian) message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 1999-2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Karl Eichwalder , 1999. +# Ralf Lanz , 1999. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:56+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Ralf Lanz \n" +"Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n>1;\n" + +#. Manage VPN client secrets. +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:56 +msgid "Pre-shared key for gateways" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Gateway" +msgid "Gateway IP" +msgstr "Gateway" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "WEP - Shared Key" +msgid "Pre-shared key" +msgstr "WEP - chave compartilhada" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:59 src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Set" +msgid "Set" +msgstr "&Configurar" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:60 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:188 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Show &Next" +msgid "Show key" +msgstr "E&xibir Próximo" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:61 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Certificate key file does not exist." +msgid "Certificate/key pair for gateways" +msgstr "O arquivo da chave do certificado não existe." + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 +msgid "Certificate" +msgstr "Certificado" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "Chave" + +#. Make sure that tables are filled, then save all settings. +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:121 +msgid "" +"Shared keys for the following gateways are still missing:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:127 +msgid "" +"Certificates for the following gateways are still missing:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#. Load PSKs +#. Reload gateway PSK text input. +#. Load XAuth +#. Load EAP +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:140 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:224 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:233 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:239 +msgid "(hidden)" +msgstr "" + +#. Remove the selected EAP user. +#. Remove the selected XAuth user. +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:120 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:141 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Please select a card to delete first." +msgid "Please select a user to delete." +msgstr "Favor selecionar uma placa para deletar primeiro" + +#. Save PSK and certificate settings. Note that XAUTH and EAP user lists are already saved. +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:154 +msgid "A pre-shared key is mandatory. Please enter a pre-shared key." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:166 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Parsing the certificate file failed." +msgid "Please enter both certificate file path and key file path." +msgstr "Analise do certificado falhou." + +#. Event handlers +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:175 src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:64 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read certificate file." +msgid "Pick a PEM encoded certificate file" +msgstr "Não foi possível ler o arquivo de certificado." + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:180 src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:69 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read certificate file." +msgid "Pick a PEM encoded certificate key file" +msgstr "Não foi possível ler o arquivo de certificado." + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:186 +msgid "Gateway pre-shared key" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read certificates" +msgid "Gateway certificate" +msgstr "Ler Certificados" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:194 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Path to certificate file required." +msgid "Path to certificate file" +msgstr "Caminho para o arquivo de certificado obrigatório." + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:195 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:198 +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:50 +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:53 +msgid "Pick.." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:197 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Path to certificate file required." +msgid "Path to certificate key file" +msgstr "Caminho para o arquivo de certificado obrigatório." + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:202 +msgid "User credentials for Android, iOS, MacOS X clients" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212 +msgid "Username" +msgstr "Nome de usuário" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212 +msgid "Password" +msgstr "Senha" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:205 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:214 +msgid "Add" +msgstr "Adicionar" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:206 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:215 +msgid "Delete" +msgstr "Remover" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:207 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:216 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No Password" +msgid "Show Password" +msgstr "Sem Senha" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:211 +msgid "User credentials for Windows 7, Windows 8 clients" +msgstr "" + +#. Return a user-friendly brief description of the connection. +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:199 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Gateway" +msgid "Gateway - PSK" +msgstr "Gateway" + +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:201 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Path of Certificate" +msgid "Gateway - Certificate" +msgstr "&Caminho do certificado" + +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:203 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "enable LPD clients" +msgid "Gateway - Mobile clients" +msgstr "Habilitar cliente LPD" + +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:205 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Samba or Windows Printer" +msgid "Gateway - Windows clients" +msgstr "Impressora Samba ou Windows" + +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:207 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Client &Key" +msgid "Client - PSK" +msgstr "&Chave do cliente" + +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:209 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Client Certificate" +msgid "Client - Certificate" +msgstr "&Certificado de cliente" + +#. Create a new connection, by default it is a site-to-site client. Return true if successful. +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:303 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration name '%1' is already in use" +msgid "The connection name is already used." +msgstr "O nome de configuração '%1' já está em uso" + +#. Find an unused gateway scenario +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:320 +msgid "" +"You may only have one gateway connection per scenario.\n" +"All of gateway scenarios are already used." +msgstr "" + +#. Warn against duplicated configuration +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:337 +msgid "" +"The scenario is already configured with another gateway.\n" +"You may not have two gateways operating under one scenario." +msgstr "" + +#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful. +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:432 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The server name is already in configured." +msgid "The user name is already used." +msgstr "O nome do servidor já está configurado." + +#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false. +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:496 +msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection." +msgstr "" + +#. Render global options, connection list, and connection configuration frames. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:60 +msgid "VPN Gateway and Client" +msgstr "" + +#. Left side: global config & connection management +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:66 +msgid "Global Configuration" +msgstr "Configuração global" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable the NTP daemon" +msgid "Enable VPN daemon" +msgstr "Habilitar o daemon do NTP" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:70 +msgid "Reduce TCP MSS" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:73 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "All Patches" +msgid "All VPNs" +msgstr "Todas as correções" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:76 +msgid "New VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:77 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Delete " +msgid "Delete VPN" +msgstr "Apagar" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:79 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Connection Settings" +msgid "View Connection Status" +msgstr "Configurações da conexão" + +#. Event handlers +#. Display a help text to let user know why reducing MSS is sometimes necessary. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:103 +msgid "" +"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n" +"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth will be reduced by about 10%." +msgstr "" + +#. Delete the chosen VPN connection. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:124 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "- Close connection" +msgid "Delete connection" +msgstr "- Fechar a conexão" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:125 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Are you sure you want to delete: " +msgid "Are you sure to delete connection " +msgstr "Tem certeza de que deseja remover:" + +#. Check for incomplete configuration +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:144 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration failed for the following operations: " +msgid "Please complete configuration for the following connections:\n" +msgstr "Falha na configuração das seguintes operações:" + +#. Consider enabling the daemon +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:151 +msgid "" +"There are VPN connections but the daemon is not enabled.\n" +"Would you like to enable the VPN daemon?" +msgstr "" + +#. Ask user whether he wants to view daemon log +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:172 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration has been successfully saved." +msgid "Settings have been successfully applied." +msgstr "A Configuração foi salva com sucesso." + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:174 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to start the CUPS daemon" +msgid "Failed to configure IPSec daemon." +msgstr "Falha ao iniciar o daemon CUPS" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:177 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Would you like to change the CD and retry ?" +msgid "Would you like to view daemon log and connection status?" +msgstr "Você gostaria de trocar o CD e tentar novamente?" + +#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:285 +msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials." +msgstr "" + +#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Nome" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Descrição" + +#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:376 +msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client." +msgstr "" + +#. Make widgets for connection configuration +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:386 +msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:387 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "All networks" +msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)" +msgstr "Todas as redes" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:389 +msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:395 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Connection Management" +msgid "Connection name: " +msgstr "Gerenciamento de conexão" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "Tipo" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:398 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Master Server" +msgid "Gateway (Server)" +msgstr "Servidor mestre" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Clients" +msgid "Client" +msgstr "Clientes" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Choose Scenario" +msgid "The scenario is" +msgstr "Escolher o cenário" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:408 +msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:409 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Choose the directory with certificates" +msgid "Secure communication with a certificate" +msgstr "Escolha o diretório contendo certificados" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410 +msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:411 +msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "External credentials" +msgid "Edit Credentials" +msgstr "Credenciais externas" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:416 +msgid "Provide VPN clients access to" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 +msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Server Requires Authentication" +msgid "The gateway requires authentication" +msgstr "Servidor requer autenticação" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:423 +msgid "By a pre-shared key" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read certificates" +msgid "By a certificate" +msgstr "Ler Certificados" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:426 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default &Gateway IP" +msgid "VPN gateway IP" +msgstr "&Gateway IP padrão" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430 +msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access" +msgstr "" + +#. They are however allowed in password +#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:64 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Please enter a password" +msgid "Please enter both username and password." +msgstr "Por favor, digite uma senha" + +#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:68 +msgid "" +"Please refrain from using special characters and spaces in the username.\n" +"Acceptable characters are: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, dash, underscore" +msgstr "" + +#. Create a new VPN connection - by default it is a site-to-site gateway. +#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:46 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter the name of the new LDAP connection" +msgid "Please enter a name for the new VPN connection" +msgstr "Informe um nome para a nova conexão LDAP" + +#. Return :ok if new VPN connection is created, otherwise :cancel. +#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:58 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter the connection name." +msgid "Please enter a VPN connection name." +msgstr "Informe o nome da conexão." + +#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:62 +msgid "" +"Please refrain from using special characters and spaces in the name.\n" +"Acceptable characters are: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, dash, underscore\n" +"Name has to begin with a letter." +msgstr "" + +#. Ask for a new certificate/key combination for a VPN client +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Path to certificate file required." +msgid "Path to certificate file:" +msgstr "Caminho para o arquivo de certificado obrigatório." + +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:52 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Path to certificate file required." +msgid "Path to certificate key file:" +msgstr "Caminho para o arquivo de certificado obrigatório." + +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Parsing the certificate file failed." +msgid "Please do not store the key in the certificate file itself." +msgstr "Analise do certificado falhou." + +#. Return tuple of certificate and certificate key locations. +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:80 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Parsing the certificate file failed." +msgid "Please enter both certificate file and key file." +msgstr "Analise do certificado falhou." + +#. Return password string. +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_psk_dialog.rb:59 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Please enter a password" +msgid "Please enter a password." +msgstr "Por favor, digite uma senha" + +#. View log dialog displays current status about all IPSec connections. +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:49 +msgid "The logs are refreshed automatically every 3 seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Restart NTP Daemon" +msgid "Restart VPN Daemon" +msgstr "Reiniciar o daemon do NTP" + +#. Restart IPSec daemon service. +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Confirm Network Restart" +msgid "Confirm daemon restart" +msgstr "Confirmar o reinício da rede" + +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:77 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Existing file %1\n" +#| "can be part of new volume set and it can be rewritten.\n" +#| "Do you wish to continue?" +msgid "" +"Existing connections will be interrupted.\n" +"Do you still wish to continue?" +msgstr "" +"Arquivo existente %1\n" +"pode ser parte de novo conjunto de volume e ser regravado.\n" +"Você quer continuar?" + +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to restart the CUPS daemon" +msgid "Failed to restart IPSec daemon" +msgstr "Falha ao reiniciar o daemon CUPS" + +#. Read daemon status and refresh the content of log views. +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Smart is not available for this disk." +msgid "Status not available: is the daemon running?" +msgstr "O Smart não está disponível para este disco." + +#. Install packages +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:172 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to install required packages." +msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages." +msgstr "Falha ao instalar os pacotes requeridos." + +#. Enable/disable daemon +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:180 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to start the CUPS daemon" +msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon." +msgstr "Falha ao iniciar o daemon CUPS" + +#. Configure IP forwarding +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:210 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to apply the settings to the system." +msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:" +msgstr "Falha ao aplicar as configurações no sistema." + +#. Configure/deconfigure firewall +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:225 +msgid "" +"SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n" +"In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:229 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:234 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to create the new map." +msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall." +msgstr "Falha ao criar o novo mapa." + +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240 +msgid "" +"Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n" +"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n" +"The script is located at %s" +msgstr "" + +#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration. +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Global Settings" +msgid "VPN Global Settings" +msgstr "Configurações globais" + +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:280 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable VPN Services" +msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s" +msgstr "Habilitar Serviços de VPN" + +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:281 +msgid "Reduce TCP MSS to 1024: %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Create Client Connection" +msgid "Gateway and Connections" +msgstr "Criar Conexão Cliente" + +#. Gateway summary +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:288 +msgid "A gateway serving clients in " +msgstr "" + +#. Client summary +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read current connection setup" +msgid "A client connecting to " +msgstr "Ler a configuração de conexões atual" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/wol.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/wol.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/wol.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: wol\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-05-23 13:09-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Isis Binder \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/yast2-apparmor.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/yast2-apparmor.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 07:57:50 UTC (rev 92567) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/yast2-apparmor.pt_BR.po 2015-09-09 08:00:15 UTC (rev 92568) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2-apparmor\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-10 16:10-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Isis Binder \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n"